OpenCores
URL https://opencores.org/ocsvn/openrisc_2011-10-31/openrisc_2011-10-31/trunk

Subversion Repositories openrisc_2011-10-31

[/] [openrisc/] [trunk/] [gnu-src/] [gcc-4.5.1/] [gcc/] [dwarf2out.c] - Blame information for rev 295

Go to most recent revision | Details | Compare with Previous | View Log

Line No. Rev Author Line
1 280 jeremybenn
/* Output Dwarf2 format symbol table information from GCC.
2
   Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
3
   2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010
4
   Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5
   Contributed by Gary Funck (gary@intrepid.com).
6
   Derived from DWARF 1 implementation of Ron Guilmette (rfg@monkeys.com).
7
   Extensively modified by Jason Merrill (jason@cygnus.com).
8
 
9
This file is part of GCC.
10
 
11
GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
12
the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
13
Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later
14
version.
15
 
16
GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
17
WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
18
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License
19
for more details.
20
 
21
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
22
along with GCC; see the file COPYING3.  If not see
23
<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
24
 
25
/* TODO: Emit .debug_line header even when there are no functions, since
26
           the file numbers are used by .debug_info.  Alternately, leave
27
           out locations for types and decls.
28
         Avoid talking about ctors and op= for PODs.
29
         Factor out common prologue sequences into multiple CIEs.  */
30
 
31
/* The first part of this file deals with the DWARF 2 frame unwind
32
   information, which is also used by the GCC efficient exception handling
33
   mechanism.  The second part, controlled only by an #ifdef
34
   DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO, deals with the other DWARF 2 debugging
35
   information.  */
36
 
37
/* DWARF2 Abbreviation Glossary:
38
 
39
   CFA = Canonical Frame Address
40
           a fixed address on the stack which identifies a call frame.
41
           We define it to be the value of SP just before the call insn.
42
           The CFA register and offset, which may change during the course
43
           of the function, are used to calculate its value at runtime.
44
 
45
   CFI = Call Frame Instruction
46
           an instruction for the DWARF2 abstract machine
47
 
48
   CIE = Common Information Entry
49
           information describing information common to one or more FDEs
50
 
51
   DIE = Debugging Information Entry
52
 
53
   FDE = Frame Description Entry
54
           information describing the stack call frame, in particular,
55
           how to restore registers
56
 
57
   DW_CFA_... = DWARF2 CFA call frame instruction
58
   DW_TAG_... = DWARF2 DIE tag */
59
 
60
#include "config.h"
61
#include "system.h"
62
#include "coretypes.h"
63
#include "tm.h"
64
#include "tree.h"
65
#include "version.h"
66
#include "flags.h"
67
#include "real.h"
68
#include "rtl.h"
69
#include "hard-reg-set.h"
70
#include "regs.h"
71
#include "insn-config.h"
72
#include "reload.h"
73
#include "function.h"
74
#include "output.h"
75
#include "expr.h"
76
#include "libfuncs.h"
77
#include "except.h"
78
#include "dwarf2.h"
79
#include "dwarf2out.h"
80
#include "dwarf2asm.h"
81
#include "toplev.h"
82
#include "varray.h"
83
#include "ggc.h"
84
#include "md5.h"
85
#include "tm_p.h"
86
#include "diagnostic.h"
87
#include "debug.h"
88
#include "target.h"
89
#include "langhooks.h"
90
#include "hashtab.h"
91
#include "cgraph.h"
92
#include "input.h"
93
#include "gimple.h"
94
#include "tree-pass.h"
95
 
96
#ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
97
static void dwarf2out_source_line (unsigned int, const char *, int, bool);
98
 
99
static rtx last_var_location_insn;
100
#endif
101
 
102
#ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
103
int vms_file_stats_name (const char *, long long *, long *, char *, int *);
104
 
105
/* Define this macro to be a nonzero value if the directory specifications
106
    which are output in the debug info should end with a separator.  */
107
#define DWARF2_DIR_SHOULD_END_WITH_SEPARATOR 1
108
/* Define this macro to evaluate to a nonzero value if GCC should refrain
109
   from generating indirect strings in DWARF2 debug information, for instance
110
   if your target is stuck with an old version of GDB that is unable to
111
   process them properly or uses VMS Debug.  */
112
#define DWARF2_INDIRECT_STRING_SUPPORT_MISSING_ON_TARGET 1
113
#else
114
#define DWARF2_DIR_SHOULD_END_WITH_SEPARATOR 0
115
#define DWARF2_INDIRECT_STRING_SUPPORT_MISSING_ON_TARGET 0
116
#endif
117
 
118
#ifndef DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
119
# ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
120
#  define DWARF2_FRAME_INFO \
121
  (write_symbols == DWARF2_DEBUG || write_symbols == VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG)
122
# else
123
#  define DWARF2_FRAME_INFO 0
124
# endif
125
#endif
126
 
127
/* Map register numbers held in the call frame info that gcc has
128
   collected using DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM to those that should be output in
129
   .debug_frame and .eh_frame.  */
130
#ifndef DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT
131
#define DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT(REGNO, FOR_EH) (REGNO)
132
#endif
133
 
134
/* Save the result of dwarf2out_do_frame across PCH.  */
135
static GTY(()) bool saved_do_cfi_asm = 0;
136
 
137
/* Decide whether we want to emit frame unwind information for the current
138
   translation unit.  */
139
 
140
int
141
dwarf2out_do_frame (void)
142
{
143
  /* We want to emit correct CFA location expressions or lists, so we
144
     have to return true if we're going to output debug info, even if
145
     we're not going to output frame or unwind info.  */
146
  return (write_symbols == DWARF2_DEBUG
147
          || write_symbols == VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG
148
          || DWARF2_FRAME_INFO || saved_do_cfi_asm
149
#ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
150
          || (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
151
              && (flag_unwind_tables
152
                  || (flag_exceptions && ! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS)))
153
#endif
154
          );
155
}
156
 
157
/* Decide whether to emit frame unwind via assembler directives.  */
158
 
159
int
160
dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm (void)
161
{
162
  int enc;
163
 
164
#ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
165
  return false;
166
#endif
167
  if (!flag_dwarf2_cfi_asm || !dwarf2out_do_frame ())
168
    return false;
169
  if (saved_do_cfi_asm)
170
    return true;
171
  if (!HAVE_GAS_CFI_PERSONALITY_DIRECTIVE)
172
    return false;
173
 
174
  /* Make sure the personality encoding is one the assembler can support.
175
     In particular, aligned addresses can't be handled.  */
176
  enc = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2,/*global=*/1);
177
  if ((enc & 0x70) != 0 && (enc & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_pcrel)
178
    return false;
179
  enc = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0,/*global=*/0);
180
  if ((enc & 0x70) != 0 && (enc & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_pcrel)
181
    return false;
182
 
183
  if (!HAVE_GAS_CFI_SECTIONS_DIRECTIVE)
184
    {
185
#ifdef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
186
      return false;
187
#else
188
      if (USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS || (!flag_unwind_tables && !flag_exceptions))
189
        return false;
190
#endif
191
    }
192
 
193
  saved_do_cfi_asm = true;
194
  return true;
195
}
196
 
197
/* The size of the target's pointer type.  */
198
#ifndef PTR_SIZE
199
#define PTR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
200
#endif
201
 
202
/* Array of RTXes referenced by the debugging information, which therefore
203
   must be kept around forever.  */
204
static GTY(()) VEC(rtx,gc) *used_rtx_array;
205
 
206
/* A pointer to the base of a list of incomplete types which might be
207
   completed at some later time.  incomplete_types_list needs to be a
208
   VEC(tree,gc) because we want to tell the garbage collector about
209
   it.  */
210
static GTY(()) VEC(tree,gc) *incomplete_types;
211
 
212
/* A pointer to the base of a table of references to declaration
213
   scopes.  This table is a display which tracks the nesting
214
   of declaration scopes at the current scope and containing
215
   scopes.  This table is used to find the proper place to
216
   define type declaration DIE's.  */
217
static GTY(()) VEC(tree,gc) *decl_scope_table;
218
 
219
/* Pointers to various DWARF2 sections.  */
220
static GTY(()) section *debug_info_section;
221
static GTY(()) section *debug_abbrev_section;
222
static GTY(()) section *debug_aranges_section;
223
static GTY(()) section *debug_macinfo_section;
224
static GTY(()) section *debug_line_section;
225
static GTY(()) section *debug_loc_section;
226
static GTY(()) section *debug_pubnames_section;
227
static GTY(()) section *debug_pubtypes_section;
228
static GTY(()) section *debug_dcall_section;
229
static GTY(()) section *debug_vcall_section;
230
static GTY(()) section *debug_str_section;
231
static GTY(()) section *debug_ranges_section;
232
static GTY(()) section *debug_frame_section;
233
 
234
/* Personality decl of current unit.  Used only when assembler does not support
235
   personality CFI.  */
236
static GTY(()) rtx current_unit_personality;
237
 
238
/* How to start an assembler comment.  */
239
#ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
240
#define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
241
#endif
242
 
243
typedef struct dw_cfi_struct *dw_cfi_ref;
244
typedef struct dw_fde_struct *dw_fde_ref;
245
typedef union  dw_cfi_oprnd_struct *dw_cfi_oprnd_ref;
246
 
247
/* Call frames are described using a sequence of Call Frame
248
   Information instructions.  The register number, offset
249
   and address fields are provided as possible operands;
250
   their use is selected by the opcode field.  */
251
 
252
enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type {
253
  dw_cfi_oprnd_unused,
254
  dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num,
255
  dw_cfi_oprnd_offset,
256
  dw_cfi_oprnd_addr,
257
  dw_cfi_oprnd_loc
258
};
259
 
260
typedef union GTY(()) dw_cfi_oprnd_struct {
261
  unsigned int GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num"))) dw_cfi_reg_num;
262
  HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_offset"))) dw_cfi_offset;
263
  const char * GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_addr"))) dw_cfi_addr;
264
  struct dw_loc_descr_struct * GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_loc"))) dw_cfi_loc;
265
}
266
dw_cfi_oprnd;
267
 
268
typedef struct GTY(()) dw_cfi_struct {
269
  dw_cfi_ref dw_cfi_next;
270
  enum dwarf_call_frame_info dw_cfi_opc;
271
  dw_cfi_oprnd GTY ((desc ("dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (%1.dw_cfi_opc)")))
272
    dw_cfi_oprnd1;
273
  dw_cfi_oprnd GTY ((desc ("dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (%1.dw_cfi_opc)")))
274
    dw_cfi_oprnd2;
275
}
276
dw_cfi_node;
277
 
278
/* This is how we define the location of the CFA. We use to handle it
279
   as REG + OFFSET all the time,  but now it can be more complex.
280
   It can now be either REG + CFA_OFFSET or *(REG + BASE_OFFSET) + CFA_OFFSET.
281
   Instead of passing around REG and OFFSET, we pass a copy
282
   of this structure.  */
283
typedef struct GTY(()) cfa_loc {
284
  HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
285
  HOST_WIDE_INT base_offset;
286
  unsigned int reg;
287
  BOOL_BITFIELD indirect : 1;  /* 1 if CFA is accessed via a dereference.  */
288
  BOOL_BITFIELD in_use : 1;    /* 1 if a saved cfa is stored here.  */
289
} dw_cfa_location;
290
 
291
/* All call frame descriptions (FDE's) in the GCC generated DWARF
292
   refer to a single Common Information Entry (CIE), defined at
293
   the beginning of the .debug_frame section.  This use of a single
294
   CIE obviates the need to keep track of multiple CIE's
295
   in the DWARF generation routines below.  */
296
 
297
typedef struct GTY(()) dw_fde_struct {
298
  tree decl;
299
  const char *dw_fde_begin;
300
  const char *dw_fde_current_label;
301
  const char *dw_fde_end;
302
  const char *dw_fde_hot_section_label;
303
  const char *dw_fde_hot_section_end_label;
304
  const char *dw_fde_unlikely_section_label;
305
  const char *dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label;
306
  dw_cfi_ref dw_fde_cfi;
307
  dw_cfi_ref dw_fde_switch_cfi; /* Last CFI before switching sections.  */
308
  unsigned funcdef_number;
309
  HOST_WIDE_INT stack_realignment;
310
  /* Dynamic realign argument pointer register.  */
311
  unsigned int drap_reg;
312
  /* Virtual dynamic realign argument pointer register.  */
313
  unsigned int vdrap_reg;
314
  unsigned all_throwers_are_sibcalls : 1;
315
  unsigned nothrow : 1;
316
  unsigned uses_eh_lsda : 1;
317
  /* Whether we did stack realign in this call frame.  */
318
  unsigned stack_realign : 1;
319
  /* Whether dynamic realign argument pointer register has been saved.  */
320
  unsigned drap_reg_saved: 1;
321
  /* True iff dw_fde_begin label is in text_section or cold_text_section.  */
322
  unsigned in_std_section : 1;
323
  /* True iff dw_fde_unlikely_section_label is in text_section or
324
     cold_text_section.  */
325
  unsigned cold_in_std_section : 1;
326
  /* True iff switched sections.  */
327
  unsigned dw_fde_switched_sections : 1;
328
  /* True iff switching from cold to hot section.  */
329
  unsigned dw_fde_switched_cold_to_hot : 1;
330
}
331
dw_fde_node;
332
 
333
/* Maximum size (in bytes) of an artificially generated label.  */
334
#define MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES      30
335
 
336
/* The size of addresses as they appear in the Dwarf 2 data.
337
   Some architectures use word addresses to refer to code locations,
338
   but Dwarf 2 info always uses byte addresses.  On such machines,
339
   Dwarf 2 addresses need to be larger than the architecture's
340
   pointers.  */
341
#ifndef DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
342
#define DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
343
#endif
344
 
345
/* The size in bytes of a DWARF field indicating an offset or length
346
   relative to a debug info section, specified to be 4 bytes in the
347
   DWARF-2 specification.  The SGI/MIPS ABI defines it to be the same
348
   as PTR_SIZE.  */
349
 
350
#ifndef DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
351
#define DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE 4
352
#endif
353
 
354
/* The size in bytes of a DWARF 4 type signature.  */
355
 
356
#ifndef DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
357
#define DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE 8
358
#endif
359
 
360
/* According to the (draft) DWARF 3 specification, the initial length
361
   should either be 4 or 12 bytes.  When it's 12 bytes, the first 4
362
   bytes are 0xffffffff, followed by the length stored in the next 8
363
   bytes.
364
 
365
   However, the SGI/MIPS ABI uses an initial length which is equal to
366
   DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE.  It is defined (elsewhere) accordingly.  */
367
 
368
#ifndef DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
369
#define DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 ? 4 : 12)
370
#endif
371
 
372
/* Round SIZE up to the nearest BOUNDARY.  */
373
#define DWARF_ROUND(SIZE,BOUNDARY) \
374
  ((((SIZE) + (BOUNDARY) - 1) / (BOUNDARY)) * (BOUNDARY))
375
 
376
/* Offsets recorded in opcodes are a multiple of this alignment factor.  */
377
#ifndef DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
378
#ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
379
#define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT (-((int) UNITS_PER_WORD))
380
#else
381
#define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT ((int) UNITS_PER_WORD)
382
#endif
383
#endif
384
 
385
/* CIE identifier.  */
386
#if HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= 64
387
#define DWARF_CIE_ID \
388
  (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 ? DW_CIE_ID : DW64_CIE_ID)
389
#else
390
#define DWARF_CIE_ID DW_CIE_ID
391
#endif
392
 
393
/* A pointer to the base of a table that contains frame description
394
   information for each routine.  */
395
static GTY((length ("fde_table_allocated"))) dw_fde_ref fde_table;
396
 
397
/* Number of elements currently allocated for fde_table.  */
398
static GTY(()) unsigned fde_table_allocated;
399
 
400
/* Number of elements in fde_table currently in use.  */
401
static GTY(()) unsigned fde_table_in_use;
402
 
403
/* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
404
   fde_table.  */
405
#define FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
406
 
407
/* Get the current fde_table entry we should use.  */
408
 
409
static inline dw_fde_ref
410
current_fde (void)
411
{
412
  return fde_table_in_use ? &fde_table[fde_table_in_use - 1] : NULL;
413
}
414
 
415
/* A list of call frame insns for the CIE.  */
416
static GTY(()) dw_cfi_ref cie_cfi_head;
417
 
418
#if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
419
/* Some DWARF extensions (e.g., MIPS/SGI) implement a subprogram
420
   attribute that accelerates the lookup of the FDE associated
421
   with the subprogram.  This variable holds the table index of the FDE
422
   associated with the current function (body) definition.  */
423
static unsigned current_funcdef_fde;
424
#endif
425
 
426
struct GTY(()) indirect_string_node {
427
  const char *str;
428
  unsigned int refcount;
429
  enum dwarf_form form;
430
  char *label;
431
};
432
 
433
static GTY ((param_is (struct indirect_string_node))) htab_t debug_str_hash;
434
 
435
/* True if the compilation unit has location entries that reference
436
   debug strings.  */
437
static GTY(()) bool debug_str_hash_forced = false;
438
 
439
static GTY(()) int dw2_string_counter;
440
static GTY(()) unsigned long dwarf2out_cfi_label_num;
441
 
442
/* True if the compilation unit places functions in more than one section.  */
443
static GTY(()) bool have_multiple_function_sections = false;
444
 
445
/* Whether the default text and cold text sections have been used at all.  */
446
 
447
static GTY(()) bool text_section_used = false;
448
static GTY(()) bool cold_text_section_used = false;
449
 
450
/* The default cold text section.  */
451
static GTY(()) section *cold_text_section;
452
 
453
#if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
454
 
455
/* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file.  */
456
 
457
static char *stripattributes (const char *);
458
static const char *dwarf_cfi_name (unsigned);
459
static dw_cfi_ref new_cfi (void);
460
static void add_cfi (dw_cfi_ref *, dw_cfi_ref);
461
static void add_fde_cfi (const char *, dw_cfi_ref);
462
static void lookup_cfa_1 (dw_cfi_ref, dw_cfa_location *, dw_cfa_location *);
463
static void lookup_cfa (dw_cfa_location *);
464
static void reg_save (const char *, unsigned, unsigned, HOST_WIDE_INT);
465
#ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
466
static void initial_return_save (rtx);
467
#endif
468
static HOST_WIDE_INT stack_adjust_offset (const_rtx, HOST_WIDE_INT,
469
                                          HOST_WIDE_INT);
470
static void output_cfi (dw_cfi_ref, dw_fde_ref, int);
471
static void output_cfi_directive (dw_cfi_ref);
472
static void output_call_frame_info (int);
473
static void dwarf2out_note_section_used (void);
474
static void flush_queued_reg_saves (void);
475
static bool clobbers_queued_reg_save (const_rtx);
476
static void dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (rtx, const char *);
477
 
478
/* Support for complex CFA locations.  */
479
static void output_cfa_loc (dw_cfi_ref);
480
static void output_cfa_loc_raw (dw_cfi_ref);
481
static void get_cfa_from_loc_descr (dw_cfa_location *,
482
                                    struct dw_loc_descr_struct *);
483
static struct dw_loc_descr_struct *build_cfa_loc
484
  (dw_cfa_location *, HOST_WIDE_INT);
485
static struct dw_loc_descr_struct *build_cfa_aligned_loc
486
  (HOST_WIDE_INT, HOST_WIDE_INT);
487
static void def_cfa_1 (const char *, dw_cfa_location *);
488
 
489
/* How to start an assembler comment.  */
490
#ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
491
#define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
492
#endif
493
 
494
/* Data and reference forms for relocatable data.  */
495
#define DW_FORM_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_data8 : DW_FORM_data4)
496
#define DW_FORM_ref (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_ref8 : DW_FORM_ref4)
497
 
498
#ifndef DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION
499
#define DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION     ".debug_frame"
500
#endif
501
 
502
#ifndef FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
503
#define FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL        "LFB"
504
#endif
505
 
506
#ifndef FUNC_END_LABEL
507
#define FUNC_END_LABEL          "LFE"
508
#endif
509
 
510
#ifndef FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL
511
#define FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL       "Lframe"
512
#endif
513
#define CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL    "LSCIE"
514
#define CIE_END_LABEL           "LECIE"
515
#define FDE_LABEL               "LSFDE"
516
#define FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL    "LASFDE"
517
#define FDE_END_LABEL           "LEFDE"
518
#define LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL "LSLT"
519
#define LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL   "LELT"
520
#define LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL      "LASLTP"
521
#define LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL     "LELTP"
522
#define DIE_LABEL_PREFIX        "DW"
523
 
524
/* The DWARF 2 CFA column which tracks the return address.  Normally this
525
   is the column for PC, or the first column after all of the hard
526
   registers.  */
527
#ifndef DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
528
#ifdef PC_REGNUM
529
#define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN       DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (PC_REGNUM)
530
#else
531
#define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN       DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS
532
#endif
533
#endif
534
 
535
/* The mapping from gcc register number to DWARF 2 CFA column number.  By
536
   default, we just provide columns for all registers.  */
537
#ifndef DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM
538
#define DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM(REG) DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (REG)
539
#endif
540
 
541
/* Hook used by __throw.  */
542
 
543
rtx
544
expand_builtin_dwarf_sp_column (void)
545
{
546
  unsigned int dwarf_regnum = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
547
  return GEN_INT (DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (dwarf_regnum, 1));
548
}
549
 
550
/* Return a pointer to a copy of the section string name S with all
551
   attributes stripped off, and an asterisk prepended (for assemble_name).  */
552
 
553
static inline char *
554
stripattributes (const char *s)
555
{
556
  char *stripped = XNEWVEC (char, strlen (s) + 2);
557
  char *p = stripped;
558
 
559
  *p++ = '*';
560
 
561
  while (*s && *s != ',')
562
    *p++ = *s++;
563
 
564
  *p = '\0';
565
  return stripped;
566
}
567
 
568
/* MEM is a memory reference for the register size table, each element of
569
   which has mode MODE.  Initialize column C as a return address column.  */
570
 
571
static void
572
init_return_column_size (enum machine_mode mode, rtx mem, unsigned int c)
573
{
574
  HOST_WIDE_INT offset = c * GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
575
  HOST_WIDE_INT size = GET_MODE_SIZE (Pmode);
576
  emit_move_insn (adjust_address (mem, mode, offset), GEN_INT (size));
577
}
578
 
579
/* Divide OFF by DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT, asserting no remainder.  */
580
 
581
static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
582
div_data_align (HOST_WIDE_INT off)
583
{
584
  HOST_WIDE_INT r = off / DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT;
585
  gcc_assert (r * DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT == off);
586
  return r;
587
}
588
 
589
/* Return true if we need a signed version of a given opcode
590
   (e.g. DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf vs DW_CFA_offset_extended).  */
591
 
592
static inline bool
593
need_data_align_sf_opcode (HOST_WIDE_INT off)
594
{
595
  return DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT < 0 ? off > 0 : off < 0;
596
}
597
 
598
/* Generate code to initialize the register size table.  */
599
 
600
void
601
expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes (tree address)
602
{
603
  unsigned int i;
604
  enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (char_type_node);
605
  rtx addr = expand_normal (address);
606
  rtx mem = gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode, addr);
607
  bool wrote_return_column = false;
608
 
609
  for (i = 0; i < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; i++)
610
    {
611
      int rnum = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i), 1);
612
 
613
      if (rnum < DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS)
614
        {
615
          HOST_WIDE_INT offset = rnum * GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
616
          enum machine_mode save_mode = reg_raw_mode[i];
617
          HOST_WIDE_INT size;
618
 
619
          if (HARD_REGNO_CALL_PART_CLOBBERED (i, save_mode))
620
            save_mode = choose_hard_reg_mode (i, 1, true);
621
          if (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i) == DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN)
622
            {
623
              if (save_mode == VOIDmode)
624
                continue;
625
              wrote_return_column = true;
626
            }
627
          size = GET_MODE_SIZE (save_mode);
628
          if (offset < 0)
629
            continue;
630
 
631
          emit_move_insn (adjust_address (mem, mode, offset),
632
                          gen_int_mode (size, mode));
633
        }
634
    }
635
 
636
  if (!wrote_return_column)
637
    init_return_column_size (mode, mem, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN);
638
 
639
#ifdef DWARF_ALT_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
640
  init_return_column_size (mode, mem, DWARF_ALT_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN);
641
#endif
642
 
643
  targetm.init_dwarf_reg_sizes_extra (address);
644
}
645
 
646
/* Convert a DWARF call frame info. operation to its string name */
647
 
648
static const char *
649
dwarf_cfi_name (unsigned int cfi_opc)
650
{
651
  switch (cfi_opc)
652
    {
653
    case DW_CFA_advance_loc:
654
      return "DW_CFA_advance_loc";
655
    case DW_CFA_offset:
656
      return "DW_CFA_offset";
657
    case DW_CFA_restore:
658
      return "DW_CFA_restore";
659
    case DW_CFA_nop:
660
      return "DW_CFA_nop";
661
    case DW_CFA_set_loc:
662
      return "DW_CFA_set_loc";
663
    case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
664
      return "DW_CFA_advance_loc1";
665
    case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
666
      return "DW_CFA_advance_loc2";
667
    case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
668
      return "DW_CFA_advance_loc4";
669
    case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
670
      return "DW_CFA_offset_extended";
671
    case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
672
      return "DW_CFA_restore_extended";
673
    case DW_CFA_undefined:
674
      return "DW_CFA_undefined";
675
    case DW_CFA_same_value:
676
      return "DW_CFA_same_value";
677
    case DW_CFA_register:
678
      return "DW_CFA_register";
679
    case DW_CFA_remember_state:
680
      return "DW_CFA_remember_state";
681
    case DW_CFA_restore_state:
682
      return "DW_CFA_restore_state";
683
    case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
684
      return "DW_CFA_def_cfa";
685
    case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
686
      return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register";
687
    case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
688
      return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset";
689
 
690
    /* DWARF 3 */
691
    case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
692
      return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression";
693
    case DW_CFA_expression:
694
      return "DW_CFA_expression";
695
    case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
696
      return "DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf";
697
    case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
698
      return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf";
699
    case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
700
      return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf";
701
 
702
    /* SGI/MIPS specific */
703
    case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
704
      return "DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8";
705
 
706
    /* GNU extensions */
707
    case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
708
      return "DW_CFA_GNU_window_save";
709
    case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
710
      return "DW_CFA_GNU_args_size";
711
    case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended:
712
      return "DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended";
713
 
714
    default:
715
      return "DW_CFA_<unknown>";
716
    }
717
}
718
 
719
/* Return a pointer to a newly allocated Call Frame Instruction.  */
720
 
721
static inline dw_cfi_ref
722
new_cfi (void)
723
{
724
  dw_cfi_ref cfi = GGC_NEW (dw_cfi_node);
725
 
726
  cfi->dw_cfi_next = NULL;
727
  cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = 0;
728
  cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num = 0;
729
 
730
  return cfi;
731
}
732
 
733
/* Add a Call Frame Instruction to list of instructions.  */
734
 
735
static inline void
736
add_cfi (dw_cfi_ref *list_head, dw_cfi_ref cfi)
737
{
738
  dw_cfi_ref *p;
739
  dw_fde_ref fde = current_fde ();
740
 
741
  /* When DRAP is used, CFA is defined with an expression.  Redefine
742
     CFA may lead to a different CFA value.   */
743
  /* ??? Of course, this heuristic fails when we're annotating epilogues,
744
     because of course we'll always want to redefine the CFA back to the
745
     stack pointer on the way out.  Where should we move this check?  */
746
  if (0 && fde && fde->drap_reg != INVALID_REGNUM)
747
    switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
748
      {
749
        case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
750
        case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
751
        case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
752
        case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
753
        case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
754
          gcc_unreachable ();
755
 
756
        default:
757
          break;
758
      }
759
 
760
  /* Find the end of the chain.  */
761
  for (p = list_head; (*p) != NULL; p = &(*p)->dw_cfi_next)
762
    ;
763
 
764
  *p = cfi;
765
}
766
 
767
/* Generate a new label for the CFI info to refer to.  FORCE is true
768
   if a label needs to be output even when using .cfi_* directives.  */
769
 
770
char *
771
dwarf2out_cfi_label (bool force)
772
{
773
  static char label[20];
774
 
775
  if (!force && dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
776
    {
777
      /* In this case, we will be emitting the asm directive instead of
778
         the label, so just return a placeholder to keep the rest of the
779
         interfaces happy.  */
780
      strcpy (label, "<do not output>");
781
    }
782
  else
783
    {
784
      ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "LCFI", dwarf2out_cfi_label_num++);
785
      ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, label);
786
    }
787
 
788
  return label;
789
}
790
 
791
/* True if remember_state should be emitted before following CFI directive.  */
792
static bool emit_cfa_remember;
793
 
794
/* Add CFI to the current fde at the PC value indicated by LABEL if specified,
795
   or to the CIE if LABEL is NULL.  */
796
 
797
static void
798
add_fde_cfi (const char *label, dw_cfi_ref cfi)
799
{
800
  dw_cfi_ref *list_head;
801
 
802
  if (emit_cfa_remember)
803
    {
804
      dw_cfi_ref cfi_remember;
805
 
806
      /* Emit the state save.  */
807
      emit_cfa_remember = false;
808
      cfi_remember = new_cfi ();
809
      cfi_remember->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_remember_state;
810
      add_fde_cfi (label, cfi_remember);
811
    }
812
 
813
  list_head = &cie_cfi_head;
814
 
815
  if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
816
    {
817
      if (label)
818
        {
819
          dw_fde_ref fde = current_fde ();
820
 
821
          gcc_assert (fde != NULL);
822
 
823
          /* We still have to add the cfi to the list so that lookup_cfa
824
             works later on.  When -g2 and above we even need to force
825
             emitting of CFI labels and add to list a DW_CFA_set_loc for
826
             convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list purposes.  If we're generating
827
             DWARF3 output we use DW_OP_call_frame_cfa and so don't use
828
             convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list.  */
829
          if (dwarf_version == 2
830
              && debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
831
              && (write_symbols == DWARF2_DEBUG
832
                  || write_symbols == VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG))
833
            {
834
              switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
835
                {
836
                case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
837
                case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
838
                case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
839
                case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
840
                case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
841
                case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
842
                case DW_CFA_restore_state:
843
                  if (*label == 0 || strcmp (label, "<do not output>") == 0)
844
                    label = dwarf2out_cfi_label (true);
845
 
846
                  if (fde->dw_fde_current_label == NULL
847
                      || strcmp (label, fde->dw_fde_current_label) != 0)
848
                    {
849
                      dw_cfi_ref xcfi;
850
 
851
                      label = xstrdup (label);
852
 
853
                      /* Set the location counter to the new label.  */
854
                      xcfi = new_cfi ();
855
                      /* It doesn't metter whether DW_CFA_set_loc
856
                         or DW_CFA_advance_loc4 is added here, those aren't
857
                         emitted into assembly, only looked up by
858
                         convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list.  */
859
                      xcfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_set_loc;
860
                      xcfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr = label;
861
                      add_cfi (&fde->dw_fde_cfi, xcfi);
862
                      fde->dw_fde_current_label = label;
863
                    }
864
                  break;
865
                default:
866
                  break;
867
                }
868
            }
869
 
870
          output_cfi_directive (cfi);
871
 
872
          list_head = &fde->dw_fde_cfi;
873
        }
874
      /* ??? If this is a CFI for the CIE, we don't emit.  This
875
         assumes that the standard CIE contents that the assembler
876
         uses matches the standard CIE contents that the compiler
877
         uses.  This is probably a bad assumption.  I'm not quite
878
         sure how to address this for now.  */
879
    }
880
  else if (label)
881
    {
882
      dw_fde_ref fde = current_fde ();
883
 
884
      gcc_assert (fde != NULL);
885
 
886
      if (*label == 0)
887
        label = dwarf2out_cfi_label (false);
888
 
889
      if (fde->dw_fde_current_label == NULL
890
          || strcmp (label, fde->dw_fde_current_label) != 0)
891
        {
892
          dw_cfi_ref xcfi;
893
 
894
          label = xstrdup (label);
895
 
896
          /* Set the location counter to the new label.  */
897
          xcfi = new_cfi ();
898
          /* If we have a current label, advance from there, otherwise
899
             set the location directly using set_loc.  */
900
          xcfi->dw_cfi_opc = fde->dw_fde_current_label
901
                             ? DW_CFA_advance_loc4
902
                             : DW_CFA_set_loc;
903
          xcfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr = label;
904
          add_cfi (&fde->dw_fde_cfi, xcfi);
905
 
906
          fde->dw_fde_current_label = label;
907
        }
908
 
909
      list_head = &fde->dw_fde_cfi;
910
    }
911
 
912
  add_cfi (list_head, cfi);
913
}
914
 
915
/* Subroutine of lookup_cfa.  */
916
 
917
static void
918
lookup_cfa_1 (dw_cfi_ref cfi, dw_cfa_location *loc, dw_cfa_location *remember)
919
{
920
  switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
921
    {
922
    case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
923
    case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
924
      loc->offset = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset;
925
      break;
926
    case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
927
      loc->reg = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num;
928
      break;
929
    case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
930
    case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
931
      loc->reg = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num;
932
      loc->offset = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset;
933
      break;
934
    case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
935
      get_cfa_from_loc_descr (loc, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc);
936
      break;
937
 
938
    case DW_CFA_remember_state:
939
      gcc_assert (!remember->in_use);
940
      *remember = *loc;
941
      remember->in_use = 1;
942
      break;
943
    case DW_CFA_restore_state:
944
      gcc_assert (remember->in_use);
945
      *loc = *remember;
946
      remember->in_use = 0;
947
      break;
948
 
949
    default:
950
      break;
951
    }
952
}
953
 
954
/* Find the previous value for the CFA.  */
955
 
956
static void
957
lookup_cfa (dw_cfa_location *loc)
958
{
959
  dw_cfi_ref cfi;
960
  dw_fde_ref fde;
961
  dw_cfa_location remember;
962
 
963
  memset (loc, 0, sizeof (*loc));
964
  loc->reg = INVALID_REGNUM;
965
  remember = *loc;
966
 
967
  for (cfi = cie_cfi_head; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
968
    lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, loc, &remember);
969
 
970
  fde = current_fde ();
971
  if (fde)
972
    for (cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
973
      lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, loc, &remember);
974
}
975
 
976
/* The current rule for calculating the DWARF2 canonical frame address.  */
977
static dw_cfa_location cfa;
978
 
979
/* The register used for saving registers to the stack, and its offset
980
   from the CFA.  */
981
static dw_cfa_location cfa_store;
982
 
983
/* The current save location around an epilogue.  */
984
static dw_cfa_location cfa_remember;
985
 
986
/* The running total of the size of arguments pushed onto the stack.  */
987
static HOST_WIDE_INT args_size;
988
 
989
/* The last args_size we actually output.  */
990
static HOST_WIDE_INT old_args_size;
991
 
992
/* Entry point to update the canonical frame address (CFA).
993
   LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi.  The value of CFA is now to be
994
   calculated from REG+OFFSET.  */
995
 
996
void
997
dwarf2out_def_cfa (const char *label, unsigned int reg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
998
{
999
  dw_cfa_location loc;
1000
  loc.indirect = 0;
1001
  loc.base_offset = 0;
1002
  loc.reg = reg;
1003
  loc.offset = offset;
1004
  def_cfa_1 (label, &loc);
1005
}
1006
 
1007
/* Determine if two dw_cfa_location structures define the same data.  */
1008
 
1009
static bool
1010
cfa_equal_p (const dw_cfa_location *loc1, const dw_cfa_location *loc2)
1011
{
1012
  return (loc1->reg == loc2->reg
1013
          && loc1->offset == loc2->offset
1014
          && loc1->indirect == loc2->indirect
1015
          && (loc1->indirect == 0
1016
              || loc1->base_offset == loc2->base_offset));
1017
}
1018
 
1019
/* This routine does the actual work.  The CFA is now calculated from
1020
   the dw_cfa_location structure.  */
1021
 
1022
static void
1023
def_cfa_1 (const char *label, dw_cfa_location *loc_p)
1024
{
1025
  dw_cfi_ref cfi;
1026
  dw_cfa_location old_cfa, loc;
1027
 
1028
  cfa = *loc_p;
1029
  loc = *loc_p;
1030
 
1031
  if (cfa_store.reg == loc.reg && loc.indirect == 0)
1032
    cfa_store.offset = loc.offset;
1033
 
1034
  loc.reg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (loc.reg);
1035
  lookup_cfa (&old_cfa);
1036
 
1037
  /* If nothing changed, no need to issue any call frame instructions.  */
1038
  if (cfa_equal_p (&loc, &old_cfa))
1039
    return;
1040
 
1041
  cfi = new_cfi ();
1042
 
1043
  if (loc.reg == old_cfa.reg && !loc.indirect && !old_cfa.indirect)
1044
    {
1045
      /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset <offset>" instruction, indicating
1046
         the CFA register did not change but the offset did.  The data
1047
         factoring for DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf happens in output_cfi, or
1048
         in the assembler via the .cfi_def_cfa_offset directive.  */
1049
      if (loc.offset < 0)
1050
        cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf;
1051
      else
1052
        cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset;
1053
      cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset = loc.offset;
1054
    }
1055
 
1056
#ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO  /* SGI dbx thinks this means no offset.  */
1057
  else if (loc.offset == old_cfa.offset
1058
           && old_cfa.reg != INVALID_REGNUM
1059
           && !loc.indirect
1060
           && !old_cfa.indirect)
1061
    {
1062
      /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register <register>" instruction,
1063
         indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> but the
1064
         offset has not changed.  */
1065
      cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_register;
1066
      cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = loc.reg;
1067
    }
1068
#endif
1069
 
1070
  else if (loc.indirect == 0)
1071
    {
1072
      /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa <register> <offset>" instruction,
1073
         indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> with
1074
         the specified offset.  The data factoring for DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
1075
         happens in output_cfi, or in the assembler via the .cfi_def_cfa
1076
         directive.  */
1077
      if (loc.offset < 0)
1078
        cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf;
1079
      else
1080
        cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa;
1081
      cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = loc.reg;
1082
      cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset = loc.offset;
1083
    }
1084
  else
1085
    {
1086
      /* Construct a DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression instruction to
1087
         calculate the CFA using a full location expression since no
1088
         register-offset pair is available.  */
1089
      struct dw_loc_descr_struct *loc_list;
1090
 
1091
      cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression;
1092
      loc_list = build_cfa_loc (&loc, 0);
1093
      cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc = loc_list;
1094
    }
1095
 
1096
  add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
1097
}
1098
 
1099
/* Add the CFI for saving a register.  REG is the CFA column number.
1100
   LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi.
1101
   If SREG is -1, the register is saved at OFFSET from the CFA;
1102
   otherwise it is saved in SREG.  */
1103
 
1104
static void
1105
reg_save (const char *label, unsigned int reg, unsigned int sreg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
1106
{
1107
  dw_cfi_ref cfi = new_cfi ();
1108
  dw_fde_ref fde = current_fde ();
1109
 
1110
  cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = reg;
1111
 
1112
  /* When stack is aligned, store REG using DW_CFA_expression with
1113
     FP.  */
1114
  if (fde
1115
      && fde->stack_realign
1116
      && sreg == INVALID_REGNUM)
1117
    {
1118
      cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_expression;
1119
      cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = reg;
1120
      cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_loc
1121
        = build_cfa_aligned_loc (offset, fde->stack_realignment);
1122
    }
1123
  else if (sreg == INVALID_REGNUM)
1124
    {
1125
      if (need_data_align_sf_opcode (offset))
1126
        cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf;
1127
      else if (reg & ~0x3f)
1128
        cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_offset_extended;
1129
      else
1130
        cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_offset;
1131
      cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset = offset;
1132
    }
1133
  else if (sreg == reg)
1134
    cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_same_value;
1135
  else
1136
    {
1137
      cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_register;
1138
      cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num = sreg;
1139
    }
1140
 
1141
  add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
1142
}
1143
 
1144
/* Add the CFI for saving a register window.  LABEL is passed to reg_save.
1145
   This CFI tells the unwinder that it needs to restore the window registers
1146
   from the previous frame's window save area.
1147
 
1148
   ??? Perhaps we should note in the CIE where windows are saved (instead of
1149
   assuming 0(cfa)) and what registers are in the window.  */
1150
 
1151
void
1152
dwarf2out_window_save (const char *label)
1153
{
1154
  dw_cfi_ref cfi = new_cfi ();
1155
 
1156
  cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_GNU_window_save;
1157
  add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
1158
}
1159
 
1160
/* Entry point for saving a register to the stack.  REG is the GCC register
1161
   number.  LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save.  */
1162
 
1163
void
1164
dwarf2out_reg_save (const char *label, unsigned int reg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
1165
{
1166
  reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (reg), INVALID_REGNUM, offset);
1167
}
1168
 
1169
/* Entry point for saving the return address in the stack.
1170
   LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save.  */
1171
 
1172
void
1173
dwarf2out_return_save (const char *label, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
1174
{
1175
  reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, INVALID_REGNUM, offset);
1176
}
1177
 
1178
/* Entry point for saving the return address in a register.
1179
   LABEL and SREG are passed to reg_save.  */
1180
 
1181
void
1182
dwarf2out_return_reg (const char *label, unsigned int sreg)
1183
{
1184
  reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (sreg), 0);
1185
}
1186
 
1187
#ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
1188
/* Record the initial position of the return address.  RTL is
1189
   INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX.  */
1190
 
1191
static void
1192
initial_return_save (rtx rtl)
1193
{
1194
  unsigned int reg = INVALID_REGNUM;
1195
  HOST_WIDE_INT offset = 0;
1196
 
1197
  switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
1198
    {
1199
    case REG:
1200
      /* RA is in a register.  */
1201
      reg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (rtl));
1202
      break;
1203
 
1204
    case MEM:
1205
      /* RA is on the stack.  */
1206
      rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
1207
      switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
1208
        {
1209
        case REG:
1210
          gcc_assert (REGNO (rtl) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
1211
          offset = 0;
1212
          break;
1213
 
1214
        case PLUS:
1215
          gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
1216
          offset = INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1));
1217
          break;
1218
 
1219
        case MINUS:
1220
          gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
1221
          offset = -INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1));
1222
          break;
1223
 
1224
        default:
1225
          gcc_unreachable ();
1226
        }
1227
 
1228
      break;
1229
 
1230
    case PLUS:
1231
      /* The return address is at some offset from any value we can
1232
         actually load.  For instance, on the SPARC it is in %i7+8. Just
1233
         ignore the offset for now; it doesn't matter for unwinding frames.  */
1234
      gcc_assert (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1)));
1235
      initial_return_save (XEXP (rtl, 0));
1236
      return;
1237
 
1238
    default:
1239
      gcc_unreachable ();
1240
    }
1241
 
1242
  if (reg != DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN)
1243
    reg_save (NULL, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, reg, offset - cfa.offset);
1244
}
1245
#endif
1246
 
1247
/* Given a SET, calculate the amount of stack adjustment it
1248
   contains.  */
1249
 
1250
static HOST_WIDE_INT
1251
stack_adjust_offset (const_rtx pattern, HOST_WIDE_INT cur_args_size,
1252
                     HOST_WIDE_INT cur_offset)
1253
{
1254
  const_rtx src = SET_SRC (pattern);
1255
  const_rtx dest = SET_DEST (pattern);
1256
  HOST_WIDE_INT offset = 0;
1257
  enum rtx_code code;
1258
 
1259
  if (dest == stack_pointer_rtx)
1260
    {
1261
      code = GET_CODE (src);
1262
 
1263
      /* Assume (set (reg sp) (reg whatever)) sets args_size
1264
         level to 0.  */
1265
      if (code == REG && src != stack_pointer_rtx)
1266
        {
1267
          offset = -cur_args_size;
1268
#ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1269
          offset = -offset;
1270
#endif
1271
          return offset - cur_offset;
1272
        }
1273
 
1274
      if (! (code == PLUS || code == MINUS)
1275
          || XEXP (src, 0) != stack_pointer_rtx
1276
          || !CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src, 1)))
1277
        return 0;
1278
 
1279
      /* (set (reg sp) (plus (reg sp) (const_int))) */
1280
      offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1281
      if (code == PLUS)
1282
        offset = -offset;
1283
      return offset;
1284
    }
1285
 
1286
  if (MEM_P (src) && !MEM_P (dest))
1287
    dest = src;
1288
  if (MEM_P (dest))
1289
    {
1290
      /* (set (mem (pre_dec (reg sp))) (foo)) */
1291
      src = XEXP (dest, 0);
1292
      code = GET_CODE (src);
1293
 
1294
      switch (code)
1295
        {
1296
        case PRE_MODIFY:
1297
        case POST_MODIFY:
1298
          if (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx)
1299
            {
1300
              rtx val = XEXP (XEXP (src, 1), 1);
1301
              /* We handle only adjustments by constant amount.  */
1302
              gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) == PLUS
1303
                          && CONST_INT_P (val));
1304
              offset = -INTVAL (val);
1305
              break;
1306
            }
1307
          return 0;
1308
 
1309
        case PRE_DEC:
1310
        case POST_DEC:
1311
          if (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx)
1312
            {
1313
              offset = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
1314
              break;
1315
            }
1316
          return 0;
1317
 
1318
        case PRE_INC:
1319
        case POST_INC:
1320
          if (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx)
1321
            {
1322
              offset = -GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
1323
              break;
1324
            }
1325
          return 0;
1326
 
1327
        default:
1328
          return 0;
1329
        }
1330
    }
1331
  else
1332
    return 0;
1333
 
1334
  return offset;
1335
}
1336
 
1337
/* Precomputed args_size for CODE_LABELs and BARRIERs preceeding them,
1338
   indexed by INSN_UID.  */
1339
 
1340
static HOST_WIDE_INT *barrier_args_size;
1341
 
1342
/* Helper function for compute_barrier_args_size.  Handle one insn.  */
1343
 
1344
static HOST_WIDE_INT
1345
compute_barrier_args_size_1 (rtx insn, HOST_WIDE_INT cur_args_size,
1346
                             VEC (rtx, heap) **next)
1347
{
1348
  HOST_WIDE_INT offset = 0;
1349
  int i;
1350
 
1351
  if (! RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn))
1352
    {
1353
      if (prologue_epilogue_contains (insn))
1354
        /* Nothing */;
1355
      else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SET)
1356
        offset = stack_adjust_offset (PATTERN (insn), cur_args_size, 0);
1357
      else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == PARALLEL
1358
               || GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SEQUENCE)
1359
        {
1360
          /* There may be stack adjustments inside compound insns.  Search
1361
             for them.  */
1362
          for (i = XVECLEN (PATTERN (insn), 0) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
1363
            if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, i)) == SET)
1364
              offset += stack_adjust_offset (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, i),
1365
                                             cur_args_size, offset);
1366
        }
1367
    }
1368
  else
1369
    {
1370
      rtx expr = find_reg_note (insn, REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR, NULL_RTX);
1371
 
1372
      if (expr)
1373
        {
1374
          expr = XEXP (expr, 0);
1375
          if (GET_CODE (expr) == PARALLEL
1376
              || GET_CODE (expr) == SEQUENCE)
1377
            for (i = 1; i < XVECLEN (expr, 0); i++)
1378
              {
1379
                rtx elem = XVECEXP (expr, 0, i);
1380
 
1381
                if (GET_CODE (elem) == SET && !RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (elem))
1382
                  offset += stack_adjust_offset (elem, cur_args_size, offset);
1383
              }
1384
        }
1385
    }
1386
 
1387
#ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1388
  offset = -offset;
1389
#endif
1390
 
1391
  cur_args_size += offset;
1392
  if (cur_args_size < 0)
1393
    cur_args_size = 0;
1394
 
1395
  if (JUMP_P (insn))
1396
    {
1397
      rtx dest = JUMP_LABEL (insn);
1398
 
1399
      if (dest)
1400
        {
1401
          if (barrier_args_size [INSN_UID (dest)] < 0)
1402
            {
1403
              barrier_args_size [INSN_UID (dest)] = cur_args_size;
1404
              VEC_safe_push (rtx, heap, *next, dest);
1405
            }
1406
        }
1407
    }
1408
 
1409
  return cur_args_size;
1410
}
1411
 
1412
/* Walk the whole function and compute args_size on BARRIERs.  */
1413
 
1414
static void
1415
compute_barrier_args_size (void)
1416
{
1417
  int max_uid = get_max_uid (), i;
1418
  rtx insn;
1419
  VEC (rtx, heap) *worklist, *next, *tmp;
1420
 
1421
  barrier_args_size = XNEWVEC (HOST_WIDE_INT, max_uid);
1422
  for (i = 0; i < max_uid; i++)
1423
    barrier_args_size[i] = -1;
1424
 
1425
  worklist = VEC_alloc (rtx, heap, 20);
1426
  next = VEC_alloc (rtx, heap, 20);
1427
  insn = get_insns ();
1428
  barrier_args_size[INSN_UID (insn)] = 0;
1429
  VEC_quick_push (rtx, worklist, insn);
1430
  for (;;)
1431
    {
1432
      while (!VEC_empty (rtx, worklist))
1433
        {
1434
          rtx prev, body, first_insn;
1435
          HOST_WIDE_INT cur_args_size;
1436
 
1437
          first_insn = insn = VEC_pop (rtx, worklist);
1438
          cur_args_size = barrier_args_size[INSN_UID (insn)];
1439
          prev = prev_nonnote_insn (insn);
1440
          if (prev && BARRIER_P (prev))
1441
            barrier_args_size[INSN_UID (prev)] = cur_args_size;
1442
 
1443
          for (; insn; insn = NEXT_INSN (insn))
1444
            {
1445
              if (INSN_DELETED_P (insn) || NOTE_P (insn))
1446
                continue;
1447
              if (BARRIER_P (insn))
1448
                break;
1449
 
1450
              if (LABEL_P (insn))
1451
                {
1452
                  if (insn == first_insn)
1453
                    continue;
1454
                  else if (barrier_args_size[INSN_UID (insn)] < 0)
1455
                    {
1456
                      barrier_args_size[INSN_UID (insn)] = cur_args_size;
1457
                      continue;
1458
                    }
1459
                  else
1460
                    {
1461
                      /* The insns starting with this label have been
1462
                         already scanned or are in the worklist.  */
1463
                      break;
1464
                    }
1465
                }
1466
 
1467
              body = PATTERN (insn);
1468
              if (GET_CODE (body) == SEQUENCE)
1469
                {
1470
                  HOST_WIDE_INT dest_args_size = cur_args_size;
1471
                  for (i = 1; i < XVECLEN (body, 0); i++)
1472
                    if (INSN_ANNULLED_BRANCH_P (XVECEXP (body, 0, 0))
1473
                        && INSN_FROM_TARGET_P (XVECEXP (body, 0, i)))
1474
                      dest_args_size
1475
                        = compute_barrier_args_size_1 (XVECEXP (body, 0, i),
1476
                                                       dest_args_size, &next);
1477
                    else
1478
                      cur_args_size
1479
                        = compute_barrier_args_size_1 (XVECEXP (body, 0, i),
1480
                                                       cur_args_size, &next);
1481
 
1482
                  if (INSN_ANNULLED_BRANCH_P (XVECEXP (body, 0, 0)))
1483
                    compute_barrier_args_size_1 (XVECEXP (body, 0, 0),
1484
                                                 dest_args_size, &next);
1485
                  else
1486
                    cur_args_size
1487
                      = compute_barrier_args_size_1 (XVECEXP (body, 0, 0),
1488
                                                     cur_args_size, &next);
1489
                }
1490
              else
1491
                cur_args_size
1492
                  = compute_barrier_args_size_1 (insn, cur_args_size, &next);
1493
            }
1494
        }
1495
 
1496
      if (VEC_empty (rtx, next))
1497
        break;
1498
 
1499
      /* Swap WORKLIST with NEXT and truncate NEXT for next iteration.  */
1500
      tmp = next;
1501
      next = worklist;
1502
      worklist = tmp;
1503
      VEC_truncate (rtx, next, 0);
1504
    }
1505
 
1506
  VEC_free (rtx, heap, worklist);
1507
  VEC_free (rtx, heap, next);
1508
}
1509
 
1510
/* Add a CFI to update the running total of the size of arguments
1511
   pushed onto the stack.  */
1512
 
1513
static void
1514
dwarf2out_args_size (const char *label, HOST_WIDE_INT size)
1515
{
1516
  dw_cfi_ref cfi;
1517
 
1518
  if (size == old_args_size)
1519
    return;
1520
 
1521
  old_args_size = size;
1522
 
1523
  cfi = new_cfi ();
1524
  cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_GNU_args_size;
1525
  cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset = size;
1526
  add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
1527
}
1528
 
1529
/* Record a stack adjustment of OFFSET bytes.  */
1530
 
1531
static void
1532
dwarf2out_stack_adjust (HOST_WIDE_INT offset, const char *label)
1533
{
1534
  if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1535
    cfa.offset += offset;
1536
 
1537
  if (cfa_store.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1538
    cfa_store.offset += offset;
1539
 
1540
  if (ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS)
1541
    return;
1542
 
1543
#ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1544
  offset = -offset;
1545
#endif
1546
 
1547
  args_size += offset;
1548
  if (args_size < 0)
1549
    args_size = 0;
1550
 
1551
  def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1552
  if (flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables)
1553
    dwarf2out_args_size (label, args_size);
1554
}
1555
 
1556
/* Check INSN to see if it looks like a push or a stack adjustment, and
1557
   make a note of it if it does.  EH uses this information to find out
1558
   how much extra space it needs to pop off the stack.  */
1559
 
1560
static void
1561
dwarf2out_notice_stack_adjust (rtx insn, bool after_p)
1562
{
1563
  HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
1564
  const char *label;
1565
  int i;
1566
 
1567
  /* Don't handle epilogues at all.  Certainly it would be wrong to do so
1568
     with this function.  Proper support would require all frame-related
1569
     insns to be marked, and to be able to handle saving state around
1570
     epilogues textually in the middle of the function.  */
1571
  if (prologue_epilogue_contains (insn))
1572
    return;
1573
 
1574
  /* If INSN is an instruction from target of an annulled branch, the
1575
     effects are for the target only and so current argument size
1576
     shouldn't change at all.  */
1577
  if (final_sequence
1578
      && INSN_ANNULLED_BRANCH_P (XVECEXP (final_sequence, 0, 0))
1579
      && INSN_FROM_TARGET_P (insn))
1580
    return;
1581
 
1582
  /* If only calls can throw, and we have a frame pointer,
1583
     save up adjustments until we see the CALL_INSN.  */
1584
  if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables && cfa.reg != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1585
    {
1586
      if (CALL_P (insn) && !after_p)
1587
        {
1588
          /* Extract the size of the args from the CALL rtx itself.  */
1589
          insn = PATTERN (insn);
1590
          if (GET_CODE (insn) == PARALLEL)
1591
            insn = XVECEXP (insn, 0, 0);
1592
          if (GET_CODE (insn) == SET)
1593
            insn = SET_SRC (insn);
1594
          gcc_assert (GET_CODE (insn) == CALL);
1595
          dwarf2out_args_size ("", INTVAL (XEXP (insn, 1)));
1596
        }
1597
      return;
1598
    }
1599
 
1600
  if (CALL_P (insn) && !after_p)
1601
    {
1602
      if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables)
1603
        dwarf2out_args_size ("", args_size);
1604
      return;
1605
    }
1606
  else if (BARRIER_P (insn))
1607
    {
1608
      /* Don't call compute_barrier_args_size () if the only
1609
         BARRIER is at the end of function.  */
1610
      if (barrier_args_size == NULL && next_nonnote_insn (insn))
1611
        compute_barrier_args_size ();
1612
      if (barrier_args_size == NULL)
1613
        offset = 0;
1614
      else
1615
        {
1616
          offset = barrier_args_size[INSN_UID (insn)];
1617
          if (offset < 0)
1618
            offset = 0;
1619
        }
1620
 
1621
      offset -= args_size;
1622
#ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1623
      offset = -offset;
1624
#endif
1625
    }
1626
  else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SET)
1627
    offset = stack_adjust_offset (PATTERN (insn), args_size, 0);
1628
  else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == PARALLEL
1629
           || GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SEQUENCE)
1630
    {
1631
      /* There may be stack adjustments inside compound insns.  Search
1632
         for them.  */
1633
      for (offset = 0, i = XVECLEN (PATTERN (insn), 0) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
1634
        if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, i)) == SET)
1635
          offset += stack_adjust_offset (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, i),
1636
                                         args_size, offset);
1637
    }
1638
  else
1639
    return;
1640
 
1641
  if (offset == 0)
1642
    return;
1643
 
1644
  label = dwarf2out_cfi_label (false);
1645
  dwarf2out_stack_adjust (offset, label);
1646
}
1647
 
1648
#endif
1649
 
1650
/* We delay emitting a register save until either (a) we reach the end
1651
   of the prologue or (b) the register is clobbered.  This clusters
1652
   register saves so that there are fewer pc advances.  */
1653
 
1654
struct GTY(()) queued_reg_save {
1655
  struct queued_reg_save *next;
1656
  rtx reg;
1657
  HOST_WIDE_INT cfa_offset;
1658
  rtx saved_reg;
1659
};
1660
 
1661
static GTY(()) struct queued_reg_save *queued_reg_saves;
1662
 
1663
/* The caller's ORIG_REG is saved in SAVED_IN_REG.  */
1664
struct GTY(()) reg_saved_in_data {
1665
  rtx orig_reg;
1666
  rtx saved_in_reg;
1667
};
1668
 
1669
/* A list of registers saved in other registers.
1670
   The list intentionally has a small maximum capacity of 4; if your
1671
   port needs more than that, you might consider implementing a
1672
   more efficient data structure.  */
1673
static GTY(()) struct reg_saved_in_data regs_saved_in_regs[4];
1674
static GTY(()) size_t num_regs_saved_in_regs;
1675
 
1676
#if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
1677
static const char *last_reg_save_label;
1678
 
1679
/* Add an entry to QUEUED_REG_SAVES saying that REG is now saved at
1680
   SREG, or if SREG is NULL then it is saved at OFFSET to the CFA.  */
1681
 
1682
static void
1683
queue_reg_save (const char *label, rtx reg, rtx sreg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
1684
{
1685
  struct queued_reg_save *q;
1686
 
1687
  /* Duplicates waste space, but it's also necessary to remove them
1688
     for correctness, since the queue gets output in reverse
1689
     order.  */
1690
  for (q = queued_reg_saves; q != NULL; q = q->next)
1691
    if (REGNO (q->reg) == REGNO (reg))
1692
      break;
1693
 
1694
  if (q == NULL)
1695
    {
1696
      q = GGC_NEW (struct queued_reg_save);
1697
      q->next = queued_reg_saves;
1698
      queued_reg_saves = q;
1699
    }
1700
 
1701
  q->reg = reg;
1702
  q->cfa_offset = offset;
1703
  q->saved_reg = sreg;
1704
 
1705
  last_reg_save_label = label;
1706
}
1707
 
1708
/* Output all the entries in QUEUED_REG_SAVES.  */
1709
 
1710
static void
1711
flush_queued_reg_saves (void)
1712
{
1713
  struct queued_reg_save *q;
1714
 
1715
  for (q = queued_reg_saves; q; q = q->next)
1716
    {
1717
      size_t i;
1718
      unsigned int reg, sreg;
1719
 
1720
      for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
1721
        if (REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg) == REGNO (q->reg))
1722
          break;
1723
      if (q->saved_reg && i == num_regs_saved_in_regs)
1724
        {
1725
          gcc_assert (i != ARRAY_SIZE (regs_saved_in_regs));
1726
          num_regs_saved_in_regs++;
1727
        }
1728
      if (i != num_regs_saved_in_regs)
1729
        {
1730
          regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg = q->reg;
1731
          regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg = q->saved_reg;
1732
        }
1733
 
1734
      reg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (q->reg));
1735
      if (q->saved_reg)
1736
        sreg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (q->saved_reg));
1737
      else
1738
        sreg = INVALID_REGNUM;
1739
      reg_save (last_reg_save_label, reg, sreg, q->cfa_offset);
1740
    }
1741
 
1742
  queued_reg_saves = NULL;
1743
  last_reg_save_label = NULL;
1744
}
1745
 
1746
/* Does INSN clobber any register which QUEUED_REG_SAVES lists a saved
1747
   location for?  Or, does it clobber a register which we've previously
1748
   said that some other register is saved in, and for which we now
1749
   have a new location for?  */
1750
 
1751
static bool
1752
clobbers_queued_reg_save (const_rtx insn)
1753
{
1754
  struct queued_reg_save *q;
1755
 
1756
  for (q = queued_reg_saves; q; q = q->next)
1757
    {
1758
      size_t i;
1759
      if (modified_in_p (q->reg, insn))
1760
        return true;
1761
      for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
1762
        if (REGNO (q->reg) == REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg)
1763
            && modified_in_p (regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg, insn))
1764
          return true;
1765
    }
1766
 
1767
  return false;
1768
}
1769
 
1770
/* Entry point for saving the first register into the second.  */
1771
 
1772
void
1773
dwarf2out_reg_save_reg (const char *label, rtx reg, rtx sreg)
1774
{
1775
  size_t i;
1776
  unsigned int regno, sregno;
1777
 
1778
  for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
1779
    if (REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg) == REGNO (reg))
1780
      break;
1781
  if (i == num_regs_saved_in_regs)
1782
    {
1783
      gcc_assert (i != ARRAY_SIZE (regs_saved_in_regs));
1784
      num_regs_saved_in_regs++;
1785
    }
1786
  regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg = reg;
1787
  regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg = sreg;
1788
 
1789
  regno = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (reg));
1790
  sregno = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (sreg));
1791
  reg_save (label, regno, sregno, 0);
1792
}
1793
 
1794
/* What register, if any, is currently saved in REG?  */
1795
 
1796
static rtx
1797
reg_saved_in (rtx reg)
1798
{
1799
  unsigned int regn = REGNO (reg);
1800
  size_t i;
1801
  struct queued_reg_save *q;
1802
 
1803
  for (q = queued_reg_saves; q; q = q->next)
1804
    if (q->saved_reg && regn == REGNO (q->saved_reg))
1805
      return q->reg;
1806
 
1807
  for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
1808
    if (regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg
1809
        && regn == REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg))
1810
      return regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg;
1811
 
1812
  return NULL_RTX;
1813
}
1814
 
1815
 
1816
/* A temporary register holding an integral value used in adjusting SP
1817
   or setting up the store_reg.  The "offset" field holds the integer
1818
   value, not an offset.  */
1819
static dw_cfa_location cfa_temp;
1820
 
1821
/* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_DEF_CFA note.  */
1822
 
1823
static void
1824
dwarf2out_frame_debug_def_cfa (rtx pat, const char *label)
1825
{
1826
  memset (&cfa, 0, sizeof (cfa));
1827
 
1828
  switch (GET_CODE (pat))
1829
    {
1830
    case PLUS:
1831
      cfa.reg = REGNO (XEXP (pat, 0));
1832
      cfa.offset = INTVAL (XEXP (pat, 1));
1833
      break;
1834
 
1835
    case REG:
1836
      cfa.reg = REGNO (pat);
1837
      break;
1838
 
1839
    default:
1840
      /* Recurse and define an expression.  */
1841
      gcc_unreachable ();
1842
    }
1843
 
1844
  def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1845
}
1846
 
1847
/* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_ADJUST_CFA note.  */
1848
 
1849
static void
1850
dwarf2out_frame_debug_adjust_cfa (rtx pat, const char *label)
1851
{
1852
  rtx src, dest;
1853
 
1854
  gcc_assert (GET_CODE (pat) == SET);
1855
  dest = XEXP (pat, 0);
1856
  src = XEXP (pat, 1);
1857
 
1858
  switch (GET_CODE (src))
1859
    {
1860
    case PLUS:
1861
      gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa.reg);
1862
      cfa.offset -= INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1863
      break;
1864
 
1865
    case REG:
1866
        break;
1867
 
1868
    default:
1869
        gcc_unreachable ();
1870
    }
1871
 
1872
  cfa.reg = REGNO (dest);
1873
  gcc_assert (cfa.indirect == 0);
1874
 
1875
  def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1876
}
1877
 
1878
/* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_CFA_OFFSET note.  */
1879
 
1880
static void
1881
dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_offset (rtx set, const char *label)
1882
{
1883
  HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
1884
  rtx src, addr, span;
1885
 
1886
  src = XEXP (set, 1);
1887
  addr = XEXP (set, 0);
1888
  gcc_assert (MEM_P (addr));
1889
  addr = XEXP (addr, 0);
1890
 
1891
  /* As documented, only consider extremely simple addresses.  */
1892
  switch (GET_CODE (addr))
1893
    {
1894
    case REG:
1895
      gcc_assert (REGNO (addr) == cfa.reg);
1896
      offset = -cfa.offset;
1897
      break;
1898
    case PLUS:
1899
      gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (addr, 0)) == cfa.reg);
1900
      offset = INTVAL (XEXP (addr, 1)) - cfa.offset;
1901
      break;
1902
    default:
1903
      gcc_unreachable ();
1904
    }
1905
 
1906
  span = targetm.dwarf_register_span (src);
1907
 
1908
  /* ??? We'd like to use queue_reg_save, but we need to come up with
1909
     a different flushing heuristic for epilogues.  */
1910
  if (!span)
1911
    reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (src)), INVALID_REGNUM, offset);
1912
  else
1913
    {
1914
      /* We have a PARALLEL describing where the contents of SRC live.
1915
         Queue register saves for each piece of the PARALLEL.  */
1916
      int par_index;
1917
      int limit;
1918
      HOST_WIDE_INT span_offset = offset;
1919
 
1920
      gcc_assert (GET_CODE (span) == PARALLEL);
1921
 
1922
      limit = XVECLEN (span, 0);
1923
      for (par_index = 0; par_index < limit; par_index++)
1924
        {
1925
          rtx elem = XVECEXP (span, 0, par_index);
1926
 
1927
          reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (elem)),
1928
                    INVALID_REGNUM, span_offset);
1929
          span_offset += GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (elem));
1930
        }
1931
    }
1932
}
1933
 
1934
/* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_CFA_REGISTER note.  */
1935
 
1936
static void
1937
dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_register (rtx set, const char *label)
1938
{
1939
  rtx src, dest;
1940
  unsigned sregno, dregno;
1941
 
1942
  src = XEXP (set, 1);
1943
  dest = XEXP (set, 0);
1944
 
1945
  if (src == pc_rtx)
1946
    sregno = DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN;
1947
  else
1948
    sregno = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (src));
1949
 
1950
  dregno = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (dest));
1951
 
1952
  /* ??? We'd like to use queue_reg_save, but we need to come up with
1953
     a different flushing heuristic for epilogues.  */
1954
  reg_save (label, sregno, dregno, 0);
1955
}
1956
 
1957
/* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_CFA_RESTORE note.  */
1958
 
1959
static void
1960
dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_restore (rtx reg, const char *label)
1961
{
1962
  dw_cfi_ref cfi = new_cfi ();
1963
  unsigned int regno = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (reg));
1964
 
1965
  cfi->dw_cfi_opc = (regno & ~0x3f ? DW_CFA_restore_extended : DW_CFA_restore);
1966
  cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = regno;
1967
 
1968
  add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
1969
}
1970
 
1971
/* Record call frame debugging information for an expression EXPR,
1972
   which either sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame
1973
   address) or saves a register to the stack or another register.
1974
   LABEL indicates the address of EXPR.
1975
 
1976
   This function encodes a state machine mapping rtxes to actions on
1977
   cfa, cfa_store, and cfa_temp.reg.  We describe these rules so
1978
   users need not read the source code.
1979
 
1980
  The High-Level Picture
1981
 
1982
  Changes in the register we use to calculate the CFA: Currently we
1983
  assume that if you copy the CFA register into another register, we
1984
  should take the other one as the new CFA register; this seems to
1985
  work pretty well.  If it's wrong for some target, it's simple
1986
  enough not to set RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on the insn in question.
1987
 
1988
  Changes in the register we use for saving registers to the stack:
1989
  This is usually SP, but not always.  Again, we deduce that if you
1990
  copy SP into another register (and SP is not the CFA register),
1991
  then the new register is the one we will be using for register
1992
  saves.  This also seems to work.
1993
 
1994
  Register saves: There's not much guesswork about this one; if
1995
  RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on an insn which modifies memory, it's a
1996
  register save, and the register used to calculate the destination
1997
  had better be the one we think we're using for this purpose.
1998
  It's also assumed that a copy from a call-saved register to another
1999
  register is saving that register if RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on
2000
  that instruction.  If the copy is from a call-saved register to
2001
  the *same* register, that means that the register is now the same
2002
  value as in the caller.
2003
 
2004
  Except: If the register being saved is the CFA register, and the
2005
  offset is nonzero, we are saving the CFA, so we assume we have to
2006
  use DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression.  If the offset is 0, we assume that
2007
  the intent is to save the value of SP from the previous frame.
2008
 
2009
  In addition, if a register has previously been saved to a different
2010
  register,
2011
 
2012
  Invariants / Summaries of Rules
2013
 
2014
  cfa          current rule for calculating the CFA.  It usually
2015
               consists of a register and an offset.
2016
  cfa_store    register used by prologue code to save things to the stack
2017
               cfa_store.offset is the offset from the value of
2018
               cfa_store.reg to the actual CFA
2019
  cfa_temp     register holding an integral value.  cfa_temp.offset
2020
               stores the value, which will be used to adjust the
2021
               stack pointer.  cfa_temp is also used like cfa_store,
2022
               to track stores to the stack via fp or a temp reg.
2023
 
2024
  Rules  1- 4: Setting a register's value to cfa.reg or an expression
2025
               with cfa.reg as the first operand changes the cfa.reg and its
2026
               cfa.offset.  Rule 1 and 4 also set cfa_temp.reg and
2027
               cfa_temp.offset.
2028
 
2029
  Rules  6- 9: Set a non-cfa.reg register value to a constant or an
2030
               expression yielding a constant.  This sets cfa_temp.reg
2031
               and cfa_temp.offset.
2032
 
2033
  Rule 5:      Create a new register cfa_store used to save items to the
2034
               stack.
2035
 
2036
  Rules 10-14: Save a register to the stack.  Define offset as the
2037
               difference of the original location and cfa_store's
2038
               location (or cfa_temp's location if cfa_temp is used).
2039
 
2040
  Rules 16-20: If AND operation happens on sp in prologue, we assume
2041
               stack is realigned.  We will use a group of DW_OP_XXX
2042
               expressions to represent the location of the stored
2043
               register instead of CFA+offset.
2044
 
2045
  The Rules
2046
 
2047
  "{a,b}" indicates a choice of a xor b.
2048
  "<reg>:cfa.reg" indicates that <reg> must equal cfa.reg.
2049
 
2050
  Rule 1:
2051
  (set <reg1> <reg2>:cfa.reg)
2052
  effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
2053
           cfa.offset unchanged
2054
           cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
2055
           cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
2056
 
2057
  Rule 2:
2058
  (set sp ({minus,plus,losum} {sp,fp}:cfa.reg
2059
                              {<const_int>,<reg>:cfa_temp.reg}))
2060
  effects: cfa.reg = sp if fp used
2061
           cfa.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset} if cfa.reg==sp
2062
           cfa_store.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset}
2063
             if cfa_store.reg==sp
2064
 
2065
  Rule 3:
2066
  (set fp ({minus,plus,losum} <reg>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
2067
  effects: cfa.reg = fp
2068
           cfa_offset += +/- <const_int>
2069
 
2070
  Rule 4:
2071
  (set <reg1> ({plus,losum} <reg2>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
2072
  constraints: <reg1> != fp
2073
               <reg1> != sp
2074
  effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
2075
           cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
2076
           cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
2077
 
2078
  Rule 5:
2079
  (set <reg1> (plus <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg sp:cfa.reg))
2080
  constraints: <reg1> != fp
2081
               <reg1> != sp
2082
  effects: cfa_store.reg = <reg1>
2083
           cfa_store.offset = cfa.offset - cfa_temp.offset
2084
 
2085
  Rule 6:
2086
  (set <reg> <const_int>)
2087
  effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
2088
           cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
2089
 
2090
  Rule 7:
2091
  (set <reg1>:cfa_temp.reg (ior <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg <const_int>))
2092
  effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
2093
           cfa_temp.offset |= <const_int>
2094
 
2095
  Rule 8:
2096
  (set <reg> (high <exp>))
2097
  effects: none
2098
 
2099
  Rule 9:
2100
  (set <reg> (lo_sum <exp> <const_int>))
2101
  effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
2102
           cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
2103
 
2104
  Rule 10:
2105
  (set (mem (pre_modify sp:cfa_store (???? <reg1> <const_int>))) <reg2>)
2106
  effects: cfa_store.offset -= <const_int>
2107
           cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
2108
           cfa.reg = sp
2109
           cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
2110
 
2111
  Rule 11:
2112
  (set (mem ({pre_inc,pre_dec} sp:cfa_store.reg)) <reg>)
2113
  effects: cfa_store.offset += -/+ mode_size(mem)
2114
           cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
2115
           cfa.reg = sp
2116
           cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
2117
 
2118
  Rule 12:
2119
  (set (mem ({minus,plus,losum} <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp} <const_int>))
2120
 
2121
       <reg2>)
2122
  effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
2123
           cfa.base_offset = -/+ <const_int> - {cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
2124
 
2125
  Rule 13:
2126
  (set (mem <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp}) <reg2>)
2127
  effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
2128
           cfa.base_offset = -{cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
2129
 
2130
  Rule 14:
2131
  (set (mem (postinc <reg1>:cfa_temp <const_int>)) <reg2>)
2132
  effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
2133
           cfa.base_offset = -cfa_temp.offset
2134
           cfa_temp.offset -= mode_size(mem)
2135
 
2136
  Rule 15:
2137
  (set <reg> {unspec, unspec_volatile})
2138
  effects: target-dependent
2139
 
2140
  Rule 16:
2141
  (set sp (and: sp <const_int>))
2142
  constraints: cfa_store.reg == sp
2143
  effects: current_fde.stack_realign = 1
2144
           cfa_store.offset = 0
2145
           fde->drap_reg = cfa.reg if cfa.reg != sp and cfa.reg != fp
2146
 
2147
  Rule 17:
2148
  (set (mem ({pre_inc, pre_dec} sp)) (mem (plus (cfa.reg) (const_int))))
2149
  effects: cfa_store.offset += -/+ mode_size(mem)
2150
 
2151
  Rule 18:
2152
  (set (mem ({pre_inc, pre_dec} sp)) fp)
2153
  constraints: fde->stack_realign == 1
2154
  effects: cfa_store.offset = 0
2155
           cfa.reg != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
2156
 
2157
  Rule 19:
2158
  (set (mem ({pre_inc, pre_dec} sp)) cfa.reg)
2159
  constraints: fde->stack_realign == 1
2160
               && cfa.offset == 0
2161
               && cfa.indirect == 0
2162
               && cfa.reg != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
2163
  effects: Use DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression to define cfa
2164
           cfa.reg == fde->drap_reg  */
2165
 
2166
static void
2167
dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (rtx expr, const char *label)
2168
{
2169
  rtx src, dest, span;
2170
  HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
2171
  dw_fde_ref fde;
2172
 
2173
  /* If RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on a PARALLEL, process each member of
2174
     the PARALLEL independently. The first element is always processed if
2175
     it is a SET. This is for backward compatibility.   Other elements
2176
     are processed only if they are SETs and the RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P
2177
     flag is set in them.  */
2178
  if (GET_CODE (expr) == PARALLEL || GET_CODE (expr) == SEQUENCE)
2179
    {
2180
      int par_index;
2181
      int limit = XVECLEN (expr, 0);
2182
      rtx elem;
2183
 
2184
      /* PARALLELs have strict read-modify-write semantics, so we
2185
         ought to evaluate every rvalue before changing any lvalue.
2186
         It's cumbersome to do that in general, but there's an
2187
         easy approximation that is enough for all current users:
2188
         handle register saves before register assignments.  */
2189
      if (GET_CODE (expr) == PARALLEL)
2190
        for (par_index = 0; par_index < limit; par_index++)
2191
          {
2192
            elem = XVECEXP (expr, 0, par_index);
2193
            if (GET_CODE (elem) == SET
2194
                && MEM_P (SET_DEST (elem))
2195
                && (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (elem) || par_index == 0))
2196
              dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (elem, label);
2197
          }
2198
 
2199
      for (par_index = 0; par_index < limit; par_index++)
2200
        {
2201
          elem = XVECEXP (expr, 0, par_index);
2202
          if (GET_CODE (elem) == SET
2203
              && (!MEM_P (SET_DEST (elem)) || GET_CODE (expr) == SEQUENCE)
2204
              && (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (elem) || par_index == 0))
2205
            dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (elem, label);
2206
          else if (GET_CODE (elem) == SET
2207
                   && par_index != 0
2208
                   && !RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (elem))
2209
            {
2210
              /* Stack adjustment combining might combine some post-prologue
2211
                 stack adjustment into a prologue stack adjustment.  */
2212
              HOST_WIDE_INT offset = stack_adjust_offset (elem, args_size, 0);
2213
 
2214
              if (offset != 0)
2215
                dwarf2out_stack_adjust (offset, label);
2216
            }
2217
        }
2218
      return;
2219
    }
2220
 
2221
  gcc_assert (GET_CODE (expr) == SET);
2222
 
2223
  src = SET_SRC (expr);
2224
  dest = SET_DEST (expr);
2225
 
2226
  if (REG_P (src))
2227
    {
2228
      rtx rsi = reg_saved_in (src);
2229
      if (rsi)
2230
        src = rsi;
2231
    }
2232
 
2233
  fde = current_fde ();
2234
 
2235
  switch (GET_CODE (dest))
2236
    {
2237
    case REG:
2238
      switch (GET_CODE (src))
2239
        {
2240
          /* Setting FP from SP.  */
2241
        case REG:
2242
          if (cfa.reg == (unsigned) REGNO (src))
2243
            {
2244
              /* Rule 1 */
2245
              /* Update the CFA rule wrt SP or FP.  Make sure src is
2246
                 relative to the current CFA register.
2247
 
2248
                 We used to require that dest be either SP or FP, but the
2249
                 ARM copies SP to a temporary register, and from there to
2250
                 FP.  So we just rely on the backends to only set
2251
                 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on appropriate insns.  */
2252
              cfa.reg = REGNO (dest);
2253
              cfa_temp.reg = cfa.reg;
2254
              cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset;
2255
            }
2256
          else
2257
            {
2258
              /* Saving a register in a register.  */
2259
              gcc_assert (!fixed_regs [REGNO (dest)]
2260
                          /* For the SPARC and its register window.  */
2261
                          || (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (src))
2262
                              == DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN));
2263
 
2264
              /* After stack is aligned, we can only save SP in FP
2265
                 if drap register is used.  In this case, we have
2266
                 to restore stack pointer with the CFA value and we
2267
                 don't generate this DWARF information.  */
2268
              if (fde
2269
                  && fde->stack_realign
2270
                  && REGNO (src) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
2271
                gcc_assert (REGNO (dest) == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
2272
                            && fde->drap_reg != INVALID_REGNUM
2273
                            && cfa.reg != REGNO (src));
2274
              else
2275
                queue_reg_save (label, src, dest, 0);
2276
            }
2277
          break;
2278
 
2279
        case PLUS:
2280
        case MINUS:
2281
        case LO_SUM:
2282
          if (dest == stack_pointer_rtx)
2283
            {
2284
              /* Rule 2 */
2285
              /* Adjusting SP.  */
2286
              switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)))
2287
                {
2288
                case CONST_INT:
2289
                  offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
2290
                  break;
2291
                case REG:
2292
                  gcc_assert ((unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src, 1))
2293
                              == cfa_temp.reg);
2294
                  offset = cfa_temp.offset;
2295
                  break;
2296
                default:
2297
                  gcc_unreachable ();
2298
                }
2299
 
2300
              if (XEXP (src, 0) == hard_frame_pointer_rtx)
2301
                {
2302
                  /* Restoring SP from FP in the epilogue.  */
2303
                  gcc_assert (cfa.reg == (unsigned) HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM);
2304
                  cfa.reg = STACK_POINTER_REGNUM;
2305
                }
2306
              else if (GET_CODE (src) == LO_SUM)
2307
                /* Assume we've set the source reg of the LO_SUM from sp.  */
2308
                ;
2309
              else
2310
                gcc_assert (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx);
2311
 
2312
              if (GET_CODE (src) != MINUS)
2313
                offset = -offset;
2314
              if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
2315
                cfa.offset += offset;
2316
              if (cfa_store.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
2317
                cfa_store.offset += offset;
2318
            }
2319
          else if (dest == hard_frame_pointer_rtx)
2320
            {
2321
              /* Rule 3 */
2322
              /* Either setting the FP from an offset of the SP,
2323
                 or adjusting the FP */
2324
              gcc_assert (frame_pointer_needed);
2325
 
2326
              gcc_assert (REG_P (XEXP (src, 0))
2327
                          && (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa.reg
2328
                          && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src, 1)));
2329
              offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
2330
              if (GET_CODE (src) != MINUS)
2331
                offset = -offset;
2332
              cfa.offset += offset;
2333
              cfa.reg = HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM;
2334
            }
2335
          else
2336
            {
2337
              gcc_assert (GET_CODE (src) != MINUS);
2338
 
2339
              /* Rule 4 */
2340
              if (REG_P (XEXP (src, 0))
2341
                  && REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa.reg
2342
                  && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src, 1)))
2343
                {
2344
                  /* Setting a temporary CFA register that will be copied
2345
                     into the FP later on.  */
2346
                  offset = - INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
2347
                  cfa.offset += offset;
2348
                  cfa.reg = REGNO (dest);
2349
                  /* Or used to save regs to the stack.  */
2350
                  cfa_temp.reg = cfa.reg;
2351
                  cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset;
2352
                }
2353
 
2354
              /* Rule 5 */
2355
              else if (REG_P (XEXP (src, 0))
2356
                       && REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa_temp.reg
2357
                       && XEXP (src, 1) == stack_pointer_rtx)
2358
                {
2359
                  /* Setting a scratch register that we will use instead
2360
                     of SP for saving registers to the stack.  */
2361
                  gcc_assert (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
2362
                  cfa_store.reg = REGNO (dest);
2363
                  cfa_store.offset = cfa.offset - cfa_temp.offset;
2364
                }
2365
 
2366
              /* Rule 9 */
2367
              else if (GET_CODE (src) == LO_SUM
2368
                       && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src, 1)))
2369
                {
2370
                  cfa_temp.reg = REGNO (dest);
2371
                  cfa_temp.offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
2372
                }
2373
              else
2374
                gcc_unreachable ();
2375
            }
2376
          break;
2377
 
2378
          /* Rule 6 */
2379
        case CONST_INT:
2380
          cfa_temp.reg = REGNO (dest);
2381
          cfa_temp.offset = INTVAL (src);
2382
          break;
2383
 
2384
          /* Rule 7 */
2385
        case IOR:
2386
          gcc_assert (REG_P (XEXP (src, 0))
2387
                      && (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa_temp.reg
2388
                      && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src, 1)));
2389
 
2390
          if ((unsigned) REGNO (dest) != cfa_temp.reg)
2391
            cfa_temp.reg = REGNO (dest);
2392
          cfa_temp.offset |= INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
2393
          break;
2394
 
2395
          /* Skip over HIGH, assuming it will be followed by a LO_SUM,
2396
             which will fill in all of the bits.  */
2397
          /* Rule 8 */
2398
        case HIGH:
2399
          break;
2400
 
2401
          /* Rule 15 */
2402
        case UNSPEC:
2403
        case UNSPEC_VOLATILE:
2404
          gcc_assert (targetm.dwarf_handle_frame_unspec);
2405
          targetm.dwarf_handle_frame_unspec (label, expr, XINT (src, 1));
2406
          return;
2407
 
2408
          /* Rule 16 */
2409
        case AND:
2410
          /* If this AND operation happens on stack pointer in prologue,
2411
             we assume the stack is realigned and we extract the
2412
             alignment.  */
2413
          if (fde && XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx)
2414
            {
2415
              gcc_assert (cfa_store.reg == REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)));
2416
              fde->stack_realign = 1;
2417
              fde->stack_realignment = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
2418
              cfa_store.offset = 0;
2419
 
2420
              if (cfa.reg != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
2421
                  && cfa.reg != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM)
2422
                fde->drap_reg = cfa.reg;
2423
            }
2424
          return;
2425
 
2426
        default:
2427
          gcc_unreachable ();
2428
        }
2429
 
2430
      def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
2431
      break;
2432
 
2433
    case MEM:
2434
 
2435
      /* Saving a register to the stack.  Make sure dest is relative to the
2436
         CFA register.  */
2437
      switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 0)))
2438
        {
2439
          /* Rule 10 */
2440
          /* With a push.  */
2441
        case PRE_MODIFY:
2442
          /* We can't handle variable size modifications.  */
2443
          gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1), 1))
2444
                      == CONST_INT);
2445
          offset = -INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1), 1));
2446
 
2447
          gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
2448
                      && cfa_store.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
2449
 
2450
          cfa_store.offset += offset;
2451
          if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
2452
            cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset;
2453
 
2454
          offset = -cfa_store.offset;
2455
          break;
2456
 
2457
          /* Rule 11 */
2458
        case PRE_INC:
2459
        case PRE_DEC:
2460
          offset = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
2461
          if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 0)) == PRE_INC)
2462
            offset = -offset;
2463
 
2464
          gcc_assert ((REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0))
2465
                       == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
2466
                      && cfa_store.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
2467
 
2468
          cfa_store.offset += offset;
2469
 
2470
          /* Rule 18: If stack is aligned, we will use FP as a
2471
             reference to represent the address of the stored
2472
             regiser.  */
2473
          if (fde
2474
              && fde->stack_realign
2475
              && src == hard_frame_pointer_rtx)
2476
            {
2477
              gcc_assert (cfa.reg != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM);
2478
              cfa_store.offset = 0;
2479
            }
2480
 
2481
          if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
2482
            cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset;
2483
 
2484
          offset = -cfa_store.offset;
2485
          break;
2486
 
2487
          /* Rule 12 */
2488
          /* With an offset.  */
2489
        case PLUS:
2490
        case MINUS:
2491
        case LO_SUM:
2492
          {
2493
            int regno;
2494
 
2495
            gcc_assert (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1))
2496
                        && REG_P (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)));
2497
            offset = INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1));
2498
            if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 0)) == MINUS)
2499
              offset = -offset;
2500
 
2501
            regno = REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0));
2502
 
2503
            if (cfa_store.reg == (unsigned) regno)
2504
              offset -= cfa_store.offset;
2505
            else
2506
              {
2507
                gcc_assert (cfa_temp.reg == (unsigned) regno);
2508
                offset -= cfa_temp.offset;
2509
              }
2510
          }
2511
          break;
2512
 
2513
          /* Rule 13 */
2514
          /* Without an offset.  */
2515
        case REG:
2516
          {
2517
            int regno = REGNO (XEXP (dest, 0));
2518
 
2519
            if (cfa_store.reg == (unsigned) regno)
2520
              offset = -cfa_store.offset;
2521
            else
2522
              {
2523
                gcc_assert (cfa_temp.reg == (unsigned) regno);
2524
                offset = -cfa_temp.offset;
2525
              }
2526
          }
2527
          break;
2528
 
2529
          /* Rule 14 */
2530
        case POST_INC:
2531
          gcc_assert (cfa_temp.reg
2532
                      == (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)));
2533
          offset = -cfa_temp.offset;
2534
          cfa_temp.offset -= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
2535
          break;
2536
 
2537
        default:
2538
          gcc_unreachable ();
2539
        }
2540
 
2541
        /* Rule 17 */
2542
        /* If the source operand of this MEM operation is not a
2543
           register, basically the source is return address.  Here
2544
           we only care how much stack grew and we don't save it.  */
2545
      if (!REG_P (src))
2546
        break;
2547
 
2548
      if (REGNO (src) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
2549
          && REGNO (src) != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
2550
          && (unsigned) REGNO (src) == cfa.reg)
2551
        {
2552
          /* We're storing the current CFA reg into the stack.  */
2553
 
2554
          if (cfa.offset == 0)
2555
            {
2556
              /* Rule 19 */
2557
              /* If stack is aligned, putting CFA reg into stack means
2558
                 we can no longer use reg + offset to represent CFA.
2559
                 Here we use DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression instead.  The
2560
                 result of this expression equals to the original CFA
2561
                 value.  */
2562
              if (fde
2563
                  && fde->stack_realign
2564
                  && cfa.indirect == 0
2565
                  && cfa.reg != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM)
2566
                {
2567
                  dw_cfa_location cfa_exp;
2568
 
2569
                  gcc_assert (fde->drap_reg == cfa.reg);
2570
 
2571
                  cfa_exp.indirect = 1;
2572
                  cfa_exp.reg = HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM;
2573
                  cfa_exp.base_offset = offset;
2574
                  cfa_exp.offset = 0;
2575
 
2576
                  fde->drap_reg_saved = 1;
2577
 
2578
                  def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa_exp);
2579
                  break;
2580
                }
2581
 
2582
              /* If the source register is exactly the CFA, assume
2583
                 we're saving SP like any other register; this happens
2584
                 on the ARM.  */
2585
              def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
2586
              queue_reg_save (label, stack_pointer_rtx, NULL_RTX, offset);
2587
              break;
2588
            }
2589
          else
2590
            {
2591
              /* Otherwise, we'll need to look in the stack to
2592
                 calculate the CFA.  */
2593
              rtx x = XEXP (dest, 0);
2594
 
2595
              if (!REG_P (x))
2596
                x = XEXP (x, 0);
2597
              gcc_assert (REG_P (x));
2598
 
2599
              cfa.reg = REGNO (x);
2600
              cfa.base_offset = offset;
2601
              cfa.indirect = 1;
2602
              def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
2603
              break;
2604
            }
2605
        }
2606
 
2607
      def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
2608
      {
2609
        span = targetm.dwarf_register_span (src);
2610
 
2611
        if (!span)
2612
          queue_reg_save (label, src, NULL_RTX, offset);
2613
        else
2614
          {
2615
            /* We have a PARALLEL describing where the contents of SRC
2616
               live.  Queue register saves for each piece of the
2617
               PARALLEL.  */
2618
            int par_index;
2619
            int limit;
2620
            HOST_WIDE_INT span_offset = offset;
2621
 
2622
            gcc_assert (GET_CODE (span) == PARALLEL);
2623
 
2624
            limit = XVECLEN (span, 0);
2625
            for (par_index = 0; par_index < limit; par_index++)
2626
              {
2627
                rtx elem = XVECEXP (span, 0, par_index);
2628
 
2629
                queue_reg_save (label, elem, NULL_RTX, span_offset);
2630
                span_offset += GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (elem));
2631
              }
2632
          }
2633
      }
2634
      break;
2635
 
2636
    default:
2637
      gcc_unreachable ();
2638
    }
2639
}
2640
 
2641
/* Record call frame debugging information for INSN, which either
2642
   sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame address) or saves a
2643
   register to the stack.  If INSN is NULL_RTX, initialize our state.
2644
 
2645
   If AFTER_P is false, we're being called before the insn is emitted,
2646
   otherwise after.  Call instructions get invoked twice.  */
2647
 
2648
void
2649
dwarf2out_frame_debug (rtx insn, bool after_p)
2650
{
2651
  const char *label;
2652
  rtx note, n;
2653
  bool handled_one = false;
2654
 
2655
  if (insn == NULL_RTX)
2656
    {
2657
      size_t i;
2658
 
2659
      /* Flush any queued register saves.  */
2660
      flush_queued_reg_saves ();
2661
 
2662
      /* Set up state for generating call frame debug info.  */
2663
      lookup_cfa (&cfa);
2664
      gcc_assert (cfa.reg
2665
                  == (unsigned long)DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM));
2666
 
2667
      cfa.reg = STACK_POINTER_REGNUM;
2668
      cfa_store = cfa;
2669
      cfa_temp.reg = -1;
2670
      cfa_temp.offset = 0;
2671
 
2672
      for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
2673
        {
2674
          regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg = NULL_RTX;
2675
          regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg = NULL_RTX;
2676
        }
2677
      num_regs_saved_in_regs = 0;
2678
 
2679
      if (barrier_args_size)
2680
        {
2681
          XDELETEVEC (barrier_args_size);
2682
          barrier_args_size = NULL;
2683
        }
2684
      return;
2685
    }
2686
 
2687
  if (!NONJUMP_INSN_P (insn) || clobbers_queued_reg_save (insn))
2688
    flush_queued_reg_saves ();
2689
 
2690
  if (!RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn))
2691
    {
2692
      /* ??? This should be done unconditionally since stack adjustments
2693
         matter if the stack pointer is not the CFA register anymore but
2694
         is still used to save registers.  */
2695
      if (!ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS)
2696
        dwarf2out_notice_stack_adjust (insn, after_p);
2697
      return;
2698
    }
2699
 
2700
  label = dwarf2out_cfi_label (false);
2701
 
2702
  for (note = REG_NOTES (insn); note; note = XEXP (note, 1))
2703
    switch (REG_NOTE_KIND (note))
2704
      {
2705
      case REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR:
2706
        insn = XEXP (note, 0);
2707
        goto found;
2708
 
2709
      case REG_CFA_DEF_CFA:
2710
        dwarf2out_frame_debug_def_cfa (XEXP (note, 0), label);
2711
        handled_one = true;
2712
        break;
2713
 
2714
      case REG_CFA_ADJUST_CFA:
2715
        n = XEXP (note, 0);
2716
        if (n == NULL)
2717
          {
2718
            n = PATTERN (insn);
2719
            if (GET_CODE (n) == PARALLEL)
2720
              n = XVECEXP (n, 0, 0);
2721
          }
2722
        dwarf2out_frame_debug_adjust_cfa (n, label);
2723
        handled_one = true;
2724
        break;
2725
 
2726
      case REG_CFA_OFFSET:
2727
        n = XEXP (note, 0);
2728
        if (n == NULL)
2729
          n = single_set (insn);
2730
        dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_offset (n, label);
2731
        handled_one = true;
2732
        break;
2733
 
2734
      case REG_CFA_REGISTER:
2735
        n = XEXP (note, 0);
2736
        if (n == NULL)
2737
          {
2738
            n = PATTERN (insn);
2739
            if (GET_CODE (n) == PARALLEL)
2740
              n = XVECEXP (n, 0, 0);
2741
          }
2742
        dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_register (n, label);
2743
        handled_one = true;
2744
        break;
2745
 
2746
      case REG_CFA_RESTORE:
2747
        n = XEXP (note, 0);
2748
        if (n == NULL)
2749
          {
2750
            n = PATTERN (insn);
2751
            if (GET_CODE (n) == PARALLEL)
2752
              n = XVECEXP (n, 0, 0);
2753
            n = XEXP (n, 0);
2754
          }
2755
        dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_restore (n, label);
2756
        handled_one = true;
2757
        break;
2758
 
2759
      case REG_CFA_SET_VDRAP:
2760
        n = XEXP (note, 0);
2761
        if (REG_P (n))
2762
          {
2763
            dw_fde_ref fde = current_fde ();
2764
            if (fde)
2765
              {
2766
                gcc_assert (fde->vdrap_reg == INVALID_REGNUM);
2767
                if (REG_P (n))
2768
                  fde->vdrap_reg = REGNO (n);
2769
              }
2770
          }
2771
        handled_one = true;
2772
        break;
2773
 
2774
      default:
2775
        break;
2776
      }
2777
  if (handled_one)
2778
    return;
2779
 
2780
  insn = PATTERN (insn);
2781
 found:
2782
  dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (insn, label);
2783
}
2784
 
2785
/* Determine if we need to save and restore CFI information around this
2786
   epilogue.  If SIBCALL is true, then this is a sibcall epilogue.  If
2787
   we do need to save/restore, then emit the save now, and insert a
2788
   NOTE_INSN_CFA_RESTORE_STATE at the appropriate place in the stream.  */
2789
 
2790
void
2791
dwarf2out_begin_epilogue (rtx insn)
2792
{
2793
  bool saw_frp = false;
2794
  rtx i;
2795
 
2796
  /* Scan forward to the return insn, noticing if there are possible
2797
     frame related insns.  */
2798
  for (i = NEXT_INSN (insn); i ; i = NEXT_INSN (i))
2799
    {
2800
      if (!INSN_P (i))
2801
        continue;
2802
 
2803
      /* Look for both regular and sibcalls to end the block.  */
2804
      if (returnjump_p (i))
2805
        break;
2806
      if (CALL_P (i) && SIBLING_CALL_P (i))
2807
        break;
2808
 
2809
      if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (i)) == SEQUENCE)
2810
        {
2811
          int idx;
2812
          rtx seq = PATTERN (i);
2813
 
2814
          if (returnjump_p (XVECEXP (seq, 0, 0)))
2815
            break;
2816
          if (CALL_P (XVECEXP (seq, 0, 0))
2817
              && SIBLING_CALL_P (XVECEXP (seq, 0, 0)))
2818
            break;
2819
 
2820
          for (idx = 0; idx < XVECLEN (seq, 0); idx++)
2821
            if (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (XVECEXP (seq, 0, idx)))
2822
              saw_frp = true;
2823
        }
2824
 
2825
      if (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (i))
2826
        saw_frp = true;
2827
    }
2828
 
2829
  /* If the port doesn't emit epilogue unwind info, we don't need a
2830
     save/restore pair.  */
2831
  if (!saw_frp)
2832
    return;
2833
 
2834
  /* Otherwise, search forward to see if the return insn was the last
2835
     basic block of the function.  If so, we don't need save/restore.  */
2836
  gcc_assert (i != NULL);
2837
  i = next_real_insn (i);
2838
  if (i == NULL)
2839
    return;
2840
 
2841
  /* Insert the restore before that next real insn in the stream, and before
2842
     a potential NOTE_INSN_EPILOGUE_BEG -- we do need these notes to be
2843
     properly nested.  This should be after any label or alignment.  This
2844
     will be pushed into the CFI stream by the function below.  */
2845
  while (1)
2846
    {
2847
      rtx p = PREV_INSN (i);
2848
      if (!NOTE_P (p))
2849
        break;
2850
      if (NOTE_KIND (p) == NOTE_INSN_BASIC_BLOCK)
2851
        break;
2852
      i = p;
2853
    }
2854
  emit_note_before (NOTE_INSN_CFA_RESTORE_STATE, i);
2855
 
2856
  emit_cfa_remember = true;
2857
 
2858
  /* And emulate the state save.  */
2859
  gcc_assert (!cfa_remember.in_use);
2860
  cfa_remember = cfa;
2861
  cfa_remember.in_use = 1;
2862
}
2863
 
2864
/* A "subroutine" of dwarf2out_begin_epilogue.  Emit the restore required.  */
2865
 
2866
void
2867
dwarf2out_frame_debug_restore_state (void)
2868
{
2869
  dw_cfi_ref cfi = new_cfi ();
2870
  const char *label = dwarf2out_cfi_label (false);
2871
 
2872
  cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_restore_state;
2873
  add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
2874
 
2875
  gcc_assert (cfa_remember.in_use);
2876
  cfa = cfa_remember;
2877
  cfa_remember.in_use = 0;
2878
}
2879
 
2880
#endif
2881
 
2882
/* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd1 are used.  */
2883
static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc
2884
 (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi);
2885
 
2886
static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
2887
dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi)
2888
{
2889
  switch (cfi)
2890
    {
2891
    case DW_CFA_nop:
2892
    case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
2893
    case DW_CFA_remember_state:
2894
    case DW_CFA_restore_state:
2895
      return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused;
2896
 
2897
    case DW_CFA_set_loc:
2898
    case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
2899
    case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
2900
    case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
2901
    case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
2902
      return dw_cfi_oprnd_addr;
2903
 
2904
    case DW_CFA_offset:
2905
    case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
2906
    case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
2907
    case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
2908
    case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
2909
    case DW_CFA_restore:
2910
    case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
2911
    case DW_CFA_undefined:
2912
    case DW_CFA_same_value:
2913
    case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
2914
    case DW_CFA_register:
2915
    case DW_CFA_expression:
2916
      return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num;
2917
 
2918
    case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
2919
    case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
2920
    case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
2921
      return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset;
2922
 
2923
    case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
2924
      return dw_cfi_oprnd_loc;
2925
 
2926
    default:
2927
      gcc_unreachable ();
2928
    }
2929
}
2930
 
2931
/* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd2 are used.  */
2932
static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc
2933
 (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi);
2934
 
2935
static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
2936
dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi)
2937
{
2938
  switch (cfi)
2939
    {
2940
    case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
2941
    case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
2942
    case DW_CFA_offset:
2943
    case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
2944
    case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
2945
      return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset;
2946
 
2947
    case DW_CFA_register:
2948
      return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num;
2949
 
2950
    case DW_CFA_expression:
2951
      return dw_cfi_oprnd_loc;
2952
 
2953
    default:
2954
      return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused;
2955
    }
2956
}
2957
 
2958
#if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
2959
 
2960
/* Switch [BACK] to eh_frame_section.  If we don't have an eh_frame_section,
2961
   switch to the data section instead, and write out a synthetic start label
2962
   for collect2 the first time around.  */
2963
 
2964
static void
2965
switch_to_eh_frame_section (bool back)
2966
{
2967
  tree label;
2968
 
2969
#ifdef EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
2970
  if (eh_frame_section == 0)
2971
    {
2972
      int flags;
2973
 
2974
      if (EH_TABLES_CAN_BE_READ_ONLY)
2975
        {
2976
          int fde_encoding;
2977
          int per_encoding;
2978
          int lsda_encoding;
2979
 
2980
          fde_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1,
2981
                                                       /*global=*/0);
2982
          per_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2,
2983
                                                       /*global=*/1);
2984
          lsda_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0,
2985
                                                        /*global=*/0);
2986
          flags = ((! flag_pic
2987
                    || ((fde_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
2988
                        && (fde_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
2989
                        && (per_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
2990
                        && (per_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
2991
                        && (lsda_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
2992
                        && (lsda_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned))
2993
                   ? 0 : SECTION_WRITE);
2994
        }
2995
      else
2996
        flags = SECTION_WRITE;
2997
      eh_frame_section = get_section (EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME, flags, NULL);
2998
    }
2999
#endif
3000
 
3001
  if (eh_frame_section)
3002
    switch_to_section (eh_frame_section);
3003
  else
3004
    {
3005
      /* We have no special eh_frame section.  Put the information in
3006
         the data section and emit special labels to guide collect2.  */
3007
      switch_to_section (data_section);
3008
 
3009
      if (!back)
3010
        {
3011
          label = get_file_function_name ("F");
3012
          ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE));
3013
          targetm.asm_out.globalize_label (asm_out_file,
3014
                                           IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label));
3015
          ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label));
3016
        }
3017
    }
3018
}
3019
 
3020
/* Switch [BACK] to the eh or debug frame table section, depending on
3021
   FOR_EH.  */
3022
 
3023
static void
3024
switch_to_frame_table_section (int for_eh, bool back)
3025
{
3026
  if (for_eh)
3027
    switch_to_eh_frame_section (back);
3028
  else
3029
    {
3030
      if (!debug_frame_section)
3031
        debug_frame_section = get_section (DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION,
3032
                                           SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
3033
      switch_to_section (debug_frame_section);
3034
    }
3035
}
3036
 
3037
/* Output a Call Frame Information opcode and its operand(s).  */
3038
 
3039
static void
3040
output_cfi (dw_cfi_ref cfi, dw_fde_ref fde, int for_eh)
3041
{
3042
  unsigned long r;
3043
  HOST_WIDE_INT off;
3044
 
3045
  if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_advance_loc)
3046
    dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi->dw_cfi_opc
3047
                             | (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset & 0x3f)),
3048
                         "DW_CFA_advance_loc " HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX,
3049
                         ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT)
3050
                          cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset));
3051
  else if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_offset)
3052
    {
3053
      r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
3054
      dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi->dw_cfi_opc | (r & 0x3f)),
3055
                           "DW_CFA_offset, column 0x%lx", r);
3056
      off = div_data_align (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset);
3057
      dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (off, NULL);
3058
    }
3059
  else if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_restore)
3060
    {
3061
      r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
3062
      dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi->dw_cfi_opc | (r & 0x3f)),
3063
                           "DW_CFA_restore, column 0x%lx", r);
3064
    }
3065
  else
3066
    {
3067
      dw2_asm_output_data (1, cfi->dw_cfi_opc,
3068
                           "%s", dwarf_cfi_name (cfi->dw_cfi_opc));
3069
 
3070
      switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
3071
        {
3072
        case DW_CFA_set_loc:
3073
          if (for_eh)
3074
            dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (
3075
                ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0),
3076
                gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr),
3077
                false, NULL);
3078
          else
3079
            dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
3080
                                 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr, NULL);
3081
          fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
3082
          break;
3083
 
3084
        case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
3085
          dw2_asm_output_delta (1, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
3086
                                fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
3087
          fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
3088
          break;
3089
 
3090
        case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
3091
          dw2_asm_output_delta (2, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
3092
                                fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
3093
          fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
3094
          break;
3095
 
3096
        case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
3097
          dw2_asm_output_delta (4, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
3098
                                fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
3099
          fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
3100
          break;
3101
 
3102
        case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
3103
          dw2_asm_output_delta (8, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
3104
                                fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
3105
          fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
3106
          break;
3107
 
3108
        case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
3109
          r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
3110
          dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
3111
          off = div_data_align (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset);
3112
          dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (off, NULL);
3113
          break;
3114
 
3115
        case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
3116
          r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
3117
          dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
3118
          dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
3119
          break;
3120
 
3121
        case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
3122
          r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
3123
          dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
3124
          off = div_data_align (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset);
3125
          dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (off, NULL);
3126
          break;
3127
 
3128
        case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
3129
          r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
3130
          dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
3131
          off = div_data_align (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset);
3132
          dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (off, NULL);
3133
          break;
3134
 
3135
        case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
3136
        case DW_CFA_undefined:
3137
        case DW_CFA_same_value:
3138
        case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
3139
          r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
3140
          dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
3141
          break;
3142
 
3143
        case DW_CFA_register:
3144
          r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
3145
          dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
3146
          r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
3147
          dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
3148
          break;
3149
 
3150
        case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
3151
        case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
3152
          dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
3153
          break;
3154
 
3155
        case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
3156
          off = div_data_align (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset);
3157
          dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (off, NULL);
3158
          break;
3159
 
3160
        case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
3161
          break;
3162
 
3163
        case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
3164
        case DW_CFA_expression:
3165
          output_cfa_loc (cfi);
3166
          break;
3167
 
3168
        case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended:
3169
          /* Obsoleted by DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf.  */
3170
          gcc_unreachable ();
3171
 
3172
        default:
3173
          break;
3174
        }
3175
    }
3176
}
3177
 
3178
/* Similar, but do it via assembler directives instead.  */
3179
 
3180
static void
3181
output_cfi_directive (dw_cfi_ref cfi)
3182
{
3183
  unsigned long r, r2;
3184
 
3185
  switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
3186
    {
3187
    case DW_CFA_advance_loc:
3188
    case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
3189
    case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
3190
    case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
3191
    case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
3192
    case DW_CFA_set_loc:
3193
      /* Should only be created by add_fde_cfi in a code path not
3194
         followed when emitting via directives.  The assembler is
3195
         going to take care of this for us.  */
3196
      gcc_unreachable ();
3197
 
3198
    case DW_CFA_offset:
3199
    case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
3200
    case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
3201
      r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, 1);
3202
      fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_offset %lu, "HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC"\n",
3203
               r, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset);
3204
      break;
3205
 
3206
    case DW_CFA_restore:
3207
    case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
3208
      r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, 1);
3209
      fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_restore %lu\n", r);
3210
      break;
3211
 
3212
    case DW_CFA_undefined:
3213
      r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, 1);
3214
      fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_undefined %lu\n", r);
3215
      break;
3216
 
3217
    case DW_CFA_same_value:
3218
      r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, 1);
3219
      fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_same_value %lu\n", r);
3220
      break;
3221
 
3222
    case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
3223
    case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
3224
      r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, 1);
3225
      fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_def_cfa %lu, "HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC"\n",
3226
               r, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset);
3227
      break;
3228
 
3229
    case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
3230
      r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, 1);
3231
      fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_def_cfa_register %lu\n", r);
3232
      break;
3233
 
3234
    case DW_CFA_register:
3235
      r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, 1);
3236
      r2 = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num, 1);
3237
      fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_register %lu, %lu\n", r, r2);
3238
      break;
3239
 
3240
    case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
3241
    case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
3242
      fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_def_cfa_offset "
3243
               HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC"\n",
3244
               cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset);
3245
      break;
3246
 
3247
    case DW_CFA_remember_state:
3248
      fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_remember_state\n");
3249
      break;
3250
    case DW_CFA_restore_state:
3251
      fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_restore_state\n");
3252
      break;
3253
 
3254
    case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
3255
      fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_escape 0x%x,", DW_CFA_GNU_args_size);
3256
      dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset);
3257
      if (flag_debug_asm)
3258
        fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s args_size "HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC,
3259
                 ASM_COMMENT_START, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset);
3260
      fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
3261
      break;
3262
 
3263
    case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
3264
      fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_window_save\n");
3265
      break;
3266
 
3267
    case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
3268
    case DW_CFA_expression:
3269
      fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_escape 0x%x,", cfi->dw_cfi_opc);
3270
      output_cfa_loc_raw (cfi);
3271
      fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
3272
      break;
3273
 
3274
    default:
3275
      gcc_unreachable ();
3276
    }
3277
}
3278
 
3279
DEF_VEC_P (dw_cfi_ref);
3280
DEF_VEC_ALLOC_P (dw_cfi_ref, heap);
3281
 
3282
/* Output CFIs to bring current FDE to the same state as after executing
3283
   CFIs in CFI chain.  DO_CFI_ASM is true if .cfi_* directives shall
3284
   be emitted, false otherwise.  If it is false, FDE and FOR_EH are the
3285
   other arguments to pass to output_cfi.  */
3286
 
3287
static void
3288
output_cfis (dw_cfi_ref cfi, bool do_cfi_asm, dw_fde_ref fde, bool for_eh)
3289
{
3290
  struct dw_cfi_struct cfi_buf;
3291
  dw_cfi_ref cfi2;
3292
  dw_cfi_ref cfi_args_size = NULL, cfi_cfa = NULL, cfi_cfa_offset = NULL;
3293
  VEC (dw_cfi_ref, heap) *regs = VEC_alloc (dw_cfi_ref, heap, 32);
3294
  unsigned int len, idx;
3295
 
3296
  for (;; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
3297
    switch (cfi ? cfi->dw_cfi_opc : DW_CFA_nop)
3298
      {
3299
      case DW_CFA_advance_loc:
3300
      case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
3301
      case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
3302
      case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
3303
      case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
3304
      case DW_CFA_set_loc:
3305
        /* All advances should be ignored.  */
3306
        break;
3307
      case DW_CFA_remember_state:
3308
        {
3309
          dw_cfi_ref args_size = cfi_args_size;
3310
 
3311
          /* Skip everything between .cfi_remember_state and
3312
             .cfi_restore_state.  */
3313
          for (cfi2 = cfi->dw_cfi_next; cfi2; cfi2 = cfi2->dw_cfi_next)
3314
            if (cfi2->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_restore_state)
3315
              break;
3316
            else if (cfi2->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_GNU_args_size)
3317
              args_size = cfi2;
3318
            else
3319
              gcc_assert (cfi2->dw_cfi_opc != DW_CFA_remember_state);
3320
 
3321
          if (cfi2 == NULL)
3322
            goto flush_all;
3323
          else
3324
            {
3325
              cfi = cfi2;
3326
              cfi_args_size = args_size;
3327
            }
3328
          break;
3329
        }
3330
      case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
3331
        cfi_args_size = cfi;
3332
        break;
3333
      case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
3334
        goto flush_all;
3335
      case DW_CFA_offset:
3336
      case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
3337
      case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
3338
      case DW_CFA_restore:
3339
      case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
3340
      case DW_CFA_undefined:
3341
      case DW_CFA_same_value:
3342
      case DW_CFA_register:
3343
      case DW_CFA_val_offset:
3344
      case DW_CFA_val_offset_sf:
3345
      case DW_CFA_expression:
3346
      case DW_CFA_val_expression:
3347
      case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended:
3348
        if (VEC_length (dw_cfi_ref, regs) <= cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num)
3349
          VEC_safe_grow_cleared (dw_cfi_ref, heap, regs,
3350
                                 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num + 1);
3351
        VEC_replace (dw_cfi_ref, regs, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, cfi);
3352
        break;
3353
      case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
3354
      case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
3355
      case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
3356
        cfi_cfa = cfi;
3357
        cfi_cfa_offset = cfi;
3358
        break;
3359
      case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
3360
        cfi_cfa = cfi;
3361
        break;
3362
      case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
3363
      case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
3364
        cfi_cfa_offset = cfi;
3365
        break;
3366
      case DW_CFA_nop:
3367
        gcc_assert (cfi == NULL);
3368
      flush_all:
3369
        len = VEC_length (dw_cfi_ref, regs);
3370
        for (idx = 0; idx < len; idx++)
3371
          {
3372
            cfi2 = VEC_replace (dw_cfi_ref, regs, idx, NULL);
3373
            if (cfi2 != NULL
3374
                && cfi2->dw_cfi_opc != DW_CFA_restore
3375
                && cfi2->dw_cfi_opc != DW_CFA_restore_extended)
3376
              {
3377
                if (do_cfi_asm)
3378
                  output_cfi_directive (cfi2);
3379
                else
3380
                  output_cfi (cfi2, fde, for_eh);
3381
              }
3382
          }
3383
        if (cfi_cfa && cfi_cfa_offset && cfi_cfa_offset != cfi_cfa)
3384
          {
3385
            gcc_assert (cfi_cfa->dw_cfi_opc != DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression);
3386
            cfi_buf = *cfi_cfa;
3387
            switch (cfi_cfa_offset->dw_cfi_opc)
3388
              {
3389
              case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
3390
                cfi_buf.dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa;
3391
                cfi_buf.dw_cfi_oprnd2 = cfi_cfa_offset->dw_cfi_oprnd1;
3392
                break;
3393
              case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
3394
                cfi_buf.dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf;
3395
                cfi_buf.dw_cfi_oprnd2 = cfi_cfa_offset->dw_cfi_oprnd1;
3396
                break;
3397
              case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
3398
              case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
3399
                cfi_buf.dw_cfi_opc = cfi_cfa_offset->dw_cfi_opc;
3400
                cfi_buf.dw_cfi_oprnd2 = cfi_cfa_offset->dw_cfi_oprnd2;
3401
                break;
3402
              default:
3403
                gcc_unreachable ();
3404
              }
3405
            cfi_cfa = &cfi_buf;
3406
          }
3407
        else if (cfi_cfa_offset)
3408
          cfi_cfa = cfi_cfa_offset;
3409
        if (cfi_cfa)
3410
          {
3411
            if (do_cfi_asm)
3412
              output_cfi_directive (cfi_cfa);
3413
            else
3414
              output_cfi (cfi_cfa, fde, for_eh);
3415
          }
3416
        cfi_cfa = NULL;
3417
        cfi_cfa_offset = NULL;
3418
        if (cfi_args_size
3419
            && cfi_args_size->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset)
3420
          {
3421
            if (do_cfi_asm)
3422
              output_cfi_directive (cfi_args_size);
3423
            else
3424
              output_cfi (cfi_args_size, fde, for_eh);
3425
          }
3426
        cfi_args_size = NULL;
3427
        if (cfi == NULL)
3428
          {
3429
            VEC_free (dw_cfi_ref, heap, regs);
3430
            return;
3431
          }
3432
        else if (do_cfi_asm)
3433
          output_cfi_directive (cfi);
3434
        else
3435
          output_cfi (cfi, fde, for_eh);
3436
        break;
3437
      default:
3438
        gcc_unreachable ();
3439
    }
3440
}
3441
 
3442
/* Output one FDE.  */
3443
 
3444
static void
3445
output_fde (dw_fde_ref fde, bool for_eh, bool second,
3446
            char *section_start_label, int fde_encoding, char *augmentation,
3447
            bool any_lsda_needed, int lsda_encoding)
3448
{
3449
  const char *begin, *end;
3450
  static unsigned int j;
3451
  char l1[20], l2[20];
3452
  dw_cfi_ref cfi;
3453
 
3454
  targetm.asm_out.unwind_label (asm_out_file, fde->decl, for_eh,
3455
                                /* empty */ 0);
3456
  targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, FDE_LABEL,
3457
                                  for_eh + j);
3458
  ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL, for_eh + j);
3459
  ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, FDE_END_LABEL, for_eh + j);
3460
  if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 && !for_eh)
3461
    dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff, "Initial length escape value"
3462
                         " indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
3463
  dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh ? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l2, l1,
3464
                        "FDE Length");
3465
  ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1);
3466
 
3467
  if (for_eh)
3468
    dw2_asm_output_delta (4, l1, section_start_label, "FDE CIE offset");
3469
  else
3470
    dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, section_start_label,
3471
                           debug_frame_section, "FDE CIE offset");
3472
 
3473
  if (!fde->dw_fde_switched_sections)
3474
    {
3475
      begin = fde->dw_fde_begin;
3476
      end = fde->dw_fde_end;
3477
    }
3478
  else
3479
    {
3480
      /* For the first section, prefer dw_fde_begin over
3481
         dw_fde_{hot,cold}_section_label, as the latter
3482
         might be separated from the real start of the
3483
         function by alignment padding.  */
3484
      if (!second)
3485
        begin = fde->dw_fde_begin;
3486
      else if (fde->dw_fde_switched_cold_to_hot)
3487
        begin = fde->dw_fde_hot_section_label;
3488
      else
3489
        begin = fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label;
3490
      if (second ^ fde->dw_fde_switched_cold_to_hot)
3491
        end = fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label;
3492
      else
3493
        end = fde->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label;
3494
    }
3495
 
3496
  if (for_eh)
3497
    {
3498
      rtx sym_ref = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, begin);
3499
      SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (sym_ref) |= SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL;
3500
      dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (fde_encoding, sym_ref, false,
3501
                                       "FDE initial location");
3502
      dw2_asm_output_delta (size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding),
3503
                            end, begin, "FDE address range");
3504
    }
3505
  else
3506
    {
3507
      dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, begin, "FDE initial location");
3508
      dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, end, begin, "FDE address range");
3509
    }
3510
 
3511
  if (augmentation[0])
3512
    {
3513
      if (any_lsda_needed)
3514
        {
3515
          int size = size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding);
3516
 
3517
          if (lsda_encoding == DW_EH_PE_aligned)
3518
            {
3519
              int offset = (  4         /* Length */
3520
                            + 4         /* CIE offset */
3521
                            + 2 * size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding)
3522
                            + 1         /* Augmentation size */ );
3523
              int pad = -offset & (PTR_SIZE - 1);
3524
 
3525
              size += pad;
3526
              gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (size) == 1);
3527
            }
3528
 
3529
          dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size, "Augmentation size");
3530
 
3531
          if (fde->uses_eh_lsda)
3532
            {
3533
              ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, second ? "LLSDAC" : "LLSDA",
3534
                                           fde->funcdef_number);
3535
              dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (lsda_encoding,
3536
                                               gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, l1),
3537
                                               false,
3538
                                               "Language Specific Data Area");
3539
            }
3540
          else
3541
            {
3542
              if (lsda_encoding == DW_EH_PE_aligned)
3543
                ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE));
3544
              dw2_asm_output_data (size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding), 0,
3545
                                   "Language Specific Data Area (none)");
3546
            }
3547
        }
3548
      else
3549
        dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, "Augmentation size");
3550
    }
3551
 
3552
  /* Loop through the Call Frame Instructions associated with
3553
     this FDE.  */
3554
  fde->dw_fde_current_label = begin;
3555
  if (!fde->dw_fde_switched_sections)
3556
    for (cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi; cfi != NULL; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
3557
      output_cfi (cfi, fde, for_eh);
3558
  else if (!second)
3559
    {
3560
      if (fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi)
3561
        for (cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi; cfi != NULL; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
3562
          {
3563
            output_cfi (cfi, fde, for_eh);
3564
            if (cfi == fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi)
3565
              break;
3566
          }
3567
    }
3568
  else
3569
    {
3570
      dw_cfi_ref cfi_next = fde->dw_fde_cfi;
3571
 
3572
      if (fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi)
3573
        {
3574
          cfi_next = fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi->dw_cfi_next;
3575
          fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi->dw_cfi_next = NULL;
3576
          output_cfis (fde->dw_fde_cfi, false, fde, for_eh);
3577
          fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi->dw_cfi_next = cfi_next;
3578
        }
3579
      for (cfi = cfi_next; cfi != NULL; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
3580
        output_cfi (cfi, fde, for_eh);
3581
    }
3582
 
3583
  /* If we are to emit a ref/link from function bodies to their frame tables,
3584
     do it now.  This is typically performed to make sure that tables
3585
     associated with functions are dragged with them and not discarded in
3586
     garbage collecting links. We need to do this on a per function basis to
3587
     cope with -ffunction-sections.  */
3588
 
3589
#ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_TABLE_REF
3590
  /* Switch to the function section, emit the ref to the tables, and
3591
     switch *back* into the table section.  */
3592
  switch_to_section (function_section (fde->decl));
3593
  ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_TABLE_REF (section_start_label);
3594
  switch_to_frame_table_section (for_eh, true);
3595
#endif
3596
 
3597
  /* Pad the FDE out to an address sized boundary.  */
3598
  ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file,
3599
                    floor_log2 ((for_eh ? PTR_SIZE : DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)));
3600
  ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2);
3601
 
3602
  j += 2;
3603
}
3604
 
3605
/* Output the call frame information used to record information
3606
   that relates to calculating the frame pointer, and records the
3607
   location of saved registers.  */
3608
 
3609
static void
3610
output_call_frame_info (int for_eh)
3611
{
3612
  unsigned int i;
3613
  dw_fde_ref fde;
3614
  dw_cfi_ref cfi;
3615
  char l1[20], l2[20], section_start_label[20];
3616
  bool any_lsda_needed = false;
3617
  char augmentation[6];
3618
  int augmentation_size;
3619
  int fde_encoding = DW_EH_PE_absptr;
3620
  int per_encoding = DW_EH_PE_absptr;
3621
  int lsda_encoding = DW_EH_PE_absptr;
3622
  int return_reg;
3623
  rtx personality = NULL;
3624
  int dw_cie_version;
3625
 
3626
  /* Don't emit a CIE if there won't be any FDEs.  */
3627
  if (fde_table_in_use == 0)
3628
    return;
3629
 
3630
  /* Nothing to do if the assembler's doing it all.  */
3631
  if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
3632
    return;
3633
 
3634
  /* If we make FDEs linkonce, we may have to emit an empty label for
3635
     an FDE that wouldn't otherwise be emitted.  We want to avoid
3636
     having an FDE kept around when the function it refers to is
3637
     discarded.  Example where this matters: a primary function
3638
     template in C++ requires EH information, but an explicit
3639
     specialization doesn't.  */
3640
  if (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO
3641
      && ! flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
3642
      && flag_exceptions
3643
      && for_eh)
3644
    for (i = 0; i < fde_table_in_use; i++)
3645
      if ((fde_table[i].nothrow || fde_table[i].all_throwers_are_sibcalls)
3646
          && !fde_table[i].uses_eh_lsda
3647
          && ! DECL_WEAK (fde_table[i].decl))
3648
        targetm.asm_out.unwind_label (asm_out_file, fde_table[i].decl,
3649
                                      for_eh, /* empty */ 1);
3650
 
3651
  /* If we don't have any functions we'll want to unwind out of, don't
3652
     emit any EH unwind information.  Note that if exceptions aren't
3653
     enabled, we won't have collected nothrow information, and if we
3654
     asked for asynchronous tables, we always want this info.  */
3655
  if (for_eh)
3656
    {
3657
      bool any_eh_needed = !flag_exceptions || flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables;
3658
 
3659
      for (i = 0; i < fde_table_in_use; i++)
3660
        if (fde_table[i].uses_eh_lsda)
3661
          any_eh_needed = any_lsda_needed = true;
3662
        else if (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO && DECL_WEAK (fde_table[i].decl))
3663
          any_eh_needed = true;
3664
        else if (! fde_table[i].nothrow
3665
                 && ! fde_table[i].all_throwers_are_sibcalls)
3666
          any_eh_needed = true;
3667
 
3668
      if (! any_eh_needed)
3669
        return;
3670
    }
3671
 
3672
  /* We're going to be generating comments, so turn on app.  */
3673
  if (flag_debug_asm)
3674
    app_enable ();
3675
 
3676
  /* Switch to the proper frame section, first time.  */
3677
  switch_to_frame_table_section (for_eh, false);
3678
 
3679
  ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (section_start_label, FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL, for_eh);
3680
  ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, section_start_label);
3681
 
3682
  /* Output the CIE.  */
3683
  ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL, for_eh);
3684
  ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, CIE_END_LABEL, for_eh);
3685
  if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 && !for_eh)
3686
    dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
3687
      "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
3688
  dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh ? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l2, l1,
3689
                        "Length of Common Information Entry");
3690
  ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1);
3691
 
3692
  /* Now that the CIE pointer is PC-relative for EH,
3693
     use 0 to identify the CIE.  */
3694
  dw2_asm_output_data ((for_eh ? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE),
3695
                       (for_eh ? 0 : DWARF_CIE_ID),
3696
                       "CIE Identifier Tag");
3697
 
3698
  /* Use the CIE version 3 for DWARF3; allow DWARF2 to continue to
3699
     use CIE version 1, unless that would produce incorrect results
3700
     due to overflowing the return register column.  */
3701
  return_reg = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, for_eh);
3702
  dw_cie_version = 1;
3703
  if (return_reg >= 256 || dwarf_version > 2)
3704
    dw_cie_version = 3;
3705
  dw2_asm_output_data (1, dw_cie_version, "CIE Version");
3706
 
3707
  augmentation[0] = 0;
3708
  augmentation_size = 0;
3709
 
3710
  personality = current_unit_personality;
3711
  if (for_eh)
3712
    {
3713
      char *p;
3714
 
3715
      /* Augmentation:
3716
         z      Indicates that a uleb128 is present to size the
3717
                augmentation section.
3718
         L      Indicates the encoding (and thus presence) of
3719
                an LSDA pointer in the FDE augmentation.
3720
         R      Indicates a non-default pointer encoding for
3721
                FDE code pointers.
3722
         P      Indicates the presence of an encoding + language
3723
                personality routine in the CIE augmentation.  */
3724
 
3725
      fde_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0);
3726
      per_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
3727
      lsda_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
3728
 
3729
      p = augmentation + 1;
3730
      if (personality)
3731
        {
3732
          *p++ = 'P';
3733
          augmentation_size += 1 + size_of_encoded_value (per_encoding);
3734
          assemble_external_libcall (personality);
3735
        }
3736
      if (any_lsda_needed)
3737
        {
3738
          *p++ = 'L';
3739
          augmentation_size += 1;
3740
        }
3741
      if (fde_encoding != DW_EH_PE_absptr)
3742
        {
3743
          *p++ = 'R';
3744
          augmentation_size += 1;
3745
        }
3746
      if (p > augmentation + 1)
3747
        {
3748
          augmentation[0] = 'z';
3749
          *p = '\0';
3750
        }
3751
 
3752
      /* Ug.  Some platforms can't do unaligned dynamic relocations at all.  */
3753
      if (personality && per_encoding == DW_EH_PE_aligned)
3754
        {
3755
          int offset = (  4             /* Length */
3756
                        + 4             /* CIE Id */
3757
                        + 1             /* CIE version */
3758
                        + strlen (augmentation) + 1     /* Augmentation */
3759
                        + size_of_uleb128 (1)           /* Code alignment */
3760
                        + size_of_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT)
3761
                        + 1             /* RA column */
3762
                        + 1             /* Augmentation size */
3763
                        + 1             /* Personality encoding */ );
3764
          int pad = -offset & (PTR_SIZE - 1);
3765
 
3766
          augmentation_size += pad;
3767
 
3768
          /* Augmentations should be small, so there's scarce need to
3769
             iterate for a solution.  Die if we exceed one uleb128 byte.  */
3770
          gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (augmentation_size) == 1);
3771
        }
3772
    }
3773
 
3774
  dw2_asm_output_nstring (augmentation, -1, "CIE Augmentation");
3775
  dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, "CIE Code Alignment Factor");
3776
  dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT,
3777
                               "CIE Data Alignment Factor");
3778
 
3779
  if (dw_cie_version == 1)
3780
    dw2_asm_output_data (1, return_reg, "CIE RA Column");
3781
  else
3782
    dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (return_reg, "CIE RA Column");
3783
 
3784
  if (augmentation[0])
3785
    {
3786
      dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (augmentation_size, "Augmentation size");
3787
      if (personality)
3788
        {
3789
          dw2_asm_output_data (1, per_encoding, "Personality (%s)",
3790
                               eh_data_format_name (per_encoding));
3791
          dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (per_encoding,
3792
                                           personality,
3793
                                           true, NULL);
3794
        }
3795
 
3796
      if (any_lsda_needed)
3797
        dw2_asm_output_data (1, lsda_encoding, "LSDA Encoding (%s)",
3798
                             eh_data_format_name (lsda_encoding));
3799
 
3800
      if (fde_encoding != DW_EH_PE_absptr)
3801
        dw2_asm_output_data (1, fde_encoding, "FDE Encoding (%s)",
3802
                             eh_data_format_name (fde_encoding));
3803
    }
3804
 
3805
  for (cfi = cie_cfi_head; cfi != NULL; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
3806
    output_cfi (cfi, NULL, for_eh);
3807
 
3808
  /* Pad the CIE out to an address sized boundary.  */
3809
  ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file,
3810
                    floor_log2 (for_eh ? PTR_SIZE : DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE));
3811
  ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2);
3812
 
3813
  /* Loop through all of the FDE's.  */
3814
  for (i = 0; i < fde_table_in_use; i++)
3815
    {
3816
      unsigned int k;
3817
      fde = &fde_table[i];
3818
 
3819
      /* Don't emit EH unwind info for leaf functions that don't need it.  */
3820
      if (for_eh && !flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables && flag_exceptions
3821
          && (fde->nothrow || fde->all_throwers_are_sibcalls)
3822
          && ! (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO && DECL_WEAK (fde_table[i].decl))
3823
          && !fde->uses_eh_lsda)
3824
        continue;
3825
 
3826
      for (k = 0; k < (fde->dw_fde_switched_sections ? 2 : 1); k++)
3827
        output_fde (fde, for_eh, k, section_start_label, fde_encoding,
3828
                    augmentation, any_lsda_needed, lsda_encoding);
3829
    }
3830
 
3831
  if (for_eh && targetm.terminate_dw2_eh_frame_info)
3832
    dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0, "End of Table");
3833
#ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
3834
  /* Work around Irix 6 assembler bug whereby labels at the end of a section
3835
     get a value of 0.  Putting .align 0 after the label fixes it.  */
3836
  ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, 0);
3837
#endif
3838
 
3839
  /* Turn off app to make assembly quicker.  */
3840
  if (flag_debug_asm)
3841
    app_disable ();
3842
}
3843
 
3844
/* Emit .cfi_startproc and .cfi_personality/.cfi_lsda if needed.  */
3845
 
3846
static void
3847
dwarf2out_do_cfi_startproc (bool second)
3848
{
3849
  int enc;
3850
  rtx ref;
3851
  rtx personality = get_personality_function (current_function_decl);
3852
 
3853
  fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_startproc\n");
3854
 
3855
  if (personality)
3856
    {
3857
      enc = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
3858
      ref = personality;
3859
 
3860
      /* ??? The GAS support isn't entirely consistent.  We have to
3861
         handle indirect support ourselves, but PC-relative is done
3862
         in the assembler.  Further, the assembler can't handle any
3863
         of the weirder relocation types.  */
3864
      if (enc & DW_EH_PE_indirect)
3865
        ref = dw2_force_const_mem (ref, true);
3866
 
3867
      fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_personality 0x%x,", enc);
3868
      output_addr_const (asm_out_file, ref);
3869
      fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
3870
    }
3871
 
3872
  if (crtl->uses_eh_lsda)
3873
    {
3874
      char lab[20];
3875
 
3876
      enc = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
3877
      ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (lab, second ? "LLSDAC" : "LLSDA",
3878
                                   current_function_funcdef_no);
3879
      ref = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, lab);
3880
      SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (ref) = SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL;
3881
 
3882
      if (enc & DW_EH_PE_indirect)
3883
        ref = dw2_force_const_mem (ref, true);
3884
 
3885
      fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_lsda 0x%x,", enc);
3886
      output_addr_const (asm_out_file, ref);
3887
      fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
3888
    }
3889
}
3890
 
3891
/* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of a function, before
3892
   the prologue.  */
3893
 
3894
void
3895
dwarf2out_begin_prologue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
3896
                          const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
3897
{
3898
  char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
3899
  char * dup_label;
3900
  dw_fde_ref fde;
3901
  section *fnsec;
3902
 
3903
  current_function_func_begin_label = NULL;
3904
 
3905
#ifdef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
3906
  /* ??? current_function_func_begin_label is also used by except.c
3907
     for call-site information.  We must emit this label if it might
3908
     be used.  */
3909
  if ((! flag_exceptions || USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS)
3910
      && ! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
3911
    return;
3912
#else
3913
  if (! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
3914
    return;
3915
#endif
3916
 
3917
  fnsec = function_section (current_function_decl);
3918
  switch_to_section (fnsec);
3919
  ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL,
3920
                               current_function_funcdef_no);
3921
  ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL,
3922
                          current_function_funcdef_no);
3923
  dup_label = xstrdup (label);
3924
  current_function_func_begin_label = dup_label;
3925
 
3926
#ifdef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
3927
  /* We can elide the fde allocation if we're not emitting debug info.  */
3928
  if (! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
3929
    return;
3930
#endif
3931
 
3932
  /* Expand the fde table if necessary.  */
3933
  if (fde_table_in_use == fde_table_allocated)
3934
    {
3935
      fde_table_allocated += FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
3936
      fde_table = GGC_RESIZEVEC (dw_fde_node, fde_table, fde_table_allocated);
3937
      memset (fde_table + fde_table_in_use, 0,
3938
              FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (dw_fde_node));
3939
    }
3940
 
3941
  /* Record the FDE associated with this function.  */
3942
  current_funcdef_fde = fde_table_in_use;
3943
 
3944
  /* Add the new FDE at the end of the fde_table.  */
3945
  fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use++];
3946
  fde->decl = current_function_decl;
3947
  fde->dw_fde_begin = dup_label;
3948
  fde->dw_fde_current_label = dup_label;
3949
  fde->dw_fde_hot_section_label = NULL;
3950
  fde->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label = NULL;
3951
  fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label = NULL;
3952
  fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label = NULL;
3953
  fde->dw_fde_switched_sections = 0;
3954
  fde->dw_fde_switched_cold_to_hot = 0;
3955
  fde->dw_fde_end = NULL;
3956
  fde->dw_fde_cfi = NULL;
3957
  fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi = NULL;
3958
  fde->funcdef_number = current_function_funcdef_no;
3959
  fde->nothrow = crtl->nothrow;
3960
  fde->uses_eh_lsda = crtl->uses_eh_lsda;
3961
  fde->all_throwers_are_sibcalls = crtl->all_throwers_are_sibcalls;
3962
  fde->drap_reg = INVALID_REGNUM;
3963
  fde->vdrap_reg = INVALID_REGNUM;
3964
  if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition)
3965
    {
3966
      section *unlikelysec;
3967
      if (first_function_block_is_cold)
3968
        fde->in_std_section = 1;
3969
      else
3970
        fde->in_std_section
3971
          = (fnsec == text_section
3972
             || (cold_text_section && fnsec == cold_text_section));
3973
      unlikelysec = unlikely_text_section ();
3974
      fde->cold_in_std_section
3975
        = (unlikelysec == text_section
3976
           || (cold_text_section && unlikelysec == cold_text_section));
3977
    }
3978
  else
3979
    {
3980
      fde->in_std_section
3981
        = (fnsec == text_section
3982
           || (cold_text_section && fnsec == cold_text_section));
3983
      fde->cold_in_std_section = 0;
3984
    }
3985
 
3986
  args_size = old_args_size = 0;
3987
 
3988
  /* We only want to output line number information for the genuine dwarf2
3989
     prologue case, not the eh frame case.  */
3990
#ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3991
  if (file)
3992
    dwarf2out_source_line (line, file, 0, true);
3993
#endif
3994
 
3995
  if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
3996
    dwarf2out_do_cfi_startproc (false);
3997
  else
3998
    {
3999
      rtx personality = get_personality_function (current_function_decl);
4000
      if (!current_unit_personality)
4001
        current_unit_personality = personality;
4002
 
4003
      /* We cannot keep a current personality per function as without CFI
4004
         asm at the point where we emit the CFI data there is no current
4005
         function anymore.  */
4006
      if (personality
4007
          && current_unit_personality != personality)
4008
        sorry ("Multiple EH personalities are supported only with assemblers "
4009
               "supporting .cfi.personality directive.");
4010
    }
4011
}
4012
 
4013
/* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the absolute end of the generated code
4014
   for a function definition.  This gets called *after* the epilogue code has
4015
   been generated.  */
4016
 
4017
void
4018
dwarf2out_end_epilogue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
4019
                        const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4020
{
4021
  dw_fde_ref fde;
4022
  char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4023
 
4024
#ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
4025
  last_var_location_insn = NULL_RTX;
4026
#endif
4027
 
4028
  if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
4029
    fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_endproc\n");
4030
 
4031
  /* Output a label to mark the endpoint of the code generated for this
4032
     function.  */
4033
  ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, FUNC_END_LABEL,
4034
                               current_function_funcdef_no);
4035
  ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, label);
4036
  fde = current_fde ();
4037
  gcc_assert (fde != NULL);
4038
  fde->dw_fde_end = xstrdup (label);
4039
}
4040
 
4041
void
4042
dwarf2out_frame_init (void)
4043
{
4044
  /* Allocate the initial hunk of the fde_table.  */
4045
  fde_table = GGC_CNEWVEC (dw_fde_node, FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT);
4046
  fde_table_allocated = FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
4047
  fde_table_in_use = 0;
4048
 
4049
  /* Generate the CFA instructions common to all FDE's.  Do it now for the
4050
     sake of lookup_cfa.  */
4051
 
4052
  /* On entry, the Canonical Frame Address is at SP.  */
4053
  dwarf2out_def_cfa (NULL, STACK_POINTER_REGNUM, INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET);
4054
 
4055
#ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
4056
  if (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO || DWARF2_FRAME_INFO)
4057
    initial_return_save (INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX);
4058
#endif
4059
}
4060
 
4061
void
4062
dwarf2out_frame_finish (void)
4063
{
4064
  /* Output call frame information.  */
4065
  if (DWARF2_FRAME_INFO)
4066
    output_call_frame_info (0);
4067
 
4068
#ifndef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
4069
  /* Output another copy for the unwinder.  */
4070
  if (! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS && (flag_unwind_tables || flag_exceptions))
4071
    output_call_frame_info (1);
4072
#endif
4073
}
4074
 
4075
/* Note that the current function section is being used for code.  */
4076
 
4077
static void
4078
dwarf2out_note_section_used (void)
4079
{
4080
  section *sec = current_function_section ();
4081
  if (sec == text_section)
4082
    text_section_used = true;
4083
  else if (sec == cold_text_section)
4084
    cold_text_section_used = true;
4085
}
4086
 
4087
void
4088
dwarf2out_switch_text_section (void)
4089
{
4090
  dw_fde_ref fde = current_fde ();
4091
 
4092
  gcc_assert (cfun && fde && !fde->dw_fde_switched_sections);
4093
 
4094
  fde->dw_fde_switched_sections = 1;
4095
  fde->dw_fde_switched_cold_to_hot = !in_cold_section_p;
4096
 
4097
  fde->dw_fde_hot_section_label = crtl->subsections.hot_section_label;
4098
  fde->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label = crtl->subsections.hot_section_end_label;
4099
  fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label = crtl->subsections.cold_section_label;
4100
  fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label = crtl->subsections.cold_section_end_label;
4101
  have_multiple_function_sections = true;
4102
 
4103
  /* Reset the current label on switching text sections, so that we
4104
     don't attempt to advance_loc4 between labels in different sections.  */
4105
  fde->dw_fde_current_label = NULL;
4106
 
4107
  /* There is no need to mark used sections when not debugging.  */
4108
  if (cold_text_section != NULL)
4109
    dwarf2out_note_section_used ();
4110
 
4111
  if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
4112
    fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_endproc\n");
4113
 
4114
  /* Now do the real section switch.  */
4115
  switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
4116
 
4117
  if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
4118
    {
4119
      dwarf2out_do_cfi_startproc (true);
4120
      /* As this is a different FDE, insert all current CFI instructions
4121
         again.  */
4122
      output_cfis (fde->dw_fde_cfi, true, fde, true);
4123
    }
4124
  else
4125
    {
4126
      dw_cfi_ref cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi;
4127
 
4128
      cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi;
4129
      if (cfi)
4130
        while (cfi->dw_cfi_next != NULL)
4131
          cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next;
4132
      fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi = cfi;
4133
    }
4134
}
4135
#endif
4136
 
4137
/* And now, the subset of the debugging information support code necessary
4138
   for emitting location expressions.  */
4139
 
4140
/* Data about a single source file.  */
4141
struct GTY(()) dwarf_file_data {
4142
  const char * filename;
4143
  int emitted_number;
4144
};
4145
 
4146
typedef struct dw_val_struct *dw_val_ref;
4147
typedef struct die_struct *dw_die_ref;
4148
typedef const struct die_struct *const_dw_die_ref;
4149
typedef struct dw_loc_descr_struct *dw_loc_descr_ref;
4150
typedef struct dw_loc_list_struct *dw_loc_list_ref;
4151
 
4152
typedef struct GTY(()) deferred_locations_struct
4153
{
4154
  tree variable;
4155
  dw_die_ref die;
4156
} deferred_locations;
4157
 
4158
DEF_VEC_O(deferred_locations);
4159
DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(deferred_locations,gc);
4160
 
4161
static GTY(()) VEC(deferred_locations, gc) *deferred_locations_list;
4162
 
4163
DEF_VEC_P(dw_die_ref);
4164
DEF_VEC_ALLOC_P(dw_die_ref,heap);
4165
 
4166
/* Each DIE may have a series of attribute/value pairs.  Values
4167
   can take on several forms.  The forms that are used in this
4168
   implementation are listed below.  */
4169
 
4170
enum dw_val_class
4171
{
4172
  dw_val_class_addr,
4173
  dw_val_class_offset,
4174
  dw_val_class_loc,
4175
  dw_val_class_loc_list,
4176
  dw_val_class_range_list,
4177
  dw_val_class_const,
4178
  dw_val_class_unsigned_const,
4179
  dw_val_class_const_double,
4180
  dw_val_class_vec,
4181
  dw_val_class_flag,
4182
  dw_val_class_die_ref,
4183
  dw_val_class_fde_ref,
4184
  dw_val_class_lbl_id,
4185
  dw_val_class_lineptr,
4186
  dw_val_class_str,
4187
  dw_val_class_macptr,
4188
  dw_val_class_file,
4189
  dw_val_class_data8
4190
};
4191
 
4192
/* Describe a floating point constant value, or a vector constant value.  */
4193
 
4194
typedef struct GTY(()) dw_vec_struct {
4195
  unsigned char * GTY((length ("%h.length"))) array;
4196
  unsigned length;
4197
  unsigned elt_size;
4198
}
4199
dw_vec_const;
4200
 
4201
/* The dw_val_node describes an attribute's value, as it is
4202
   represented internally.  */
4203
 
4204
typedef struct GTY(()) dw_val_struct {
4205
  enum dw_val_class val_class;
4206
  union dw_val_struct_union
4207
    {
4208
      rtx GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_addr"))) val_addr;
4209
      unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_offset"))) val_offset;
4210
      dw_loc_list_ref GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_loc_list"))) val_loc_list;
4211
      dw_loc_descr_ref GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_loc"))) val_loc;
4212
      HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((default)) val_int;
4213
      unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_unsigned_const"))) val_unsigned;
4214
      double_int GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_const_double"))) val_double;
4215
      dw_vec_const GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_vec"))) val_vec;
4216
      struct dw_val_die_union
4217
        {
4218
          dw_die_ref die;
4219
          int external;
4220
        } GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_die_ref"))) val_die_ref;
4221
      unsigned GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_fde_ref"))) val_fde_index;
4222
      struct indirect_string_node * GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_str"))) val_str;
4223
      char * GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_lbl_id"))) val_lbl_id;
4224
      unsigned char GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_flag"))) val_flag;
4225
      struct dwarf_file_data * GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_file"))) val_file;
4226
      unsigned char GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_data8"))) val_data8[8];
4227
    }
4228
  GTY ((desc ("%1.val_class"))) v;
4229
}
4230
dw_val_node;
4231
 
4232
/* Locations in memory are described using a sequence of stack machine
4233
   operations.  */
4234
 
4235
typedef struct GTY(()) dw_loc_descr_struct {
4236
  dw_loc_descr_ref dw_loc_next;
4237
  ENUM_BITFIELD (dwarf_location_atom) dw_loc_opc : 8;
4238
  /* Used to distinguish DW_OP_addr with a direct symbol relocation
4239
     from DW_OP_addr with a dtp-relative symbol relocation.  */
4240
  unsigned int dtprel : 1;
4241
  int dw_loc_addr;
4242
  dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd1;
4243
  dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd2;
4244
}
4245
dw_loc_descr_node;
4246
 
4247
/* Location lists are ranges + location descriptions for that range,
4248
   so you can track variables that are in different places over
4249
   their entire life.  */
4250
typedef struct GTY(()) dw_loc_list_struct {
4251
  dw_loc_list_ref dw_loc_next;
4252
  const char *begin; /* Label for begin address of range */
4253
  const char *end;  /* Label for end address of range */
4254
  char *ll_symbol; /* Label for beginning of location list.
4255
                      Only on head of list */
4256
  const char *section; /* Section this loclist is relative to */
4257
  dw_loc_descr_ref expr;
4258
} dw_loc_list_node;
4259
 
4260
#if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
4261
 
4262
static dw_loc_descr_ref int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT);
4263
 
4264
/* Convert a DWARF stack opcode into its string name.  */
4265
 
4266
static const char *
4267
dwarf_stack_op_name (unsigned int op)
4268
{
4269
  switch (op)
4270
    {
4271
    case DW_OP_addr:
4272
      return "DW_OP_addr";
4273
    case DW_OP_deref:
4274
      return "DW_OP_deref";
4275
    case DW_OP_const1u:
4276
      return "DW_OP_const1u";
4277
    case DW_OP_const1s:
4278
      return "DW_OP_const1s";
4279
    case DW_OP_const2u:
4280
      return "DW_OP_const2u";
4281
    case DW_OP_const2s:
4282
      return "DW_OP_const2s";
4283
    case DW_OP_const4u:
4284
      return "DW_OP_const4u";
4285
    case DW_OP_const4s:
4286
      return "DW_OP_const4s";
4287
    case DW_OP_const8u:
4288
      return "DW_OP_const8u";
4289
    case DW_OP_const8s:
4290
      return "DW_OP_const8s";
4291
    case DW_OP_constu:
4292
      return "DW_OP_constu";
4293
    case DW_OP_consts:
4294
      return "DW_OP_consts";
4295
    case DW_OP_dup:
4296
      return "DW_OP_dup";
4297
    case DW_OP_drop:
4298
      return "DW_OP_drop";
4299
    case DW_OP_over:
4300
      return "DW_OP_over";
4301
    case DW_OP_pick:
4302
      return "DW_OP_pick";
4303
    case DW_OP_swap:
4304
      return "DW_OP_swap";
4305
    case DW_OP_rot:
4306
      return "DW_OP_rot";
4307
    case DW_OP_xderef:
4308
      return "DW_OP_xderef";
4309
    case DW_OP_abs:
4310
      return "DW_OP_abs";
4311
    case DW_OP_and:
4312
      return "DW_OP_and";
4313
    case DW_OP_div:
4314
      return "DW_OP_div";
4315
    case DW_OP_minus:
4316
      return "DW_OP_minus";
4317
    case DW_OP_mod:
4318
      return "DW_OP_mod";
4319
    case DW_OP_mul:
4320
      return "DW_OP_mul";
4321
    case DW_OP_neg:
4322
      return "DW_OP_neg";
4323
    case DW_OP_not:
4324
      return "DW_OP_not";
4325
    case DW_OP_or:
4326
      return "DW_OP_or";
4327
    case DW_OP_plus:
4328
      return "DW_OP_plus";
4329
    case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
4330
      return "DW_OP_plus_uconst";
4331
    case DW_OP_shl:
4332
      return "DW_OP_shl";
4333
    case DW_OP_shr:
4334
      return "DW_OP_shr";
4335
    case DW_OP_shra:
4336
      return "DW_OP_shra";
4337
    case DW_OP_xor:
4338
      return "DW_OP_xor";
4339
    case DW_OP_bra:
4340
      return "DW_OP_bra";
4341
    case DW_OP_eq:
4342
      return "DW_OP_eq";
4343
    case DW_OP_ge:
4344
      return "DW_OP_ge";
4345
    case DW_OP_gt:
4346
      return "DW_OP_gt";
4347
    case DW_OP_le:
4348
      return "DW_OP_le";
4349
    case DW_OP_lt:
4350
      return "DW_OP_lt";
4351
    case DW_OP_ne:
4352
      return "DW_OP_ne";
4353
    case DW_OP_skip:
4354
      return "DW_OP_skip";
4355
    case DW_OP_lit0:
4356
      return "DW_OP_lit0";
4357
    case DW_OP_lit1:
4358
      return "DW_OP_lit1";
4359
    case DW_OP_lit2:
4360
      return "DW_OP_lit2";
4361
    case DW_OP_lit3:
4362
      return "DW_OP_lit3";
4363
    case DW_OP_lit4:
4364
      return "DW_OP_lit4";
4365
    case DW_OP_lit5:
4366
      return "DW_OP_lit5";
4367
    case DW_OP_lit6:
4368
      return "DW_OP_lit6";
4369
    case DW_OP_lit7:
4370
      return "DW_OP_lit7";
4371
    case DW_OP_lit8:
4372
      return "DW_OP_lit8";
4373
    case DW_OP_lit9:
4374
      return "DW_OP_lit9";
4375
    case DW_OP_lit10:
4376
      return "DW_OP_lit10";
4377
    case DW_OP_lit11:
4378
      return "DW_OP_lit11";
4379
    case DW_OP_lit12:
4380
      return "DW_OP_lit12";
4381
    case DW_OP_lit13:
4382
      return "DW_OP_lit13";
4383
    case DW_OP_lit14:
4384
      return "DW_OP_lit14";
4385
    case DW_OP_lit15:
4386
      return "DW_OP_lit15";
4387
    case DW_OP_lit16:
4388
      return "DW_OP_lit16";
4389
    case DW_OP_lit17:
4390
      return "DW_OP_lit17";
4391
    case DW_OP_lit18:
4392
      return "DW_OP_lit18";
4393
    case DW_OP_lit19:
4394
      return "DW_OP_lit19";
4395
    case DW_OP_lit20:
4396
      return "DW_OP_lit20";
4397
    case DW_OP_lit21:
4398
      return "DW_OP_lit21";
4399
    case DW_OP_lit22:
4400
      return "DW_OP_lit22";
4401
    case DW_OP_lit23:
4402
      return "DW_OP_lit23";
4403
    case DW_OP_lit24:
4404
      return "DW_OP_lit24";
4405
    case DW_OP_lit25:
4406
      return "DW_OP_lit25";
4407
    case DW_OP_lit26:
4408
      return "DW_OP_lit26";
4409
    case DW_OP_lit27:
4410
      return "DW_OP_lit27";
4411
    case DW_OP_lit28:
4412
      return "DW_OP_lit28";
4413
    case DW_OP_lit29:
4414
      return "DW_OP_lit29";
4415
    case DW_OP_lit30:
4416
      return "DW_OP_lit30";
4417
    case DW_OP_lit31:
4418
      return "DW_OP_lit31";
4419
    case DW_OP_reg0:
4420
      return "DW_OP_reg0";
4421
    case DW_OP_reg1:
4422
      return "DW_OP_reg1";
4423
    case DW_OP_reg2:
4424
      return "DW_OP_reg2";
4425
    case DW_OP_reg3:
4426
      return "DW_OP_reg3";
4427
    case DW_OP_reg4:
4428
      return "DW_OP_reg4";
4429
    case DW_OP_reg5:
4430
      return "DW_OP_reg5";
4431
    case DW_OP_reg6:
4432
      return "DW_OP_reg6";
4433
    case DW_OP_reg7:
4434
      return "DW_OP_reg7";
4435
    case DW_OP_reg8:
4436
      return "DW_OP_reg8";
4437
    case DW_OP_reg9:
4438
      return "DW_OP_reg9";
4439
    case DW_OP_reg10:
4440
      return "DW_OP_reg10";
4441
    case DW_OP_reg11:
4442
      return "DW_OP_reg11";
4443
    case DW_OP_reg12:
4444
      return "DW_OP_reg12";
4445
    case DW_OP_reg13:
4446
      return "DW_OP_reg13";
4447
    case DW_OP_reg14:
4448
      return "DW_OP_reg14";
4449
    case DW_OP_reg15:
4450
      return "DW_OP_reg15";
4451
    case DW_OP_reg16:
4452
      return "DW_OP_reg16";
4453
    case DW_OP_reg17:
4454
      return "DW_OP_reg17";
4455
    case DW_OP_reg18:
4456
      return "DW_OP_reg18";
4457
    case DW_OP_reg19:
4458
      return "DW_OP_reg19";
4459
    case DW_OP_reg20:
4460
      return "DW_OP_reg20";
4461
    case DW_OP_reg21:
4462
      return "DW_OP_reg21";
4463
    case DW_OP_reg22:
4464
      return "DW_OP_reg22";
4465
    case DW_OP_reg23:
4466
      return "DW_OP_reg23";
4467
    case DW_OP_reg24:
4468
      return "DW_OP_reg24";
4469
    case DW_OP_reg25:
4470
      return "DW_OP_reg25";
4471
    case DW_OP_reg26:
4472
      return "DW_OP_reg26";
4473
    case DW_OP_reg27:
4474
      return "DW_OP_reg27";
4475
    case DW_OP_reg28:
4476
      return "DW_OP_reg28";
4477
    case DW_OP_reg29:
4478
      return "DW_OP_reg29";
4479
    case DW_OP_reg30:
4480
      return "DW_OP_reg30";
4481
    case DW_OP_reg31:
4482
      return "DW_OP_reg31";
4483
    case DW_OP_breg0:
4484
      return "DW_OP_breg0";
4485
    case DW_OP_breg1:
4486
      return "DW_OP_breg1";
4487
    case DW_OP_breg2:
4488
      return "DW_OP_breg2";
4489
    case DW_OP_breg3:
4490
      return "DW_OP_breg3";
4491
    case DW_OP_breg4:
4492
      return "DW_OP_breg4";
4493
    case DW_OP_breg5:
4494
      return "DW_OP_breg5";
4495
    case DW_OP_breg6:
4496
      return "DW_OP_breg6";
4497
    case DW_OP_breg7:
4498
      return "DW_OP_breg7";
4499
    case DW_OP_breg8:
4500
      return "DW_OP_breg8";
4501
    case DW_OP_breg9:
4502
      return "DW_OP_breg9";
4503
    case DW_OP_breg10:
4504
      return "DW_OP_breg10";
4505
    case DW_OP_breg11:
4506
      return "DW_OP_breg11";
4507
    case DW_OP_breg12:
4508
      return "DW_OP_breg12";
4509
    case DW_OP_breg13:
4510
      return "DW_OP_breg13";
4511
    case DW_OP_breg14:
4512
      return "DW_OP_breg14";
4513
    case DW_OP_breg15:
4514
      return "DW_OP_breg15";
4515
    case DW_OP_breg16:
4516
      return "DW_OP_breg16";
4517
    case DW_OP_breg17:
4518
      return "DW_OP_breg17";
4519
    case DW_OP_breg18:
4520
      return "DW_OP_breg18";
4521
    case DW_OP_breg19:
4522
      return "DW_OP_breg19";
4523
    case DW_OP_breg20:
4524
      return "DW_OP_breg20";
4525
    case DW_OP_breg21:
4526
      return "DW_OP_breg21";
4527
    case DW_OP_breg22:
4528
      return "DW_OP_breg22";
4529
    case DW_OP_breg23:
4530
      return "DW_OP_breg23";
4531
    case DW_OP_breg24:
4532
      return "DW_OP_breg24";
4533
    case DW_OP_breg25:
4534
      return "DW_OP_breg25";
4535
    case DW_OP_breg26:
4536
      return "DW_OP_breg26";
4537
    case DW_OP_breg27:
4538
      return "DW_OP_breg27";
4539
    case DW_OP_breg28:
4540
      return "DW_OP_breg28";
4541
    case DW_OP_breg29:
4542
      return "DW_OP_breg29";
4543
    case DW_OP_breg30:
4544
      return "DW_OP_breg30";
4545
    case DW_OP_breg31:
4546
      return "DW_OP_breg31";
4547
    case DW_OP_regx:
4548
      return "DW_OP_regx";
4549
    case DW_OP_fbreg:
4550
      return "DW_OP_fbreg";
4551
    case DW_OP_bregx:
4552
      return "DW_OP_bregx";
4553
    case DW_OP_piece:
4554
      return "DW_OP_piece";
4555
    case DW_OP_deref_size:
4556
      return "DW_OP_deref_size";
4557
    case DW_OP_xderef_size:
4558
      return "DW_OP_xderef_size";
4559
    case DW_OP_nop:
4560
      return "DW_OP_nop";
4561
 
4562
    case DW_OP_push_object_address:
4563
      return "DW_OP_push_object_address";
4564
    case DW_OP_call2:
4565
      return "DW_OP_call2";
4566
    case DW_OP_call4:
4567
      return "DW_OP_call4";
4568
    case DW_OP_call_ref:
4569
      return "DW_OP_call_ref";
4570
    case DW_OP_implicit_value:
4571
      return "DW_OP_implicit_value";
4572
    case DW_OP_stack_value:
4573
      return "DW_OP_stack_value";
4574
    case DW_OP_form_tls_address:
4575
      return "DW_OP_form_tls_address";
4576
    case DW_OP_call_frame_cfa:
4577
      return "DW_OP_call_frame_cfa";
4578
    case DW_OP_bit_piece:
4579
      return "DW_OP_bit_piece";
4580
 
4581
    case DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address:
4582
      return "DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address";
4583
    case DW_OP_GNU_uninit:
4584
      return "DW_OP_GNU_uninit";
4585
    case DW_OP_GNU_encoded_addr:
4586
      return "DW_OP_GNU_encoded_addr";
4587
 
4588
    default:
4589
      return "OP_<unknown>";
4590
    }
4591
}
4592
 
4593
/* Return a pointer to a newly allocated location description.  Location
4594
   descriptions are simple expression terms that can be strung
4595
   together to form more complicated location (address) descriptions.  */
4596
 
4597
static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
4598
new_loc_descr (enum dwarf_location_atom op, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT oprnd1,
4599
               unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT oprnd2)
4600
{
4601
  dw_loc_descr_ref descr = GGC_CNEW (dw_loc_descr_node);
4602
 
4603
  descr->dw_loc_opc = op;
4604
  descr->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const;
4605
  descr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned = oprnd1;
4606
  descr->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const;
4607
  descr->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_unsigned = oprnd2;
4608
 
4609
  return descr;
4610
}
4611
 
4612
/* Return a pointer to a newly allocated location description for
4613
   REG and OFFSET.  */
4614
 
4615
static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
4616
new_reg_loc_descr (unsigned int reg,  unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
4617
{
4618
  if (reg <= 31)
4619
    return new_loc_descr ((enum dwarf_location_atom) (DW_OP_breg0 + reg),
4620
                          offset, 0);
4621
  else
4622
    return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx, reg, offset);
4623
}
4624
 
4625
/* Add a location description term to a location description expression.  */
4626
 
4627
static inline void
4628
add_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref *list_head, dw_loc_descr_ref descr)
4629
{
4630
  dw_loc_descr_ref *d;
4631
 
4632
  /* Find the end of the chain.  */
4633
  for (d = list_head; (*d) != NULL; d = &(*d)->dw_loc_next)
4634
    ;
4635
 
4636
  *d = descr;
4637
}
4638
 
4639
/* Add a constant OFFSET to a location expression.  */
4640
 
4641
static void
4642
loc_descr_plus_const (dw_loc_descr_ref *list_head, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
4643
{
4644
  dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
4645
  HOST_WIDE_INT *p;
4646
 
4647
  gcc_assert (*list_head != NULL);
4648
 
4649
  if (!offset)
4650
    return;
4651
 
4652
  /* Find the end of the chain.  */
4653
  for (loc = *list_head; loc->dw_loc_next != NULL; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
4654
    ;
4655
 
4656
  p = NULL;
4657
  if (loc->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_fbreg
4658
      || (loc->dw_loc_opc >= DW_OP_breg0 && loc->dw_loc_opc <= DW_OP_breg31))
4659
    p = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
4660
  else if (loc->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_bregx)
4661
    p = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_int;
4662
 
4663
  /* If the last operation is fbreg, breg{0..31,x}, optimize by adjusting its
4664
     offset.  Don't optimize if an signed integer overflow would happen.  */
4665
  if (p != NULL
4666
      && ((offset > 0 && *p <= INTTYPE_MAXIMUM (HOST_WIDE_INT) - offset)
4667
          || (offset < 0 && *p >= INTTYPE_MINIMUM (HOST_WIDE_INT) - offset)))
4668
    *p += offset;
4669
 
4670
  else if (offset > 0)
4671
    loc->dw_loc_next = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, offset, 0);
4672
 
4673
  else
4674
    {
4675
      loc->dw_loc_next = int_loc_descriptor (offset);
4676
      add_loc_descr (&loc->dw_loc_next, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
4677
    }
4678
}
4679
 
4680
#ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
4681
/* Add a constant OFFSET to a location list.  */
4682
 
4683
static void
4684
loc_list_plus_const (dw_loc_list_ref list_head, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
4685
{
4686
  dw_loc_list_ref d;
4687
  for (d = list_head; d != NULL; d = d->dw_loc_next)
4688
    loc_descr_plus_const (&d->expr, offset);
4689
}
4690
#endif
4691
 
4692
/* Return the size of a location descriptor.  */
4693
 
4694
static unsigned long
4695
size_of_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
4696
{
4697
  unsigned long size = 1;
4698
 
4699
  switch (loc->dw_loc_opc)
4700
    {
4701
    case DW_OP_addr:
4702
      size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
4703
      break;
4704
    case DW_OP_const1u:
4705
    case DW_OP_const1s:
4706
      size += 1;
4707
      break;
4708
    case DW_OP_const2u:
4709
    case DW_OP_const2s:
4710
      size += 2;
4711
      break;
4712
    case DW_OP_const4u:
4713
    case DW_OP_const4s:
4714
      size += 4;
4715
      break;
4716
    case DW_OP_const8u:
4717
    case DW_OP_const8s:
4718
      size += 8;
4719
      break;
4720
    case DW_OP_constu:
4721
      size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
4722
      break;
4723
    case DW_OP_consts:
4724
      size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int);
4725
      break;
4726
    case DW_OP_pick:
4727
      size += 1;
4728
      break;
4729
    case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
4730
      size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
4731
      break;
4732
    case DW_OP_skip:
4733
    case DW_OP_bra:
4734
      size += 2;
4735
      break;
4736
    case DW_OP_breg0:
4737
    case DW_OP_breg1:
4738
    case DW_OP_breg2:
4739
    case DW_OP_breg3:
4740
    case DW_OP_breg4:
4741
    case DW_OP_breg5:
4742
    case DW_OP_breg6:
4743
    case DW_OP_breg7:
4744
    case DW_OP_breg8:
4745
    case DW_OP_breg9:
4746
    case DW_OP_breg10:
4747
    case DW_OP_breg11:
4748
    case DW_OP_breg12:
4749
    case DW_OP_breg13:
4750
    case DW_OP_breg14:
4751
    case DW_OP_breg15:
4752
    case DW_OP_breg16:
4753
    case DW_OP_breg17:
4754
    case DW_OP_breg18:
4755
    case DW_OP_breg19:
4756
    case DW_OP_breg20:
4757
    case DW_OP_breg21:
4758
    case DW_OP_breg22:
4759
    case DW_OP_breg23:
4760
    case DW_OP_breg24:
4761
    case DW_OP_breg25:
4762
    case DW_OP_breg26:
4763
    case DW_OP_breg27:
4764
    case DW_OP_breg28:
4765
    case DW_OP_breg29:
4766
    case DW_OP_breg30:
4767
    case DW_OP_breg31:
4768
      size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int);
4769
      break;
4770
    case DW_OP_regx:
4771
      size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
4772
      break;
4773
    case DW_OP_fbreg:
4774
      size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int);
4775
      break;
4776
    case DW_OP_bregx:
4777
      size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
4778
      size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_int);
4779
      break;
4780
    case DW_OP_piece:
4781
      size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
4782
      break;
4783
    case DW_OP_deref_size:
4784
    case DW_OP_xderef_size:
4785
      size += 1;
4786
      break;
4787
    case DW_OP_call2:
4788
      size += 2;
4789
      break;
4790
    case DW_OP_call4:
4791
      size += 4;
4792
      break;
4793
    case DW_OP_call_ref:
4794
      size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
4795
      break;
4796
    case DW_OP_implicit_value:
4797
      size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned)
4798
              + loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned;
4799
      break;
4800
    default:
4801
      break;
4802
    }
4803
 
4804
  return size;
4805
}
4806
 
4807
/* Return the size of a series of location descriptors.  */
4808
 
4809
static unsigned long
4810
size_of_locs (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
4811
{
4812
  dw_loc_descr_ref l;
4813
  unsigned long size;
4814
 
4815
  /* If there are no skip or bra opcodes, don't fill in the dw_loc_addr
4816
     field, to avoid writing to a PCH file.  */
4817
  for (size = 0, l = loc; l != NULL; l = l->dw_loc_next)
4818
    {
4819
      if (l->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_skip || l->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_bra)
4820
        break;
4821
      size += size_of_loc_descr (l);
4822
    }
4823
  if (! l)
4824
    return size;
4825
 
4826
  for (size = 0, l = loc; l != NULL; l = l->dw_loc_next)
4827
    {
4828
      l->dw_loc_addr = size;
4829
      size += size_of_loc_descr (l);
4830
    }
4831
 
4832
  return size;
4833
}
4834
 
4835
#ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
4836
static HOST_WIDE_INT extract_int (const unsigned char *, unsigned);
4837
#endif
4838
 
4839
/* Output location description stack opcode's operands (if any).  */
4840
 
4841
static void
4842
output_loc_operands (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
4843
{
4844
  dw_val_ref val1 = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd1;
4845
  dw_val_ref val2 = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd2;
4846
 
4847
  switch (loc->dw_loc_opc)
4848
    {
4849
#ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
4850
    case DW_OP_const2u:
4851
    case DW_OP_const2s:
4852
      dw2_asm_output_data (2, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
4853
      break;
4854
    case DW_OP_const4u:
4855
    case DW_OP_const4s:
4856
      dw2_asm_output_data (4, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
4857
      break;
4858
    case DW_OP_const8u:
4859
    case DW_OP_const8s:
4860
      gcc_assert (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= 64);
4861
      dw2_asm_output_data (8, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
4862
      break;
4863
    case DW_OP_skip:
4864
    case DW_OP_bra:
4865
      {
4866
        int offset;
4867
 
4868
        gcc_assert (val1->val_class == dw_val_class_loc);
4869
        offset = val1->v.val_loc->dw_loc_addr - (loc->dw_loc_addr + 3);
4870
 
4871
        dw2_asm_output_data (2, offset, NULL);
4872
      }
4873
      break;
4874
    case DW_OP_implicit_value:
4875
      dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
4876
      switch (val2->val_class)
4877
        {
4878
        case dw_val_class_const:
4879
          dw2_asm_output_data (val1->v.val_unsigned, val2->v.val_int, NULL);
4880
          break;
4881
        case dw_val_class_vec:
4882
          {
4883
            unsigned int elt_size = val2->v.val_vec.elt_size;
4884
            unsigned int len = val2->v.val_vec.length;
4885
            unsigned int i;
4886
            unsigned char *p;
4887
 
4888
            if (elt_size > sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT))
4889
              {
4890
                elt_size /= 2;
4891
                len *= 2;
4892
              }
4893
            for (i = 0, p = val2->v.val_vec.array;
4894
                 i < len;
4895
                 i++, p += elt_size)
4896
              dw2_asm_output_data (elt_size, extract_int (p, elt_size),
4897
                                   "fp or vector constant word %u", i);
4898
          }
4899
          break;
4900
        case dw_val_class_const_double:
4901
          {
4902
            unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT first, second;
4903
 
4904
            if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
4905
              {
4906
                first = val2->v.val_double.high;
4907
                second = val2->v.val_double.low;
4908
              }
4909
            else
4910
              {
4911
                first = val2->v.val_double.low;
4912
                second = val2->v.val_double.high;
4913
              }
4914
            dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
4915
                                 first, NULL);
4916
            dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
4917
                                 second, NULL);
4918
          }
4919
          break;
4920
        case dw_val_class_addr:
4921
          gcc_assert (val1->v.val_unsigned == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
4922
          dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, val2->v.val_addr, NULL);
4923
          break;
4924
        default:
4925
          gcc_unreachable ();
4926
        }
4927
      break;
4928
#else
4929
    case DW_OP_const2u:
4930
    case DW_OP_const2s:
4931
    case DW_OP_const4u:
4932
    case DW_OP_const4s:
4933
    case DW_OP_const8u:
4934
    case DW_OP_const8s:
4935
    case DW_OP_skip:
4936
    case DW_OP_bra:
4937
    case DW_OP_implicit_value:
4938
      /* We currently don't make any attempt to make sure these are
4939
         aligned properly like we do for the main unwind info, so
4940
         don't support emitting things larger than a byte if we're
4941
         only doing unwinding.  */
4942
      gcc_unreachable ();
4943
#endif
4944
    case DW_OP_const1u:
4945
    case DW_OP_const1s:
4946
      dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
4947
      break;
4948
    case DW_OP_constu:
4949
      dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
4950
      break;
4951
    case DW_OP_consts:
4952
      dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int, NULL);
4953
      break;
4954
    case DW_OP_pick:
4955
      dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
4956
      break;
4957
    case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
4958
      dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
4959
      break;
4960
    case DW_OP_breg0:
4961
    case DW_OP_breg1:
4962
    case DW_OP_breg2:
4963
    case DW_OP_breg3:
4964
    case DW_OP_breg4:
4965
    case DW_OP_breg5:
4966
    case DW_OP_breg6:
4967
    case DW_OP_breg7:
4968
    case DW_OP_breg8:
4969
    case DW_OP_breg9:
4970
    case DW_OP_breg10:
4971
    case DW_OP_breg11:
4972
    case DW_OP_breg12:
4973
    case DW_OP_breg13:
4974
    case DW_OP_breg14:
4975
    case DW_OP_breg15:
4976
    case DW_OP_breg16:
4977
    case DW_OP_breg17:
4978
    case DW_OP_breg18:
4979
    case DW_OP_breg19:
4980
    case DW_OP_breg20:
4981
    case DW_OP_breg21:
4982
    case DW_OP_breg22:
4983
    case DW_OP_breg23:
4984
    case DW_OP_breg24:
4985
    case DW_OP_breg25:
4986
    case DW_OP_breg26:
4987
    case DW_OP_breg27:
4988
    case DW_OP_breg28:
4989
    case DW_OP_breg29:
4990
    case DW_OP_breg30:
4991
    case DW_OP_breg31:
4992
      dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int, NULL);
4993
      break;
4994
    case DW_OP_regx:
4995
      dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
4996
      break;
4997
    case DW_OP_fbreg:
4998
      dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int, NULL);
4999
      break;
5000
    case DW_OP_bregx:
5001
      dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
5002
      dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val2->v.val_int, NULL);
5003
      break;
5004
    case DW_OP_piece:
5005
      dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
5006
      break;
5007
    case DW_OP_deref_size:
5008
    case DW_OP_xderef_size:
5009
      dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
5010
      break;
5011
 
5012
    case DW_OP_addr:
5013
      if (loc->dtprel)
5014
        {
5015
          if (targetm.asm_out.output_dwarf_dtprel)
5016
            {
5017
              targetm.asm_out.output_dwarf_dtprel (asm_out_file,
5018
                                                   DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
5019
                                                   val1->v.val_addr);
5020
              fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5021
            }
5022
          else
5023
            gcc_unreachable ();
5024
        }
5025
      else
5026
        {
5027
#ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
5028
          dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, val1->v.val_addr, NULL);
5029
#else
5030
          gcc_unreachable ();
5031
#endif
5032
        }
5033
      break;
5034
 
5035
    default:
5036
      /* Other codes have no operands.  */
5037
      break;
5038
    }
5039
}
5040
 
5041
/* Output a sequence of location operations.  */
5042
 
5043
static void
5044
output_loc_sequence (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
5045
{
5046
  for (; loc != NULL; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
5047
    {
5048
      /* Output the opcode.  */
5049
      dw2_asm_output_data (1, loc->dw_loc_opc,
5050
                           "%s", dwarf_stack_op_name (loc->dw_loc_opc));
5051
 
5052
      /* Output the operand(s) (if any).  */
5053
      output_loc_operands (loc);
5054
    }
5055
}
5056
 
5057
/* Output location description stack opcode's operands (if any).
5058
   The output is single bytes on a line, suitable for .cfi_escape.  */
5059
 
5060
static void
5061
output_loc_operands_raw (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
5062
{
5063
  dw_val_ref val1 = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd1;
5064
  dw_val_ref val2 = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd2;
5065
 
5066
  switch (loc->dw_loc_opc)
5067
    {
5068
    case DW_OP_addr:
5069
    case DW_OP_implicit_value:
5070
      /* We cannot output addresses in .cfi_escape, only bytes.  */
5071
      gcc_unreachable ();
5072
 
5073
    case DW_OP_const1u:
5074
    case DW_OP_const1s:
5075
    case DW_OP_pick:
5076
    case DW_OP_deref_size:
5077
    case DW_OP_xderef_size:
5078
      fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5079
      dw2_asm_output_data_raw (1, val1->v.val_int);
5080
      break;
5081
 
5082
    case DW_OP_const2u:
5083
    case DW_OP_const2s:
5084
      fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5085
      dw2_asm_output_data_raw (2, val1->v.val_int);
5086
      break;
5087
 
5088
    case DW_OP_const4u:
5089
    case DW_OP_const4s:
5090
      fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5091
      dw2_asm_output_data_raw (4, val1->v.val_int);
5092
      break;
5093
 
5094
    case DW_OP_const8u:
5095
    case DW_OP_const8s:
5096
      gcc_assert (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= 64);
5097
      fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5098
      dw2_asm_output_data_raw (8, val1->v.val_int);
5099
      break;
5100
 
5101
    case DW_OP_skip:
5102
    case DW_OP_bra:
5103
      {
5104
        int offset;
5105
 
5106
        gcc_assert (val1->val_class == dw_val_class_loc);
5107
        offset = val1->v.val_loc->dw_loc_addr - (loc->dw_loc_addr + 3);
5108
 
5109
        fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5110
        dw2_asm_output_data_raw (2, offset);
5111
      }
5112
      break;
5113
 
5114
    case DW_OP_constu:
5115
    case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
5116
    case DW_OP_regx:
5117
    case DW_OP_piece:
5118
      fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5119
      dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (val1->v.val_unsigned);
5120
      break;
5121
 
5122
    case DW_OP_consts:
5123
    case DW_OP_breg0:
5124
    case DW_OP_breg1:
5125
    case DW_OP_breg2:
5126
    case DW_OP_breg3:
5127
    case DW_OP_breg4:
5128
    case DW_OP_breg5:
5129
    case DW_OP_breg6:
5130
    case DW_OP_breg7:
5131
    case DW_OP_breg8:
5132
    case DW_OP_breg9:
5133
    case DW_OP_breg10:
5134
    case DW_OP_breg11:
5135
    case DW_OP_breg12:
5136
    case DW_OP_breg13:
5137
    case DW_OP_breg14:
5138
    case DW_OP_breg15:
5139
    case DW_OP_breg16:
5140
    case DW_OP_breg17:
5141
    case DW_OP_breg18:
5142
    case DW_OP_breg19:
5143
    case DW_OP_breg20:
5144
    case DW_OP_breg21:
5145
    case DW_OP_breg22:
5146
    case DW_OP_breg23:
5147
    case DW_OP_breg24:
5148
    case DW_OP_breg25:
5149
    case DW_OP_breg26:
5150
    case DW_OP_breg27:
5151
    case DW_OP_breg28:
5152
    case DW_OP_breg29:
5153
    case DW_OP_breg30:
5154
    case DW_OP_breg31:
5155
    case DW_OP_fbreg:
5156
      fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5157
      dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128_raw (val1->v.val_int);
5158
      break;
5159
 
5160
    case DW_OP_bregx:
5161
      fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5162
      dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (val1->v.val_unsigned);
5163
      fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5164
      dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128_raw (val2->v.val_int);
5165
      break;
5166
 
5167
    default:
5168
      /* Other codes have no operands.  */
5169
      break;
5170
    }
5171
}
5172
 
5173
static void
5174
output_loc_sequence_raw (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
5175
{
5176
  while (1)
5177
    {
5178
      /* Output the opcode.  */
5179
      fprintf (asm_out_file, "0x%x", loc->dw_loc_opc);
5180
      output_loc_operands_raw (loc);
5181
 
5182
      if (!loc->dw_loc_next)
5183
        break;
5184
      loc = loc->dw_loc_next;
5185
 
5186
      fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5187
    }
5188
}
5189
 
5190
/* This routine will generate the correct assembly data for a location
5191
   description based on a cfi entry with a complex address.  */
5192
 
5193
static void
5194
output_cfa_loc (dw_cfi_ref cfi)
5195
{
5196
  dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
5197
  unsigned long size;
5198
 
5199
  if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_expression)
5200
    {
5201
      dw2_asm_output_data (1, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, NULL);
5202
      loc = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_loc;
5203
    }
5204
  else
5205
    loc = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc;
5206
 
5207
  /* Output the size of the block.  */
5208
  size = size_of_locs (loc);
5209
  dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size, NULL);
5210
 
5211
  /* Now output the operations themselves.  */
5212
  output_loc_sequence (loc);
5213
}
5214
 
5215
/* Similar, but used for .cfi_escape.  */
5216
 
5217
static void
5218
output_cfa_loc_raw (dw_cfi_ref cfi)
5219
{
5220
  dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
5221
  unsigned long size;
5222
 
5223
  if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_expression)
5224
    {
5225
      fprintf (asm_out_file, "0x%x,", cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num);
5226
      loc = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_loc;
5227
    }
5228
  else
5229
    loc = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc;
5230
 
5231
  /* Output the size of the block.  */
5232
  size = size_of_locs (loc);
5233
  dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (size);
5234
  fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5235
 
5236
  /* Now output the operations themselves.  */
5237
  output_loc_sequence_raw (loc);
5238
}
5239
 
5240
/* This function builds a dwarf location descriptor sequence from a
5241
   dw_cfa_location, adding the given OFFSET to the result of the
5242
   expression.  */
5243
 
5244
static struct dw_loc_descr_struct *
5245
build_cfa_loc (dw_cfa_location *cfa, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
5246
{
5247
  struct dw_loc_descr_struct *head, *tmp;
5248
 
5249
  offset += cfa->offset;
5250
 
5251
  if (cfa->indirect)
5252
    {
5253
      head = new_reg_loc_descr (cfa->reg, cfa->base_offset);
5254
      head->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_const;
5255
      tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0);
5256
      add_loc_descr (&head, tmp);
5257
      if (offset != 0)
5258
        {
5259
          tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, offset, 0);
5260
          add_loc_descr (&head, tmp);
5261
        }
5262
    }
5263
  else
5264
    head = new_reg_loc_descr (cfa->reg, offset);
5265
 
5266
  return head;
5267
}
5268
 
5269
/* This function builds a dwarf location descriptor sequence for
5270
   the address at OFFSET from the CFA when stack is aligned to
5271
   ALIGNMENT byte.  */
5272
 
5273
static struct dw_loc_descr_struct *
5274
build_cfa_aligned_loc (HOST_WIDE_INT offset, HOST_WIDE_INT alignment)
5275
{
5276
  struct dw_loc_descr_struct *head;
5277
  unsigned int dwarf_fp
5278
    = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM);
5279
 
5280
 /* When CFA is defined as FP+OFFSET, emulate stack alignment.  */
5281
  if (cfa.reg == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM && cfa.indirect == 0)
5282
    {
5283
      head = new_reg_loc_descr (dwarf_fp, 0);
5284
      add_loc_descr (&head, int_loc_descriptor (alignment));
5285
      add_loc_descr (&head, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and, 0, 0));
5286
      loc_descr_plus_const (&head, offset);
5287
    }
5288
  else
5289
    head = new_reg_loc_descr (dwarf_fp, offset);
5290
  return head;
5291
}
5292
 
5293
/* This function fills in aa dw_cfa_location structure from a dwarf location
5294
   descriptor sequence.  */
5295
 
5296
static void
5297
get_cfa_from_loc_descr (dw_cfa_location *cfa, struct dw_loc_descr_struct *loc)
5298
{
5299
  struct dw_loc_descr_struct *ptr;
5300
  cfa->offset = 0;
5301
  cfa->base_offset = 0;
5302
  cfa->indirect = 0;
5303
  cfa->reg = -1;
5304
 
5305
  for (ptr = loc; ptr != NULL; ptr = ptr->dw_loc_next)
5306
    {
5307
      enum dwarf_location_atom op = ptr->dw_loc_opc;
5308
 
5309
      switch (op)
5310
        {
5311
        case DW_OP_reg0:
5312
        case DW_OP_reg1:
5313
        case DW_OP_reg2:
5314
        case DW_OP_reg3:
5315
        case DW_OP_reg4:
5316
        case DW_OP_reg5:
5317
        case DW_OP_reg6:
5318
        case DW_OP_reg7:
5319
        case DW_OP_reg8:
5320
        case DW_OP_reg9:
5321
        case DW_OP_reg10:
5322
        case DW_OP_reg11:
5323
        case DW_OP_reg12:
5324
        case DW_OP_reg13:
5325
        case DW_OP_reg14:
5326
        case DW_OP_reg15:
5327
        case DW_OP_reg16:
5328
        case DW_OP_reg17:
5329
        case DW_OP_reg18:
5330
        case DW_OP_reg19:
5331
        case DW_OP_reg20:
5332
        case DW_OP_reg21:
5333
        case DW_OP_reg22:
5334
        case DW_OP_reg23:
5335
        case DW_OP_reg24:
5336
        case DW_OP_reg25:
5337
        case DW_OP_reg26:
5338
        case DW_OP_reg27:
5339
        case DW_OP_reg28:
5340
        case DW_OP_reg29:
5341
        case DW_OP_reg30:
5342
        case DW_OP_reg31:
5343
          cfa->reg = op - DW_OP_reg0;
5344
          break;
5345
        case DW_OP_regx:
5346
          cfa->reg = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
5347
          break;
5348
        case DW_OP_breg0:
5349
        case DW_OP_breg1:
5350
        case DW_OP_breg2:
5351
        case DW_OP_breg3:
5352
        case DW_OP_breg4:
5353
        case DW_OP_breg5:
5354
        case DW_OP_breg6:
5355
        case DW_OP_breg7:
5356
        case DW_OP_breg8:
5357
        case DW_OP_breg9:
5358
        case DW_OP_breg10:
5359
        case DW_OP_breg11:
5360
        case DW_OP_breg12:
5361
        case DW_OP_breg13:
5362
        case DW_OP_breg14:
5363
        case DW_OP_breg15:
5364
        case DW_OP_breg16:
5365
        case DW_OP_breg17:
5366
        case DW_OP_breg18:
5367
        case DW_OP_breg19:
5368
        case DW_OP_breg20:
5369
        case DW_OP_breg21:
5370
        case DW_OP_breg22:
5371
        case DW_OP_breg23:
5372
        case DW_OP_breg24:
5373
        case DW_OP_breg25:
5374
        case DW_OP_breg26:
5375
        case DW_OP_breg27:
5376
        case DW_OP_breg28:
5377
        case DW_OP_breg29:
5378
        case DW_OP_breg30:
5379
        case DW_OP_breg31:
5380
          cfa->reg = op - DW_OP_breg0;
5381
          cfa->base_offset = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
5382
          break;
5383
        case DW_OP_bregx:
5384
          cfa->reg = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
5385
          cfa->base_offset = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_int;
5386
          break;
5387
        case DW_OP_deref:
5388
          cfa->indirect = 1;
5389
          break;
5390
        case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
5391
          cfa->offset = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned;
5392
          break;
5393
        default:
5394
          internal_error ("DW_LOC_OP %s not implemented",
5395
                          dwarf_stack_op_name (ptr->dw_loc_opc));
5396
        }
5397
    }
5398
}
5399
#endif /* .debug_frame support */
5400
 
5401
/* And now, the support for symbolic debugging information.  */
5402
#ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
5403
 
5404
/* .debug_str support.  */
5405
static int output_indirect_string (void **, void *);
5406
 
5407
static void dwarf2out_init (const char *);
5408
static void dwarf2out_finish (const char *);
5409
static void dwarf2out_assembly_start (void);
5410
static void dwarf2out_define (unsigned int, const char *);
5411
static void dwarf2out_undef (unsigned int, const char *);
5412
static void dwarf2out_start_source_file (unsigned, const char *);
5413
static void dwarf2out_end_source_file (unsigned);
5414
static void dwarf2out_function_decl (tree);
5415
static void dwarf2out_begin_block (unsigned, unsigned);
5416
static void dwarf2out_end_block (unsigned, unsigned);
5417
static bool dwarf2out_ignore_block (const_tree);
5418
static void dwarf2out_global_decl (tree);
5419
static void dwarf2out_type_decl (tree, int);
5420
static void dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl (tree, tree, tree, bool);
5421
static void dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl_1 (tree, tree, tree,
5422
                                                 dw_die_ref);
5423
static void dwarf2out_abstract_function (tree);
5424
static void dwarf2out_var_location (rtx);
5425
static void dwarf2out_direct_call (tree);
5426
static void dwarf2out_virtual_call_token (tree, int);
5427
static void dwarf2out_copy_call_info (rtx, rtx);
5428
static void dwarf2out_virtual_call (int);
5429
static void dwarf2out_begin_function (tree);
5430
static void dwarf2out_set_name (tree, tree);
5431
 
5432
/* The debug hooks structure.  */
5433
 
5434
const struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks =
5435
{
5436
  dwarf2out_init,
5437
  dwarf2out_finish,
5438
  dwarf2out_assembly_start,
5439
  dwarf2out_define,
5440
  dwarf2out_undef,
5441
  dwarf2out_start_source_file,
5442
  dwarf2out_end_source_file,
5443
  dwarf2out_begin_block,
5444
  dwarf2out_end_block,
5445
  dwarf2out_ignore_block,
5446
  dwarf2out_source_line,
5447
  dwarf2out_begin_prologue,
5448
  debug_nothing_int_charstar,   /* end_prologue */
5449
  dwarf2out_end_epilogue,
5450
  dwarf2out_begin_function,
5451
  debug_nothing_int,            /* end_function */
5452
  dwarf2out_function_decl,      /* function_decl */
5453
  dwarf2out_global_decl,
5454
  dwarf2out_type_decl,          /* type_decl */
5455
  dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl,
5456
  debug_nothing_tree,           /* deferred_inline_function */
5457
  /* The DWARF 2 backend tries to reduce debugging bloat by not
5458
     emitting the abstract description of inline functions until
5459
     something tries to reference them.  */
5460
  dwarf2out_abstract_function,  /* outlining_inline_function */
5461
  debug_nothing_rtx,            /* label */
5462
  debug_nothing_int,            /* handle_pch */
5463
  dwarf2out_var_location,
5464
  dwarf2out_switch_text_section,
5465
  dwarf2out_direct_call,
5466
  dwarf2out_virtual_call_token,
5467
  dwarf2out_copy_call_info,
5468
  dwarf2out_virtual_call,
5469
  dwarf2out_set_name,
5470
  1                             /* start_end_main_source_file */
5471
};
5472
#endif
5473
 
5474
/* NOTE: In the comments in this file, many references are made to
5475
   "Debugging Information Entries".  This term is abbreviated as `DIE'
5476
   throughout the remainder of this file.  */
5477
 
5478
/* An internal representation of the DWARF output is built, and then
5479
   walked to generate the DWARF debugging info.  The walk of the internal
5480
   representation is done after the entire program has been compiled.
5481
   The types below are used to describe the internal representation.  */
5482
 
5483
/* Various DIE's use offsets relative to the beginning of the
5484
   .debug_info section to refer to each other.  */
5485
 
5486
typedef long int dw_offset;
5487
 
5488
/* Define typedefs here to avoid circular dependencies.  */
5489
 
5490
typedef struct dw_attr_struct *dw_attr_ref;
5491
typedef struct dw_line_info_struct *dw_line_info_ref;
5492
typedef struct dw_separate_line_info_struct *dw_separate_line_info_ref;
5493
typedef struct pubname_struct *pubname_ref;
5494
typedef struct dw_ranges_struct *dw_ranges_ref;
5495
typedef struct dw_ranges_by_label_struct *dw_ranges_by_label_ref;
5496
typedef struct comdat_type_struct *comdat_type_node_ref;
5497
 
5498
/* Each entry in the line_info_table maintains the file and
5499
   line number associated with the label generated for that
5500
   entry.  The label gives the PC value associated with
5501
   the line number entry.  */
5502
 
5503
typedef struct GTY(()) dw_line_info_struct {
5504
  unsigned long dw_file_num;
5505
  unsigned long dw_line_num;
5506
}
5507
dw_line_info_entry;
5508
 
5509
/* Line information for functions in separate sections; each one gets its
5510
   own sequence.  */
5511
typedef struct GTY(()) dw_separate_line_info_struct {
5512
  unsigned long dw_file_num;
5513
  unsigned long dw_line_num;
5514
  unsigned long function;
5515
}
5516
dw_separate_line_info_entry;
5517
 
5518
/* Each DIE attribute has a field specifying the attribute kind,
5519
   a link to the next attribute in the chain, and an attribute value.
5520
   Attributes are typically linked below the DIE they modify.  */
5521
 
5522
typedef struct GTY(()) dw_attr_struct {
5523
  enum dwarf_attribute dw_attr;
5524
  dw_val_node dw_attr_val;
5525
}
5526
dw_attr_node;
5527
 
5528
DEF_VEC_O(dw_attr_node);
5529
DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(dw_attr_node,gc);
5530
 
5531
/* The Debugging Information Entry (DIE) structure.  DIEs form a tree.
5532
   The children of each node form a circular list linked by
5533
   die_sib.  die_child points to the node *before* the "first" child node.  */
5534
 
5535
typedef struct GTY((chain_circular ("%h.die_sib"))) die_struct {
5536
  enum dwarf_tag die_tag;
5537
  union die_symbol_or_type_node
5538
    {
5539
      char * GTY ((tag ("0"))) die_symbol;
5540
      comdat_type_node_ref GTY ((tag ("1"))) die_type_node;
5541
    }
5542
  GTY ((desc ("dwarf_version >= 4"))) die_id;
5543
  VEC(dw_attr_node,gc) * die_attr;
5544
  dw_die_ref die_parent;
5545
  dw_die_ref die_child;
5546
  dw_die_ref die_sib;
5547
  dw_die_ref die_definition; /* ref from a specification to its definition */
5548
  dw_offset die_offset;
5549
  unsigned long die_abbrev;
5550
  int die_mark;
5551
  /* Die is used and must not be pruned as unused.  */
5552
  int die_perennial_p;
5553
  unsigned int decl_id;
5554
}
5555
die_node;
5556
 
5557
/* Evaluate 'expr' while 'c' is set to each child of DIE in order.  */
5558
#define FOR_EACH_CHILD(die, c, expr) do {       \
5559
  c = die->die_child;                           \
5560
  if (c) do {                                   \
5561
    c = c->die_sib;                             \
5562
    expr;                                       \
5563
  } while (c != die->die_child);                \
5564
} while (0)
5565
 
5566
/* The pubname structure */
5567
 
5568
typedef struct GTY(()) pubname_struct {
5569
  dw_die_ref die;
5570
  const char *name;
5571
}
5572
pubname_entry;
5573
 
5574
DEF_VEC_O(pubname_entry);
5575
DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(pubname_entry, gc);
5576
 
5577
struct GTY(()) dw_ranges_struct {
5578
  /* If this is positive, it's a block number, otherwise it's a
5579
     bitwise-negated index into dw_ranges_by_label.  */
5580
  int num;
5581
};
5582
 
5583
struct GTY(()) dw_ranges_by_label_struct {
5584
  const char *begin;
5585
  const char *end;
5586
};
5587
 
5588
/* The comdat type node structure.  */
5589
typedef struct GTY(()) comdat_type_struct
5590
{
5591
  dw_die_ref root_die;
5592
  dw_die_ref type_die;
5593
  char signature[DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE];
5594
  struct comdat_type_struct *next;
5595
}
5596
comdat_type_node;
5597
 
5598
/* The limbo die list structure.  */
5599
typedef struct GTY(()) limbo_die_struct {
5600
  dw_die_ref die;
5601
  tree created_for;
5602
  struct limbo_die_struct *next;
5603
}
5604
limbo_die_node;
5605
 
5606
typedef struct GTY(()) skeleton_chain_struct
5607
{
5608
  dw_die_ref old_die;
5609
  dw_die_ref new_die;
5610
  struct skeleton_chain_struct *parent;
5611
}
5612
skeleton_chain_node;
5613
 
5614
/* How to start an assembler comment.  */
5615
#ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
5616
#define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
5617
#endif
5618
 
5619
/* Define a macro which returns nonzero for a TYPE_DECL which was
5620
   implicitly generated for a tagged type.
5621
 
5622
   Note that unlike the gcc front end (which generates a NULL named
5623
   TYPE_DECL node for each complete tagged type, each array type, and
5624
   each function type node created) the g++ front end generates a
5625
   _named_ TYPE_DECL node for each tagged type node created.
5626
   These TYPE_DECLs have DECL_ARTIFICIAL set, so we know not to
5627
   generate a DW_TAG_typedef DIE for them.  */
5628
 
5629
#define TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB(decl)                         \
5630
  (DECL_NAME (decl) == NULL_TREE                        \
5631
   || (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl)                           \
5632
       && is_tagged_type (TREE_TYPE (decl))             \
5633
       && ((decl == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl)))  \
5634
           /* This is necessary for stub decls that     \
5635
              appear in nested inline functions.  */    \
5636
           || (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) != NULL_TREE \
5637
               && (decl_ultimate_origin (decl)          \
5638
                   == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl)))))))
5639
 
5640
/* Information concerning the compilation unit's programming
5641
   language, and compiler version.  */
5642
 
5643
/* Fixed size portion of the DWARF compilation unit header.  */
5644
#define DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE \
5645
  (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 3)
5646
 
5647
/* Fixed size portion of the DWARF comdat type unit header.  */
5648
#define DWARF_COMDAT_TYPE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE \
5649
  (DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE + DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE \
5650
   + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE)
5651
 
5652
/* Fixed size portion of public names info.  */
5653
#define DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 2)
5654
 
5655
/* Fixed size portion of the address range info.  */
5656
#define DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE                                       \
5657
  (DWARF_ROUND (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4,      \
5658
                DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2)                                   \
5659
   - DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE)
5660
 
5661
/* Size of padding portion in the address range info.  It must be
5662
   aligned to twice the pointer size.  */
5663
#define DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE \
5664
  (DWARF_ROUND (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, \
5665
                DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2)                              \
5666
   - (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4))
5667
 
5668
/* Use assembler line directives if available.  */
5669
#ifndef DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
5670
#ifdef HAVE_AS_DWARF2_DEBUG_LINE
5671
#define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 1
5672
#else
5673
#define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 0
5674
#endif
5675
#endif
5676
 
5677
/* Minimum line offset in a special line info. opcode.
5678
   This value was chosen to give a reasonable range of values.  */
5679
#define DWARF_LINE_BASE  -10
5680
 
5681
/* First special line opcode - leave room for the standard opcodes.  */
5682
#define DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE  10
5683
 
5684
/* Range of line offsets in a special line info. opcode.  */
5685
#define DWARF_LINE_RANGE  (254-DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE+1)
5686
 
5687
/* Flag that indicates the initial value of the is_stmt_start flag.
5688
   In the present implementation, we do not mark any lines as
5689
   the beginning of a source statement, because that information
5690
   is not made available by the GCC front-end.  */
5691
#define DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START 1
5692
 
5693
/* Maximum number of operations per instruction bundle.  */
5694
#ifndef DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_MAX_OPS_PER_INSN
5695
#define DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_MAX_OPS_PER_INSN 1
5696
#endif
5697
 
5698
#ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
5699
/* This location is used by calc_die_sizes() to keep track
5700
   the offset of each DIE within the .debug_info section.  */
5701
static unsigned long next_die_offset;
5702
#endif
5703
 
5704
/* Record the root of the DIE's built for the current compilation unit.  */
5705
static GTY(()) dw_die_ref comp_unit_die;
5706
 
5707
/* A list of type DIEs that have been separated into comdat sections.  */
5708
static GTY(()) comdat_type_node *comdat_type_list;
5709
 
5710
/* A list of DIEs with a NULL parent waiting to be relocated.  */
5711
static GTY(()) limbo_die_node *limbo_die_list;
5712
 
5713
/* A list of DIEs for which we may have to generate
5714
   DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name once their DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAMEs are
5715
   set.  */
5716
static GTY(()) limbo_die_node *deferred_asm_name;
5717
 
5718
/* Filenames referenced by this compilation unit.  */
5719
static GTY((param_is (struct dwarf_file_data))) htab_t file_table;
5720
 
5721
/* A hash table of references to DIE's that describe declarations.
5722
   The key is a DECL_UID() which is a unique number identifying each decl.  */
5723
static GTY ((param_is (struct die_struct))) htab_t decl_die_table;
5724
 
5725
/* A hash table of references to DIE's that describe COMMON blocks.
5726
   The key is DECL_UID() ^ die_parent.  */
5727
static GTY ((param_is (struct die_struct))) htab_t common_block_die_table;
5728
 
5729
typedef struct GTY(()) die_arg_entry_struct {
5730
    dw_die_ref die;
5731
    tree arg;
5732
} die_arg_entry;
5733
 
5734
DEF_VEC_O(die_arg_entry);
5735
DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(die_arg_entry,gc);
5736
 
5737
/* Node of the variable location list.  */
5738
struct GTY ((chain_next ("%h.next"))) var_loc_node {
5739
  rtx GTY (()) var_loc_note;
5740
  const char * GTY (()) label;
5741
  struct var_loc_node * GTY (()) next;
5742
};
5743
 
5744
/* Variable location list.  */
5745
struct GTY (()) var_loc_list_def {
5746
  struct var_loc_node * GTY (()) first;
5747
 
5748
  /* Do not mark the last element of the chained list because
5749
     it is marked through the chain.  */
5750
  struct var_loc_node * GTY ((skip ("%h"))) last;
5751
 
5752
  /* DECL_UID of the variable decl.  */
5753
  unsigned int decl_id;
5754
};
5755
typedef struct var_loc_list_def var_loc_list;
5756
 
5757
 
5758
/* Table of decl location linked lists.  */
5759
static GTY ((param_is (var_loc_list))) htab_t decl_loc_table;
5760
 
5761
/* A pointer to the base of a list of references to DIE's that
5762
   are uniquely identified by their tag, presence/absence of
5763
   children DIE's, and list of attribute/value pairs.  */
5764
static GTY((length ("abbrev_die_table_allocated")))
5765
  dw_die_ref *abbrev_die_table;
5766
 
5767
/* Number of elements currently allocated for abbrev_die_table.  */
5768
static GTY(()) unsigned abbrev_die_table_allocated;
5769
 
5770
/* Number of elements in type_die_table currently in use.  */
5771
static GTY(()) unsigned abbrev_die_table_in_use;
5772
 
5773
/* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
5774
   abbrev_die_table.  */
5775
#define ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
5776
 
5777
/* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
5778
   for each source code line in .text in the compilation unit.  */
5779
static GTY((length ("line_info_table_allocated")))
5780
     dw_line_info_ref line_info_table;
5781
 
5782
/* Number of elements currently allocated for line_info_table.  */
5783
static GTY(()) unsigned line_info_table_allocated;
5784
 
5785
/* Number of elements in line_info_table currently in use.  */
5786
static GTY(()) unsigned line_info_table_in_use;
5787
 
5788
/* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
5789
   for each source code line outside of .text in the compilation unit.  */
5790
static GTY ((length ("separate_line_info_table_allocated")))
5791
     dw_separate_line_info_ref separate_line_info_table;
5792
 
5793
/* Number of elements currently allocated for separate_line_info_table.  */
5794
static GTY(()) unsigned separate_line_info_table_allocated;
5795
 
5796
/* Number of elements in separate_line_info_table currently in use.  */
5797
static GTY(()) unsigned separate_line_info_table_in_use;
5798
 
5799
/* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
5800
   line_info_table.  */
5801
#define LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT 1024
5802
 
5803
/* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of publicly
5804
   accessible names.  */
5805
static GTY (()) VEC (pubname_entry, gc) *  pubname_table;
5806
 
5807
/* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of publicly
5808
   accessible types.  */
5809
static GTY (()) VEC (pubname_entry, gc) * pubtype_table;
5810
 
5811
/* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_arange info.  */
5812
static GTY((length ("arange_table_allocated"))) dw_die_ref *arange_table;
5813
 
5814
/* Number of elements currently allocated for arange_table.  */
5815
static GTY(()) unsigned arange_table_allocated;
5816
 
5817
/* Number of elements in arange_table currently in use.  */
5818
static GTY(()) unsigned arange_table_in_use;
5819
 
5820
/* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
5821
   arange_table.  */
5822
#define ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
5823
 
5824
/* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_ranges info.  */
5825
static GTY ((length ("ranges_table_allocated"))) dw_ranges_ref ranges_table;
5826
 
5827
/* Number of elements currently allocated for ranges_table.  */
5828
static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_table_allocated;
5829
 
5830
/* Number of elements in ranges_table currently in use.  */
5831
static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_table_in_use;
5832
 
5833
/* Array of pairs of labels referenced in ranges_table.  */
5834
static GTY ((length ("ranges_by_label_allocated")))
5835
     dw_ranges_by_label_ref ranges_by_label;
5836
 
5837
/* Number of elements currently allocated for ranges_by_label.  */
5838
static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_by_label_allocated;
5839
 
5840
/* Number of elements in ranges_by_label currently in use.  */
5841
static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_by_label_in_use;
5842
 
5843
/* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
5844
   ranges_table.  */
5845
#define RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
5846
 
5847
/* Whether we have location lists that need outputting */
5848
static GTY(()) bool have_location_lists;
5849
 
5850
/* Unique label counter.  */
5851
static GTY(()) unsigned int loclabel_num;
5852
 
5853
/* Unique label counter for point-of-call tables.  */
5854
static GTY(()) unsigned int poc_label_num;
5855
 
5856
/* The direct call table structure.  */
5857
 
5858
typedef struct GTY(()) dcall_struct {
5859
  unsigned int poc_label_num;
5860
  tree poc_decl;
5861
  dw_die_ref targ_die;
5862
}
5863
dcall_entry;
5864
 
5865
DEF_VEC_O(dcall_entry);
5866
DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(dcall_entry, gc);
5867
 
5868
/* The virtual call table structure.  */
5869
 
5870
typedef struct GTY(()) vcall_struct {
5871
  unsigned int poc_label_num;
5872
  unsigned int vtable_slot;
5873
}
5874
vcall_entry;
5875
 
5876
DEF_VEC_O(vcall_entry);
5877
DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(vcall_entry, gc);
5878
 
5879
/* Pointers to the direct and virtual call tables.  */
5880
static GTY (()) VEC (dcall_entry, gc) * dcall_table = NULL;
5881
static GTY (()) VEC (vcall_entry, gc) * vcall_table = NULL;
5882
 
5883
/* A hash table to map INSN_UIDs to vtable slot indexes.  */
5884
 
5885
struct GTY (()) vcall_insn {
5886
  int insn_uid;
5887
  unsigned int vtable_slot;
5888
};
5889
 
5890
static GTY ((param_is (struct vcall_insn))) htab_t vcall_insn_table;
5891
 
5892
#ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
5893
/* Record whether the function being analyzed contains inlined functions.  */
5894
static int current_function_has_inlines;
5895
#endif
5896
#if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
5897
static int comp_unit_has_inlines;
5898
#endif
5899
 
5900
/* The last file entry emitted by maybe_emit_file().  */
5901
static GTY(()) struct dwarf_file_data * last_emitted_file;
5902
 
5903
/* Number of internal labels generated by gen_internal_sym().  */
5904
static GTY(()) int label_num;
5905
 
5906
/* Cached result of previous call to lookup_filename.  */
5907
static GTY(()) struct dwarf_file_data * file_table_last_lookup;
5908
 
5909
static GTY(()) VEC(die_arg_entry,gc) *tmpl_value_parm_die_table;
5910
 
5911
#ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
5912
 
5913
/* Offset from the "steady-state frame pointer" to the frame base,
5914
   within the current function.  */
5915
static HOST_WIDE_INT frame_pointer_fb_offset;
5916
 
5917
/* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file.  */
5918
 
5919
static int is_pseudo_reg (const_rtx);
5920
static tree type_main_variant (tree);
5921
static int is_tagged_type (const_tree);
5922
static const char *dwarf_tag_name (unsigned);
5923
static const char *dwarf_attr_name (unsigned);
5924
static const char *dwarf_form_name (unsigned);
5925
static tree decl_ultimate_origin (const_tree);
5926
static tree decl_class_context (tree);
5927
static void add_dwarf_attr (dw_die_ref, dw_attr_ref);
5928
static inline enum dw_val_class AT_class (dw_attr_ref);
5929
static void add_AT_flag (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned);
5930
static inline unsigned AT_flag (dw_attr_ref);
5931
static void add_AT_int (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, HOST_WIDE_INT);
5932
static inline HOST_WIDE_INT AT_int (dw_attr_ref);
5933
static void add_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT);
5934
static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT AT_unsigned (dw_attr_ref);
5935
static void add_AT_double (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
5936
                           HOST_WIDE_INT, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT);
5937
static inline void add_AT_vec (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned int,
5938
                               unsigned int, unsigned char *);
5939
static void add_AT_data8 (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned char *);
5940
static hashval_t debug_str_do_hash (const void *);
5941
static int debug_str_eq (const void *, const void *);
5942
static void add_AT_string (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, const char *);
5943
static inline const char *AT_string (dw_attr_ref);
5944
static enum dwarf_form AT_string_form (dw_attr_ref);
5945
static void add_AT_die_ref (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, dw_die_ref);
5946
static void add_AT_specification (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
5947
static inline dw_die_ref AT_ref (dw_attr_ref);
5948
static inline int AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref);
5949
static inline void set_AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref, int);
5950
static void add_AT_fde_ref (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned);
5951
static void add_AT_loc (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, dw_loc_descr_ref);
5952
static inline dw_loc_descr_ref AT_loc (dw_attr_ref);
5953
static void add_AT_loc_list (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
5954
                             dw_loc_list_ref);
5955
static inline dw_loc_list_ref AT_loc_list (dw_attr_ref);
5956
static void add_AT_addr (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, rtx);
5957
static inline rtx AT_addr (dw_attr_ref);
5958
static void add_AT_lbl_id (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, const char *);
5959
static void add_AT_lineptr (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, const char *);
5960
static void add_AT_macptr (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, const char *);
5961
static void add_AT_offset (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
5962
                           unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT);
5963
static void add_AT_range_list (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
5964
                               unsigned long);
5965
static inline const char *AT_lbl (dw_attr_ref);
5966
static dw_attr_ref get_AT (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
5967
static const char *get_AT_low_pc (dw_die_ref);
5968
static const char *get_AT_hi_pc (dw_die_ref);
5969
static const char *get_AT_string (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
5970
static int get_AT_flag (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
5971
static unsigned get_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
5972
static inline dw_die_ref get_AT_ref (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
5973
static bool is_cxx (void);
5974
static bool is_fortran (void);
5975
static bool is_ada (void);
5976
static void remove_AT (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
5977
static void remove_child_TAG (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_tag);
5978
static void add_child_die (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
5979
static dw_die_ref new_die (enum dwarf_tag, dw_die_ref, tree);
5980
static dw_die_ref lookup_type_die (tree);
5981
static void equate_type_number_to_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
5982
static hashval_t decl_die_table_hash (const void *);
5983
static int decl_die_table_eq (const void *, const void *);
5984
static dw_die_ref lookup_decl_die (tree);
5985
static hashval_t common_block_die_table_hash (const void *);
5986
static int common_block_die_table_eq (const void *, const void *);
5987
static hashval_t decl_loc_table_hash (const void *);
5988
static int decl_loc_table_eq (const void *, const void *);
5989
static var_loc_list *lookup_decl_loc (const_tree);
5990
static void equate_decl_number_to_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
5991
static struct var_loc_node *add_var_loc_to_decl (tree, rtx);
5992
static void print_spaces (FILE *);
5993
static void print_die (dw_die_ref, FILE *);
5994
static void print_dwarf_line_table (FILE *);
5995
static dw_die_ref push_new_compile_unit (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
5996
static dw_die_ref pop_compile_unit (dw_die_ref);
5997
static void loc_checksum (dw_loc_descr_ref, struct md5_ctx *);
5998
static void attr_checksum (dw_attr_ref, struct md5_ctx *, int *);
5999
static void die_checksum (dw_die_ref, struct md5_ctx *, int *);
6000
static void checksum_sleb128 (HOST_WIDE_INT, struct md5_ctx *);
6001
static void checksum_uleb128 (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, struct md5_ctx *);
6002
static void loc_checksum_ordered (dw_loc_descr_ref, struct md5_ctx *);
6003
static void attr_checksum_ordered (enum dwarf_tag, dw_attr_ref,
6004
                                   struct md5_ctx *, int *);
6005
struct checksum_attributes;
6006
static void collect_checksum_attributes (struct checksum_attributes *, dw_die_ref);
6007
static void die_checksum_ordered (dw_die_ref, struct md5_ctx *, int *);
6008
static void checksum_die_context (dw_die_ref, struct md5_ctx *);
6009
static void generate_type_signature (dw_die_ref, comdat_type_node *);
6010
static int same_loc_p (dw_loc_descr_ref, dw_loc_descr_ref, int *);
6011
static int same_dw_val_p (const dw_val_node *, const dw_val_node *, int *);
6012
static int same_attr_p (dw_attr_ref, dw_attr_ref, int *);
6013
static int same_die_p (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref, int *);
6014
static int same_die_p_wrap (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
6015
static void compute_section_prefix (dw_die_ref);
6016
static int is_type_die (dw_die_ref);
6017
static int is_comdat_die (dw_die_ref);
6018
static int is_symbol_die (dw_die_ref);
6019
static void assign_symbol_names (dw_die_ref);
6020
static void break_out_includes (dw_die_ref);
6021
static int is_declaration_die (dw_die_ref);
6022
static int should_move_die_to_comdat (dw_die_ref);
6023
static dw_die_ref clone_as_declaration (dw_die_ref);
6024
static dw_die_ref clone_die (dw_die_ref);
6025
static dw_die_ref clone_tree (dw_die_ref);
6026
static void copy_declaration_context (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
6027
static void generate_skeleton_ancestor_tree (skeleton_chain_node *);
6028
static void generate_skeleton_bottom_up (skeleton_chain_node *);
6029
static dw_die_ref generate_skeleton (dw_die_ref);
6030
static dw_die_ref remove_child_or_replace_with_skeleton (dw_die_ref,
6031
                                                         dw_die_ref);
6032
static void break_out_comdat_types (dw_die_ref);
6033
static dw_die_ref copy_ancestor_tree (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref, htab_t);
6034
static void copy_decls_walk (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref, htab_t);
6035
static void copy_decls_for_unworthy_types (dw_die_ref);
6036
 
6037
static hashval_t htab_cu_hash (const void *);
6038
static int htab_cu_eq (const void *, const void *);
6039
static void htab_cu_del (void *);
6040
static int check_duplicate_cu (dw_die_ref, htab_t, unsigned *);
6041
static void record_comdat_symbol_number (dw_die_ref, htab_t, unsigned);
6042
static void add_sibling_attributes (dw_die_ref);
6043
static void build_abbrev_table (dw_die_ref);
6044
static void output_location_lists (dw_die_ref);
6045
static int constant_size (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT);
6046
static unsigned long size_of_die (dw_die_ref);
6047
static void calc_die_sizes (dw_die_ref);
6048
static void mark_dies (dw_die_ref);
6049
static void unmark_dies (dw_die_ref);
6050
static void unmark_all_dies (dw_die_ref);
6051
static unsigned long size_of_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry,gc) *);
6052
static unsigned long size_of_aranges (void);
6053
static enum dwarf_form value_format (dw_attr_ref);
6054
static void output_value_format (dw_attr_ref);
6055
static void output_abbrev_section (void);
6056
static void output_die_symbol (dw_die_ref);
6057
static void output_die (dw_die_ref);
6058
static void output_compilation_unit_header (void);
6059
static void output_comp_unit (dw_die_ref, int);
6060
static void output_comdat_type_unit (comdat_type_node *);
6061
static const char *dwarf2_name (tree, int);
6062
static void add_pubname (tree, dw_die_ref);
6063
static void add_pubname_string (const char *, dw_die_ref);
6064
static void add_pubtype (tree, dw_die_ref);
6065
static void output_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry,gc) *);
6066
static void add_arange (tree, dw_die_ref);
6067
static void output_aranges (void);
6068
static unsigned int add_ranges_num (int);
6069
static unsigned int add_ranges (const_tree);
6070
static void add_ranges_by_labels (dw_die_ref, const char *, const char *,
6071
                                  bool *);
6072
static void output_ranges (void);
6073
static void output_line_info (void);
6074
static void output_file_names (void);
6075
static dw_die_ref base_type_die (tree);
6076
static int is_base_type (tree);
6077
static dw_die_ref subrange_type_die (tree, tree, tree, dw_die_ref);
6078
static dw_die_ref modified_type_die (tree, int, int, dw_die_ref);
6079
static dw_die_ref generic_parameter_die (tree, tree, bool, dw_die_ref);
6080
static dw_die_ref template_parameter_pack_die (tree, tree, dw_die_ref);
6081
static int type_is_enum (const_tree);
6082
static unsigned int dbx_reg_number (const_rtx);
6083
static void add_loc_descr_op_piece (dw_loc_descr_ref *, int);
6084
static dw_loc_descr_ref reg_loc_descriptor (rtx, enum var_init_status);
6085
static dw_loc_descr_ref one_reg_loc_descriptor (unsigned int,
6086
                                                enum var_init_status);
6087
static dw_loc_descr_ref multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtx, rtx,
6088
                                                     enum var_init_status);
6089
static dw_loc_descr_ref based_loc_descr (rtx, HOST_WIDE_INT,
6090
                                         enum var_init_status);
6091
static int is_based_loc (const_rtx);
6092
static int resolve_one_addr (rtx *, void *);
6093
static dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_descriptor (rtx, enum machine_mode mode,
6094
                                            enum var_init_status);
6095
static dw_loc_descr_ref concat_loc_descriptor (rtx, rtx,
6096
                                               enum var_init_status);
6097
static dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descriptor (rtx, enum machine_mode mode,
6098
                                        enum var_init_status);
6099
static dw_loc_list_ref loc_list_from_tree (tree, int);
6100
static dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descriptor_from_tree (tree, int);
6101
static HOST_WIDE_INT ceiling (HOST_WIDE_INT, unsigned int);
6102
static tree field_type (const_tree);
6103
static unsigned int simple_type_align_in_bits (const_tree);
6104
static unsigned int simple_decl_align_in_bits (const_tree);
6105
static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT simple_type_size_in_bits (const_tree);
6106
static HOST_WIDE_INT field_byte_offset (const_tree);
6107
static void add_AT_location_description (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
6108
                                         dw_loc_list_ref);
6109
static void add_data_member_location_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
6110
static bool add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref, rtx);
6111
static void insert_int (HOST_WIDE_INT, unsigned, unsigned char *);
6112
static void insert_float (const_rtx, unsigned char *);
6113
static rtx rtl_for_decl_location (tree);
6114
static bool add_location_or_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree,
6115
                                                   enum dwarf_attribute);
6116
static bool tree_add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
6117
static bool tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (dw_die_ref, tree);
6118
static void add_name_attribute (dw_die_ref, const char *);
6119
static void add_comp_dir_attribute (dw_die_ref);
6120
static void add_bound_info (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, tree);
6121
static void add_subscript_info (dw_die_ref, tree, bool);
6122
static void add_byte_size_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
6123
static void add_bit_offset_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
6124
static void add_bit_size_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
6125
static void add_prototyped_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
6126
static dw_die_ref add_abstract_origin_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
6127
static void add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
6128
static void add_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref, tree);
6129
static void add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref, tree);
6130
static void push_decl_scope (tree);
6131
static void pop_decl_scope (void);
6132
static dw_die_ref scope_die_for (tree, dw_die_ref);
6133
static inline int local_scope_p (dw_die_ref);
6134
static inline int class_scope_p (dw_die_ref);
6135
static inline int class_or_namespace_scope_p (dw_die_ref);
6136
static void add_type_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree, int, int, dw_die_ref);
6137
static void add_calling_convention_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
6138
static const char *type_tag (const_tree);
6139
static tree member_declared_type (const_tree);
6140
#if 0
6141
static const char *decl_start_label (tree);
6142
#endif
6143
static void gen_array_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6144
static void gen_descr_array_type_die (tree, struct array_descr_info *, dw_die_ref);
6145
#if 0
6146
static void gen_entry_point_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6147
#endif
6148
static dw_die_ref gen_enumeration_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6149
static dw_die_ref gen_formal_parameter_die (tree, tree, bool, dw_die_ref);
6150
static dw_die_ref gen_formal_parameter_pack_die  (tree, tree, dw_die_ref, tree*);
6151
static void gen_unspecified_parameters_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6152
static void gen_formal_types_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6153
static void gen_subprogram_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6154
static void gen_variable_die (tree, tree, dw_die_ref);
6155
static void gen_const_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6156
static void gen_label_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6157
static void gen_lexical_block_die (tree, dw_die_ref, int);
6158
static void gen_inlined_subroutine_die (tree, dw_die_ref, int);
6159
static void gen_field_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6160
static void gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6161
static dw_die_ref gen_compile_unit_die (const char *);
6162
static void gen_inheritance_die (tree, tree, dw_die_ref);
6163
static void gen_member_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6164
static void gen_struct_or_union_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref,
6165
                                                enum debug_info_usage);
6166
static void gen_subroutine_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6167
static void gen_typedef_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6168
static void gen_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6169
static void gen_block_die (tree, dw_die_ref, int);
6170
static void decls_for_scope (tree, dw_die_ref, int);
6171
static int is_redundant_typedef (const_tree);
6172
static inline dw_die_ref get_context_die (tree);
6173
static void gen_namespace_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6174
static void gen_decl_die (tree, tree, dw_die_ref);
6175
static dw_die_ref force_decl_die (tree);
6176
static dw_die_ref force_type_die (tree);
6177
static dw_die_ref setup_namespace_context (tree, dw_die_ref);
6178
static dw_die_ref declare_in_namespace (tree, dw_die_ref);
6179
static struct dwarf_file_data * lookup_filename (const char *);
6180
static void retry_incomplete_types (void);
6181
static void gen_type_die_for_member (tree, tree, dw_die_ref);
6182
static void gen_generic_params_dies (tree);
6183
static void splice_child_die (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
6184
static int file_info_cmp (const void *, const void *);
6185
static dw_loc_list_ref new_loc_list (dw_loc_descr_ref, const char *,
6186
                                     const char *, const char *);
6187
static void output_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref);
6188
static char *gen_internal_sym (const char *);
6189
 
6190
static void prune_unmark_dies (dw_die_ref);
6191
static void prune_unused_types_mark (dw_die_ref, int);
6192
static void prune_unused_types_walk (dw_die_ref);
6193
static void prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (dw_die_ref);
6194
static void prune_unused_types_prune (dw_die_ref);
6195
static void prune_unused_types (void);
6196
static int maybe_emit_file (struct dwarf_file_data *fd);
6197
static void append_entry_to_tmpl_value_parm_die_table (dw_die_ref, tree);
6198
static void gen_remaining_tmpl_value_param_die_attribute (void);
6199
 
6200
/* Section names used to hold DWARF debugging information.  */
6201
#ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
6202
#define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION      ".debug_info"
6203
#endif
6204
#ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION
6205
#define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION    ".debug_abbrev"
6206
#endif
6207
#ifndef DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION
6208
#define DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION   ".debug_aranges"
6209
#endif
6210
#ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
6211
#define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION   ".debug_macinfo"
6212
#endif
6213
#ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION
6214
#define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION      ".debug_line"
6215
#endif
6216
#ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION
6217
#define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION       ".debug_loc"
6218
#endif
6219
#ifndef DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION
6220
#define DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION  ".debug_pubnames"
6221
#endif
6222
#ifndef DEBUG_PUBTYPES_SECTION
6223
#define DEBUG_PUBTYPES_SECTION  ".debug_pubtypes"
6224
#endif
6225
#ifndef DEBUG_DCALL_SECTION
6226
#define DEBUG_DCALL_SECTION     ".debug_dcall"
6227
#endif
6228
#ifndef DEBUG_VCALL_SECTION
6229
#define DEBUG_VCALL_SECTION     ".debug_vcall"
6230
#endif
6231
#ifndef DEBUG_STR_SECTION
6232
#define DEBUG_STR_SECTION       ".debug_str"
6233
#endif
6234
#ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION
6235
#define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION    ".debug_ranges"
6236
#endif
6237
 
6238
/* Standard ELF section names for compiled code and data.  */
6239
#ifndef TEXT_SECTION_NAME
6240
#define TEXT_SECTION_NAME       ".text"
6241
#endif
6242
 
6243
/* Section flags for .debug_str section.  */
6244
#define DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS \
6245
  (HAVE_GAS_SHF_MERGE && flag_merge_debug_strings               \
6246
   ? SECTION_DEBUG | SECTION_MERGE | SECTION_STRINGS | 1        \
6247
   : SECTION_DEBUG)
6248
 
6249
/* Labels we insert at beginning sections we can reference instead of
6250
   the section names themselves.  */
6251
 
6252
#ifndef TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
6253
#define TEXT_SECTION_LABEL              "Ltext"
6254
#endif
6255
#ifndef COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
6256
#define COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL         "Ltext_cold"
6257
#endif
6258
#ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL
6259
#define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL        "Ldebug_line"
6260
#endif
6261
#ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL
6262
#define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL        "Ldebug_info"
6263
#endif
6264
#ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL
6265
#define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL      "Ldebug_abbrev"
6266
#endif
6267
#ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL
6268
#define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL         "Ldebug_loc"
6269
#endif
6270
#ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL
6271
#define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL      "Ldebug_ranges"
6272
#endif
6273
#ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL
6274
#define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL     "Ldebug_macinfo"
6275
#endif
6276
 
6277
/* Definitions of defaults for formats and names of various special
6278
   (artificial) labels which may be generated within this file (when the -g
6279
   options is used and DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO is in effect.
6280
   If necessary, these may be overridden from within the tm.h file, but
6281
   typically, overriding these defaults is unnecessary.  */
6282
 
6283
static char text_end_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6284
static char text_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6285
static char cold_text_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6286
static char cold_end_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6287
static char abbrev_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6288
static char debug_info_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6289
static char debug_line_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6290
static char macinfo_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6291
static char loc_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6292
static char ranges_section_label[2 * MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6293
 
6294
#ifndef TEXT_END_LABEL
6295
#define TEXT_END_LABEL          "Letext"
6296
#endif
6297
#ifndef COLD_END_LABEL
6298
#define COLD_END_LABEL          "Letext_cold"
6299
#endif
6300
#ifndef BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
6301
#define BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL       "LBB"
6302
#endif
6303
#ifndef BLOCK_END_LABEL
6304
#define BLOCK_END_LABEL         "LBE"
6305
#endif
6306
#ifndef LINE_CODE_LABEL
6307
#define LINE_CODE_LABEL         "LM"
6308
#endif
6309
#ifndef SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL
6310
#define SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL        "LSM"
6311
#endif
6312
 
6313
 
6314
/* We allow a language front-end to designate a function that is to be
6315
   called to "demangle" any name before it is put into a DIE.  */
6316
 
6317
static const char *(*demangle_name_func) (const char *);
6318
 
6319
void
6320
dwarf2out_set_demangle_name_func (const char *(*func) (const char *))
6321
{
6322
  demangle_name_func = func;
6323
}
6324
 
6325
/* Test if rtl node points to a pseudo register.  */
6326
 
6327
static inline int
6328
is_pseudo_reg (const_rtx rtl)
6329
{
6330
  return ((REG_P (rtl) && REGNO (rtl) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
6331
          || (GET_CODE (rtl) == SUBREG
6332
              && REGNO (SUBREG_REG (rtl)) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER));
6333
}
6334
 
6335
/* Return a reference to a type, with its const and volatile qualifiers
6336
   removed.  */
6337
 
6338
static inline tree
6339
type_main_variant (tree type)
6340
{
6341
  type = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type);
6342
 
6343
  /* ??? There really should be only one main variant among any group of
6344
     variants of a given type (and all of the MAIN_VARIANT values for all
6345
     members of the group should point to that one type) but sometimes the C
6346
     front-end messes this up for array types, so we work around that bug
6347
     here.  */
6348
  if (TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
6349
    while (type != TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type))
6350
      type = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type);
6351
 
6352
  return type;
6353
}
6354
 
6355
/* Return nonzero if the given type node represents a tagged type.  */
6356
 
6357
static inline int
6358
is_tagged_type (const_tree type)
6359
{
6360
  enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type);
6361
 
6362
  return (code == RECORD_TYPE || code == UNION_TYPE
6363
          || code == QUAL_UNION_TYPE || code == ENUMERAL_TYPE);
6364
}
6365
 
6366
/* Convert a DIE tag into its string name.  */
6367
 
6368
static const char *
6369
dwarf_tag_name (unsigned int tag)
6370
{
6371
  switch (tag)
6372
    {
6373
    case DW_TAG_padding:
6374
      return "DW_TAG_padding";
6375
    case DW_TAG_array_type:
6376
      return "DW_TAG_array_type";
6377
    case DW_TAG_class_type:
6378
      return "DW_TAG_class_type";
6379
    case DW_TAG_entry_point:
6380
      return "DW_TAG_entry_point";
6381
    case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
6382
      return "DW_TAG_enumeration_type";
6383
    case DW_TAG_formal_parameter:
6384
      return "DW_TAG_formal_parameter";
6385
    case DW_TAG_imported_declaration:
6386
      return "DW_TAG_imported_declaration";
6387
    case DW_TAG_label:
6388
      return "DW_TAG_label";
6389
    case DW_TAG_lexical_block:
6390
      return "DW_TAG_lexical_block";
6391
    case DW_TAG_member:
6392
      return "DW_TAG_member";
6393
    case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
6394
      return "DW_TAG_pointer_type";
6395
    case DW_TAG_reference_type:
6396
      return "DW_TAG_reference_type";
6397
    case DW_TAG_compile_unit:
6398
      return "DW_TAG_compile_unit";
6399
    case DW_TAG_string_type:
6400
      return "DW_TAG_string_type";
6401
    case DW_TAG_structure_type:
6402
      return "DW_TAG_structure_type";
6403
    case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
6404
      return "DW_TAG_subroutine_type";
6405
    case DW_TAG_typedef:
6406
      return "DW_TAG_typedef";
6407
    case DW_TAG_union_type:
6408
      return "DW_TAG_union_type";
6409
    case DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters:
6410
      return "DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters";
6411
    case DW_TAG_variant:
6412
      return "DW_TAG_variant";
6413
    case DW_TAG_common_block:
6414
      return "DW_TAG_common_block";
6415
    case DW_TAG_common_inclusion:
6416
      return "DW_TAG_common_inclusion";
6417
    case DW_TAG_inheritance:
6418
      return "DW_TAG_inheritance";
6419
    case DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine:
6420
      return "DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine";
6421
    case DW_TAG_module:
6422
      return "DW_TAG_module";
6423
    case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
6424
      return "DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type";
6425
    case DW_TAG_set_type:
6426
      return "DW_TAG_set_type";
6427
    case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
6428
      return "DW_TAG_subrange_type";
6429
    case DW_TAG_with_stmt:
6430
      return "DW_TAG_with_stmt";
6431
    case DW_TAG_access_declaration:
6432
      return "DW_TAG_access_declaration";
6433
    case DW_TAG_base_type:
6434
      return "DW_TAG_base_type";
6435
    case DW_TAG_catch_block:
6436
      return "DW_TAG_catch_block";
6437
    case DW_TAG_const_type:
6438
      return "DW_TAG_const_type";
6439
    case DW_TAG_constant:
6440
      return "DW_TAG_constant";
6441
    case DW_TAG_enumerator:
6442
      return "DW_TAG_enumerator";
6443
    case DW_TAG_file_type:
6444
      return "DW_TAG_file_type";
6445
    case DW_TAG_friend:
6446
      return "DW_TAG_friend";
6447
    case DW_TAG_namelist:
6448
      return "DW_TAG_namelist";
6449
    case DW_TAG_namelist_item:
6450
      return "DW_TAG_namelist_item";
6451
    case DW_TAG_packed_type:
6452
      return "DW_TAG_packed_type";
6453
    case DW_TAG_subprogram:
6454
      return "DW_TAG_subprogram";
6455
    case DW_TAG_template_type_param:
6456
      return "DW_TAG_template_type_param";
6457
    case DW_TAG_template_value_param:
6458
      return "DW_TAG_template_value_param";
6459
    case DW_TAG_thrown_type:
6460
      return "DW_TAG_thrown_type";
6461
    case DW_TAG_try_block:
6462
      return "DW_TAG_try_block";
6463
    case DW_TAG_variant_part:
6464
      return "DW_TAG_variant_part";
6465
    case DW_TAG_variable:
6466
      return "DW_TAG_variable";
6467
    case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
6468
      return "DW_TAG_volatile_type";
6469
    case DW_TAG_dwarf_procedure:
6470
      return "DW_TAG_dwarf_procedure";
6471
    case DW_TAG_restrict_type:
6472
      return "DW_TAG_restrict_type";
6473
    case DW_TAG_interface_type:
6474
      return "DW_TAG_interface_type";
6475
    case DW_TAG_namespace:
6476
      return "DW_TAG_namespace";
6477
    case DW_TAG_imported_module:
6478
      return "DW_TAG_imported_module";
6479
    case DW_TAG_unspecified_type:
6480
      return "DW_TAG_unspecified_type";
6481
    case DW_TAG_partial_unit:
6482
      return "DW_TAG_partial_unit";
6483
    case DW_TAG_imported_unit:
6484
      return "DW_TAG_imported_unit";
6485
    case DW_TAG_condition:
6486
      return "DW_TAG_condition";
6487
    case DW_TAG_shared_type:
6488
      return "DW_TAG_shared_type";
6489
    case DW_TAG_type_unit:
6490
      return "DW_TAG_type_unit";
6491
    case DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type:
6492
      return "DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type";
6493
    case DW_TAG_template_alias:
6494
      return "DW_TAG_template_alias";
6495
    case DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack:
6496
      return "DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack";
6497
    case DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack:
6498
      return "DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack";
6499
    case DW_TAG_MIPS_loop:
6500
      return "DW_TAG_MIPS_loop";
6501
    case DW_TAG_format_label:
6502
      return "DW_TAG_format_label";
6503
    case DW_TAG_function_template:
6504
      return "DW_TAG_function_template";
6505
    case DW_TAG_class_template:
6506
      return "DW_TAG_class_template";
6507
    case DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL:
6508
      return "DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL";
6509
    case DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL:
6510
      return "DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL";
6511
    case DW_TAG_GNU_template_template_param:
6512
      return "DW_TAG_GNU_template_template_param";
6513
    default:
6514
      return "DW_TAG_<unknown>";
6515
    }
6516
}
6517
 
6518
/* Convert a DWARF attribute code into its string name.  */
6519
 
6520
static const char *
6521
dwarf_attr_name (unsigned int attr)
6522
{
6523
  switch (attr)
6524
    {
6525
    case DW_AT_sibling:
6526
      return "DW_AT_sibling";
6527
    case DW_AT_location:
6528
      return "DW_AT_location";
6529
    case DW_AT_name:
6530
      return "DW_AT_name";
6531
    case DW_AT_ordering:
6532
      return "DW_AT_ordering";
6533
    case DW_AT_subscr_data:
6534
      return "DW_AT_subscr_data";
6535
    case DW_AT_byte_size:
6536
      return "DW_AT_byte_size";
6537
    case DW_AT_bit_offset:
6538
      return "DW_AT_bit_offset";
6539
    case DW_AT_bit_size:
6540
      return "DW_AT_bit_size";
6541
    case DW_AT_element_list:
6542
      return "DW_AT_element_list";
6543
    case DW_AT_stmt_list:
6544
      return "DW_AT_stmt_list";
6545
    case DW_AT_low_pc:
6546
      return "DW_AT_low_pc";
6547
    case DW_AT_high_pc:
6548
      return "DW_AT_high_pc";
6549
    case DW_AT_language:
6550
      return "DW_AT_language";
6551
    case DW_AT_member:
6552
      return "DW_AT_member";
6553
    case DW_AT_discr:
6554
      return "DW_AT_discr";
6555
    case DW_AT_discr_value:
6556
      return "DW_AT_discr_value";
6557
    case DW_AT_visibility:
6558
      return "DW_AT_visibility";
6559
    case DW_AT_import:
6560
      return "DW_AT_import";
6561
    case DW_AT_string_length:
6562
      return "DW_AT_string_length";
6563
    case DW_AT_common_reference:
6564
      return "DW_AT_common_reference";
6565
    case DW_AT_comp_dir:
6566
      return "DW_AT_comp_dir";
6567
    case DW_AT_const_value:
6568
      return "DW_AT_const_value";
6569
    case DW_AT_containing_type:
6570
      return "DW_AT_containing_type";
6571
    case DW_AT_default_value:
6572
      return "DW_AT_default_value";
6573
    case DW_AT_inline:
6574
      return "DW_AT_inline";
6575
    case DW_AT_is_optional:
6576
      return "DW_AT_is_optional";
6577
    case DW_AT_lower_bound:
6578
      return "DW_AT_lower_bound";
6579
    case DW_AT_producer:
6580
      return "DW_AT_producer";
6581
    case DW_AT_prototyped:
6582
      return "DW_AT_prototyped";
6583
    case DW_AT_return_addr:
6584
      return "DW_AT_return_addr";
6585
    case DW_AT_start_scope:
6586
      return "DW_AT_start_scope";
6587
    case DW_AT_bit_stride:
6588
      return "DW_AT_bit_stride";
6589
    case DW_AT_upper_bound:
6590
      return "DW_AT_upper_bound";
6591
    case DW_AT_abstract_origin:
6592
      return "DW_AT_abstract_origin";
6593
    case DW_AT_accessibility:
6594
      return "DW_AT_accessibility";
6595
    case DW_AT_address_class:
6596
      return "DW_AT_address_class";
6597
    case DW_AT_artificial:
6598
      return "DW_AT_artificial";
6599
    case DW_AT_base_types:
6600
      return "DW_AT_base_types";
6601
    case DW_AT_calling_convention:
6602
      return "DW_AT_calling_convention";
6603
    case DW_AT_count:
6604
      return "DW_AT_count";
6605
    case DW_AT_data_member_location:
6606
      return "DW_AT_data_member_location";
6607
    case DW_AT_decl_column:
6608
      return "DW_AT_decl_column";
6609
    case DW_AT_decl_file:
6610
      return "DW_AT_decl_file";
6611
    case DW_AT_decl_line:
6612
      return "DW_AT_decl_line";
6613
    case DW_AT_declaration:
6614
      return "DW_AT_declaration";
6615
    case DW_AT_discr_list:
6616
      return "DW_AT_discr_list";
6617
    case DW_AT_encoding:
6618
      return "DW_AT_encoding";
6619
    case DW_AT_external:
6620
      return "DW_AT_external";
6621
    case DW_AT_explicit:
6622
      return "DW_AT_explicit";
6623
    case DW_AT_frame_base:
6624
      return "DW_AT_frame_base";
6625
    case DW_AT_friend:
6626
      return "DW_AT_friend";
6627
    case DW_AT_identifier_case:
6628
      return "DW_AT_identifier_case";
6629
    case DW_AT_macro_info:
6630
      return "DW_AT_macro_info";
6631
    case DW_AT_namelist_items:
6632
      return "DW_AT_namelist_items";
6633
    case DW_AT_priority:
6634
      return "DW_AT_priority";
6635
    case DW_AT_segment:
6636
      return "DW_AT_segment";
6637
    case DW_AT_specification:
6638
      return "DW_AT_specification";
6639
    case DW_AT_static_link:
6640
      return "DW_AT_static_link";
6641
    case DW_AT_type:
6642
      return "DW_AT_type";
6643
    case DW_AT_use_location:
6644
      return "DW_AT_use_location";
6645
    case DW_AT_variable_parameter:
6646
      return "DW_AT_variable_parameter";
6647
    case DW_AT_virtuality:
6648
      return "DW_AT_virtuality";
6649
    case DW_AT_vtable_elem_location:
6650
      return "DW_AT_vtable_elem_location";
6651
 
6652
    case DW_AT_allocated:
6653
      return "DW_AT_allocated";
6654
    case DW_AT_associated:
6655
      return "DW_AT_associated";
6656
    case DW_AT_data_location:
6657
      return "DW_AT_data_location";
6658
    case DW_AT_byte_stride:
6659
      return "DW_AT_byte_stride";
6660
    case DW_AT_entry_pc:
6661
      return "DW_AT_entry_pc";
6662
    case DW_AT_use_UTF8:
6663
      return "DW_AT_use_UTF8";
6664
    case DW_AT_extension:
6665
      return "DW_AT_extension";
6666
    case DW_AT_ranges:
6667
      return "DW_AT_ranges";
6668
    case DW_AT_trampoline:
6669
      return "DW_AT_trampoline";
6670
    case DW_AT_call_column:
6671
      return "DW_AT_call_column";
6672
    case DW_AT_call_file:
6673
      return "DW_AT_call_file";
6674
    case DW_AT_call_line:
6675
      return "DW_AT_call_line";
6676
 
6677
    case DW_AT_signature:
6678
      return "DW_AT_signature";
6679
    case DW_AT_main_subprogram:
6680
      return "DW_AT_main_subprogram";
6681
    case DW_AT_data_bit_offset:
6682
      return "DW_AT_data_bit_offset";
6683
    case DW_AT_const_expr:
6684
      return "DW_AT_const_expr";
6685
    case DW_AT_enum_class:
6686
      return "DW_AT_enum_class";
6687
    case DW_AT_linkage_name:
6688
      return "DW_AT_linkage_name";
6689
 
6690
    case DW_AT_MIPS_fde:
6691
      return "DW_AT_MIPS_fde";
6692
    case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin:
6693
      return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin";
6694
    case DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin:
6695
      return "DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin";
6696
    case DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin:
6697
      return "DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin";
6698
    case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor:
6699
      return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor";
6700
    case DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth:
6701
      return "DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth";
6702
    case DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name:
6703
      return "DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name";
6704
    case DW_AT_MIPS_stride:
6705
      return "DW_AT_MIPS_stride";
6706
    case DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name:
6707
      return "DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name";
6708
    case DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin:
6709
      return "DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin";
6710
    case DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines:
6711
      return "DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines";
6712
 
6713
    case DW_AT_sf_names:
6714
      return "DW_AT_sf_names";
6715
    case DW_AT_src_info:
6716
      return "DW_AT_src_info";
6717
    case DW_AT_mac_info:
6718
      return "DW_AT_mac_info";
6719
    case DW_AT_src_coords:
6720
      return "DW_AT_src_coords";
6721
    case DW_AT_body_begin:
6722
      return "DW_AT_body_begin";
6723
    case DW_AT_body_end:
6724
      return "DW_AT_body_end";
6725
    case DW_AT_GNU_vector:
6726
      return "DW_AT_GNU_vector";
6727
    case DW_AT_GNU_guarded_by:
6728
      return "DW_AT_GNU_guarded_by";
6729
    case DW_AT_GNU_pt_guarded_by:
6730
      return "DW_AT_GNU_pt_guarded_by";
6731
    case DW_AT_GNU_guarded:
6732
      return "DW_AT_GNU_guarded";
6733
    case DW_AT_GNU_pt_guarded:
6734
      return "DW_AT_GNU_pt_guarded";
6735
    case DW_AT_GNU_locks_excluded:
6736
      return "DW_AT_GNU_locks_excluded";
6737
    case DW_AT_GNU_exclusive_locks_required:
6738
      return "DW_AT_GNU_exclusive_locks_required";
6739
    case DW_AT_GNU_shared_locks_required:
6740
      return "DW_AT_GNU_shared_locks_required";
6741
    case DW_AT_GNU_odr_signature:
6742
      return "DW_AT_GNU_odr_signature";
6743
    case DW_AT_GNU_template_name:
6744
      return "DW_AT_GNU_template_name";
6745
 
6746
    case DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address:
6747
      return "DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address";
6748
 
6749
    default:
6750
      return "DW_AT_<unknown>";
6751
    }
6752
}
6753
 
6754
/* Convert a DWARF value form code into its string name.  */
6755
 
6756
static const char *
6757
dwarf_form_name (unsigned int form)
6758
{
6759
  switch (form)
6760
    {
6761
    case DW_FORM_addr:
6762
      return "DW_FORM_addr";
6763
    case DW_FORM_block2:
6764
      return "DW_FORM_block2";
6765
    case DW_FORM_block4:
6766
      return "DW_FORM_block4";
6767
    case DW_FORM_data2:
6768
      return "DW_FORM_data2";
6769
    case DW_FORM_data4:
6770
      return "DW_FORM_data4";
6771
    case DW_FORM_data8:
6772
      return "DW_FORM_data8";
6773
    case DW_FORM_string:
6774
      return "DW_FORM_string";
6775
    case DW_FORM_block:
6776
      return "DW_FORM_block";
6777
    case DW_FORM_block1:
6778
      return "DW_FORM_block1";
6779
    case DW_FORM_data1:
6780
      return "DW_FORM_data1";
6781
    case DW_FORM_flag:
6782
      return "DW_FORM_flag";
6783
    case DW_FORM_sdata:
6784
      return "DW_FORM_sdata";
6785
    case DW_FORM_strp:
6786
      return "DW_FORM_strp";
6787
    case DW_FORM_udata:
6788
      return "DW_FORM_udata";
6789
    case DW_FORM_ref_addr:
6790
      return "DW_FORM_ref_addr";
6791
    case DW_FORM_ref1:
6792
      return "DW_FORM_ref1";
6793
    case DW_FORM_ref2:
6794
      return "DW_FORM_ref2";
6795
    case DW_FORM_ref4:
6796
      return "DW_FORM_ref4";
6797
    case DW_FORM_ref8:
6798
      return "DW_FORM_ref8";
6799
    case DW_FORM_ref_udata:
6800
      return "DW_FORM_ref_udata";
6801
    case DW_FORM_indirect:
6802
      return "DW_FORM_indirect";
6803
    case DW_FORM_sec_offset:
6804
      return "DW_FORM_sec_offset";
6805
    case DW_FORM_exprloc:
6806
      return "DW_FORM_exprloc";
6807
    case DW_FORM_flag_present:
6808
      return "DW_FORM_flag_present";
6809
    case DW_FORM_ref_sig8:
6810
      return "DW_FORM_ref_sig8";
6811
    default:
6812
      return "DW_FORM_<unknown>";
6813
    }
6814
}
6815
 
6816
/* Determine the "ultimate origin" of a decl.  The decl may be an inlined
6817
   instance of an inlined instance of a decl which is local to an inline
6818
   function, so we have to trace all of the way back through the origin chain
6819
   to find out what sort of node actually served as the original seed for the
6820
   given block.  */
6821
 
6822
static tree
6823
decl_ultimate_origin (const_tree decl)
6824
{
6825
  if (!CODE_CONTAINS_STRUCT (TREE_CODE (decl), TS_DECL_COMMON))
6826
    return NULL_TREE;
6827
 
6828
  /* output_inline_function sets DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for all the
6829
     nodes in the function to point to themselves; ignore that if
6830
     we're trying to output the abstract instance of this function.  */
6831
  if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl) && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) == decl)
6832
    return NULL_TREE;
6833
 
6834
  /* Since the DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for a DECL is supposed to be the
6835
     most distant ancestor, this should never happen.  */
6836
  gcc_assert (!DECL_FROM_INLINE (DECL_ORIGIN (decl)));
6837
 
6838
  return DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl);
6839
}
6840
 
6841
/* Get the class to which DECL belongs, if any.  In g++, the DECL_CONTEXT
6842
   of a virtual function may refer to a base class, so we check the 'this'
6843
   parameter.  */
6844
 
6845
static tree
6846
decl_class_context (tree decl)
6847
{
6848
  tree context = NULL_TREE;
6849
 
6850
  if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL || ! DECL_VINDEX (decl))
6851
    context = DECL_CONTEXT (decl);
6852
  else
6853
    context = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT
6854
      (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl)))));
6855
 
6856
  if (context && !TYPE_P (context))
6857
    context = NULL_TREE;
6858
 
6859
  return context;
6860
}
6861
 
6862
/* Add an attribute/value pair to a DIE.  */
6863
 
6864
static inline void
6865
add_dwarf_attr (dw_die_ref die, dw_attr_ref attr)
6866
{
6867
  /* Maybe this should be an assert?  */
6868
  if (die == NULL)
6869
    return;
6870
 
6871
  if (die->die_attr == NULL)
6872
    die->die_attr = VEC_alloc (dw_attr_node, gc, 1);
6873
  VEC_safe_push (dw_attr_node, gc, die->die_attr, attr);
6874
}
6875
 
6876
static inline enum dw_val_class
6877
AT_class (dw_attr_ref a)
6878
{
6879
  return a->dw_attr_val.val_class;
6880
}
6881
 
6882
/* Add a flag value attribute to a DIE.  */
6883
 
6884
static inline void
6885
add_AT_flag (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, unsigned int flag)
6886
{
6887
  dw_attr_node attr;
6888
 
6889
  attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
6890
  attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_flag;
6891
  attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_flag = flag;
6892
  add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
6893
}
6894
 
6895
static inline unsigned
6896
AT_flag (dw_attr_ref a)
6897
{
6898
  gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_flag);
6899
  return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag;
6900
}
6901
 
6902
/* Add a signed integer attribute value to a DIE.  */
6903
 
6904
static inline void
6905
add_AT_int (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, HOST_WIDE_INT int_val)
6906
{
6907
  dw_attr_node attr;
6908
 
6909
  attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
6910
  attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_const;
6911
  attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_int = int_val;
6912
  add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
6913
}
6914
 
6915
static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
6916
AT_int (dw_attr_ref a)
6917
{
6918
  gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_const);
6919
  return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_int;
6920
}
6921
 
6922
/* Add an unsigned integer attribute value to a DIE.  */
6923
 
6924
static inline void
6925
add_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
6926
                 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT unsigned_val)
6927
{
6928
  dw_attr_node attr;
6929
 
6930
  attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
6931
  attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const;
6932
  attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned = unsigned_val;
6933
  add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
6934
}
6935
 
6936
static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
6937
AT_unsigned (dw_attr_ref a)
6938
{
6939
  gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_unsigned_const);
6940
  return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned;
6941
}
6942
 
6943
/* Add an unsigned double integer attribute value to a DIE.  */
6944
 
6945
static inline void
6946
add_AT_double (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
6947
               HOST_WIDE_INT high, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT low)
6948
{
6949
  dw_attr_node attr;
6950
 
6951
  attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
6952
  attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_const_double;
6953
  attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_double.high = high;
6954
  attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_double.low = low;
6955
  add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
6956
}
6957
 
6958
/* Add a floating point attribute value to a DIE and return it.  */
6959
 
6960
static inline void
6961
add_AT_vec (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
6962
            unsigned int length, unsigned int elt_size, unsigned char *array)
6963
{
6964
  dw_attr_node attr;
6965
 
6966
  attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
6967
  attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_vec;
6968
  attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length = length;
6969
  attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size = elt_size;
6970
  attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.array = array;
6971
  add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
6972
}
6973
 
6974
/* Add an 8-byte data attribute value to a DIE.  */
6975
 
6976
static inline void
6977
add_AT_data8 (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
6978
              unsigned char data8[8])
6979
{
6980
  dw_attr_node attr;
6981
 
6982
  attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
6983
  attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_data8;
6984
  memcpy (attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_data8, data8, 8);
6985
  add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
6986
}
6987
 
6988
/* Hash and equality functions for debug_str_hash.  */
6989
 
6990
static hashval_t
6991
debug_str_do_hash (const void *x)
6992
{
6993
  return htab_hash_string (((const struct indirect_string_node *)x)->str);
6994
}
6995
 
6996
static int
6997
debug_str_eq (const void *x1, const void *x2)
6998
{
6999
  return strcmp ((((const struct indirect_string_node *)x1)->str),
7000
                 (const char *)x2) == 0;
7001
}
7002
 
7003
/* Add STR to the indirect string hash table.  */
7004
 
7005
static struct indirect_string_node *
7006
find_AT_string (const char *str)
7007
{
7008
  struct indirect_string_node *node;
7009
  void **slot;
7010
 
7011
  if (! debug_str_hash)
7012
    debug_str_hash = htab_create_ggc (10, debug_str_do_hash,
7013
                                      debug_str_eq, NULL);
7014
 
7015
  slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (debug_str_hash, str,
7016
                                   htab_hash_string (str), INSERT);
7017
  if (*slot == NULL)
7018
    {
7019
      node = (struct indirect_string_node *)
7020
               ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (struct indirect_string_node));
7021
      node->str = ggc_strdup (str);
7022
      *slot = node;
7023
    }
7024
  else
7025
    node = (struct indirect_string_node *) *slot;
7026
 
7027
  node->refcount++;
7028
  return node;
7029
}
7030
 
7031
/* Add a string attribute value to a DIE.  */
7032
 
7033
static inline void
7034
add_AT_string (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, const char *str)
7035
{
7036
  dw_attr_node attr;
7037
  struct indirect_string_node *node;
7038
 
7039
  node = find_AT_string (str);
7040
 
7041
  attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7042
  attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_str;
7043
  attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_str = node;
7044
  add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7045
}
7046
 
7047
/* Create a label for an indirect string node, ensuring it is going to
7048
   be output, unless its reference count goes down to zero.  */
7049
 
7050
static inline void
7051
gen_label_for_indirect_string (struct indirect_string_node *node)
7052
{
7053
  char label[32];
7054
 
7055
  if (node->label)
7056
    return;
7057
 
7058
  ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "LASF", dw2_string_counter);
7059
  ++dw2_string_counter;
7060
  node->label = xstrdup (label);
7061
}
7062
 
7063
/* Create a SYMBOL_REF rtx whose value is the initial address of a
7064
   debug string STR.  */
7065
 
7066
static inline rtx
7067
get_debug_string_label (const char *str)
7068
{
7069
  struct indirect_string_node *node = find_AT_string (str);
7070
 
7071
  debug_str_hash_forced = true;
7072
 
7073
  gen_label_for_indirect_string (node);
7074
 
7075
  return gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, node->label);
7076
}
7077
 
7078
static inline const char *
7079
AT_string (dw_attr_ref a)
7080
{
7081
  gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str);
7082
  return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->str;
7083
}
7084
 
7085
/* Find out whether a string should be output inline in DIE
7086
   or out-of-line in .debug_str section.  */
7087
 
7088
static enum dwarf_form
7089
AT_string_form (dw_attr_ref a)
7090
{
7091
  struct indirect_string_node *node;
7092
  unsigned int len;
7093
 
7094
  gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str);
7095
 
7096
  node = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str;
7097
  if (node->form)
7098
    return node->form;
7099
 
7100
  len = strlen (node->str) + 1;
7101
 
7102
  /* If the string is shorter or equal to the size of the reference, it is
7103
     always better to put it inline.  */
7104
  if (len <= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE || node->refcount == 0)
7105
    return node->form = DW_FORM_string;
7106
 
7107
  /* If we cannot expect the linker to merge strings in .debug_str
7108
     section, only put it into .debug_str if it is worth even in this
7109
     single module.  */
7110
  if (DWARF2_INDIRECT_STRING_SUPPORT_MISSING_ON_TARGET
7111
      || ((debug_str_section->common.flags & SECTION_MERGE) == 0
7112
      && (len - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE) * node->refcount <= len))
7113
    return node->form = DW_FORM_string;
7114
 
7115
  gen_label_for_indirect_string (node);
7116
 
7117
  return node->form = DW_FORM_strp;
7118
}
7119
 
7120
/* Add a DIE reference attribute value to a DIE.  */
7121
 
7122
static inline void
7123
add_AT_die_ref (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, dw_die_ref targ_die)
7124
{
7125
  dw_attr_node attr;
7126
 
7127
  attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7128
  attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_die_ref;
7129
  attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die = targ_die;
7130
  attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external = 0;
7131
  add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7132
}
7133
 
7134
/* Add an AT_specification attribute to a DIE, and also make the back
7135
   pointer from the specification to the definition.  */
7136
 
7137
static inline void
7138
add_AT_specification (dw_die_ref die, dw_die_ref targ_die)
7139
{
7140
  add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_specification, targ_die);
7141
  gcc_assert (!targ_die->die_definition);
7142
  targ_die->die_definition = die;
7143
}
7144
 
7145
static inline dw_die_ref
7146
AT_ref (dw_attr_ref a)
7147
{
7148
  gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref);
7149
  return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die;
7150
}
7151
 
7152
static inline int
7153
AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref a)
7154
{
7155
  if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
7156
    return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external;
7157
 
7158
  return 0;
7159
}
7160
 
7161
static inline void
7162
set_AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref a, int i)
7163
{
7164
  gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref);
7165
  a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external = i;
7166
}
7167
 
7168
/* Add an FDE reference attribute value to a DIE.  */
7169
 
7170
static inline void
7171
add_AT_fde_ref (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, unsigned int targ_fde)
7172
{
7173
  dw_attr_node attr;
7174
 
7175
  attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7176
  attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_fde_ref;
7177
  attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_fde_index = targ_fde;
7178
  add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7179
}
7180
 
7181
/* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE.  */
7182
 
7183
static inline void
7184
add_AT_loc (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
7185
{
7186
  dw_attr_node attr;
7187
 
7188
  attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7189
  attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
7190
  attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_loc = loc;
7191
  add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7192
}
7193
 
7194
static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
7195
AT_loc (dw_attr_ref a)
7196
{
7197
  gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc);
7198
  return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc;
7199
}
7200
 
7201
static inline void
7202
add_AT_loc_list (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, dw_loc_list_ref loc_list)
7203
{
7204
  dw_attr_node attr;
7205
 
7206
  attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7207
  attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_loc_list;
7208
  attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_loc_list = loc_list;
7209
  add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7210
  have_location_lists = true;
7211
}
7212
 
7213
static inline dw_loc_list_ref
7214
AT_loc_list (dw_attr_ref a)
7215
{
7216
  gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc_list);
7217
  return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc_list;
7218
}
7219
 
7220
static inline dw_loc_list_ref *
7221
AT_loc_list_ptr (dw_attr_ref a)
7222
{
7223
  gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc_list);
7224
  return &a->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc_list;
7225
}
7226
 
7227
/* Add an address constant attribute value to a DIE.  */
7228
 
7229
static inline void
7230
add_AT_addr (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, rtx addr)
7231
{
7232
  dw_attr_node attr;
7233
 
7234
  attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7235
  attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
7236
  attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_addr = addr;
7237
  add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7238
}
7239
 
7240
/* Get the RTX from to an address DIE attribute.  */
7241
 
7242
static inline rtx
7243
AT_addr (dw_attr_ref a)
7244
{
7245
  gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_addr);
7246
  return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_addr;
7247
}
7248
 
7249
/* Add a file attribute value to a DIE.  */
7250
 
7251
static inline void
7252
add_AT_file (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
7253
             struct dwarf_file_data *fd)
7254
{
7255
  dw_attr_node attr;
7256
 
7257
  attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7258
  attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_file;
7259
  attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_file = fd;
7260
  add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7261
}
7262
 
7263
/* Get the dwarf_file_data from a file DIE attribute.  */
7264
 
7265
static inline struct dwarf_file_data *
7266
AT_file (dw_attr_ref a)
7267
{
7268
  gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_file);
7269
  return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_file;
7270
}
7271
 
7272
/* Add a label identifier attribute value to a DIE.  */
7273
 
7274
static inline void
7275
add_AT_lbl_id (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, const char *lbl_id)
7276
{
7277
  dw_attr_node attr;
7278
 
7279
  attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7280
  attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_lbl_id;
7281
  attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id = xstrdup (lbl_id);
7282
  add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7283
}
7284
 
7285
/* Add a section offset attribute value to a DIE, an offset into the
7286
   debug_line section.  */
7287
 
7288
static inline void
7289
add_AT_lineptr (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
7290
                const char *label)
7291
{
7292
  dw_attr_node attr;
7293
 
7294
  attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7295
  attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_lineptr;
7296
  attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id = xstrdup (label);
7297
  add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7298
}
7299
 
7300
/* Add a section offset attribute value to a DIE, an offset into the
7301
   debug_macinfo section.  */
7302
 
7303
static inline void
7304
add_AT_macptr (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
7305
               const char *label)
7306
{
7307
  dw_attr_node attr;
7308
 
7309
  attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7310
  attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_macptr;
7311
  attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id = xstrdup (label);
7312
  add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7313
}
7314
 
7315
/* Add an offset attribute value to a DIE.  */
7316
 
7317
static inline void
7318
add_AT_offset (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
7319
               unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
7320
{
7321
  dw_attr_node attr;
7322
 
7323
  attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7324
  attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_offset;
7325
  attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_offset = offset;
7326
  add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7327
}
7328
 
7329
/* Add an range_list attribute value to a DIE.  */
7330
 
7331
static void
7332
add_AT_range_list (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
7333
                   long unsigned int offset)
7334
{
7335
  dw_attr_node attr;
7336
 
7337
  attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7338
  attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_range_list;
7339
  attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_offset = offset;
7340
  add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7341
}
7342
 
7343
static inline const char *
7344
AT_lbl (dw_attr_ref a)
7345
{
7346
  gcc_assert (a && (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_lbl_id
7347
                    || AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_lineptr
7348
                    || AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_macptr));
7349
  return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id;
7350
}
7351
 
7352
/* Get the attribute of type attr_kind.  */
7353
 
7354
static dw_attr_ref
7355
get_AT (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
7356
{
7357
  dw_attr_ref a;
7358
  unsigned ix;
7359
  dw_die_ref spec = NULL;
7360
 
7361
  if (! die)
7362
    return NULL;
7363
 
7364
  for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
7365
    if (a->dw_attr == attr_kind)
7366
      return a;
7367
    else if (a->dw_attr == DW_AT_specification
7368
             || a->dw_attr == DW_AT_abstract_origin)
7369
      spec = AT_ref (a);
7370
 
7371
  if (spec)
7372
    return get_AT (spec, attr_kind);
7373
 
7374
  return NULL;
7375
}
7376
 
7377
/* Return the "low pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
7378
   DIE.  Return null if the "low pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
7379
   cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier.  */
7380
 
7381
static inline const char *
7382
get_AT_low_pc (dw_die_ref die)
7383
{
7384
  dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, DW_AT_low_pc);
7385
 
7386
  return a ? AT_lbl (a) : NULL;
7387
}
7388
 
7389
/* Return the "high pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
7390
   DIE.  Return null if the "high pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
7391
   cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier.  */
7392
 
7393
static inline const char *
7394
get_AT_hi_pc (dw_die_ref die)
7395
{
7396
  dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, DW_AT_high_pc);
7397
 
7398
  return a ? AT_lbl (a) : NULL;
7399
}
7400
 
7401
/* Return the value of the string attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or
7402
   NULL if it is not present.  */
7403
 
7404
static inline const char *
7405
get_AT_string (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
7406
{
7407
  dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
7408
 
7409
  return a ? AT_string (a) : NULL;
7410
}
7411
 
7412
/* Return the value of the flag attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or -1
7413
   if it is not present.  */
7414
 
7415
static inline int
7416
get_AT_flag (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
7417
{
7418
  dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
7419
 
7420
  return a ? AT_flag (a) : 0;
7421
}
7422
 
7423
/* Return the value of the unsigned attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or 0
7424
   if it is not present.  */
7425
 
7426
static inline unsigned
7427
get_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
7428
{
7429
  dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
7430
 
7431
  return a ? AT_unsigned (a) : 0;
7432
}
7433
 
7434
static inline dw_die_ref
7435
get_AT_ref (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
7436
{
7437
  dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
7438
 
7439
  return a ? AT_ref (a) : NULL;
7440
}
7441
 
7442
static inline struct dwarf_file_data *
7443
get_AT_file (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
7444
{
7445
  dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
7446
 
7447
  return a ? AT_file (a) : NULL;
7448
}
7449
 
7450
/* Return TRUE if the language is C++.  */
7451
 
7452
static inline bool
7453
is_cxx (void)
7454
{
7455
  unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
7456
 
7457
  return lang == DW_LANG_C_plus_plus || lang == DW_LANG_ObjC_plus_plus;
7458
}
7459
 
7460
/* Return TRUE if the language is Fortran.  */
7461
 
7462
static inline bool
7463
is_fortran (void)
7464
{
7465
  unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
7466
 
7467
  return (lang == DW_LANG_Fortran77
7468
          || lang == DW_LANG_Fortran90
7469
          || lang == DW_LANG_Fortran95);
7470
}
7471
 
7472
/* Return TRUE if the language is Ada.  */
7473
 
7474
static inline bool
7475
is_ada (void)
7476
{
7477
  unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
7478
 
7479
  return lang == DW_LANG_Ada95 || lang == DW_LANG_Ada83;
7480
}
7481
 
7482
/* Remove the specified attribute if present.  */
7483
 
7484
static void
7485
remove_AT (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
7486
{
7487
  dw_attr_ref a;
7488
  unsigned ix;
7489
 
7490
  if (! die)
7491
    return;
7492
 
7493
  for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
7494
    if (a->dw_attr == attr_kind)
7495
      {
7496
        if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str)
7497
          if (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->refcount)
7498
            a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->refcount--;
7499
 
7500
        /* VEC_ordered_remove should help reduce the number of abbrevs
7501
           that are needed.  */
7502
        VEC_ordered_remove (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix);
7503
        return;
7504
      }
7505
}
7506
 
7507
/* Remove CHILD from its parent.  PREV must have the property that
7508
   PREV->DIE_SIB == CHILD.  Does not alter CHILD.  */
7509
 
7510
static void
7511
remove_child_with_prev (dw_die_ref child, dw_die_ref prev)
7512
{
7513
  gcc_assert (child->die_parent == prev->die_parent);
7514
  gcc_assert (prev->die_sib == child);
7515
  if (prev == child)
7516
    {
7517
      gcc_assert (child->die_parent->die_child == child);
7518
      prev = NULL;
7519
    }
7520
  else
7521
    prev->die_sib = child->die_sib;
7522
  if (child->die_parent->die_child == child)
7523
    child->die_parent->die_child = prev;
7524
}
7525
 
7526
/* Replace OLD_CHILD with NEW_CHILD.  PREV must have the property that
7527
   PREV->DIE_SIB == OLD_CHILD.  Does not alter OLD_CHILD.  */
7528
 
7529
static void
7530
replace_child (dw_die_ref old_child, dw_die_ref new_child, dw_die_ref prev)
7531
{
7532
  dw_die_ref parent = old_child->die_parent;
7533
 
7534
  gcc_assert (parent == prev->die_parent);
7535
  gcc_assert (prev->die_sib == old_child);
7536
 
7537
  new_child->die_parent = parent;
7538
  if (prev == old_child)
7539
    {
7540
      gcc_assert (parent->die_child == old_child);
7541
      new_child->die_sib = new_child;
7542
    }
7543
  else
7544
    {
7545
      prev->die_sib = new_child;
7546
      new_child->die_sib = old_child->die_sib;
7547
    }
7548
  if (old_child->die_parent->die_child == old_child)
7549
    old_child->die_parent->die_child = new_child;
7550
}
7551
 
7552
/* Move all children from OLD_PARENT to NEW_PARENT.  */
7553
 
7554
static void
7555
move_all_children (dw_die_ref old_parent, dw_die_ref new_parent)
7556
{
7557
  dw_die_ref c;
7558
  new_parent->die_child = old_parent->die_child;
7559
  old_parent->die_child = NULL;
7560
  FOR_EACH_CHILD (new_parent, c, c->die_parent = new_parent);
7561
}
7562
 
7563
/* Remove child DIE whose die_tag is TAG.  Do nothing if no child
7564
   matches TAG.  */
7565
 
7566
static void
7567
remove_child_TAG (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_tag tag)
7568
{
7569
  dw_die_ref c;
7570
 
7571
  c = die->die_child;
7572
  if (c) do {
7573
    dw_die_ref prev = c;
7574
    c = c->die_sib;
7575
    while (c->die_tag == tag)
7576
      {
7577
        remove_child_with_prev (c, prev);
7578
        /* Might have removed every child.  */
7579
        if (c == c->die_sib)
7580
          return;
7581
        c = c->die_sib;
7582
      }
7583
  } while (c != die->die_child);
7584
}
7585
 
7586
/* Add a CHILD_DIE as the last child of DIE.  */
7587
 
7588
static void
7589
add_child_die (dw_die_ref die, dw_die_ref child_die)
7590
{
7591
  /* FIXME this should probably be an assert.  */
7592
  if (! die || ! child_die)
7593
    return;
7594
  gcc_assert (die != child_die);
7595
 
7596
  child_die->die_parent = die;
7597
  if (die->die_child)
7598
    {
7599
      child_die->die_sib = die->die_child->die_sib;
7600
      die->die_child->die_sib = child_die;
7601
    }
7602
  else
7603
    child_die->die_sib = child_die;
7604
  die->die_child = child_die;
7605
}
7606
 
7607
/* Move CHILD, which must be a child of PARENT or the DIE for which PARENT
7608
   is the specification, to the end of PARENT's list of children.
7609
   This is done by removing and re-adding it.  */
7610
 
7611
static void
7612
splice_child_die (dw_die_ref parent, dw_die_ref child)
7613
{
7614
  dw_die_ref p;
7615
 
7616
  /* We want the declaration DIE from inside the class, not the
7617
     specification DIE at toplevel.  */
7618
  if (child->die_parent != parent)
7619
    {
7620
      dw_die_ref tmp = get_AT_ref (child, DW_AT_specification);
7621
 
7622
      if (tmp)
7623
        child = tmp;
7624
    }
7625
 
7626
  gcc_assert (child->die_parent == parent
7627
              || (child->die_parent
7628
                  == get_AT_ref (parent, DW_AT_specification)));
7629
 
7630
  for (p = child->die_parent->die_child; ; p = p->die_sib)
7631
    if (p->die_sib == child)
7632
      {
7633
        remove_child_with_prev (child, p);
7634
        break;
7635
      }
7636
 
7637
  add_child_die (parent, child);
7638
}
7639
 
7640
/* Return a pointer to a newly created DIE node.  */
7641
 
7642
static inline dw_die_ref
7643
new_die (enum dwarf_tag tag_value, dw_die_ref parent_die, tree t)
7644
{
7645
  dw_die_ref die = GGC_CNEW (die_node);
7646
 
7647
  die->die_tag = tag_value;
7648
 
7649
  if (parent_die != NULL)
7650
    add_child_die (parent_die, die);
7651
  else
7652
    {
7653
      limbo_die_node *limbo_node;
7654
 
7655
      limbo_node = GGC_CNEW (limbo_die_node);
7656
      limbo_node->die = die;
7657
      limbo_node->created_for = t;
7658
      limbo_node->next = limbo_die_list;
7659
      limbo_die_list = limbo_node;
7660
    }
7661
 
7662
  return die;
7663
}
7664
 
7665
/* Return the DIE associated with the given type specifier.  */
7666
 
7667
static inline dw_die_ref
7668
lookup_type_die (tree type)
7669
{
7670
  return TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type);
7671
}
7672
 
7673
/* Equate a DIE to a given type specifier.  */
7674
 
7675
static inline void
7676
equate_type_number_to_die (tree type, dw_die_ref type_die)
7677
{
7678
  TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type) = type_die;
7679
}
7680
 
7681
/* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a die_struct).  */
7682
 
7683
static hashval_t
7684
decl_die_table_hash (const void *x)
7685
{
7686
  return (hashval_t) ((const_dw_die_ref) x)->decl_id;
7687
}
7688
 
7689
/* Return nonzero if decl_id of die_struct X is the same as UID of decl *Y.  */
7690
 
7691
static int
7692
decl_die_table_eq (const void *x, const void *y)
7693
{
7694
  return (((const_dw_die_ref) x)->decl_id == DECL_UID ((const_tree) y));
7695
}
7696
 
7697
/* Return the DIE associated with a given declaration.  */
7698
 
7699
static inline dw_die_ref
7700
lookup_decl_die (tree decl)
7701
{
7702
  return (dw_die_ref) htab_find_with_hash (decl_die_table, decl, DECL_UID (decl));
7703
}
7704
 
7705
/* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a var_loc_list).  */
7706
 
7707
static hashval_t
7708
decl_loc_table_hash (const void *x)
7709
{
7710
  return (hashval_t) ((const var_loc_list *) x)->decl_id;
7711
}
7712
 
7713
/* Return nonzero if decl_id of var_loc_list X is the same as
7714
   UID of decl *Y.  */
7715
 
7716
static int
7717
decl_loc_table_eq (const void *x, const void *y)
7718
{
7719
  return (((const var_loc_list *) x)->decl_id == DECL_UID ((const_tree) y));
7720
}
7721
 
7722
/* Return the var_loc list associated with a given declaration.  */
7723
 
7724
static inline var_loc_list *
7725
lookup_decl_loc (const_tree decl)
7726
{
7727
  if (!decl_loc_table)
7728
    return NULL;
7729
  return (var_loc_list *)
7730
    htab_find_with_hash (decl_loc_table, decl, DECL_UID (decl));
7731
}
7732
 
7733
/* Equate a DIE to a particular declaration.  */
7734
 
7735
static void
7736
equate_decl_number_to_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref decl_die)
7737
{
7738
  unsigned int decl_id = DECL_UID (decl);
7739
  void **slot;
7740
 
7741
  slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_die_table, decl, decl_id, INSERT);
7742
  *slot = decl_die;
7743
  decl_die->decl_id = decl_id;
7744
}
7745
 
7746
/* Add a variable location node to the linked list for DECL.  */
7747
 
7748
static struct var_loc_node *
7749
add_var_loc_to_decl (tree decl, rtx loc_note)
7750
{
7751
  unsigned int decl_id = DECL_UID (decl);
7752
  var_loc_list *temp;
7753
  void **slot;
7754
  struct var_loc_node *loc = NULL;
7755
 
7756
  slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_loc_table, decl, decl_id, INSERT);
7757
  if (*slot == NULL)
7758
    {
7759
      temp = GGC_CNEW (var_loc_list);
7760
      temp->decl_id = decl_id;
7761
      *slot = temp;
7762
    }
7763
  else
7764
    temp = (var_loc_list *) *slot;
7765
 
7766
  if (temp->last)
7767
    {
7768
      /* If the current location is the same as the end of the list,
7769
         and either both or neither of the locations is uninitialized,
7770
         we have nothing to do.  */
7771
      if ((!rtx_equal_p (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (temp->last->var_loc_note),
7772
                         NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc_note)))
7773
          || ((NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (temp->last->var_loc_note)
7774
               != NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (loc_note))
7775
              && ((NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (temp->last->var_loc_note)
7776
                   == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
7777
                  || (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (loc_note)
7778
                      == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED))))
7779
        {
7780
          /* Add LOC to the end of list and update LAST.  */
7781
          loc = GGC_CNEW (struct var_loc_node);
7782
          temp->last->next = loc;
7783
          temp->last = loc;
7784
        }
7785
    }
7786
  else
7787
    {
7788
      loc = GGC_CNEW (struct var_loc_node);
7789
      temp->first = loc;
7790
      temp->last = loc;
7791
    }
7792
  return loc;
7793
}
7794
 
7795
/* Keep track of the number of spaces used to indent the
7796
   output of the debugging routines that print the structure of
7797
   the DIE internal representation.  */
7798
static int print_indent;
7799
 
7800
/* Indent the line the number of spaces given by print_indent.  */
7801
 
7802
static inline void
7803
print_spaces (FILE *outfile)
7804
{
7805
  fprintf (outfile, "%*s", print_indent, "");
7806
}
7807
 
7808
/* Print a type signature in hex.  */
7809
 
7810
static inline void
7811
print_signature (FILE *outfile, char *sig)
7812
{
7813
  int i;
7814
 
7815
  for (i = 0; i < DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE; i++)
7816
    fprintf (outfile, "%02x", sig[i] & 0xff);
7817
}
7818
 
7819
/* Print the information associated with a given DIE, and its children.
7820
   This routine is a debugging aid only.  */
7821
 
7822
static void
7823
print_die (dw_die_ref die, FILE *outfile)
7824
{
7825
  dw_attr_ref a;
7826
  dw_die_ref c;
7827
  unsigned ix;
7828
 
7829
  print_spaces (outfile);
7830
  fprintf (outfile, "DIE %4ld: %s\n",
7831
           die->die_offset, dwarf_tag_name (die->die_tag));
7832
  print_spaces (outfile);
7833
  fprintf (outfile, "  abbrev id: %lu", die->die_abbrev);
7834
  fprintf (outfile, " offset: %ld\n", die->die_offset);
7835
  if (dwarf_version >= 4 && die->die_id.die_type_node)
7836
    {
7837
      print_spaces (outfile);
7838
      fprintf (outfile, "  signature: ");
7839
      print_signature (outfile, die->die_id.die_type_node->signature);
7840
      fprintf (outfile, "\n");
7841
    }
7842
 
7843
  for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
7844
    {
7845
      print_spaces (outfile);
7846
      fprintf (outfile, "  %s: ", dwarf_attr_name (a->dw_attr));
7847
 
7848
      switch (AT_class (a))
7849
        {
7850
        case dw_val_class_addr:
7851
          fprintf (outfile, "address");
7852
          break;
7853
        case dw_val_class_offset:
7854
          fprintf (outfile, "offset");
7855
          break;
7856
        case dw_val_class_loc:
7857
          fprintf (outfile, "location descriptor");
7858
          break;
7859
        case dw_val_class_loc_list:
7860
          fprintf (outfile, "location list -> label:%s",
7861
                   AT_loc_list (a)->ll_symbol);
7862
          break;
7863
        case dw_val_class_range_list:
7864
          fprintf (outfile, "range list");
7865
          break;
7866
        case dw_val_class_const:
7867
          fprintf (outfile, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC, AT_int (a));
7868
          break;
7869
        case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
7870
          fprintf (outfile, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_UNSIGNED, AT_unsigned (a));
7871
          break;
7872
        case dw_val_class_const_double:
7873
          fprintf (outfile, "constant ("HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC","\
7874
                            HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_UNSIGNED")",
7875
                   a->dw_attr_val.v.val_double.high,
7876
                   a->dw_attr_val.v.val_double.low);
7877
          break;
7878
        case dw_val_class_vec:
7879
          fprintf (outfile, "floating-point or vector constant");
7880
          break;
7881
        case dw_val_class_flag:
7882
          fprintf (outfile, "%u", AT_flag (a));
7883
          break;
7884
        case dw_val_class_die_ref:
7885
          if (AT_ref (a) != NULL)
7886
            {
7887
              if (dwarf_version >= 4 && AT_ref (a)->die_id.die_type_node)
7888
                {
7889
                  fprintf (outfile, "die -> signature: ");
7890
                  print_signature (outfile,
7891
                                   AT_ref (a)->die_id.die_type_node->signature);
7892
                }
7893
              else if (dwarf_version < 4 && AT_ref (a)->die_id.die_symbol)
7894
                fprintf (outfile, "die -> label: %s",
7895
                         AT_ref (a)->die_id.die_symbol);
7896
              else
7897
                fprintf (outfile, "die -> %ld", AT_ref (a)->die_offset);
7898
            }
7899
          else
7900
            fprintf (outfile, "die -> <null>");
7901
          break;
7902
        case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
7903
        case dw_val_class_lineptr:
7904
        case dw_val_class_macptr:
7905
          fprintf (outfile, "label: %s", AT_lbl (a));
7906
          break;
7907
        case dw_val_class_str:
7908
          if (AT_string (a) != NULL)
7909
            fprintf (outfile, "\"%s\"", AT_string (a));
7910
          else
7911
            fprintf (outfile, "<null>");
7912
          break;
7913
        case dw_val_class_file:
7914
          fprintf (outfile, "\"%s\" (%d)", AT_file (a)->filename,
7915
                   AT_file (a)->emitted_number);
7916
          break;
7917
        case dw_val_class_data8:
7918
          {
7919
            int i;
7920
 
7921
            for (i = 0; i < 8; i++)
7922
              fprintf (outfile, "%02x", a->dw_attr_val.v.val_data8[i]);
7923
            break;
7924
          }
7925
        default:
7926
          break;
7927
        }
7928
 
7929
      fprintf (outfile, "\n");
7930
    }
7931
 
7932
  if (die->die_child != NULL)
7933
    {
7934
      print_indent += 4;
7935
      FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, print_die (c, outfile));
7936
      print_indent -= 4;
7937
    }
7938
  if (print_indent == 0)
7939
    fprintf (outfile, "\n");
7940
}
7941
 
7942
/* Print the contents of the source code line number correspondence table.
7943
   This routine is a debugging aid only.  */
7944
 
7945
static void
7946
print_dwarf_line_table (FILE *outfile)
7947
{
7948
  unsigned i;
7949
  dw_line_info_ref line_info;
7950
 
7951
  fprintf (outfile, "\n\nDWARF source line information\n");
7952
  for (i = 1; i < line_info_table_in_use; i++)
7953
    {
7954
      line_info = &line_info_table[i];
7955
      fprintf (outfile, "%5d: %4ld %6ld\n", i,
7956
               line_info->dw_file_num,
7957
               line_info->dw_line_num);
7958
    }
7959
 
7960
  fprintf (outfile, "\n\n");
7961
}
7962
 
7963
/* Print the information collected for a given DIE.  */
7964
 
7965
void
7966
debug_dwarf_die (dw_die_ref die)
7967
{
7968
  print_die (die, stderr);
7969
}
7970
 
7971
/* Print all DWARF information collected for the compilation unit.
7972
   This routine is a debugging aid only.  */
7973
 
7974
void
7975
debug_dwarf (void)
7976
{
7977
  print_indent = 0;
7978
  print_die (comp_unit_die, stderr);
7979
  if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
7980
    print_dwarf_line_table (stderr);
7981
}
7982
 
7983
/* Start a new compilation unit DIE for an include file.  OLD_UNIT is the CU
7984
   for the enclosing include file, if any.  BINCL_DIE is the DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
7985
   DIE that marks the start of the DIEs for this include file.  */
7986
 
7987
static dw_die_ref
7988
push_new_compile_unit (dw_die_ref old_unit, dw_die_ref bincl_die)
7989
{
7990
  const char *filename = get_AT_string (bincl_die, DW_AT_name);
7991
  dw_die_ref new_unit = gen_compile_unit_die (filename);
7992
 
7993
  new_unit->die_sib = old_unit;
7994
  return new_unit;
7995
}
7996
 
7997
/* Close an include-file CU and reopen the enclosing one.  */
7998
 
7999
static dw_die_ref
8000
pop_compile_unit (dw_die_ref old_unit)
8001
{
8002
  dw_die_ref new_unit = old_unit->die_sib;
8003
 
8004
  old_unit->die_sib = NULL;
8005
  return new_unit;
8006
}
8007
 
8008
#define CHECKSUM(FOO) md5_process_bytes (&(FOO), sizeof (FOO), ctx)
8009
#define CHECKSUM_STRING(FOO) md5_process_bytes ((FOO), strlen (FOO), ctx)
8010
 
8011
/* Calculate the checksum of a location expression.  */
8012
 
8013
static inline void
8014
loc_checksum (dw_loc_descr_ref loc, struct md5_ctx *ctx)
8015
{
8016
  int tem;
8017
 
8018
  tem = (loc->dtprel << 8) | ((unsigned int) loc->dw_loc_opc);
8019
  CHECKSUM (tem);
8020
  CHECKSUM (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1);
8021
  CHECKSUM (loc->dw_loc_oprnd2);
8022
}
8023
 
8024
/* Calculate the checksum of an attribute.  */
8025
 
8026
static void
8027
attr_checksum (dw_attr_ref at, struct md5_ctx *ctx, int *mark)
8028
{
8029
  dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
8030
  rtx r;
8031
 
8032
  CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr);
8033
 
8034
  /* We don't care that this was compiled with a different compiler
8035
     snapshot; if the output is the same, that's what matters.  */
8036
  if (at->dw_attr == DW_AT_producer)
8037
    return;
8038
 
8039
  switch (AT_class (at))
8040
    {
8041
    case dw_val_class_const:
8042
      CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_int);
8043
      break;
8044
    case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
8045
      CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned);
8046
      break;
8047
    case dw_val_class_const_double:
8048
      CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_double);
8049
      break;
8050
    case dw_val_class_vec:
8051
      CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec);
8052
      break;
8053
    case dw_val_class_flag:
8054
      CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag);
8055
      break;
8056
    case dw_val_class_str:
8057
      CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (at));
8058
      break;
8059
 
8060
    case dw_val_class_addr:
8061
      r = AT_addr (at);
8062
      gcc_assert (GET_CODE (r) == SYMBOL_REF);
8063
      CHECKSUM_STRING (XSTR (r, 0));
8064
      break;
8065
 
8066
    case dw_val_class_offset:
8067
      CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset);
8068
      break;
8069
 
8070
    case dw_val_class_loc:
8071
      for (loc = AT_loc (at); loc; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
8072
        loc_checksum (loc, ctx);
8073
      break;
8074
 
8075
    case dw_val_class_die_ref:
8076
      die_checksum (AT_ref (at), ctx, mark);
8077
      break;
8078
 
8079
    case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
8080
    case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
8081
    case dw_val_class_lineptr:
8082
    case dw_val_class_macptr:
8083
      break;
8084
 
8085
    case dw_val_class_file:
8086
      CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_file (at)->filename);
8087
      break;
8088
 
8089
    case dw_val_class_data8:
8090
      CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_data8);
8091
      break;
8092
 
8093
    default:
8094
      break;
8095
    }
8096
}
8097
 
8098
/* Calculate the checksum of a DIE.  */
8099
 
8100
static void
8101
die_checksum (dw_die_ref die, struct md5_ctx *ctx, int *mark)
8102
{
8103
  dw_die_ref c;
8104
  dw_attr_ref a;
8105
  unsigned ix;
8106
 
8107
  /* To avoid infinite recursion.  */
8108
  if (die->die_mark)
8109
    {
8110
      CHECKSUM (die->die_mark);
8111
      return;
8112
    }
8113
  die->die_mark = ++(*mark);
8114
 
8115
  CHECKSUM (die->die_tag);
8116
 
8117
  for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
8118
    attr_checksum (a, ctx, mark);
8119
 
8120
  FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, die_checksum (c, ctx, mark));
8121
}
8122
 
8123
#undef CHECKSUM
8124
#undef CHECKSUM_STRING
8125
 
8126
/* For DWARF-4 types, include the trailing NULL when checksumming strings.  */
8127
#define CHECKSUM(FOO) md5_process_bytes (&(FOO), sizeof (FOO), ctx)
8128
#define CHECKSUM_STRING(FOO) md5_process_bytes ((FOO), strlen (FOO) + 1, ctx)
8129
#define CHECKSUM_SLEB128(FOO) checksum_sleb128 ((FOO), ctx)
8130
#define CHECKSUM_ULEB128(FOO) checksum_uleb128 ((FOO), ctx)
8131
#define CHECKSUM_ATTR(FOO) \
8132
  if (FOO) attr_checksum_ordered (die->die_tag, (FOO), ctx, mark)
8133
 
8134
/* Calculate the checksum of a number in signed LEB128 format.  */
8135
 
8136
static void
8137
checksum_sleb128 (HOST_WIDE_INT value, struct md5_ctx *ctx)
8138
{
8139
  unsigned char byte;
8140
  bool more;
8141
 
8142
  while (1)
8143
    {
8144
      byte = (value & 0x7f);
8145
      value >>= 7;
8146
      more = !((value == 0 && (byte & 0x40) == 0)
8147
                || (value == -1 && (byte & 0x40) != 0));
8148
      if (more)
8149
        byte |= 0x80;
8150
      CHECKSUM (byte);
8151
      if (!more)
8152
        break;
8153
    }
8154
}
8155
 
8156
/* Calculate the checksum of a number in unsigned LEB128 format.  */
8157
 
8158
static void
8159
checksum_uleb128 (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT value, struct md5_ctx *ctx)
8160
{
8161
  while (1)
8162
    {
8163
      unsigned char byte = (value & 0x7f);
8164
      value >>= 7;
8165
      if (value != 0)
8166
        /* More bytes to follow.  */
8167
        byte |= 0x80;
8168
      CHECKSUM (byte);
8169
      if (value == 0)
8170
        break;
8171
    }
8172
}
8173
 
8174
/* Checksum the context of the DIE.  This adds the names of any
8175
   surrounding namespaces or structures to the checksum.  */
8176
 
8177
static void
8178
checksum_die_context (dw_die_ref die, struct md5_ctx *ctx)
8179
{
8180
  const char *name;
8181
  dw_die_ref spec;
8182
  int tag = die->die_tag;
8183
 
8184
  if (tag != DW_TAG_namespace
8185
      && tag != DW_TAG_structure_type
8186
      && tag != DW_TAG_class_type)
8187
    return;
8188
 
8189
  name = get_AT_string (die, DW_AT_name);
8190
 
8191
  spec = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_specification);
8192
  if (spec != NULL)
8193
    die = spec;
8194
 
8195
  if (die->die_parent != NULL)
8196
    checksum_die_context (die->die_parent, ctx);
8197
 
8198
  CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('C');
8199
  CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (tag);
8200
  if (name != NULL)
8201
    CHECKSUM_STRING (name);
8202
}
8203
 
8204
/* Calculate the checksum of a location expression.  */
8205
 
8206
static inline void
8207
loc_checksum_ordered (dw_loc_descr_ref loc, struct md5_ctx *ctx)
8208
{
8209
  /* Special case for lone DW_OP_plus_uconst: checksum as if the location
8210
     were emitted as a DW_FORM_sdata instead of a location expression.  */
8211
  if (loc->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_plus_uconst && loc->dw_loc_next == NULL)
8212
    {
8213
      CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_sdata);
8214
      CHECKSUM_SLEB128 ((HOST_WIDE_INT) loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
8215
      return;
8216
    }
8217
 
8218
  /* Otherwise, just checksum the raw location expression.  */
8219
  while (loc != NULL)
8220
    {
8221
      CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (loc->dw_loc_opc);
8222
      CHECKSUM (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1);
8223
      CHECKSUM (loc->dw_loc_oprnd2);
8224
      loc = loc->dw_loc_next;
8225
    }
8226
}
8227
 
8228
/* Calculate the checksum of an attribute.  */
8229
 
8230
static void
8231
attr_checksum_ordered (enum dwarf_tag tag, dw_attr_ref at,
8232
                       struct md5_ctx *ctx, int *mark)
8233
{
8234
  dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
8235
  rtx r;
8236
 
8237
  if (AT_class (at) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
8238
    {
8239
      dw_die_ref target_die = AT_ref (at);
8240
 
8241
      /* For pointer and reference types, we checksum only the (qualified)
8242
         name of the target type (if there is a name).  For friend entries,
8243
         we checksum only the (qualified) name of the target type or function.
8244
         This allows the checksum to remain the same whether the target type
8245
         is complete or not.  */
8246
      if ((at->dw_attr == DW_AT_type
8247
           && (tag == DW_TAG_pointer_type
8248
               || tag == DW_TAG_reference_type
8249
               || tag == DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type))
8250
          || (at->dw_attr == DW_AT_friend
8251
              && tag == DW_TAG_friend))
8252
        {
8253
          dw_attr_ref name_attr = get_AT (target_die, DW_AT_name);
8254
 
8255
          if (name_attr != NULL)
8256
            {
8257
              dw_die_ref decl = get_AT_ref (target_die, DW_AT_specification);
8258
 
8259
              if (decl == NULL)
8260
                decl = target_die;
8261
              CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('N');
8262
              CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at->dw_attr);
8263
              if (decl->die_parent != NULL)
8264
                checksum_die_context (decl->die_parent, ctx);
8265
              CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('E');
8266
              CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (name_attr));
8267
              return;
8268
            }
8269
        }
8270
 
8271
      /* For all other references to another DIE, we check to see if the
8272
         target DIE has already been visited.  If it has, we emit a
8273
         backward reference; if not, we descend recursively.  */
8274
      if (target_die->die_mark > 0)
8275
        {
8276
          CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('R');
8277
          CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at->dw_attr);
8278
          CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (target_die->die_mark);
8279
        }
8280
      else
8281
        {
8282
          dw_die_ref decl = get_AT_ref (target_die, DW_AT_specification);
8283
 
8284
          if (decl == NULL)
8285
            decl = target_die;
8286
          target_die->die_mark = ++(*mark);
8287
          CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('T');
8288
          CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at->dw_attr);
8289
          if (decl->die_parent != NULL)
8290
            checksum_die_context (decl->die_parent, ctx);
8291
          die_checksum_ordered (target_die, ctx, mark);
8292
        }
8293
      return;
8294
    }
8295
 
8296
  CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('A');
8297
  CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at->dw_attr);
8298
 
8299
  switch (AT_class (at))
8300
    {
8301
    case dw_val_class_const:
8302
      CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_sdata);
8303
      CHECKSUM_SLEB128 (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_int);
8304
      break;
8305
 
8306
    case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
8307
      CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_sdata);
8308
      CHECKSUM_SLEB128 ((int) at->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned);
8309
      break;
8310
 
8311
    case dw_val_class_const_double:
8312
      CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_block);
8313
      CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (sizeof (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_double));
8314
      CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_double);
8315
      break;
8316
 
8317
    case dw_val_class_vec:
8318
      CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_block);
8319
      CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (sizeof (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec));
8320
      CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec);
8321
      break;
8322
 
8323
    case dw_val_class_flag:
8324
      CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_flag);
8325
      CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag ? 1 : 0);
8326
      break;
8327
 
8328
    case dw_val_class_str:
8329
      CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_string);
8330
      CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (at));
8331
      break;
8332
 
8333
    case dw_val_class_addr:
8334
      r = AT_addr (at);
8335
      gcc_assert (GET_CODE (r) == SYMBOL_REF);
8336
      CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_string);
8337
      CHECKSUM_STRING (XSTR (r, 0));
8338
      break;
8339
 
8340
    case dw_val_class_offset:
8341
      CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_sdata);
8342
      CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset);
8343
      break;
8344
 
8345
    case dw_val_class_loc:
8346
      for (loc = AT_loc (at); loc; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
8347
        loc_checksum_ordered (loc, ctx);
8348
      break;
8349
 
8350
    case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
8351
    case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
8352
    case dw_val_class_lineptr:
8353
    case dw_val_class_macptr:
8354
      break;
8355
 
8356
    case dw_val_class_file:
8357
      CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_string);
8358
      CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_file (at)->filename);
8359
      break;
8360
 
8361
    case dw_val_class_data8:
8362
      CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_data8);
8363
      break;
8364
 
8365
    default:
8366
      break;
8367
    }
8368
}
8369
 
8370
struct checksum_attributes
8371
{
8372
  dw_attr_ref at_name;
8373
  dw_attr_ref at_type;
8374
  dw_attr_ref at_friend;
8375
  dw_attr_ref at_accessibility;
8376
  dw_attr_ref at_address_class;
8377
  dw_attr_ref at_allocated;
8378
  dw_attr_ref at_artificial;
8379
  dw_attr_ref at_associated;
8380
  dw_attr_ref at_binary_scale;
8381
  dw_attr_ref at_bit_offset;
8382
  dw_attr_ref at_bit_size;
8383
  dw_attr_ref at_bit_stride;
8384
  dw_attr_ref at_byte_size;
8385
  dw_attr_ref at_byte_stride;
8386
  dw_attr_ref at_const_value;
8387
  dw_attr_ref at_containing_type;
8388
  dw_attr_ref at_count;
8389
  dw_attr_ref at_data_location;
8390
  dw_attr_ref at_data_member_location;
8391
  dw_attr_ref at_decimal_scale;
8392
  dw_attr_ref at_decimal_sign;
8393
  dw_attr_ref at_default_value;
8394
  dw_attr_ref at_digit_count;
8395
  dw_attr_ref at_discr;
8396
  dw_attr_ref at_discr_list;
8397
  dw_attr_ref at_discr_value;
8398
  dw_attr_ref at_encoding;
8399
  dw_attr_ref at_endianity;
8400
  dw_attr_ref at_explicit;
8401
  dw_attr_ref at_is_optional;
8402
  dw_attr_ref at_location;
8403
  dw_attr_ref at_lower_bound;
8404
  dw_attr_ref at_mutable;
8405
  dw_attr_ref at_ordering;
8406
  dw_attr_ref at_picture_string;
8407
  dw_attr_ref at_prototyped;
8408
  dw_attr_ref at_small;
8409
  dw_attr_ref at_segment;
8410
  dw_attr_ref at_string_length;
8411
  dw_attr_ref at_threads_scaled;
8412
  dw_attr_ref at_upper_bound;
8413
  dw_attr_ref at_use_location;
8414
  dw_attr_ref at_use_UTF8;
8415
  dw_attr_ref at_variable_parameter;
8416
  dw_attr_ref at_virtuality;
8417
  dw_attr_ref at_visibility;
8418
  dw_attr_ref at_vtable_elem_location;
8419
};
8420
 
8421
/* Collect the attributes that we will want to use for the checksum.  */
8422
 
8423
static void
8424
collect_checksum_attributes (struct checksum_attributes *attrs, dw_die_ref die)
8425
{
8426
  dw_attr_ref a;
8427
  unsigned ix;
8428
 
8429
  for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
8430
    {
8431
      switch (a->dw_attr)
8432
        {
8433
        case DW_AT_name:
8434
          attrs->at_name = a;
8435
          break;
8436
        case DW_AT_type:
8437
          attrs->at_type = a;
8438
          break;
8439
        case DW_AT_friend:
8440
          attrs->at_friend = a;
8441
          break;
8442
        case DW_AT_accessibility:
8443
          attrs->at_accessibility = a;
8444
          break;
8445
        case DW_AT_address_class:
8446
          attrs->at_address_class = a;
8447
          break;
8448
        case DW_AT_allocated:
8449
          attrs->at_allocated = a;
8450
          break;
8451
        case DW_AT_artificial:
8452
          attrs->at_artificial = a;
8453
          break;
8454
        case DW_AT_associated:
8455
          attrs->at_associated = a;
8456
          break;
8457
        case DW_AT_binary_scale:
8458
          attrs->at_binary_scale = a;
8459
          break;
8460
        case DW_AT_bit_offset:
8461
          attrs->at_bit_offset = a;
8462
          break;
8463
        case DW_AT_bit_size:
8464
          attrs->at_bit_size = a;
8465
          break;
8466
        case DW_AT_bit_stride:
8467
          attrs->at_bit_stride = a;
8468
          break;
8469
        case DW_AT_byte_size:
8470
          attrs->at_byte_size = a;
8471
          break;
8472
        case DW_AT_byte_stride:
8473
          attrs->at_byte_stride = a;
8474
          break;
8475
        case DW_AT_const_value:
8476
          attrs->at_const_value = a;
8477
          break;
8478
        case DW_AT_containing_type:
8479
          attrs->at_containing_type = a;
8480
          break;
8481
        case DW_AT_count:
8482
          attrs->at_count = a;
8483
          break;
8484
        case DW_AT_data_location:
8485
          attrs->at_data_location = a;
8486
          break;
8487
        case DW_AT_data_member_location:
8488
          attrs->at_data_member_location = a;
8489
          break;
8490
        case DW_AT_decimal_scale:
8491
          attrs->at_decimal_scale = a;
8492
          break;
8493
        case DW_AT_decimal_sign:
8494
          attrs->at_decimal_sign = a;
8495
          break;
8496
        case DW_AT_default_value:
8497
          attrs->at_default_value = a;
8498
          break;
8499
        case DW_AT_digit_count:
8500
          attrs->at_digit_count = a;
8501
          break;
8502
        case DW_AT_discr:
8503
          attrs->at_discr = a;
8504
          break;
8505
        case DW_AT_discr_list:
8506
          attrs->at_discr_list = a;
8507
          break;
8508
        case DW_AT_discr_value:
8509
          attrs->at_discr_value = a;
8510
          break;
8511
        case DW_AT_encoding:
8512
          attrs->at_encoding = a;
8513
          break;
8514
        case DW_AT_endianity:
8515
          attrs->at_endianity = a;
8516
          break;
8517
        case DW_AT_explicit:
8518
          attrs->at_explicit = a;
8519
          break;
8520
        case DW_AT_is_optional:
8521
          attrs->at_is_optional = a;
8522
          break;
8523
        case DW_AT_location:
8524
          attrs->at_location = a;
8525
          break;
8526
        case DW_AT_lower_bound:
8527
          attrs->at_lower_bound = a;
8528
          break;
8529
        case DW_AT_mutable:
8530
          attrs->at_mutable = a;
8531
          break;
8532
        case DW_AT_ordering:
8533
          attrs->at_ordering = a;
8534
          break;
8535
        case DW_AT_picture_string:
8536
          attrs->at_picture_string = a;
8537
          break;
8538
        case DW_AT_prototyped:
8539
          attrs->at_prototyped = a;
8540
          break;
8541
        case DW_AT_small:
8542
          attrs->at_small = a;
8543
          break;
8544
        case DW_AT_segment:
8545
          attrs->at_segment = a;
8546
          break;
8547
        case DW_AT_string_length:
8548
          attrs->at_string_length = a;
8549
          break;
8550
        case DW_AT_threads_scaled:
8551
          attrs->at_threads_scaled = a;
8552
          break;
8553
        case DW_AT_upper_bound:
8554
          attrs->at_upper_bound = a;
8555
          break;
8556
        case DW_AT_use_location:
8557
          attrs->at_use_location = a;
8558
          break;
8559
        case DW_AT_use_UTF8:
8560
          attrs->at_use_UTF8 = a;
8561
          break;
8562
        case DW_AT_variable_parameter:
8563
          attrs->at_variable_parameter = a;
8564
          break;
8565
        case DW_AT_virtuality:
8566
          attrs->at_virtuality = a;
8567
          break;
8568
        case DW_AT_visibility:
8569
          attrs->at_visibility = a;
8570
          break;
8571
        case DW_AT_vtable_elem_location:
8572
          attrs->at_vtable_elem_location = a;
8573
          break;
8574
        default:
8575
          break;
8576
        }
8577
    }
8578
}
8579
 
8580
/* Calculate the checksum of a DIE, using an ordered subset of attributes.  */
8581
 
8582
static void
8583
die_checksum_ordered (dw_die_ref die, struct md5_ctx *ctx, int *mark)
8584
{
8585
  dw_die_ref c;
8586
  dw_die_ref decl;
8587
  struct checksum_attributes attrs;
8588
 
8589
  CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('D');
8590
  CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (die->die_tag);
8591
 
8592
  memset (&attrs, 0, sizeof (attrs));
8593
 
8594
  decl = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_specification);
8595
  if (decl != NULL)
8596
    collect_checksum_attributes (&attrs, decl);
8597
  collect_checksum_attributes (&attrs, die);
8598
 
8599
  CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_name);
8600
  CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_accessibility);
8601
  CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_address_class);
8602
  CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_allocated);
8603
  CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_artificial);
8604
  CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_associated);
8605
  CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_binary_scale);
8606
  CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_bit_offset);
8607
  CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_bit_size);
8608
  CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_bit_stride);
8609
  CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_byte_size);
8610
  CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_byte_stride);
8611
  CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_const_value);
8612
  CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_containing_type);
8613
  CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_count);
8614
  CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_data_location);
8615
  CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_data_member_location);
8616
  CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_decimal_scale);
8617
  CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_decimal_sign);
8618
  CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_default_value);
8619
  CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_digit_count);
8620
  CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_discr);
8621
  CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_discr_list);
8622
  CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_discr_value);
8623
  CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_encoding);
8624
  CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_endianity);
8625
  CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_explicit);
8626
  CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_is_optional);
8627
  CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_location);
8628
  CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_lower_bound);
8629
  CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_mutable);
8630
  CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_ordering);
8631
  CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_picture_string);
8632
  CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_prototyped);
8633
  CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_small);
8634
  CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_segment);
8635
  CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_string_length);
8636
  CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_threads_scaled);
8637
  CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_upper_bound);
8638
  CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_use_location);
8639
  CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_use_UTF8);
8640
  CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_variable_parameter);
8641
  CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_virtuality);
8642
  CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_visibility);
8643
  CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_vtable_elem_location);
8644
  CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_type);
8645
  CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_friend);
8646
 
8647
  /* Checksum the child DIEs, except for nested types and member functions.  */
8648
  c = die->die_child;
8649
  if (c) do {
8650
    dw_attr_ref name_attr;
8651
 
8652
    c = c->die_sib;
8653
    name_attr = get_AT (c, DW_AT_name);
8654
    if ((is_type_die (c) || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_subprogram)
8655
        && name_attr != NULL)
8656
      {
8657
        CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('S');
8658
        CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (c->die_tag);
8659
        CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (name_attr));
8660
      }
8661
    else
8662
      {
8663
        /* Mark this DIE so it gets processed when unmarking.  */
8664
        if (c->die_mark == 0)
8665
          c->die_mark = -1;
8666
        die_checksum_ordered (c, ctx, mark);
8667
      }
8668
  } while (c != die->die_child);
8669
 
8670
  CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (0);
8671
}
8672
 
8673
#undef CHECKSUM
8674
#undef CHECKSUM_STRING
8675
#undef CHECKSUM_ATTR
8676
#undef CHECKSUM_LEB128
8677
#undef CHECKSUM_ULEB128
8678
 
8679
/* Generate the type signature for DIE.  This is computed by generating an
8680
   MD5 checksum over the DIE's tag, its relevant attributes, and its
8681
   children.  Attributes that are references to other DIEs are processed
8682
   by recursion, using the MARK field to prevent infinite recursion.
8683
   If the DIE is nested inside a namespace or another type, we also
8684
   need to include that context in the signature.  The lower 64 bits
8685
   of the resulting MD5 checksum comprise the signature.  */
8686
 
8687
static void
8688
generate_type_signature (dw_die_ref die, comdat_type_node *type_node)
8689
{
8690
  int mark;
8691
  const char *name;
8692
  unsigned char checksum[16];
8693
  struct md5_ctx ctx;
8694
  dw_die_ref decl;
8695
 
8696
  name = get_AT_string (die, DW_AT_name);
8697
  decl = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_specification);
8698
 
8699
  /* First, compute a signature for just the type name (and its surrounding
8700
     context, if any.  This is stored in the type unit DIE for link-time
8701
     ODR (one-definition rule) checking.  */
8702
 
8703
  if (is_cxx() && name != NULL)
8704
    {
8705
      md5_init_ctx (&ctx);
8706
 
8707
      /* Checksum the names of surrounding namespaces and structures.  */
8708
      if (decl != NULL && decl->die_parent != NULL)
8709
        checksum_die_context (decl->die_parent, &ctx);
8710
 
8711
      md5_process_bytes (&die->die_tag, sizeof (die->die_tag), &ctx);
8712
      md5_process_bytes (name, strlen (name) + 1, &ctx);
8713
      md5_finish_ctx (&ctx, checksum);
8714
 
8715
      add_AT_data8 (type_node->root_die, DW_AT_GNU_odr_signature, &checksum[8]);
8716
    }
8717
 
8718
  /* Next, compute the complete type signature.  */
8719
 
8720
  md5_init_ctx (&ctx);
8721
  mark = 1;
8722
  die->die_mark = mark;
8723
 
8724
  /* Checksum the names of surrounding namespaces and structures.  */
8725
  if (decl != NULL && decl->die_parent != NULL)
8726
    checksum_die_context (decl->die_parent, &ctx);
8727
 
8728
  /* Checksum the DIE and its children.  */
8729
  die_checksum_ordered (die, &ctx, &mark);
8730
  unmark_all_dies (die);
8731
  md5_finish_ctx (&ctx, checksum);
8732
 
8733
  /* Store the signature in the type node and link the type DIE and the
8734
     type node together.  */
8735
  memcpy (type_node->signature, &checksum[16 - DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE],
8736
          DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE);
8737
  die->die_id.die_type_node = type_node;
8738
  type_node->type_die = die;
8739
 
8740
  /* If the DIE is a specification, link its declaration to the type node
8741
     as well.  */
8742
  if (decl != NULL)
8743
    decl->die_id.die_type_node = type_node;
8744
}
8745
 
8746
/* Do the location expressions look same?  */
8747
static inline int
8748
same_loc_p (dw_loc_descr_ref loc1, dw_loc_descr_ref loc2, int *mark)
8749
{
8750
  return loc1->dw_loc_opc == loc2->dw_loc_opc
8751
         && same_dw_val_p (&loc1->dw_loc_oprnd1, &loc2->dw_loc_oprnd1, mark)
8752
         && same_dw_val_p (&loc1->dw_loc_oprnd2, &loc2->dw_loc_oprnd2, mark);
8753
}
8754
 
8755
/* Do the values look the same?  */
8756
static int
8757
same_dw_val_p (const dw_val_node *v1, const dw_val_node *v2, int *mark)
8758
{
8759
  dw_loc_descr_ref loc1, loc2;
8760
  rtx r1, r2;
8761
 
8762
  if (v1->val_class != v2->val_class)
8763
    return 0;
8764
 
8765
  switch (v1->val_class)
8766
    {
8767
    case dw_val_class_const:
8768
      return v1->v.val_int == v2->v.val_int;
8769
    case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
8770
      return v1->v.val_unsigned == v2->v.val_unsigned;
8771
    case dw_val_class_const_double:
8772
      return v1->v.val_double.high == v2->v.val_double.high
8773
             && v1->v.val_double.low == v2->v.val_double.low;
8774
    case dw_val_class_vec:
8775
      if (v1->v.val_vec.length != v2->v.val_vec.length
8776
          || v1->v.val_vec.elt_size != v2->v.val_vec.elt_size)
8777
        return 0;
8778
      if (memcmp (v1->v.val_vec.array, v2->v.val_vec.array,
8779
                  v1->v.val_vec.length * v1->v.val_vec.elt_size))
8780
        return 0;
8781
      return 1;
8782
    case dw_val_class_flag:
8783
      return v1->v.val_flag == v2->v.val_flag;
8784
    case dw_val_class_str:
8785
      return !strcmp(v1->v.val_str->str, v2->v.val_str->str);
8786
 
8787
    case dw_val_class_addr:
8788
      r1 = v1->v.val_addr;
8789
      r2 = v2->v.val_addr;
8790
      if (GET_CODE (r1) != GET_CODE (r2))
8791
        return 0;
8792
      return !rtx_equal_p (r1, r2);
8793
 
8794
    case dw_val_class_offset:
8795
      return v1->v.val_offset == v2->v.val_offset;
8796
 
8797
    case dw_val_class_loc:
8798
      for (loc1 = v1->v.val_loc, loc2 = v2->v.val_loc;
8799
           loc1 && loc2;
8800
           loc1 = loc1->dw_loc_next, loc2 = loc2->dw_loc_next)
8801
        if (!same_loc_p (loc1, loc2, mark))
8802
          return 0;
8803
      return !loc1 && !loc2;
8804
 
8805
    case dw_val_class_die_ref:
8806
      return same_die_p (v1->v.val_die_ref.die, v2->v.val_die_ref.die, mark);
8807
 
8808
    case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
8809
    case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
8810
    case dw_val_class_lineptr:
8811
    case dw_val_class_macptr:
8812
      return 1;
8813
 
8814
    case dw_val_class_file:
8815
      return v1->v.val_file == v2->v.val_file;
8816
 
8817
    case dw_val_class_data8:
8818
      return !memcmp (v1->v.val_data8, v2->v.val_data8, 8);
8819
 
8820
    default:
8821
      return 1;
8822
    }
8823
}
8824
 
8825
/* Do the attributes look the same?  */
8826
 
8827
static int
8828
same_attr_p (dw_attr_ref at1, dw_attr_ref at2, int *mark)
8829
{
8830
  if (at1->dw_attr != at2->dw_attr)
8831
    return 0;
8832
 
8833
  /* We don't care that this was compiled with a different compiler
8834
     snapshot; if the output is the same, that's what matters. */
8835
  if (at1->dw_attr == DW_AT_producer)
8836
    return 1;
8837
 
8838
  return same_dw_val_p (&at1->dw_attr_val, &at2->dw_attr_val, mark);
8839
}
8840
 
8841
/* Do the dies look the same?  */
8842
 
8843
static int
8844
same_die_p (dw_die_ref die1, dw_die_ref die2, int *mark)
8845
{
8846
  dw_die_ref c1, c2;
8847
  dw_attr_ref a1;
8848
  unsigned ix;
8849
 
8850
  /* To avoid infinite recursion.  */
8851
  if (die1->die_mark)
8852
    return die1->die_mark == die2->die_mark;
8853
  die1->die_mark = die2->die_mark = ++(*mark);
8854
 
8855
  if (die1->die_tag != die2->die_tag)
8856
    return 0;
8857
 
8858
  if (VEC_length (dw_attr_node, die1->die_attr)
8859
      != VEC_length (dw_attr_node, die2->die_attr))
8860
    return 0;
8861
 
8862
  for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die1->die_attr, ix, a1); ix++)
8863
    if (!same_attr_p (a1, VEC_index (dw_attr_node, die2->die_attr, ix), mark))
8864
      return 0;
8865
 
8866
  c1 = die1->die_child;
8867
  c2 = die2->die_child;
8868
  if (! c1)
8869
    {
8870
      if (c2)
8871
        return 0;
8872
    }
8873
  else
8874
    for (;;)
8875
      {
8876
        if (!same_die_p (c1, c2, mark))
8877
          return 0;
8878
        c1 = c1->die_sib;
8879
        c2 = c2->die_sib;
8880
        if (c1 == die1->die_child)
8881
          {
8882
            if (c2 == die2->die_child)
8883
              break;
8884
            else
8885
              return 0;
8886
          }
8887
    }
8888
 
8889
  return 1;
8890
}
8891
 
8892
/* Do the dies look the same?  Wrapper around same_die_p.  */
8893
 
8894
static int
8895
same_die_p_wrap (dw_die_ref die1, dw_die_ref die2)
8896
{
8897
  int mark = 0;
8898
  int ret = same_die_p (die1, die2, &mark);
8899
 
8900
  unmark_all_dies (die1);
8901
  unmark_all_dies (die2);
8902
 
8903
  return ret;
8904
}
8905
 
8906
/* The prefix to attach to symbols on DIEs in the current comdat debug
8907
   info section.  */
8908
static char *comdat_symbol_id;
8909
 
8910
/* The index of the current symbol within the current comdat CU.  */
8911
static unsigned int comdat_symbol_number;
8912
 
8913
/* Calculate the MD5 checksum of the compilation unit DIE UNIT_DIE and its
8914
   children, and set comdat_symbol_id accordingly.  */
8915
 
8916
static void
8917
compute_section_prefix (dw_die_ref unit_die)
8918
{
8919
  const char *die_name = get_AT_string (unit_die, DW_AT_name);
8920
  const char *base = die_name ? lbasename (die_name) : "anonymous";
8921
  char *name = XALLOCAVEC (char, strlen (base) + 64);
8922
  char *p;
8923
  int i, mark;
8924
  unsigned char checksum[16];
8925
  struct md5_ctx ctx;
8926
 
8927
  /* Compute the checksum of the DIE, then append part of it as hex digits to
8928
     the name filename of the unit.  */
8929
 
8930
  md5_init_ctx (&ctx);
8931
  mark = 0;
8932
  die_checksum (unit_die, &ctx, &mark);
8933
  unmark_all_dies (unit_die);
8934
  md5_finish_ctx (&ctx, checksum);
8935
 
8936
  sprintf (name, "%s.", base);
8937
  clean_symbol_name (name);
8938
 
8939
  p = name + strlen (name);
8940
  for (i = 0; i < 4; i++)
8941
    {
8942
      sprintf (p, "%.2x", checksum[i]);
8943
      p += 2;
8944
    }
8945
 
8946
  comdat_symbol_id = unit_die->die_id.die_symbol = xstrdup (name);
8947
  comdat_symbol_number = 0;
8948
}
8949
 
8950
/* Returns nonzero if DIE represents a type, in the sense of TYPE_P.  */
8951
 
8952
static int
8953
is_type_die (dw_die_ref die)
8954
{
8955
  switch (die->die_tag)
8956
    {
8957
    case DW_TAG_array_type:
8958
    case DW_TAG_class_type:
8959
    case DW_TAG_interface_type:
8960
    case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
8961
    case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
8962
    case DW_TAG_reference_type:
8963
    case DW_TAG_string_type:
8964
    case DW_TAG_structure_type:
8965
    case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
8966
    case DW_TAG_union_type:
8967
    case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
8968
    case DW_TAG_set_type:
8969
    case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
8970
    case DW_TAG_base_type:
8971
    case DW_TAG_const_type:
8972
    case DW_TAG_file_type:
8973
    case DW_TAG_packed_type:
8974
    case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
8975
    case DW_TAG_typedef:
8976
      return 1;
8977
    default:
8978
      return 0;
8979
    }
8980
}
8981
 
8982
/* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that should go into a COMDAT CU.
8983
   Basically, we want to choose the bits that are likely to be shared between
8984
   compilations (types) and leave out the bits that are specific to individual
8985
   compilations (functions).  */
8986
 
8987
static int
8988
is_comdat_die (dw_die_ref c)
8989
{
8990
  /* I think we want to leave base types and __vtbl_ptr_type in the main CU, as
8991
     we do for stabs.  The advantage is a greater likelihood of sharing between
8992
     objects that don't include headers in the same order (and therefore would
8993
     put the base types in a different comdat).  jason 8/28/00 */
8994
 
8995
  if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_base_type)
8996
    return 0;
8997
 
8998
  if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_pointer_type
8999
      || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_reference_type
9000
      || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_const_type
9001
      || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_volatile_type)
9002
    {
9003
      dw_die_ref t = get_AT_ref (c, DW_AT_type);
9004
 
9005
      return t ? is_comdat_die (t) : 0;
9006
    }
9007
 
9008
  return is_type_die (c);
9009
}
9010
 
9011
/* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that might be referred to from another
9012
   compilation unit.  */
9013
 
9014
static int
9015
is_symbol_die (dw_die_ref c)
9016
{
9017
  return (is_type_die (c)
9018
          || is_declaration_die (c)
9019
          || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_namespace
9020
          || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_module);
9021
}
9022
 
9023
static char *
9024
gen_internal_sym (const char *prefix)
9025
{
9026
  char buf[256];
9027
 
9028
  ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (buf, prefix, label_num++);
9029
  return xstrdup (buf);
9030
}
9031
 
9032
/* Assign symbols to all worthy DIEs under DIE.  */
9033
 
9034
static void
9035
assign_symbol_names (dw_die_ref die)
9036
{
9037
  dw_die_ref c;
9038
 
9039
  if (is_symbol_die (die))
9040
    {
9041
      if (comdat_symbol_id)
9042
        {
9043
          char *p = XALLOCAVEC (char, strlen (comdat_symbol_id) + 64);
9044
 
9045
          sprintf (p, "%s.%s.%x", DIE_LABEL_PREFIX,
9046
                   comdat_symbol_id, comdat_symbol_number++);
9047
          die->die_id.die_symbol = xstrdup (p);
9048
        }
9049
      else
9050
        die->die_id.die_symbol = gen_internal_sym ("LDIE");
9051
    }
9052
 
9053
  FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, assign_symbol_names (c));
9054
}
9055
 
9056
struct cu_hash_table_entry
9057
{
9058
  dw_die_ref cu;
9059
  unsigned min_comdat_num, max_comdat_num;
9060
  struct cu_hash_table_entry *next;
9061
};
9062
 
9063
/* Routines to manipulate hash table of CUs.  */
9064
static hashval_t
9065
htab_cu_hash (const void *of)
9066
{
9067
  const struct cu_hash_table_entry *const entry =
9068
    (const struct cu_hash_table_entry *) of;
9069
 
9070
  return htab_hash_string (entry->cu->die_id.die_symbol);
9071
}
9072
 
9073
static int
9074
htab_cu_eq (const void *of1, const void *of2)
9075
{
9076
  const struct cu_hash_table_entry *const entry1 =
9077
    (const struct cu_hash_table_entry *) of1;
9078
  const struct die_struct *const entry2 = (const struct die_struct *) of2;
9079
 
9080
  return !strcmp (entry1->cu->die_id.die_symbol, entry2->die_id.die_symbol);
9081
}
9082
 
9083
static void
9084
htab_cu_del (void *what)
9085
{
9086
  struct cu_hash_table_entry *next,
9087
    *entry = (struct cu_hash_table_entry *) what;
9088
 
9089
  while (entry)
9090
    {
9091
      next = entry->next;
9092
      free (entry);
9093
      entry = next;
9094
    }
9095
}
9096
 
9097
/* Check whether we have already seen this CU and set up SYM_NUM
9098
   accordingly.  */
9099
static int
9100
check_duplicate_cu (dw_die_ref cu, htab_t htable, unsigned int *sym_num)
9101
{
9102
  struct cu_hash_table_entry dummy;
9103
  struct cu_hash_table_entry **slot, *entry, *last = &dummy;
9104
 
9105
  dummy.max_comdat_num = 0;
9106
 
9107
  slot = (struct cu_hash_table_entry **)
9108
    htab_find_slot_with_hash (htable, cu, htab_hash_string (cu->die_id.die_symbol),
9109
        INSERT);
9110
  entry = *slot;
9111
 
9112
  for (; entry; last = entry, entry = entry->next)
9113
    {
9114
      if (same_die_p_wrap (cu, entry->cu))
9115
        break;
9116
    }
9117
 
9118
  if (entry)
9119
    {
9120
      *sym_num = entry->min_comdat_num;
9121
      return 1;
9122
    }
9123
 
9124
  entry = XCNEW (struct cu_hash_table_entry);
9125
  entry->cu = cu;
9126
  entry->min_comdat_num = *sym_num = last->max_comdat_num;
9127
  entry->next = *slot;
9128
  *slot = entry;
9129
 
9130
  return 0;
9131
}
9132
 
9133
/* Record SYM_NUM to record of CU in HTABLE.  */
9134
static void
9135
record_comdat_symbol_number (dw_die_ref cu, htab_t htable, unsigned int sym_num)
9136
{
9137
  struct cu_hash_table_entry **slot, *entry;
9138
 
9139
  slot = (struct cu_hash_table_entry **)
9140
    htab_find_slot_with_hash (htable, cu, htab_hash_string (cu->die_id.die_symbol),
9141
        NO_INSERT);
9142
  entry = *slot;
9143
 
9144
  entry->max_comdat_num = sym_num;
9145
}
9146
 
9147
/* Traverse the DIE (which is always comp_unit_die), and set up
9148
   additional compilation units for each of the include files we see
9149
   bracketed by BINCL/EINCL.  */
9150
 
9151
static void
9152
break_out_includes (dw_die_ref die)
9153
{
9154
  dw_die_ref c;
9155
  dw_die_ref unit = NULL;
9156
  limbo_die_node *node, **pnode;
9157
  htab_t cu_hash_table;
9158
 
9159
  c = die->die_child;
9160
  if (c) do {
9161
    dw_die_ref prev = c;
9162
    c = c->die_sib;
9163
    while (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
9164
           || (unit && is_comdat_die (c)))
9165
      {
9166
        dw_die_ref next = c->die_sib;
9167
 
9168
        /* This DIE is for a secondary CU; remove it from the main one.  */
9169
        remove_child_with_prev (c, prev);
9170
 
9171
        if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL)
9172
          unit = push_new_compile_unit (unit, c);
9173
        else if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL)
9174
          unit = pop_compile_unit (unit);
9175
        else
9176
          add_child_die (unit, c);
9177
        c = next;
9178
        if (c == die->die_child)
9179
          break;
9180
      }
9181
  } while (c != die->die_child);
9182
 
9183
#if 0
9184
  /* We can only use this in debugging, since the frontend doesn't check
9185
     to make sure that we leave every include file we enter.  */
9186
  gcc_assert (!unit);
9187
#endif
9188
 
9189
  assign_symbol_names (die);
9190
  cu_hash_table = htab_create (10, htab_cu_hash, htab_cu_eq, htab_cu_del);
9191
  for (node = limbo_die_list, pnode = &limbo_die_list;
9192
       node;
9193
       node = node->next)
9194
    {
9195
      int is_dupl;
9196
 
9197
      compute_section_prefix (node->die);
9198
      is_dupl = check_duplicate_cu (node->die, cu_hash_table,
9199
                        &comdat_symbol_number);
9200
      assign_symbol_names (node->die);
9201
      if (is_dupl)
9202
        *pnode = node->next;
9203
      else
9204
        {
9205
          pnode = &node->next;
9206
          record_comdat_symbol_number (node->die, cu_hash_table,
9207
                comdat_symbol_number);
9208
        }
9209
    }
9210
  htab_delete (cu_hash_table);
9211
}
9212
 
9213
/* Return non-zero if this DIE is a declaration.  */
9214
 
9215
static int
9216
is_declaration_die (dw_die_ref die)
9217
{
9218
  dw_attr_ref a;
9219
  unsigned ix;
9220
 
9221
  for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
9222
    if (a->dw_attr == DW_AT_declaration)
9223
      return 1;
9224
 
9225
  return 0;
9226
}
9227
 
9228
/* Return non-zero if this is a type DIE that should be moved to a
9229
   COMDAT .debug_types section.  */
9230
 
9231
static int
9232
should_move_die_to_comdat (dw_die_ref die)
9233
{
9234
  switch (die->die_tag)
9235
    {
9236
    case DW_TAG_class_type:
9237
    case DW_TAG_structure_type:
9238
    case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
9239
    case DW_TAG_union_type:
9240
      /* Don't move declarations or inlined instances.  */
9241
      if (is_declaration_die (die) || get_AT (die, DW_AT_abstract_origin))
9242
        return 0;
9243
      return 1;
9244
    case DW_TAG_array_type:
9245
    case DW_TAG_interface_type:
9246
    case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
9247
    case DW_TAG_reference_type:
9248
    case DW_TAG_string_type:
9249
    case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
9250
    case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
9251
    case DW_TAG_set_type:
9252
    case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
9253
    case DW_TAG_base_type:
9254
    case DW_TAG_const_type:
9255
    case DW_TAG_file_type:
9256
    case DW_TAG_packed_type:
9257
    case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
9258
    case DW_TAG_typedef:
9259
    default:
9260
      return 0;
9261
    }
9262
}
9263
 
9264
/* Make a clone of DIE.  */
9265
 
9266
static dw_die_ref
9267
clone_die (dw_die_ref die)
9268
{
9269
  dw_die_ref clone;
9270
  dw_attr_ref a;
9271
  unsigned ix;
9272
 
9273
  clone = GGC_CNEW (die_node);
9274
  clone->die_tag = die->die_tag;
9275
 
9276
  for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
9277
    add_dwarf_attr (clone, a);
9278
 
9279
  return clone;
9280
}
9281
 
9282
/* Make a clone of the tree rooted at DIE.  */
9283
 
9284
static dw_die_ref
9285
clone_tree (dw_die_ref die)
9286
{
9287
  dw_die_ref c;
9288
  dw_die_ref clone = clone_die (die);
9289
 
9290
  FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, add_child_die (clone, clone_tree(c)));
9291
 
9292
  return clone;
9293
}
9294
 
9295
/* Make a clone of DIE as a declaration.  */
9296
 
9297
static dw_die_ref
9298
clone_as_declaration (dw_die_ref die)
9299
{
9300
  dw_die_ref clone;
9301
  dw_die_ref decl;
9302
  dw_attr_ref a;
9303
  unsigned ix;
9304
 
9305
  /* If the DIE is already a declaration, just clone it.  */
9306
  if (is_declaration_die (die))
9307
    return clone_die (die);
9308
 
9309
  /* If the DIE is a specification, just clone its declaration DIE.  */
9310
  decl = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_specification);
9311
  if (decl != NULL)
9312
    return clone_die (decl);
9313
 
9314
  clone = GGC_CNEW (die_node);
9315
  clone->die_tag = die->die_tag;
9316
 
9317
  for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
9318
    {
9319
      /* We don't want to copy over all attributes.
9320
         For example we don't want DW_AT_byte_size because otherwise we will no
9321
         longer have a declaration and GDB will treat it as a definition.  */
9322
 
9323
      switch (a->dw_attr)
9324
        {
9325
        case DW_AT_artificial:
9326
        case DW_AT_containing_type:
9327
        case DW_AT_external:
9328
        case DW_AT_name:
9329
        case DW_AT_type:
9330
        case DW_AT_virtuality:
9331
        case DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name:
9332
          add_dwarf_attr (clone, a);
9333
          break;
9334
        case DW_AT_byte_size:
9335
        default:
9336
          break;
9337
        }
9338
    }
9339
 
9340
  if (die->die_id.die_type_node)
9341
    add_AT_die_ref (clone, DW_AT_signature, die);
9342
 
9343
  add_AT_flag (clone, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
9344
  return clone;
9345
}
9346
 
9347
/* Copy the declaration context to the new compile unit DIE.  This includes
9348
   any surrounding namespace or type declarations.  If the DIE has an
9349
   AT_specification attribute, it also includes attributes and children
9350
   attached to the specification.  */
9351
 
9352
static void
9353
copy_declaration_context (dw_die_ref unit, dw_die_ref die)
9354
{
9355
  dw_die_ref decl;
9356
  dw_die_ref new_decl;
9357
 
9358
  decl = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_specification);
9359
  if (decl == NULL)
9360
    decl = die;
9361
  else
9362
    {
9363
      unsigned ix;
9364
      dw_die_ref c;
9365
      dw_attr_ref a;
9366
 
9367
      /* Copy the type node pointer from the new DIE to the original
9368
         declaration DIE so we can forward references later.  */
9369
      decl->die_id.die_type_node = die->die_id.die_type_node;
9370
 
9371
      remove_AT (die, DW_AT_specification);
9372
 
9373
      for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, decl->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
9374
        {
9375
          if (a->dw_attr != DW_AT_name
9376
              && a->dw_attr != DW_AT_declaration
9377
              && a->dw_attr != DW_AT_external)
9378
            add_dwarf_attr (die, a);
9379
        }
9380
 
9381
      FOR_EACH_CHILD (decl, c, add_child_die (die, clone_tree(c)));
9382
    }
9383
 
9384
  if (decl->die_parent != NULL
9385
      && decl->die_parent->die_tag != DW_TAG_compile_unit
9386
      && decl->die_parent->die_tag != DW_TAG_type_unit)
9387
    {
9388
      new_decl = copy_ancestor_tree (unit, decl, NULL);
9389
      if (new_decl != NULL)
9390
        {
9391
          remove_AT (new_decl, DW_AT_signature);
9392
          add_AT_specification (die, new_decl);
9393
        }
9394
    }
9395
}
9396
 
9397
/* Generate the skeleton ancestor tree for the given NODE, then clone
9398
   the DIE and add the clone into the tree.  */
9399
 
9400
static void
9401
generate_skeleton_ancestor_tree (skeleton_chain_node *node)
9402
{
9403
  if (node->new_die != NULL)
9404
    return;
9405
 
9406
  node->new_die = clone_as_declaration (node->old_die);
9407
 
9408
  if (node->parent != NULL)
9409
    {
9410
      generate_skeleton_ancestor_tree (node->parent);
9411
      add_child_die (node->parent->new_die, node->new_die);
9412
    }
9413
}
9414
 
9415
/* Generate a skeleton tree of DIEs containing any declarations that are
9416
   found in the original tree.  We traverse the tree looking for declaration
9417
   DIEs, and construct the skeleton from the bottom up whenever we find one.  */
9418
 
9419
static void
9420
generate_skeleton_bottom_up (skeleton_chain_node *parent)
9421
{
9422
  skeleton_chain_node node;
9423
  dw_die_ref c;
9424
  dw_die_ref first;
9425
  dw_die_ref prev = NULL;
9426
  dw_die_ref next = NULL;
9427
 
9428
  node.parent = parent;
9429
 
9430
  first = c = parent->old_die->die_child;
9431
  if (c)
9432
    next = c->die_sib;
9433
  if (c) do {
9434
    if (prev == NULL || prev->die_sib == c)
9435
      prev = c;
9436
    c = next;
9437
    next = (c == first ? NULL : c->die_sib);
9438
    node.old_die = c;
9439
    node.new_die = NULL;
9440
    if (is_declaration_die (c))
9441
      {
9442
        /* Clone the existing DIE, move the original to the skeleton
9443
           tree (which is in the main CU), and put the clone, with
9444
           all the original's children, where the original came from.  */
9445
        dw_die_ref clone = clone_die (c);
9446
        move_all_children (c, clone);
9447
 
9448
        replace_child (c, clone, prev);
9449
        generate_skeleton_ancestor_tree (parent);
9450
        add_child_die (parent->new_die, c);
9451
        node.new_die = c;
9452
        c = clone;
9453
      }
9454
    generate_skeleton_bottom_up (&node);
9455
  } while (next != NULL);
9456
}
9457
 
9458
/* Wrapper function for generate_skeleton_bottom_up.  */
9459
 
9460
static dw_die_ref
9461
generate_skeleton (dw_die_ref die)
9462
{
9463
  skeleton_chain_node node;
9464
 
9465
  node.old_die = die;
9466
  node.new_die = NULL;
9467
  node.parent = NULL;
9468
 
9469
  /* If this type definition is nested inside another type,
9470
     always leave at least a declaration in its place.  */
9471
  if (die->die_parent != NULL && is_type_die (die->die_parent))
9472
    node.new_die = clone_as_declaration (die);
9473
 
9474
  generate_skeleton_bottom_up (&node);
9475
  return node.new_die;
9476
}
9477
 
9478
/* Remove the DIE from its parent, possibly replacing it with a cloned
9479
   declaration.  The original DIE will be moved to a new compile unit
9480
   so that existing references to it follow it to the new location.  If
9481
   any of the original DIE's descendants is a declaration, we need to
9482
   replace the original DIE with a skeleton tree and move the
9483
   declarations back into the skeleton tree.  */
9484
 
9485
static dw_die_ref
9486
remove_child_or_replace_with_skeleton (dw_die_ref child, dw_die_ref prev)
9487
{
9488
  dw_die_ref skeleton;
9489
 
9490
  skeleton = generate_skeleton (child);
9491
  if (skeleton == NULL)
9492
    remove_child_with_prev (child, prev);
9493
  else
9494
    {
9495
      skeleton->die_id.die_type_node = child->die_id.die_type_node;
9496
      replace_child (child, skeleton, prev);
9497
    }
9498
 
9499
  return skeleton;
9500
}
9501
 
9502
/* Traverse the DIE and set up additional .debug_types sections for each
9503
   type worthy of being placed in a COMDAT section.  */
9504
 
9505
static void
9506
break_out_comdat_types (dw_die_ref die)
9507
{
9508
  dw_die_ref c;
9509
  dw_die_ref first;
9510
  dw_die_ref prev = NULL;
9511
  dw_die_ref next = NULL;
9512
  dw_die_ref unit = NULL;
9513
 
9514
  first = c = die->die_child;
9515
  if (c)
9516
    next = c->die_sib;
9517
  if (c) do {
9518
    if (prev == NULL || prev->die_sib == c)
9519
      prev = c;
9520
    c = next;
9521
    next = (c == first ? NULL : c->die_sib);
9522
    if (should_move_die_to_comdat (c))
9523
      {
9524
        dw_die_ref replacement;
9525
        comdat_type_node_ref type_node;
9526
 
9527
        /* Create a new type unit DIE as the root for the new tree, and
9528
           add it to the list of comdat types.  */
9529
        unit = new_die (DW_TAG_type_unit, NULL, NULL);
9530
        add_AT_unsigned (unit, DW_AT_language,
9531
                         get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language));
9532
        type_node = GGC_CNEW (comdat_type_node);
9533
        type_node->root_die = unit;
9534
        type_node->next = comdat_type_list;
9535
        comdat_type_list = type_node;
9536
 
9537
        /* Generate the type signature.  */
9538
        generate_type_signature (c, type_node);
9539
 
9540
        /* Copy the declaration context, attributes, and children of the
9541
           declaration into the new compile unit DIE.  */
9542
        copy_declaration_context (unit, c);
9543
 
9544
        /* Remove this DIE from the main CU.  */
9545
        replacement = remove_child_or_replace_with_skeleton (c, prev);
9546
 
9547
        /* Break out nested types into their own type units.  */
9548
        break_out_comdat_types (c);
9549
 
9550
        /* Add the DIE to the new compunit.  */
9551
        add_child_die (unit, c);
9552
 
9553
        if (replacement != NULL)
9554
          c = replacement;
9555
      }
9556
    else if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_namespace
9557
             || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_class_type
9558
             || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_structure_type
9559
             || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_union_type)
9560
      {
9561
        /* Look for nested types that can be broken out.  */
9562
        break_out_comdat_types (c);
9563
      }
9564
  } while (next != NULL);
9565
}
9566
 
9567
/* Structure to map a DIE in one CU to its copy in a comdat type unit.  */
9568
 
9569
struct decl_table_entry
9570
{
9571
  dw_die_ref orig;
9572
  dw_die_ref copy;
9573
};
9574
 
9575
/* Routines to manipulate hash table of copied declarations.  */
9576
 
9577
static hashval_t
9578
htab_decl_hash (const void *of)
9579
{
9580
  const struct decl_table_entry *const entry =
9581
    (const struct decl_table_entry *) of;
9582
 
9583
  return htab_hash_pointer (entry->orig);
9584
}
9585
 
9586
static int
9587
htab_decl_eq (const void *of1, const void *of2)
9588
{
9589
  const struct decl_table_entry *const entry1 =
9590
    (const struct decl_table_entry *) of1;
9591
  const struct die_struct *const entry2 = (const struct die_struct *) of2;
9592
 
9593
  return entry1->orig == entry2;
9594
}
9595
 
9596
static void
9597
htab_decl_del (void *what)
9598
{
9599
  struct decl_table_entry *entry = (struct decl_table_entry *) what;
9600
 
9601
  free (entry);
9602
}
9603
 
9604
/* Copy DIE and its ancestors, up to, but not including, the compile unit
9605
   or type unit entry, to a new tree.  Adds the new tree to UNIT and returns
9606
   a pointer to the copy of DIE.  If DECL_TABLE is provided, it is used
9607
   to check if the ancestor has already been copied into UNIT.  */
9608
 
9609
static dw_die_ref
9610
copy_ancestor_tree (dw_die_ref unit, dw_die_ref die, htab_t decl_table)
9611
{
9612
  dw_die_ref parent = die->die_parent;
9613
  dw_die_ref new_parent = unit;
9614
  dw_die_ref copy;
9615
  void **slot = NULL;
9616
  struct decl_table_entry *entry = NULL;
9617
 
9618
  if (decl_table)
9619
    {
9620
      /* Check if the entry has already been copied to UNIT.  */
9621
      slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_table, die,
9622
                                       htab_hash_pointer (die), INSERT);
9623
      if (*slot != HTAB_EMPTY_ENTRY)
9624
        {
9625
          entry = (struct decl_table_entry *) *slot;
9626
          return entry->copy;
9627
        }
9628
 
9629
      /* Record in DECL_TABLE that DIE has been copied to UNIT.  */
9630
      entry = XCNEW (struct decl_table_entry);
9631
      entry->orig = die;
9632
      entry->copy = NULL;
9633
      *slot = entry;
9634
    }
9635
 
9636
  if (parent != NULL)
9637
    {
9638
      dw_die_ref spec = get_AT_ref (parent, DW_AT_specification);
9639
      if (spec != NULL)
9640
        parent = spec;
9641
      if (parent->die_tag != DW_TAG_compile_unit
9642
          && parent->die_tag != DW_TAG_type_unit)
9643
        new_parent = copy_ancestor_tree (unit, parent, decl_table);
9644
    }
9645
 
9646
  copy = clone_as_declaration (die);
9647
  add_child_die (new_parent, copy);
9648
 
9649
  if (decl_table != NULL)
9650
    {
9651
      /* Make sure the copy is marked as part of the type unit.  */
9652
      copy->die_mark = 1;
9653
      /* Record the pointer to the copy.  */
9654
      entry->copy = copy;
9655
    }
9656
 
9657
  return copy;
9658
}
9659
 
9660
/* Walk the DIE and its children, looking for references to incomplete
9661
   or trivial types that are unmarked (i.e., that are not in the current
9662
   type_unit).  */
9663
 
9664
static void
9665
copy_decls_walk (dw_die_ref unit, dw_die_ref die, htab_t decl_table)
9666
{
9667
  dw_die_ref c;
9668
  dw_attr_ref a;
9669
  unsigned ix;
9670
 
9671
  for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
9672
    {
9673
      if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
9674
        {
9675
          dw_die_ref targ = AT_ref (a);
9676
          comdat_type_node_ref type_node = targ->die_id.die_type_node;
9677
          void **slot;
9678
          struct decl_table_entry *entry;
9679
 
9680
          if (targ->die_mark != 0 || type_node != NULL)
9681
            continue;
9682
 
9683
          slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_table, targ,
9684
                                           htab_hash_pointer (targ), INSERT);
9685
 
9686
          if (*slot != HTAB_EMPTY_ENTRY)
9687
            {
9688
              /* TARG has already been copied, so we just need to
9689
                 modify the reference to point to the copy.  */
9690
              entry = (struct decl_table_entry *) *slot;
9691
              a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die = entry->copy;
9692
            }
9693
          else
9694
            {
9695
              dw_die_ref parent = unit;
9696
              dw_die_ref copy = clone_tree (targ);
9697
 
9698
              /* Make sure the cloned tree is marked as part of the
9699
                 type unit.  */
9700
              mark_dies (copy);
9701
 
9702
              /* Record in DECL_TABLE that TARG has been copied.
9703
                 Need to do this now, before the recursive call,
9704
                 because DECL_TABLE may be expanded and SLOT
9705
                 would no longer be a valid pointer.  */
9706
              entry = XCNEW (struct decl_table_entry);
9707
              entry->orig = targ;
9708
              entry->copy = copy;
9709
              *slot = entry;
9710
 
9711
              /* If TARG has surrounding context, copy its ancestor tree
9712
                 into the new type unit.  */
9713
              if (targ->die_parent != NULL
9714
                  && targ->die_parent->die_tag != DW_TAG_compile_unit
9715
                  && targ->die_parent->die_tag != DW_TAG_type_unit)
9716
                parent = copy_ancestor_tree (unit, targ->die_parent,
9717
                                             decl_table);
9718
 
9719
              add_child_die (parent, copy);
9720
              a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die = copy;
9721
 
9722
              /* Make sure the newly-copied DIE is walked.  If it was
9723
                 installed in a previously-added context, it won't
9724
                 get visited otherwise.  */
9725
              if (parent != unit)
9726
                copy_decls_walk (unit, parent, decl_table);
9727
            }
9728
        }
9729
    }
9730
 
9731
  FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, copy_decls_walk (unit, c, decl_table));
9732
}
9733
 
9734
/* Copy declarations for "unworthy" types into the new comdat section.
9735
   Incomplete types, modified types, and certain other types aren't broken
9736
   out into comdat sections of their own, so they don't have a signature,
9737
   and we need to copy the declaration into the same section so that we
9738
   don't have an external reference.  */
9739
 
9740
static void
9741
copy_decls_for_unworthy_types (dw_die_ref unit)
9742
{
9743
  htab_t decl_table;
9744
 
9745
  mark_dies (unit);
9746
  decl_table = htab_create (10, htab_decl_hash, htab_decl_eq, htab_decl_del);
9747
  copy_decls_walk (unit, unit, decl_table);
9748
  htab_delete (decl_table);
9749
  unmark_dies (unit);
9750
}
9751
 
9752
/* Traverse the DIE and add a sibling attribute if it may have the
9753
   effect of speeding up access to siblings.  To save some space,
9754
   avoid generating sibling attributes for DIE's without children.  */
9755
 
9756
static void
9757
add_sibling_attributes (dw_die_ref die)
9758
{
9759
  dw_die_ref c;
9760
 
9761
  if (! die->die_child)
9762
    return;
9763
 
9764
  if (die->die_parent && die != die->die_parent->die_child)
9765
    add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_sibling, die->die_sib);
9766
 
9767
  FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, add_sibling_attributes (c));
9768
}
9769
 
9770
/* Output all location lists for the DIE and its children.  */
9771
 
9772
static void
9773
output_location_lists (dw_die_ref die)
9774
{
9775
  dw_die_ref c;
9776
  dw_attr_ref a;
9777
  unsigned ix;
9778
 
9779
  for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
9780
    if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc_list)
9781
      output_loc_list (AT_loc_list (a));
9782
 
9783
  FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, output_location_lists (c));
9784
}
9785
 
9786
/* The format of each DIE (and its attribute value pairs) is encoded in an
9787
   abbreviation table.  This routine builds the abbreviation table and assigns
9788
   a unique abbreviation id for each abbreviation entry.  The children of each
9789
   die are visited recursively.  */
9790
 
9791
static void
9792
build_abbrev_table (dw_die_ref die)
9793
{
9794
  unsigned long abbrev_id;
9795
  unsigned int n_alloc;
9796
  dw_die_ref c;
9797
  dw_attr_ref a;
9798
  unsigned ix;
9799
 
9800
  /* Scan the DIE references, and mark as external any that refer to
9801
     DIEs from other CUs (i.e. those which are not marked).  */
9802
  for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
9803
    if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref
9804
        && AT_ref (a)->die_mark == 0)
9805
      {
9806
        gcc_assert (dwarf_version >= 4 || AT_ref (a)->die_id.die_symbol);
9807
        set_AT_ref_external (a, 1);
9808
      }
9809
 
9810
  for (abbrev_id = 1; abbrev_id < abbrev_die_table_in_use; ++abbrev_id)
9811
    {
9812
      dw_die_ref abbrev = abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id];
9813
      dw_attr_ref die_a, abbrev_a;
9814
      unsigned ix;
9815
      bool ok = true;
9816
 
9817
      if (abbrev->die_tag != die->die_tag)
9818
        continue;
9819
      if ((abbrev->die_child != NULL) != (die->die_child != NULL))
9820
        continue;
9821
 
9822
      if (VEC_length (dw_attr_node, abbrev->die_attr)
9823
          != VEC_length (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr))
9824
        continue;
9825
 
9826
      for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, die_a); ix++)
9827
        {
9828
          abbrev_a = VEC_index (dw_attr_node, abbrev->die_attr, ix);
9829
          if ((abbrev_a->dw_attr != die_a->dw_attr)
9830
              || (value_format (abbrev_a) != value_format (die_a)))
9831
            {
9832
              ok = false;
9833
              break;
9834
            }
9835
        }
9836
      if (ok)
9837
        break;
9838
    }
9839
 
9840
  if (abbrev_id >= abbrev_die_table_in_use)
9841
    {
9842
      if (abbrev_die_table_in_use >= abbrev_die_table_allocated)
9843
        {
9844
          n_alloc = abbrev_die_table_allocated + ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
9845
          abbrev_die_table = GGC_RESIZEVEC (dw_die_ref, abbrev_die_table,
9846
                                            n_alloc);
9847
 
9848
          memset (&abbrev_die_table[abbrev_die_table_allocated], 0,
9849
                 (n_alloc - abbrev_die_table_allocated) * sizeof (dw_die_ref));
9850
          abbrev_die_table_allocated = n_alloc;
9851
        }
9852
 
9853
      ++abbrev_die_table_in_use;
9854
      abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id] = die;
9855
    }
9856
 
9857
  die->die_abbrev = abbrev_id;
9858
  FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, build_abbrev_table (c));
9859
}
9860
 
9861
/* Return the power-of-two number of bytes necessary to represent VALUE.  */
9862
 
9863
static int
9864
constant_size (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT value)
9865
{
9866
  int log;
9867
 
9868
  if (value == 0)
9869
    log = 0;
9870
  else
9871
    log = floor_log2 (value);
9872
 
9873
  log = log / 8;
9874
  log = 1 << (floor_log2 (log) + 1);
9875
 
9876
  return log;
9877
}
9878
 
9879
/* Return the size of a DIE as it is represented in the
9880
   .debug_info section.  */
9881
 
9882
static unsigned long
9883
size_of_die (dw_die_ref die)
9884
{
9885
  unsigned long size = 0;
9886
  dw_attr_ref a;
9887
  unsigned ix;
9888
 
9889
  size += size_of_uleb128 (die->die_abbrev);
9890
  for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
9891
    {
9892
      switch (AT_class (a))
9893
        {
9894
        case dw_val_class_addr:
9895
          size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
9896
          break;
9897
        case dw_val_class_offset:
9898
          size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
9899
          break;
9900
        case dw_val_class_loc:
9901
          {
9902
            unsigned long lsize = size_of_locs (AT_loc (a));
9903
 
9904
            /* Block length.  */
9905
            if (dwarf_version >= 4)
9906
              size += size_of_uleb128 (lsize);
9907
            else
9908
              size += constant_size (lsize);
9909
            size += lsize;
9910
          }
9911
          break;
9912
        case dw_val_class_loc_list:
9913
          size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
9914
          break;
9915
        case dw_val_class_range_list:
9916
          size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
9917
          break;
9918
        case dw_val_class_const:
9919
          size += size_of_sleb128 (AT_int (a));
9920
          break;
9921
        case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
9922
          size += constant_size (AT_unsigned (a));
9923
          break;
9924
        case dw_val_class_const_double:
9925
          size += 2 * HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR;
9926
          if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= 64)
9927
            size++; /* block */
9928
          break;
9929
        case dw_val_class_vec:
9930
          size += constant_size (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length
9931
                                 * a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size)
9932
                  + a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length
9933
                    * a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size; /* block */
9934
          break;
9935
        case dw_val_class_flag:
9936
          if (dwarf_version >= 4)
9937
            /* Currently all add_AT_flag calls pass in 1 as last argument,
9938
               so DW_FORM_flag_present can be used.  If that ever changes,
9939
               we'll need to use DW_FORM_flag and have some optimization
9940
               in build_abbrev_table that will change those to
9941
               DW_FORM_flag_present if it is set to 1 in all DIEs using
9942
               the same abbrev entry.  */
9943
            gcc_assert (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag == 1);
9944
          else
9945
            size += 1;
9946
          break;
9947
        case dw_val_class_die_ref:
9948
          if (AT_ref_external (a))
9949
            {
9950
              /* In DWARF4, we use DW_FORM_sig8; for earlier versions
9951
                 we use DW_FORM_ref_addr.  In DWARF2, DW_FORM_ref_addr
9952
                 is sized by target address length, whereas in DWARF3
9953
                 it's always sized as an offset.  */
9954
              if (dwarf_version >= 4)
9955
                size += DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE;
9956
              else if (dwarf_version == 2)
9957
                size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
9958
              else
9959
                size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
9960
            }
9961
          else
9962
            size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
9963
          break;
9964
        case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
9965
          size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
9966
          break;
9967
        case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
9968
          size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
9969
          break;
9970
        case dw_val_class_lineptr:
9971
        case dw_val_class_macptr:
9972
          size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
9973
          break;
9974
        case dw_val_class_str:
9975
          if (AT_string_form (a) == DW_FORM_strp)
9976
            size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
9977
          else
9978
            size += strlen (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->str) + 1;
9979
          break;
9980
        case dw_val_class_file:
9981
          size += constant_size (maybe_emit_file (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_file));
9982
          break;
9983
        case dw_val_class_data8:
9984
          size += 8;
9985
          break;
9986
        default:
9987
          gcc_unreachable ();
9988
        }
9989
    }
9990
 
9991
  return size;
9992
}
9993
 
9994
/* Size the debugging information associated with a given DIE.  Visits the
9995
   DIE's children recursively.  Updates the global variable next_die_offset, on
9996
   each time through.  Uses the current value of next_die_offset to update the
9997
   die_offset field in each DIE.  */
9998
 
9999
static void
10000
calc_die_sizes (dw_die_ref die)
10001
{
10002
  dw_die_ref c;
10003
 
10004
  die->die_offset = next_die_offset;
10005
  next_die_offset += size_of_die (die);
10006
 
10007
  FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, calc_die_sizes (c));
10008
 
10009
  if (die->die_child != NULL)
10010
    /* Count the null byte used to terminate sibling lists.  */
10011
    next_die_offset += 1;
10012
}
10013
 
10014
/* Set the marks for a die and its children.  We do this so
10015
   that we know whether or not a reference needs to use FORM_ref_addr; only
10016
   DIEs in the same CU will be marked.  We used to clear out the offset
10017
   and use that as the flag, but ran into ordering problems.  */
10018
 
10019
static void
10020
mark_dies (dw_die_ref die)
10021
{
10022
  dw_die_ref c;
10023
 
10024
  gcc_assert (!die->die_mark);
10025
 
10026
  die->die_mark = 1;
10027
  FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, mark_dies (c));
10028
}
10029
 
10030
/* Clear the marks for a die and its children.  */
10031
 
10032
static void
10033
unmark_dies (dw_die_ref die)
10034
{
10035
  dw_die_ref c;
10036
 
10037
  if (dwarf_version < 4)
10038
    gcc_assert (die->die_mark);
10039
 
10040
  die->die_mark = 0;
10041
  FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, unmark_dies (c));
10042
}
10043
 
10044
/* Clear the marks for a die, its children and referred dies.  */
10045
 
10046
static void
10047
unmark_all_dies (dw_die_ref die)
10048
{
10049
  dw_die_ref c;
10050
  dw_attr_ref a;
10051
  unsigned ix;
10052
 
10053
  if (!die->die_mark)
10054
    return;
10055
  die->die_mark = 0;
10056
 
10057
  FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, unmark_all_dies (c));
10058
 
10059
  for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
10060
    if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
10061
      unmark_all_dies (AT_ref (a));
10062
}
10063
 
10064
/* Return the size of the .debug_pubnames or .debug_pubtypes table
10065
   generated for the compilation unit.  */
10066
 
10067
static unsigned long
10068
size_of_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry, gc) * names)
10069
{
10070
  unsigned long size;
10071
  unsigned i;
10072
  pubname_ref p;
10073
 
10074
  size = DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE;
10075
  for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (pubname_entry, names, i, p); i++)
10076
    if (names != pubtype_table
10077
        || p->die->die_offset != 0
10078
        || !flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types)
10079
      size += strlen (p->name) + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 1;
10080
 
10081
  size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
10082
  return size;
10083
}
10084
 
10085
/* Return the size of the information in the .debug_aranges section.  */
10086
 
10087
static unsigned long
10088
size_of_aranges (void)
10089
{
10090
  unsigned long size;
10091
 
10092
  size = DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE;
10093
 
10094
  /* Count the address/length pair for this compilation unit.  */
10095
  if (text_section_used)
10096
    size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
10097
  if (cold_text_section_used)
10098
    size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
10099
  size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * arange_table_in_use;
10100
 
10101
  /* Count the two zero words used to terminated the address range table.  */
10102
  size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
10103
  return size;
10104
}
10105
 
10106
/* Select the encoding of an attribute value.  */
10107
 
10108
static enum dwarf_form
10109
value_format (dw_attr_ref a)
10110
{
10111
  switch (a->dw_attr_val.val_class)
10112
    {
10113
    case dw_val_class_addr:
10114
      /* Only very few attributes allow DW_FORM_addr.  */
10115
      switch (a->dw_attr)
10116
        {
10117
        case DW_AT_low_pc:
10118
        case DW_AT_high_pc:
10119
        case DW_AT_entry_pc:
10120
        case DW_AT_trampoline:
10121
          return DW_FORM_addr;
10122
        default:
10123
          break;
10124
        }
10125
      switch (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
10126
        {
10127
        case 1:
10128
          return DW_FORM_data1;
10129
        case 2:
10130
          return DW_FORM_data2;
10131
        case 4:
10132
          return DW_FORM_data4;
10133
        case 8:
10134
          return DW_FORM_data8;
10135
        default:
10136
          gcc_unreachable ();
10137
        }
10138
    case dw_val_class_range_list:
10139
    case dw_val_class_loc_list:
10140
      if (dwarf_version >= 4)
10141
        return DW_FORM_sec_offset;
10142
      /* FALLTHRU */
10143
    case dw_val_class_offset:
10144
      switch (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE)
10145
        {
10146
        case 4:
10147
          return DW_FORM_data4;
10148
        case 8:
10149
          return DW_FORM_data8;
10150
        default:
10151
          gcc_unreachable ();
10152
        }
10153
    case dw_val_class_loc:
10154
      if (dwarf_version >= 4)
10155
        return DW_FORM_exprloc;
10156
      switch (constant_size (size_of_locs (AT_loc (a))))
10157
        {
10158
        case 1:
10159
          return DW_FORM_block1;
10160
        case 2:
10161
          return DW_FORM_block2;
10162
        default:
10163
          gcc_unreachable ();
10164
        }
10165
    case dw_val_class_const:
10166
      return DW_FORM_sdata;
10167
    case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
10168
      switch (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a)))
10169
        {
10170
        case 1:
10171
          return DW_FORM_data1;
10172
        case 2:
10173
          return DW_FORM_data2;
10174
        case 4:
10175
          return DW_FORM_data4;
10176
        case 8:
10177
          return DW_FORM_data8;
10178
        default:
10179
          gcc_unreachable ();
10180
        }
10181
    case dw_val_class_const_double:
10182
      switch (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
10183
        {
10184
        case 8:
10185
          return DW_FORM_data2;
10186
        case 16:
10187
          return DW_FORM_data4;
10188
        case 32:
10189
          return DW_FORM_data8;
10190
        case 64:
10191
        default:
10192
          return DW_FORM_block1;
10193
        }
10194
    case dw_val_class_vec:
10195
      switch (constant_size (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length
10196
                             * a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size))
10197
        {
10198
        case 1:
10199
          return DW_FORM_block1;
10200
        case 2:
10201
          return DW_FORM_block2;
10202
        case 4:
10203
          return DW_FORM_block4;
10204
        default:
10205
          gcc_unreachable ();
10206
        }
10207
    case dw_val_class_flag:
10208
      if (dwarf_version >= 4)
10209
        {
10210
          /* Currently all add_AT_flag calls pass in 1 as last argument,
10211
             so DW_FORM_flag_present can be used.  If that ever changes,
10212
             we'll need to use DW_FORM_flag and have some optimization
10213
             in build_abbrev_table that will change those to
10214
             DW_FORM_flag_present if it is set to 1 in all DIEs using
10215
             the same abbrev entry.  */
10216
          gcc_assert (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag == 1);
10217
          return DW_FORM_flag_present;
10218
        }
10219
      return DW_FORM_flag;
10220
    case dw_val_class_die_ref:
10221
      if (AT_ref_external (a))
10222
        return dwarf_version >= 4 ? DW_FORM_sig8 : DW_FORM_ref_addr;
10223
      else
10224
        return DW_FORM_ref;
10225
    case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
10226
      return DW_FORM_data;
10227
    case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
10228
      return DW_FORM_addr;
10229
    case dw_val_class_lineptr:
10230
    case dw_val_class_macptr:
10231
      return dwarf_version >= 4 ? DW_FORM_sec_offset : DW_FORM_data;
10232
    case dw_val_class_str:
10233
      return AT_string_form (a);
10234
    case dw_val_class_file:
10235
      switch (constant_size (maybe_emit_file (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_file)))
10236
        {
10237
        case 1:
10238
          return DW_FORM_data1;
10239
        case 2:
10240
          return DW_FORM_data2;
10241
        case 4:
10242
          return DW_FORM_data4;
10243
        default:
10244
          gcc_unreachable ();
10245
        }
10246
 
10247
    case dw_val_class_data8:
10248
      return DW_FORM_data8;
10249
 
10250
    default:
10251
      gcc_unreachable ();
10252
    }
10253
}
10254
 
10255
/* Output the encoding of an attribute value.  */
10256
 
10257
static void
10258
output_value_format (dw_attr_ref a)
10259
{
10260
  enum dwarf_form form = value_format (a);
10261
 
10262
  dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (form, "(%s)", dwarf_form_name (form));
10263
}
10264
 
10265
/* Output the .debug_abbrev section which defines the DIE abbreviation
10266
   table.  */
10267
 
10268
static void
10269
output_abbrev_section (void)
10270
{
10271
  unsigned long abbrev_id;
10272
 
10273
  for (abbrev_id = 1; abbrev_id < abbrev_die_table_in_use; ++abbrev_id)
10274
    {
10275
      dw_die_ref abbrev = abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id];
10276
      unsigned ix;
10277
      dw_attr_ref a_attr;
10278
 
10279
      dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev_id, "(abbrev code)");
10280
      dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev->die_tag, "(TAG: %s)",
10281
                                   dwarf_tag_name (abbrev->die_tag));
10282
 
10283
      if (abbrev->die_child != NULL)
10284
        dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_yes, "DW_children_yes");
10285
      else
10286
        dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_no, "DW_children_no");
10287
 
10288
      for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, abbrev->die_attr, ix, a_attr);
10289
           ix++)
10290
        {
10291
          dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (a_attr->dw_attr, "(%s)",
10292
                                       dwarf_attr_name (a_attr->dw_attr));
10293
          output_value_format (a_attr);
10294
        }
10295
 
10296
      dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL);
10297
      dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL);
10298
    }
10299
 
10300
  /* Terminate the table.  */
10301
  dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL);
10302
}
10303
 
10304
/* Output a symbol we can use to refer to this DIE from another CU.  */
10305
 
10306
static inline void
10307
output_die_symbol (dw_die_ref die)
10308
{
10309
  char *sym = die->die_id.die_symbol;
10310
 
10311
  if (sym == 0)
10312
    return;
10313
 
10314
  if (strncmp (sym, DIE_LABEL_PREFIX, sizeof (DIE_LABEL_PREFIX) - 1) == 0)
10315
    /* We make these global, not weak; if the target doesn't support
10316
       .linkonce, it doesn't support combining the sections, so debugging
10317
       will break.  */
10318
    targetm.asm_out.globalize_label (asm_out_file, sym);
10319
 
10320
  ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, sym);
10321
}
10322
 
10323
/* Return a new location list, given the begin and end range, and the
10324
   expression.  */
10325
 
10326
static inline dw_loc_list_ref
10327
new_loc_list (dw_loc_descr_ref expr, const char *begin, const char *end,
10328
              const char *section)
10329
{
10330
  dw_loc_list_ref retlist = GGC_CNEW (dw_loc_list_node);
10331
 
10332
  retlist->begin = begin;
10333
  retlist->end = end;
10334
  retlist->expr = expr;
10335
  retlist->section = section;
10336
 
10337
  return retlist;
10338
}
10339
 
10340
/* Generate a new internal symbol for this location list node, if it
10341
   hasn't got one yet.  */
10342
 
10343
static inline void
10344
gen_llsym (dw_loc_list_ref list)
10345
{
10346
  gcc_assert (!list->ll_symbol);
10347
  list->ll_symbol = gen_internal_sym ("LLST");
10348
}
10349
 
10350
/* Output the location list given to us.  */
10351
 
10352
static void
10353
output_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref list_head)
10354
{
10355
  dw_loc_list_ref curr = list_head;
10356
 
10357
  ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, list_head->ll_symbol);
10358
 
10359
  /* Walk the location list, and output each range + expression.  */
10360
  for (curr = list_head; curr != NULL; curr = curr->dw_loc_next)
10361
    {
10362
      unsigned long size;
10363
      /* Don't output an entry that starts and ends at the same address.  */
10364
      if (strcmp (curr->begin, curr->end) == 0)
10365
        continue;
10366
      if (!have_multiple_function_sections)
10367
        {
10368
          dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->begin, curr->section,
10369
                                "Location list begin address (%s)",
10370
                                list_head->ll_symbol);
10371
          dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->end, curr->section,
10372
                                "Location list end address (%s)",
10373
                                list_head->ll_symbol);
10374
        }
10375
      else
10376
        {
10377
          dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->begin,
10378
                               "Location list begin address (%s)",
10379
                               list_head->ll_symbol);
10380
          dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->end,
10381
                               "Location list end address (%s)",
10382
                               list_head->ll_symbol);
10383
        }
10384
      size = size_of_locs (curr->expr);
10385
 
10386
      /* Output the block length for this list of location operations.  */
10387
      gcc_assert (size <= 0xffff);
10388
      dw2_asm_output_data (2, size, "%s", "Location expression size");
10389
 
10390
      output_loc_sequence (curr->expr);
10391
    }
10392
 
10393
  dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0,
10394
                       "Location list terminator begin (%s)",
10395
                       list_head->ll_symbol);
10396
  dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0,
10397
                       "Location list terminator end (%s)",
10398
                       list_head->ll_symbol);
10399
}
10400
 
10401
/* Output a type signature.  */
10402
 
10403
static inline void
10404
output_signature (const char *sig, const char *name)
10405
{
10406
  int i;
10407
 
10408
  for (i = 0; i < DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE; i++)
10409
    dw2_asm_output_data (1, sig[i], i == 0 ? "%s" : NULL, name);
10410
}
10411
 
10412
/* Output the DIE and its attributes.  Called recursively to generate
10413
   the definitions of each child DIE.  */
10414
 
10415
static void
10416
output_die (dw_die_ref die)
10417
{
10418
  dw_attr_ref a;
10419
  dw_die_ref c;
10420
  unsigned long size;
10421
  unsigned ix;
10422
 
10423
  /* If someone in another CU might refer to us, set up a symbol for
10424
     them to point to.  */
10425
  if (dwarf_version < 4 && die->die_id.die_symbol)
10426
    output_die_symbol (die);
10427
 
10428
  dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (die->die_abbrev, "(DIE (0x%lx) %s)",
10429
                               (unsigned long)die->die_offset,
10430
                               dwarf_tag_name (die->die_tag));
10431
 
10432
  for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
10433
    {
10434
      const char *name = dwarf_attr_name (a->dw_attr);
10435
 
10436
      switch (AT_class (a))
10437
        {
10438
        case dw_val_class_addr:
10439
          dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, AT_addr (a), "%s", name);
10440
          break;
10441
 
10442
        case dw_val_class_offset:
10443
          dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, a->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset,
10444
                               "%s", name);
10445
          break;
10446
 
10447
        case dw_val_class_range_list:
10448
          {
10449
            char *p = strchr (ranges_section_label, '\0');
10450
 
10451
            sprintf (p, "+" HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX,
10452
                     a->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset);
10453
            dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, ranges_section_label,
10454
                                   debug_ranges_section, "%s", name);
10455
            *p = '\0';
10456
          }
10457
          break;
10458
 
10459
        case dw_val_class_loc:
10460
          size = size_of_locs (AT_loc (a));
10461
 
10462
          /* Output the block length for this list of location operations.  */
10463
          if (dwarf_version >= 4)
10464
            dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size, "%s", name);
10465
          else
10466
            dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (size), size, "%s", name);
10467
 
10468
          output_loc_sequence (AT_loc (a));
10469
          break;
10470
 
10471
        case dw_val_class_const:
10472
          /* ??? It would be slightly more efficient to use a scheme like is
10473
             used for unsigned constants below, but gdb 4.x does not sign
10474
             extend.  Gdb 5.x does sign extend.  */
10475
          dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (AT_int (a), "%s", name);
10476
          break;
10477
 
10478
        case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
10479
          dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a)),
10480
                               AT_unsigned (a), "%s", name);
10481
          break;
10482
 
10483
        case dw_val_class_const_double:
10484
          {
10485
            unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT first, second;
10486
 
10487
            if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= 64)
10488
              dw2_asm_output_data (1,
10489
                                   2 * HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
10490
                                   / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
10491
                                   NULL);
10492
 
10493
            if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
10494
              {
10495
                first = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_double.high;
10496
                second = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_double.low;
10497
              }
10498
            else
10499
              {
10500
                first = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_double.low;
10501
                second = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_double.high;
10502
              }
10503
 
10504
            dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
10505
                                 first, name);
10506
            dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
10507
                                 second, NULL);
10508
          }
10509
          break;
10510
 
10511
        case dw_val_class_vec:
10512
          {
10513
            unsigned int elt_size = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size;
10514
            unsigned int len = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length;
10515
            unsigned int i;
10516
            unsigned char *p;
10517
 
10518
            dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (len * elt_size),
10519
                                 len * elt_size, "%s", name);
10520
            if (elt_size > sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT))
10521
              {
10522
                elt_size /= 2;
10523
                len *= 2;
10524
              }
10525
            for (i = 0, p = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.array;
10526
                 i < len;
10527
                 i++, p += elt_size)
10528
              dw2_asm_output_data (elt_size, extract_int (p, elt_size),
10529
                                   "fp or vector constant word %u", i);
10530
            break;
10531
          }
10532
 
10533
        case dw_val_class_flag:
10534
          if (dwarf_version >= 4)
10535
            {
10536
              /* Currently all add_AT_flag calls pass in 1 as last argument,
10537
                 so DW_FORM_flag_present can be used.  If that ever changes,
10538
                 we'll need to use DW_FORM_flag and have some optimization
10539
                 in build_abbrev_table that will change those to
10540
                 DW_FORM_flag_present if it is set to 1 in all DIEs using
10541
                 the same abbrev entry.  */
10542
              gcc_assert (AT_flag (a) == 1);
10543
              if (flag_debug_asm)
10544
                fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t\t\t%s %s\n",
10545
                         ASM_COMMENT_START, name);
10546
              break;
10547
            }
10548
          dw2_asm_output_data (1, AT_flag (a), "%s", name);
10549
          break;
10550
 
10551
        case dw_val_class_loc_list:
10552
          {
10553
            char *sym = AT_loc_list (a)->ll_symbol;
10554
 
10555
            gcc_assert (sym);
10556
            dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, sym, debug_loc_section,
10557
                                   "%s", name);
10558
          }
10559
          break;
10560
 
10561
        case dw_val_class_die_ref:
10562
          if (AT_ref_external (a))
10563
            {
10564
              if (dwarf_version >= 4)
10565
                {
10566
                  comdat_type_node_ref type_node =
10567
                    AT_ref (a)->die_id.die_type_node;
10568
 
10569
                  gcc_assert (type_node);
10570
                  output_signature (type_node->signature, name);
10571
                }
10572
              else
10573
                {
10574
                  char *sym = AT_ref (a)->die_id.die_symbol;
10575
                  int size;
10576
 
10577
                  gcc_assert (sym);
10578
                  /* In DWARF2, DW_FORM_ref_addr is sized by target address
10579
                     length, whereas in DWARF3 it's always sized as an
10580
                     offset.  */
10581
                  if (dwarf_version == 2)
10582
                    size = DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
10583
                  else
10584
                    size = DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
10585
                  dw2_asm_output_offset (size, sym, debug_info_section, "%s",
10586
                                         name);
10587
                }
10588
            }
10589
          else
10590
            {
10591
              gcc_assert (AT_ref (a)->die_offset);
10592
              dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, AT_ref (a)->die_offset,
10593
                                   "%s", name);
10594
            }
10595
          break;
10596
 
10597
        case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
10598
          {
10599
            char l1[20];
10600
 
10601
            ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, FDE_LABEL,
10602
                                         a->dw_attr_val.v.val_fde_index * 2);
10603
            dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l1, debug_frame_section,
10604
                                   "%s", name);
10605
          }
10606
          break;
10607
 
10608
        case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
10609
          dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, AT_lbl (a), "%s", name);
10610
          break;
10611
 
10612
        case dw_val_class_lineptr:
10613
          dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, AT_lbl (a),
10614
                                 debug_line_section, "%s", name);
10615
          break;
10616
 
10617
        case dw_val_class_macptr:
10618
          dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, AT_lbl (a),
10619
                                 debug_macinfo_section, "%s", name);
10620
          break;
10621
 
10622
        case dw_val_class_str:
10623
          if (AT_string_form (a) == DW_FORM_strp)
10624
            dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE,
10625
                                   a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->label,
10626
                                   debug_str_section,
10627
                                   "%s: \"%s\"", name, AT_string (a));
10628
          else
10629
            dw2_asm_output_nstring (AT_string (a), -1, "%s", name);
10630
          break;
10631
 
10632
        case dw_val_class_file:
10633
          {
10634
            int f = maybe_emit_file (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_file);
10635
 
10636
            dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (f), f, "%s (%s)", name,
10637
                                 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_file->filename);
10638
            break;
10639
          }
10640
 
10641
        case dw_val_class_data8:
10642
          {
10643
            int i;
10644
 
10645
            for (i = 0; i < 8; i++)
10646
              dw2_asm_output_data (1, a->dw_attr_val.v.val_data8[i],
10647
                                   i == 0 ? "%s" : NULL, name);
10648
            break;
10649
          }
10650
 
10651
        default:
10652
          gcc_unreachable ();
10653
        }
10654
    }
10655
 
10656
  FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, output_die (c));
10657
 
10658
  /* Add null byte to terminate sibling list.  */
10659
  if (die->die_child != NULL)
10660
    dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "end of children of DIE 0x%lx",
10661
                         (unsigned long) die->die_offset);
10662
}
10663
 
10664
/* Output the compilation unit that appears at the beginning of the
10665
   .debug_info section, and precedes the DIE descriptions.  */
10666
 
10667
static void
10668
output_compilation_unit_header (void)
10669
{
10670
  int ver = dwarf_version;
10671
 
10672
  if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
10673
    dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
10674
      "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
10675
  dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE,
10676
                       next_die_offset - DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE,
10677
                       "Length of Compilation Unit Info");
10678
  dw2_asm_output_data (2, ver, "DWARF version number");
10679
  dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, abbrev_section_label,
10680
                         debug_abbrev_section,
10681
                         "Offset Into Abbrev. Section");
10682
  dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, "Pointer Size (in bytes)");
10683
}
10684
 
10685
/* Output the compilation unit DIE and its children.  */
10686
 
10687
static void
10688
output_comp_unit (dw_die_ref die, int output_if_empty)
10689
{
10690
  const char *secname;
10691
  char *oldsym, *tmp;
10692
 
10693
  /* Unless we are outputting main CU, we may throw away empty ones.  */
10694
  if (!output_if_empty && die->die_child == NULL)
10695
    return;
10696
 
10697
  /* Even if there are no children of this DIE, we must output the information
10698
     about the compilation unit.  Otherwise, on an empty translation unit, we
10699
     will generate a present, but empty, .debug_info section.  IRIX 6.5 `nm'
10700
     will then complain when examining the file.  First mark all the DIEs in
10701
     this CU so we know which get local refs.  */
10702
  mark_dies (die);
10703
 
10704
  build_abbrev_table (die);
10705
 
10706
  /* Initialize the beginning DIE offset - and calculate sizes/offsets.  */
10707
  next_die_offset = DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE;
10708
  calc_die_sizes (die);
10709
 
10710
  oldsym = die->die_id.die_symbol;
10711
  if (oldsym)
10712
    {
10713
      tmp = XALLOCAVEC (char, strlen (oldsym) + 24);
10714
 
10715
      sprintf (tmp, ".gnu.linkonce.wi.%s", oldsym);
10716
      secname = tmp;
10717
      die->die_id.die_symbol = NULL;
10718
      switch_to_section (get_section (secname, SECTION_DEBUG, NULL));
10719
    }
10720
  else
10721
    switch_to_section (debug_info_section);
10722
 
10723
  /* Output debugging information.  */
10724
  output_compilation_unit_header ();
10725
  output_die (die);
10726
 
10727
  /* Leave the marks on the main CU, so we can check them in
10728
     output_pubnames.  */
10729
  if (oldsym)
10730
    {
10731
      unmark_dies (die);
10732
      die->die_id.die_symbol = oldsym;
10733
    }
10734
}
10735
 
10736
/* Output a comdat type unit DIE and its children.  */
10737
 
10738
static void
10739
output_comdat_type_unit (comdat_type_node *node)
10740
{
10741
  const char *secname;
10742
  char *tmp;
10743
  int i;
10744
#if defined (OBJECT_FORMAT_ELF)
10745
  tree comdat_key;
10746
#endif
10747
 
10748
  /* First mark all the DIEs in this CU so we know which get local refs.  */
10749
  mark_dies (node->root_die);
10750
 
10751
  build_abbrev_table (node->root_die);
10752
 
10753
  /* Initialize the beginning DIE offset - and calculate sizes/offsets.  */
10754
  next_die_offset = DWARF_COMDAT_TYPE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE;
10755
  calc_die_sizes (node->root_die);
10756
 
10757
#if defined (OBJECT_FORMAT_ELF)
10758
  secname = ".debug_types";
10759
  tmp = XALLOCAVEC (char, 4 + DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE * 2);
10760
  sprintf (tmp, "wt.");
10761
  for (i = 0; i < DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE; i++)
10762
    sprintf (tmp + 3 + i * 2, "%02x", node->signature[i] & 0xff);
10763
  comdat_key = get_identifier (tmp);
10764
  targetm.asm_out.named_section (secname,
10765
                                 SECTION_DEBUG | SECTION_LINKONCE,
10766
                                 comdat_key);
10767
#else
10768
  tmp = XALLOCAVEC (char, 18 + DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE * 2);
10769
  sprintf (tmp, ".gnu.linkonce.wt.");
10770
  for (i = 0; i < DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE; i++)
10771
    sprintf (tmp + 17 + i * 2, "%02x", node->signature[i] & 0xff);
10772
  secname = tmp;
10773
  switch_to_section (get_section (secname, SECTION_DEBUG, NULL));
10774
#endif
10775
 
10776
  /* Output debugging information.  */
10777
  output_compilation_unit_header ();
10778
  output_signature (node->signature, "Type Signature");
10779
  dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, node->type_die->die_offset,
10780
                       "Offset to Type DIE");
10781
  output_die (node->root_die);
10782
 
10783
  unmark_dies (node->root_die);
10784
}
10785
 
10786
/* Return the DWARF2/3 pubname associated with a decl.  */
10787
 
10788
static const char *
10789
dwarf2_name (tree decl, int scope)
10790
{
10791
  return lang_hooks.dwarf_name (decl, scope ? 1 : 0);
10792
}
10793
 
10794
/* Add a new entry to .debug_pubnames if appropriate.  */
10795
 
10796
static void
10797
add_pubname_string (const char *str, dw_die_ref die)
10798
{
10799
  pubname_entry e;
10800
 
10801
  e.die = die;
10802
  e.name = xstrdup (str);
10803
  VEC_safe_push (pubname_entry, gc, pubname_table, &e);
10804
}
10805
 
10806
static void
10807
add_pubname (tree decl, dw_die_ref die)
10808
{
10809
  if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
10810
    {
10811
      const char *name = dwarf2_name (decl, 1);
10812
      if (name)
10813
        add_pubname_string (name, die);
10814
    }
10815
}
10816
 
10817
/* Add a new entry to .debug_pubtypes if appropriate.  */
10818
 
10819
static void
10820
add_pubtype (tree decl, dw_die_ref die)
10821
{
10822
  pubname_entry e;
10823
 
10824
  e.name = NULL;
10825
  if ((TREE_PUBLIC (decl)
10826
       || die->die_parent == comp_unit_die)
10827
      && (die->die_tag == DW_TAG_typedef || COMPLETE_TYPE_P (decl)))
10828
    {
10829
      e.die = die;
10830
      if (TYPE_P (decl))
10831
        {
10832
          if (TYPE_NAME (decl))
10833
            {
10834
              if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (decl)) == IDENTIFIER_NODE)
10835
                e.name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (TYPE_NAME (decl));
10836
              else if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (decl)) == TYPE_DECL
10837
                       && DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (decl)))
10838
                e.name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (decl)));
10839
              else
10840
               e.name = xstrdup ((const char *) get_AT_string (die, DW_AT_name));
10841
            }
10842
        }
10843
      else
10844
        {
10845
          e.name = dwarf2_name (decl, 1);
10846
          if (e.name)
10847
            e.name = xstrdup (e.name);
10848
        }
10849
 
10850
      /* If we don't have a name for the type, there's no point in adding
10851
         it to the table.  */
10852
      if (e.name && e.name[0] != '\0')
10853
        VEC_safe_push (pubname_entry, gc, pubtype_table, &e);
10854
    }
10855
}
10856
 
10857
/* Output the public names table used to speed up access to externally
10858
   visible names; or the public types table used to find type definitions.  */
10859
 
10860
static void
10861
output_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry, gc) * names)
10862
{
10863
  unsigned i;
10864
  unsigned long pubnames_length = size_of_pubnames (names);
10865
  pubname_ref pub;
10866
 
10867
  if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
10868
    dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
10869
      "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
10870
  if (names == pubname_table)
10871
    dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, pubnames_length,
10872
                         "Length of Public Names Info");
10873
  else
10874
    dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, pubnames_length,
10875
                         "Length of Public Type Names Info");
10876
  /* Version number for pubnames/pubtypes is still 2, even in DWARF3.  */
10877
  dw2_asm_output_data (2, 2, "DWARF Version");
10878
  dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, debug_info_section_label,
10879
                         debug_info_section,
10880
                         "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
10881
  dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, next_die_offset,
10882
                       "Compilation Unit Length");
10883
 
10884
  for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (pubname_entry, names, i, pub); i++)
10885
    {
10886
      /* We shouldn't see pubnames for DIEs outside of the main CU.  */
10887
      if (names == pubname_table)
10888
        gcc_assert (pub->die->die_mark);
10889
 
10890
      if (names != pubtype_table
10891
          || pub->die->die_offset != 0
10892
          || !flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types)
10893
        {
10894
          dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, pub->die->die_offset,
10895
                               "DIE offset");
10896
 
10897
          dw2_asm_output_nstring (pub->name, -1, "external name");
10898
        }
10899
    }
10900
 
10901
  dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, 0, NULL);
10902
}
10903
 
10904
/* Add a new entry to .debug_aranges if appropriate.  */
10905
 
10906
static void
10907
add_arange (tree decl, dw_die_ref die)
10908
{
10909
  if (! DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl))
10910
    return;
10911
 
10912
  if (arange_table_in_use == arange_table_allocated)
10913
    {
10914
      arange_table_allocated += ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
10915
      arange_table = GGC_RESIZEVEC (dw_die_ref, arange_table,
10916
                                    arange_table_allocated);
10917
      memset (arange_table + arange_table_in_use, 0,
10918
              ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (dw_die_ref));
10919
    }
10920
 
10921
  arange_table[arange_table_in_use++] = die;
10922
}
10923
 
10924
/* Output the information that goes into the .debug_aranges table.
10925
   Namely, define the beginning and ending address range of the
10926
   text section generated for this compilation unit.  */
10927
 
10928
static void
10929
output_aranges (void)
10930
{
10931
  unsigned i;
10932
  unsigned long aranges_length = size_of_aranges ();
10933
 
10934
  if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
10935
    dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
10936
      "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
10937
  dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, aranges_length,
10938
                       "Length of Address Ranges Info");
10939
  /* Version number for aranges is still 2, even in DWARF3.  */
10940
  dw2_asm_output_data (2, 2, "DWARF Version");
10941
  dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, debug_info_section_label,
10942
                         debug_info_section,
10943
                         "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
10944
  dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, "Size of Address");
10945
  dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "Size of Segment Descriptor");
10946
 
10947
  /* We need to align to twice the pointer size here.  */
10948
  if (DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE)
10949
    {
10950
      /* Pad using a 2 byte words so that padding is correct for any
10951
         pointer size.  */
10952
      dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, "Pad to %d byte boundary",
10953
                           2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
10954
      for (i = 2; i < (unsigned) DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE; i += 2)
10955
        dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, NULL);
10956
    }
10957
 
10958
  /* It is necessary not to output these entries if the sections were
10959
     not used; if the sections were not used, the length will be 0 and
10960
     the address may end up as 0 if the section is discarded by ld
10961
     --gc-sections, leaving an invalid (0, 0) entry that can be
10962
     confused with the terminator.  */
10963
  if (text_section_used)
10964
    {
10965
      dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, text_section_label, "Address");
10966
      dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, text_end_label,
10967
                            text_section_label, "Length");
10968
    }
10969
  if (cold_text_section_used)
10970
    {
10971
      dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, cold_text_section_label,
10972
                           "Address");
10973
      dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, cold_end_label,
10974
                            cold_text_section_label, "Length");
10975
    }
10976
 
10977
  for (i = 0; i < arange_table_in_use; i++)
10978
    {
10979
      dw_die_ref die = arange_table[i];
10980
 
10981
      /* We shouldn't see aranges for DIEs outside of the main CU.  */
10982
      gcc_assert (die->die_mark);
10983
 
10984
      if (die->die_tag == DW_TAG_subprogram)
10985
        {
10986
          dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, get_AT_low_pc (die),
10987
                               "Address");
10988
          dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, get_AT_hi_pc (die),
10989
                                get_AT_low_pc (die), "Length");
10990
        }
10991
      else
10992
        {
10993
          /* A static variable; extract the symbol from DW_AT_location.
10994
             Note that this code isn't currently hit, as we only emit
10995
             aranges for functions (jason 9/23/99).  */
10996
          dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, DW_AT_location);
10997
          dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
10998
 
10999
          gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc);
11000
 
11001
          loc = AT_loc (a);
11002
          gcc_assert (loc->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_addr);
11003
 
11004
          dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
11005
                                   loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr, "Address");
11006
          dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
11007
                               get_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_byte_size),
11008
                               "Length");
11009
        }
11010
    }
11011
 
11012
  /* Output the terminator words.  */
11013
  dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
11014
  dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
11015
}
11016
 
11017
/* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges.  Return the offset at which it
11018
   was placed.  */
11019
 
11020
static unsigned int
11021
add_ranges_num (int num)
11022
{
11023
  unsigned int in_use = ranges_table_in_use;
11024
 
11025
  if (in_use == ranges_table_allocated)
11026
    {
11027
      ranges_table_allocated += RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT;
11028
      ranges_table = GGC_RESIZEVEC (struct dw_ranges_struct, ranges_table,
11029
                                    ranges_table_allocated);
11030
      memset (ranges_table + ranges_table_in_use, 0,
11031
              RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (struct dw_ranges_struct));
11032
    }
11033
 
11034
  ranges_table[in_use].num = num;
11035
  ranges_table_in_use = in_use + 1;
11036
 
11037
  return in_use * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
11038
}
11039
 
11040
/* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges corresponding to a block, or a
11041
   range terminator if BLOCK is NULL.  */
11042
 
11043
static unsigned int
11044
add_ranges (const_tree block)
11045
{
11046
  return add_ranges_num (block ? BLOCK_NUMBER (block) : 0);
11047
}
11048
 
11049
/* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges corresponding to a pair of
11050
   labels.  */
11051
 
11052
static void
11053
add_ranges_by_labels (dw_die_ref die, const char *begin, const char *end,
11054
                      bool *added)
11055
{
11056
  unsigned int in_use = ranges_by_label_in_use;
11057
  unsigned int offset;
11058
 
11059
  if (in_use == ranges_by_label_allocated)
11060
    {
11061
      ranges_by_label_allocated += RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT;
11062
      ranges_by_label = GGC_RESIZEVEC (struct dw_ranges_by_label_struct,
11063
                                       ranges_by_label,
11064
                                       ranges_by_label_allocated);
11065
      memset (ranges_by_label + ranges_by_label_in_use, 0,
11066
              RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT
11067
              * sizeof (struct dw_ranges_by_label_struct));
11068
    }
11069
 
11070
  ranges_by_label[in_use].begin = begin;
11071
  ranges_by_label[in_use].end = end;
11072
  ranges_by_label_in_use = in_use + 1;
11073
 
11074
  offset = add_ranges_num (-(int)in_use - 1);
11075
  if (!*added)
11076
    {
11077
      add_AT_range_list (die, DW_AT_ranges, offset);
11078
      *added = true;
11079
    }
11080
}
11081
 
11082
static void
11083
output_ranges (void)
11084
{
11085
  unsigned i;
11086
  static const char *const start_fmt = "Offset 0x%x";
11087
  const char *fmt = start_fmt;
11088
 
11089
  for (i = 0; i < ranges_table_in_use; i++)
11090
    {
11091
      int block_num = ranges_table[i].num;
11092
 
11093
      if (block_num > 0)
11094
        {
11095
          char blabel[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
11096
          char elabel[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
11097
 
11098
          ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (blabel, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL, block_num);
11099
          ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (elabel, BLOCK_END_LABEL, block_num);
11100
 
11101
          /* If all code is in the text section, then the compilation
11102
             unit base address defaults to DW_AT_low_pc, which is the
11103
             base of the text section.  */
11104
          if (!have_multiple_function_sections)
11105
            {
11106
              dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, blabel,
11107
                                    text_section_label,
11108
                                    fmt, i * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
11109
              dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, elabel,
11110
                                    text_section_label, NULL);
11111
            }
11112
 
11113
          /* Otherwise, the compilation unit base address is zero,
11114
             which allows us to use absolute addresses, and not worry
11115
             about whether the target supports cross-section
11116
             arithmetic.  */
11117
          else
11118
            {
11119
              dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, blabel,
11120
                                   fmt, i * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
11121
              dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, elabel, NULL);
11122
            }
11123
 
11124
          fmt = NULL;
11125
        }
11126
 
11127
      /* Negative block_num stands for an index into ranges_by_label.  */
11128
      else if (block_num < 0)
11129
        {
11130
          int lab_idx = - block_num - 1;
11131
 
11132
          if (!have_multiple_function_sections)
11133
            {
11134
              gcc_unreachable ();
11135
#if 0
11136
              /* If we ever use add_ranges_by_labels () for a single
11137
                 function section, all we have to do is to take out
11138
                 the #if 0 above.  */
11139
              dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
11140
                                    ranges_by_label[lab_idx].begin,
11141
                                    text_section_label,
11142
                                    fmt, i * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
11143
              dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
11144
                                    ranges_by_label[lab_idx].end,
11145
                                    text_section_label, NULL);
11146
#endif
11147
            }
11148
          else
11149
            {
11150
              dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
11151
                                   ranges_by_label[lab_idx].begin,
11152
                                   fmt, i * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
11153
              dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
11154
                                   ranges_by_label[lab_idx].end,
11155
                                   NULL);
11156
            }
11157
        }
11158
      else
11159
        {
11160
          dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
11161
          dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
11162
          fmt = start_fmt;
11163
        }
11164
    }
11165
}
11166
 
11167
/* Data structure containing information about input files.  */
11168
struct file_info
11169
{
11170
  const char *path;     /* Complete file name.  */
11171
  const char *fname;    /* File name part.  */
11172
  int length;           /* Length of entire string.  */
11173
  struct dwarf_file_data * file_idx;    /* Index in input file table.  */
11174
  int dir_idx;          /* Index in directory table.  */
11175
};
11176
 
11177
/* Data structure containing information about directories with source
11178
   files.  */
11179
struct dir_info
11180
{
11181
  const char *path;     /* Path including directory name.  */
11182
  int length;           /* Path length.  */
11183
  int prefix;           /* Index of directory entry which is a prefix.  */
11184
  int count;            /* Number of files in this directory.  */
11185
  int dir_idx;          /* Index of directory used as base.  */
11186
};
11187
 
11188
/* Callback function for file_info comparison.  We sort by looking at
11189
   the directories in the path.  */
11190
 
11191
static int
11192
file_info_cmp (const void *p1, const void *p2)
11193
{
11194
  const struct file_info *const s1 = (const struct file_info *) p1;
11195
  const struct file_info *const s2 = (const struct file_info *) p2;
11196
  const unsigned char *cp1;
11197
  const unsigned char *cp2;
11198
 
11199
  /* Take care of file names without directories.  We need to make sure that
11200
     we return consistent values to qsort since some will get confused if
11201
     we return the same value when identical operands are passed in opposite
11202
     orders.  So if neither has a directory, return 0 and otherwise return
11203
     1 or -1 depending on which one has the directory.  */
11204
  if ((s1->path == s1->fname || s2->path == s2->fname))
11205
    return (s2->path == s2->fname) - (s1->path == s1->fname);
11206
 
11207
  cp1 = (const unsigned char *) s1->path;
11208
  cp2 = (const unsigned char *) s2->path;
11209
 
11210
  while (1)
11211
    {
11212
      ++cp1;
11213
      ++cp2;
11214
      /* Reached the end of the first path?  If so, handle like above.  */
11215
      if ((cp1 == (const unsigned char *) s1->fname)
11216
          || (cp2 == (const unsigned char *) s2->fname))
11217
        return ((cp2 == (const unsigned char *) s2->fname)
11218
                - (cp1 == (const unsigned char *) s1->fname));
11219
 
11220
      /* Character of current path component the same?  */
11221
      else if (*cp1 != *cp2)
11222
        return *cp1 - *cp2;
11223
    }
11224
}
11225
 
11226
struct file_name_acquire_data
11227
{
11228
  struct file_info *files;
11229
  int used_files;
11230
  int max_files;
11231
};
11232
 
11233
/* Traversal function for the hash table.  */
11234
 
11235
static int
11236
file_name_acquire (void ** slot, void *data)
11237
{
11238
  struct file_name_acquire_data *fnad = (struct file_name_acquire_data *) data;
11239
  struct dwarf_file_data *d = (struct dwarf_file_data *) *slot;
11240
  struct file_info *fi;
11241
  const char *f;
11242
 
11243
  gcc_assert (fnad->max_files >= d->emitted_number);
11244
 
11245
  if (! d->emitted_number)
11246
    return 1;
11247
 
11248
  gcc_assert (fnad->max_files != fnad->used_files);
11249
 
11250
  fi = fnad->files + fnad->used_files++;
11251
 
11252
  /* Skip all leading "./".  */
11253
  f = d->filename;
11254
  while (f[0] == '.' && IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (f[1]))
11255
    f += 2;
11256
 
11257
  /* Create a new array entry.  */
11258
  fi->path = f;
11259
  fi->length = strlen (f);
11260
  fi->file_idx = d;
11261
 
11262
  /* Search for the file name part.  */
11263
  f = strrchr (f, DIR_SEPARATOR);
11264
#if defined (DIR_SEPARATOR_2)
11265
  {
11266
    char *g = strrchr (fi->path, DIR_SEPARATOR_2);
11267
 
11268
    if (g != NULL)
11269
      {
11270
        if (f == NULL || f < g)
11271
          f = g;
11272
      }
11273
  }
11274
#endif
11275
 
11276
  fi->fname = f == NULL ? fi->path : f + 1;
11277
  return 1;
11278
}
11279
 
11280
/* Output the directory table and the file name table.  We try to minimize
11281
   the total amount of memory needed.  A heuristic is used to avoid large
11282
   slowdowns with many input files.  */
11283
 
11284
static void
11285
output_file_names (void)
11286
{
11287
  struct file_name_acquire_data fnad;
11288
  int numfiles;
11289
  struct file_info *files;
11290
  struct dir_info *dirs;
11291
  int *saved;
11292
  int *savehere;
11293
  int *backmap;
11294
  int ndirs;
11295
  int idx_offset;
11296
  int i;
11297
 
11298
  if (!last_emitted_file)
11299
    {
11300
      dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
11301
      dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
11302
      return;
11303
    }
11304
 
11305
  numfiles = last_emitted_file->emitted_number;
11306
 
11307
  /* Allocate the various arrays we need.  */
11308
  files = XALLOCAVEC (struct file_info, numfiles);
11309
  dirs = XALLOCAVEC (struct dir_info, numfiles);
11310
 
11311
  fnad.files = files;
11312
  fnad.used_files = 0;
11313
  fnad.max_files = numfiles;
11314
  htab_traverse (file_table, file_name_acquire, &fnad);
11315
  gcc_assert (fnad.used_files == fnad.max_files);
11316
 
11317
  qsort (files, numfiles, sizeof (files[0]), file_info_cmp);
11318
 
11319
  /* Find all the different directories used.  */
11320
  dirs[0].path = files[0].path;
11321
  dirs[0].length = files[0].fname - files[0].path;
11322
  dirs[0].prefix = -1;
11323
  dirs[0].count = 1;
11324
  dirs[0].dir_idx = 0;
11325
  files[0].dir_idx = 0;
11326
  ndirs = 1;
11327
 
11328
  for (i = 1; i < numfiles; i++)
11329
    if (files[i].fname - files[i].path == dirs[ndirs - 1].length
11330
        && memcmp (dirs[ndirs - 1].path, files[i].path,
11331
                   dirs[ndirs - 1].length) == 0)
11332
      {
11333
        /* Same directory as last entry.  */
11334
        files[i].dir_idx = ndirs - 1;
11335
        ++dirs[ndirs - 1].count;
11336
      }
11337
    else
11338
      {
11339
        int j;
11340
 
11341
        /* This is a new directory.  */
11342
        dirs[ndirs].path = files[i].path;
11343
        dirs[ndirs].length = files[i].fname - files[i].path;
11344
        dirs[ndirs].count = 1;
11345
        dirs[ndirs].dir_idx = ndirs;
11346
        files[i].dir_idx = ndirs;
11347
 
11348
        /* Search for a prefix.  */
11349
        dirs[ndirs].prefix = -1;
11350
        for (j = 0; j < ndirs; j++)
11351
          if (dirs[j].length < dirs[ndirs].length
11352
              && dirs[j].length > 1
11353
              && (dirs[ndirs].prefix == -1
11354
                  || dirs[j].length > dirs[dirs[ndirs].prefix].length)
11355
              && memcmp (dirs[j].path, dirs[ndirs].path, dirs[j].length) == 0)
11356
            dirs[ndirs].prefix = j;
11357
 
11358
        ++ndirs;
11359
      }
11360
 
11361
  /* Now to the actual work.  We have to find a subset of the directories which
11362
     allow expressing the file name using references to the directory table
11363
     with the least amount of characters.  We do not do an exhaustive search
11364
     where we would have to check out every combination of every single
11365
     possible prefix.  Instead we use a heuristic which provides nearly optimal
11366
     results in most cases and never is much off.  */
11367
  saved = XALLOCAVEC (int, ndirs);
11368
  savehere = XALLOCAVEC (int, ndirs);
11369
 
11370
  memset (saved, '\0', ndirs * sizeof (saved[0]));
11371
  for (i = 0; i < ndirs; i++)
11372
    {
11373
      int j;
11374
      int total;
11375
 
11376
      /* We can always save some space for the current directory.  But this
11377
         does not mean it will be enough to justify adding the directory.  */
11378
      savehere[i] = dirs[i].length;
11379
      total = (savehere[i] - saved[i]) * dirs[i].count;
11380
 
11381
      for (j = i + 1; j < ndirs; j++)
11382
        {
11383
          savehere[j] = 0;
11384
          if (saved[j] < dirs[i].length)
11385
            {
11386
              /* Determine whether the dirs[i] path is a prefix of the
11387
                 dirs[j] path.  */
11388
              int k;
11389
 
11390
              k = dirs[j].prefix;
11391
              while (k != -1 && k != (int) i)
11392
                k = dirs[k].prefix;
11393
 
11394
              if (k == (int) i)
11395
                {
11396
                  /* Yes it is.  We can possibly save some memory by
11397
                     writing the filenames in dirs[j] relative to
11398
                     dirs[i].  */
11399
                  savehere[j] = dirs[i].length;
11400
                  total += (savehere[j] - saved[j]) * dirs[j].count;
11401
                }
11402
            }
11403
        }
11404
 
11405
      /* Check whether we can save enough to justify adding the dirs[i]
11406
         directory.  */
11407
      if (total > dirs[i].length + 1)
11408
        {
11409
          /* It's worthwhile adding.  */
11410
          for (j = i; j < ndirs; j++)
11411
            if (savehere[j] > 0)
11412
              {
11413
                /* Remember how much we saved for this directory so far.  */
11414
                saved[j] = savehere[j];
11415
 
11416
                /* Remember the prefix directory.  */
11417
                dirs[j].dir_idx = i;
11418
              }
11419
        }
11420
    }
11421
 
11422
  /* Emit the directory name table.  */
11423
  idx_offset = dirs[0].length > 0 ? 1 : 0;
11424
  for (i = 1 - idx_offset; i < ndirs; i++)
11425
    dw2_asm_output_nstring (dirs[i].path,
11426
                            dirs[i].length
11427
                             - !DWARF2_DIR_SHOULD_END_WITH_SEPARATOR,
11428
                            "Directory Entry: 0x%x", i + idx_offset);
11429
 
11430
  dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
11431
 
11432
  /* We have to emit them in the order of emitted_number since that's
11433
     used in the debug info generation.  To do this efficiently we
11434
     generate a back-mapping of the indices first.  */
11435
  backmap = XALLOCAVEC (int, numfiles);
11436
  for (i = 0; i < numfiles; i++)
11437
    backmap[files[i].file_idx->emitted_number - 1] = i;
11438
 
11439
  /* Now write all the file names.  */
11440
  for (i = 0; i < numfiles; i++)
11441
    {
11442
      int file_idx = backmap[i];
11443
      int dir_idx = dirs[files[file_idx].dir_idx].dir_idx;
11444
 
11445
#ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
11446
#define MAX_VMS_VERSION_LEN 6 /* ";32768" */
11447
 
11448
      /* Setting these fields can lead to debugger miscomparisons,
11449
         but VMS Debug requires them to be set correctly.  */
11450
 
11451
      int ver;
11452
      long long cdt;
11453
      long siz;
11454
      int maxfilelen = strlen (files[file_idx].path)
11455
                               + dirs[dir_idx].length
11456
                               + MAX_VMS_VERSION_LEN + 1;
11457
      char *filebuf = XALLOCAVEC (char, maxfilelen);
11458
 
11459
      vms_file_stats_name (files[file_idx].path, 0, 0, 0, &ver);
11460
      snprintf (filebuf, maxfilelen, "%s;%d",
11461
                files[file_idx].path + dirs[dir_idx].length, ver);
11462
 
11463
      dw2_asm_output_nstring
11464
        (filebuf, -1, "File Entry: 0x%x", (unsigned) i + 1);
11465
 
11466
      /* Include directory index.  */
11467
      dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (dir_idx + idx_offset, NULL);
11468
 
11469
      /* Modification time.  */
11470
      dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128
11471
        ((vms_file_stats_name (files[file_idx].path, &cdt, 0, 0, 0) == 0)
11472
          ? cdt : 0,
11473
         NULL);
11474
 
11475
      /* File length in bytes.  */
11476
      dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128
11477
        ((vms_file_stats_name (files[file_idx].path, 0, &siz, 0, 0) == 0)
11478
          ? siz : 0,
11479
         NULL);
11480
#else
11481
      dw2_asm_output_nstring (files[file_idx].path + dirs[dir_idx].length, -1,
11482
                              "File Entry: 0x%x", (unsigned) i + 1);
11483
 
11484
      /* Include directory index.  */
11485
      dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (dir_idx + idx_offset, NULL);
11486
 
11487
      /* Modification time.  */
11488
      dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL);
11489
 
11490
      /* File length in bytes.  */
11491
      dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL);
11492
#endif
11493
    }
11494
 
11495
  dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
11496
}
11497
 
11498
 
11499
/* Output the source line number correspondence information.  This
11500
   information goes into the .debug_line section.  */
11501
 
11502
static void
11503
output_line_info (void)
11504
{
11505
  char l1[20], l2[20], p1[20], p2[20];
11506
  char line_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
11507
  char prev_line_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
11508
  unsigned opc;
11509
  unsigned n_op_args;
11510
  unsigned long lt_index;
11511
  unsigned long current_line;
11512
  long line_offset;
11513
  long line_delta;
11514
  unsigned long current_file;
11515
  unsigned long function;
11516
  int ver = dwarf_version;
11517
 
11518
  ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL, 0);
11519
  ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL, 0);
11520
  ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p1, LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL, 0);
11521
  ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p2, LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL, 0);
11522
 
11523
  if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
11524
    dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
11525
      "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
11526
  dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l2, l1,
11527
                        "Length of Source Line Info");
11528
  ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1);
11529
 
11530
  dw2_asm_output_data (2, ver, "DWARF Version");
11531
  dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, p2, p1, "Prolog Length");
11532
  ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, p1);
11533
 
11534
  /* Define the architecture-dependent minimum instruction length (in
11535
   bytes).  In this implementation of DWARF, this field is used for
11536
   information purposes only.  Since GCC generates assembly language,
11537
   we have no a priori knowledge of how many instruction bytes are
11538
   generated for each source line, and therefore can use only the
11539
   DW_LNE_set_address and DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc line information
11540
   commands.  Accordingly, we fix this as `1', which is "correct
11541
   enough" for all architectures, and don't let the target override.  */
11542
  dw2_asm_output_data (1, 1,
11543
                       "Minimum Instruction Length");
11544
 
11545
  if (ver >= 4)
11546
    dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_MAX_OPS_PER_INSN,
11547
                         "Maximum Operations Per Instruction");
11548
  dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START,
11549
                       "Default is_stmt_start flag");
11550
  dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_BASE,
11551
                       "Line Base Value (Special Opcodes)");
11552
  dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_RANGE,
11553
                       "Line Range Value (Special Opcodes)");
11554
  dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE,
11555
                       "Special Opcode Base");
11556
 
11557
  for (opc = 1; opc < DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE; opc++)
11558
    {
11559
      switch (opc)
11560
        {
11561
        case DW_LNS_advance_pc:
11562
        case DW_LNS_advance_line:
11563
        case DW_LNS_set_file:
11564
        case DW_LNS_set_column:
11565
        case DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc:
11566
          n_op_args = 1;
11567
          break;
11568
        default:
11569
          n_op_args = 0;
11570
          break;
11571
        }
11572
 
11573
      dw2_asm_output_data (1, n_op_args, "opcode: 0x%x has %d args",
11574
                           opc, n_op_args);
11575
    }
11576
 
11577
  /* Write out the information about the files we use.  */
11578
  output_file_names ();
11579
  ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, p2);
11580
 
11581
  /* We used to set the address register to the first location in the text
11582
     section here, but that didn't accomplish anything since we already
11583
     have a line note for the opening brace of the first function.  */
11584
 
11585
  /* Generate the line number to PC correspondence table, encoded as
11586
     a series of state machine operations.  */
11587
  current_file = 1;
11588
  current_line = 1;
11589
 
11590
  if (cfun && in_cold_section_p)
11591
    strcpy (prev_line_label, crtl->subsections.cold_section_label);
11592
  else
11593
    strcpy (prev_line_label, text_section_label);
11594
  for (lt_index = 1; lt_index < line_info_table_in_use; ++lt_index)
11595
    {
11596
      dw_line_info_ref line_info = &line_info_table[lt_index];
11597
 
11598
#if 0
11599
      /* Disable this optimization for now; GDB wants to see two line notes
11600
         at the beginning of a function so it can find the end of the
11601
         prologue.  */
11602
 
11603
      /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes.  Just updating the
11604
         address doesn't accomplish anything, because we already assume
11605
         that anything after the last address is this line.  */
11606
      if (line_info->dw_line_num == current_line
11607
          && line_info->dw_file_num == current_file)
11608
        continue;
11609
#endif
11610
 
11611
      /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line.
11612
 
11613
         Unfortunately, we have little choice here currently, and must always
11614
         use the most general form.  GCC does not know the address delta
11615
         itself, so we can't use DW_LNS_advance_pc.  Many ports do have length
11616
         attributes which will give an upper bound on the address range.  We
11617
         could perhaps use length attributes to determine when it is safe to
11618
         use DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc.  */
11619
 
11620
      ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label, LINE_CODE_LABEL, lt_index);
11621
      if (0)
11622
        {
11623
          /* This can handle deltas up to 0xffff.  This takes 3 bytes.  */
11624
          dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
11625
                               "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
11626
          dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
11627
        }
11628
      else
11629
        {
11630
          /* This can handle any delta.  This takes
11631
             4+DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE bytes.  */
11632
          dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
11633
          dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
11634
          dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
11635
          dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
11636
        }
11637
 
11638
      strcpy (prev_line_label, line_label);
11639
 
11640
      /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
11641
         different from the previous line.  */
11642
      if (line_info->dw_file_num != current_file)
11643
        {
11644
          current_file = line_info->dw_file_num;
11645
          dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file, "DW_LNS_set_file");
11646
          dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file, "%lu", current_file);
11647
        }
11648
 
11649
      /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
11650
         that uses the least amount of space.  */
11651
      if (line_info->dw_line_num != current_line)
11652
        {
11653
          line_offset = line_info->dw_line_num - current_line;
11654
          line_delta = line_offset - DWARF_LINE_BASE;
11655
          current_line = line_info->dw_line_num;
11656
          if (line_delta >= 0 && line_delta < (DWARF_LINE_RANGE - 1))
11657
            /* This can handle deltas from -10 to 234, using the current
11658
               definitions of DWARF_LINE_BASE and DWARF_LINE_RANGE.  This
11659
               takes 1 byte.  */
11660
            dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE + line_delta,
11661
                                 "line %lu", current_line);
11662
          else
11663
            {
11664
              /* This can handle any delta.  This takes at least 4 bytes,
11665
                 depending on the value being encoded.  */
11666
              dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line,
11667
                                   "advance to line %lu", current_line);
11668
              dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset, NULL);
11669
              dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
11670
            }
11671
        }
11672
      else
11673
        /* We still need to start a new row, so output a copy insn.  */
11674
        dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
11675
    }
11676
 
11677
  /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function.  */
11678
  if (0)
11679
    {
11680
      dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
11681
                           "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
11682
      dw2_asm_output_delta (2, text_end_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
11683
    }
11684
  else
11685
    {
11686
      dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
11687
      dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
11688
      dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
11689
      dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, text_end_label, NULL);
11690
    }
11691
 
11692
  dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
11693
  dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL);
11694
  dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence, NULL);
11695
 
11696
  function = 0;
11697
  current_file = 1;
11698
  current_line = 1;
11699
  for (lt_index = 0; lt_index < separate_line_info_table_in_use;)
11700
    {
11701
      dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info
11702
        = &separate_line_info_table[lt_index];
11703
 
11704
#if 0
11705
      /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes.  */
11706
      if (line_info->dw_line_num == current_line
11707
          && line_info->dw_file_num == current_file
11708
          && line_info->function == function)
11709
        goto cont;
11710
#endif
11711
 
11712
      /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line.  If this is
11713
         a new function, or the first line of a function, then we need
11714
         to handle it differently.  */
11715
      ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label, SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL,
11716
                                   lt_index);
11717
      if (function != line_info->function)
11718
        {
11719
          function = line_info->function;
11720
 
11721
          /* Set the address register to the first line in the function.  */
11722
          dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
11723
          dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
11724
          dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
11725
          dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
11726
        }
11727
      else
11728
        {
11729
          /* ??? See the DW_LNS_advance_pc comment above.  */
11730
          if (0)
11731
            {
11732
              dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
11733
                                   "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
11734
              dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
11735
            }
11736
          else
11737
            {
11738
              dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
11739
              dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
11740
              dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
11741
              dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
11742
            }
11743
        }
11744
 
11745
      strcpy (prev_line_label, line_label);
11746
 
11747
      /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
11748
         different from the previous line.  */
11749
      if (line_info->dw_file_num != current_file)
11750
        {
11751
          current_file = line_info->dw_file_num;
11752
          dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file, "DW_LNS_set_file");
11753
          dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file, "%lu", current_file);
11754
        }
11755
 
11756
      /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
11757
         that uses the least amount of space.  */
11758
      if (line_info->dw_line_num != current_line)
11759
        {
11760
          line_offset = line_info->dw_line_num - current_line;
11761
          line_delta = line_offset - DWARF_LINE_BASE;
11762
          current_line = line_info->dw_line_num;
11763
          if (line_delta >= 0 && line_delta < (DWARF_LINE_RANGE - 1))
11764
            dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE + line_delta,
11765
                                 "line %lu", current_line);
11766
          else
11767
            {
11768
              dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line,
11769
                                   "advance to line %lu", current_line);
11770
              dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset, NULL);
11771
              dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
11772
            }
11773
        }
11774
      else
11775
        dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
11776
 
11777
#if 0
11778
    cont:
11779
#endif
11780
 
11781
      lt_index++;
11782
 
11783
      /* If we're done with a function, end its sequence.  */
11784
      if (lt_index == separate_line_info_table_in_use
11785
          || separate_line_info_table[lt_index].function != function)
11786
        {
11787
          current_file = 1;
11788
          current_line = 1;
11789
 
11790
          /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function.  */
11791
          ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label, FUNC_END_LABEL, function);
11792
          if (0)
11793
            {
11794
              dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
11795
                                   "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
11796
              dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
11797
            }
11798
          else
11799
            {
11800
              dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
11801
              dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
11802
              dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
11803
              dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
11804
            }
11805
 
11806
          /* Output the marker for the end of this sequence.  */
11807
          dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
11808
          dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL);
11809
          dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence, NULL);
11810
        }
11811
    }
11812
 
11813
  /* Output the marker for the end of the line number info.  */
11814
  ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2);
11815
}
11816
 
11817
/* Return the size of the .debug_dcall table for the compilation unit.  */
11818
 
11819
static unsigned long
11820
size_of_dcall_table (void)
11821
{
11822
  unsigned long size;
11823
  unsigned int i;
11824
  dcall_entry *p;
11825
  tree last_poc_decl = NULL;
11826
 
11827
  /* Header:  version + debug info section pointer + pointer size.  */
11828
  size = 2 + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 1;
11829
 
11830
  /* Each entry:  code label + DIE offset.  */
11831
  for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (dcall_entry, dcall_table, i, p); i++)
11832
    {
11833
      gcc_assert (p->targ_die != NULL);
11834
      /* Insert a "from" entry when the point-of-call DIE offset changes.  */
11835
      if (p->poc_decl != last_poc_decl)
11836
        {
11837
          dw_die_ref poc_die = lookup_decl_die (p->poc_decl);
11838
          gcc_assert (poc_die);
11839
          last_poc_decl = p->poc_decl;
11840
          if (poc_die)
11841
            size += (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
11842
                     + size_of_uleb128 (poc_die->die_offset));
11843
        }
11844
      size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + size_of_uleb128 (p->targ_die->die_offset);
11845
    }
11846
 
11847
  return size;
11848
}
11849
 
11850
/* Output the direct call table used to disambiguate PC values when
11851
   identical function have been merged.  */
11852
 
11853
static void
11854
output_dcall_table (void)
11855
{
11856
  unsigned i;
11857
  unsigned long dcall_length = size_of_dcall_table ();
11858
  dcall_entry *p;
11859
  char poc_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
11860
  tree last_poc_decl = NULL;
11861
 
11862
  if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
11863
    dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
11864
      "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
11865
  dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, dcall_length,
11866
                       "Length of Direct Call Table");
11867
  dw2_asm_output_data (2, 4, "Version number");
11868
  dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, debug_info_section_label,
11869
                         debug_info_section,
11870
                         "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
11871
  dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, "Pointer Size (in bytes)");
11872
 
11873
  for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (dcall_entry, dcall_table, i, p); i++)
11874
    {
11875
      /* Insert a "from" entry when the point-of-call DIE offset changes.  */
11876
      if (p->poc_decl != last_poc_decl)
11877
        {
11878
          dw_die_ref poc_die = lookup_decl_die (p->poc_decl);
11879
          last_poc_decl = p->poc_decl;
11880
          if (poc_die)
11881
            {
11882
              dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, 0, "New caller");
11883
              dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (poc_die->die_offset,
11884
                                           "Caller DIE offset");
11885
            }
11886
        }
11887
      ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (poc_label, "LPOC", p->poc_label_num);
11888
      dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, poc_label, "Point of call");
11889
      dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (p->targ_die->die_offset,
11890
                                   "Callee DIE offset");
11891
    }
11892
}
11893
 
11894
/* Return the size of the .debug_vcall table for the compilation unit.  */
11895
 
11896
static unsigned long
11897
size_of_vcall_table (void)
11898
{
11899
  unsigned long size;
11900
  unsigned int i;
11901
  vcall_entry *p;
11902
 
11903
  /* Header:  version + pointer size.  */
11904
  size = 2 + 1;
11905
 
11906
  /* Each entry:  code label + vtable slot index.  */
11907
  for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (vcall_entry, vcall_table, i, p); i++)
11908
    size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + size_of_uleb128 (p->vtable_slot);
11909
 
11910
  return size;
11911
}
11912
 
11913
/* Output the virtual call table used to disambiguate PC values when
11914
   identical function have been merged.  */
11915
 
11916
static void
11917
output_vcall_table (void)
11918
{
11919
  unsigned i;
11920
  unsigned long vcall_length = size_of_vcall_table ();
11921
  vcall_entry *p;
11922
  char poc_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
11923
 
11924
  if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
11925
    dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
11926
      "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
11927
  dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, vcall_length,
11928
                       "Length of Virtual Call Table");
11929
  dw2_asm_output_data (2, 4, "Version number");
11930
  dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, "Pointer Size (in bytes)");
11931
 
11932
  for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (vcall_entry, vcall_table, i, p); i++)
11933
    {
11934
      ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (poc_label, "LPOC", p->poc_label_num);
11935
      dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, poc_label, "Point of call");
11936
      dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (p->vtable_slot, "Vtable slot");
11937
    }
11938
}
11939
 
11940
/* Given a pointer to a tree node for some base type, return a pointer to
11941
   a DIE that describes the given type.
11942
 
11943
   This routine must only be called for GCC type nodes that correspond to
11944
   Dwarf base (fundamental) types.  */
11945
 
11946
static dw_die_ref
11947
base_type_die (tree type)
11948
{
11949
  dw_die_ref base_type_result;
11950
  enum dwarf_type encoding;
11951
 
11952
  if (TREE_CODE (type) == ERROR_MARK || TREE_CODE (type) == VOID_TYPE)
11953
    return 0;
11954
 
11955
  /* If this is a subtype that should not be emitted as a subrange type,
11956
     use the base type.  See subrange_type_for_debug_p.  */
11957
  if (TREE_CODE (type) == INTEGER_TYPE && TREE_TYPE (type) != NULL_TREE)
11958
    type = TREE_TYPE (type);
11959
 
11960
  switch (TREE_CODE (type))
11961
    {
11962
    case INTEGER_TYPE:
11963
      if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type))
11964
        {
11965
          if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type))
11966
            encoding = DW_ATE_unsigned_char;
11967
          else
11968
            encoding = DW_ATE_signed_char;
11969
        }
11970
      else if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type))
11971
        encoding = DW_ATE_unsigned;
11972
      else
11973
        encoding = DW_ATE_signed;
11974
      break;
11975
 
11976
    case REAL_TYPE:
11977
      if (DECIMAL_FLOAT_MODE_P (TYPE_MODE (type)))
11978
        {
11979
          if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)
11980
            encoding = DW_ATE_decimal_float;
11981
          else
11982
            encoding = DW_ATE_lo_user;
11983
        }
11984
      else
11985
        encoding = DW_ATE_float;
11986
      break;
11987
 
11988
    case FIXED_POINT_TYPE:
11989
      if (!(dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict))
11990
        encoding = DW_ATE_lo_user;
11991
      else if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type))
11992
        encoding = DW_ATE_unsigned_fixed;
11993
      else
11994
        encoding = DW_ATE_signed_fixed;
11995
      break;
11996
 
11997
      /* Dwarf2 doesn't know anything about complex ints, so use
11998
         a user defined type for it.  */
11999
    case COMPLEX_TYPE:
12000
      if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type)) == REAL_TYPE)
12001
        encoding = DW_ATE_complex_float;
12002
      else
12003
        encoding = DW_ATE_lo_user;
12004
      break;
12005
 
12006
    case BOOLEAN_TYPE:
12007
      /* GNU FORTRAN/Ada/C++ BOOLEAN type.  */
12008
      encoding = DW_ATE_boolean;
12009
      break;
12010
 
12011
    default:
12012
      /* No other TREE_CODEs are Dwarf fundamental types.  */
12013
      gcc_unreachable ();
12014
    }
12015
 
12016
  base_type_result = new_die (DW_TAG_base_type, comp_unit_die, type);
12017
 
12018
  add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result, DW_AT_byte_size,
12019
                   int_size_in_bytes (type));
12020
  add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result, DW_AT_encoding, encoding);
12021
 
12022
  return base_type_result;
12023
}
12024
 
12025
/* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return nonzero if the
12026
   given input type is a Dwarf "fundamental" type.  Otherwise return null.  */
12027
 
12028
static inline int
12029
is_base_type (tree type)
12030
{
12031
  switch (TREE_CODE (type))
12032
    {
12033
    case ERROR_MARK:
12034
    case VOID_TYPE:
12035
    case INTEGER_TYPE:
12036
    case REAL_TYPE:
12037
    case FIXED_POINT_TYPE:
12038
    case COMPLEX_TYPE:
12039
    case BOOLEAN_TYPE:
12040
      return 1;
12041
 
12042
    case ARRAY_TYPE:
12043
    case RECORD_TYPE:
12044
    case UNION_TYPE:
12045
    case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
12046
    case ENUMERAL_TYPE:
12047
    case FUNCTION_TYPE:
12048
    case METHOD_TYPE:
12049
    case POINTER_TYPE:
12050
    case REFERENCE_TYPE:
12051
    case OFFSET_TYPE:
12052
    case LANG_TYPE:
12053
    case VECTOR_TYPE:
12054
      return 0;
12055
 
12056
    default:
12057
      gcc_unreachable ();
12058
    }
12059
 
12060
  return 0;
12061
}
12062
 
12063
/* Given a pointer to a tree node, assumed to be some kind of a ..._TYPE
12064
   node, return the size in bits for the type if it is a constant, or else
12065
   return the alignment for the type if the type's size is not constant, or
12066
   else return BITS_PER_WORD if the type actually turns out to be an
12067
   ERROR_MARK node.  */
12068
 
12069
static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
12070
simple_type_size_in_bits (const_tree type)
12071
{
12072
  if (TREE_CODE (type) == ERROR_MARK)
12073
    return BITS_PER_WORD;
12074
  else if (TYPE_SIZE (type) == NULL_TREE)
12075
    return 0;
12076
  else if (host_integerp (TYPE_SIZE (type), 1))
12077
    return tree_low_cst (TYPE_SIZE (type), 1);
12078
  else
12079
    return TYPE_ALIGN (type);
12080
}
12081
 
12082
/*  Given a pointer to a tree node for a subrange type, return a pointer
12083
    to a DIE that describes the given type.  */
12084
 
12085
static dw_die_ref
12086
subrange_type_die (tree type, tree low, tree high, dw_die_ref context_die)
12087
{
12088
  dw_die_ref subrange_die;
12089
  const HOST_WIDE_INT size_in_bytes = int_size_in_bytes (type);
12090
 
12091
  if (context_die == NULL)
12092
    context_die = comp_unit_die;
12093
 
12094
  subrange_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type, context_die, type);
12095
 
12096
  if (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (type)) != size_in_bytes)
12097
    {
12098
      /* The size of the subrange type and its base type do not match,
12099
         so we need to generate a size attribute for the subrange type.  */
12100
      add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die, DW_AT_byte_size, size_in_bytes);
12101
    }
12102
 
12103
  if (low)
12104
    add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_lower_bound, low);
12105
  if (high)
12106
    add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_upper_bound, high);
12107
 
12108
  return subrange_die;
12109
}
12110
 
12111
/* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return a debugging
12112
   entry that chains various modifiers in front of the given type.  */
12113
 
12114
static dw_die_ref
12115
modified_type_die (tree type, int is_const_type, int is_volatile_type,
12116
                   dw_die_ref context_die)
12117
{
12118
  enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type);
12119
  dw_die_ref mod_type_die;
12120
  dw_die_ref sub_die = NULL;
12121
  tree item_type = NULL;
12122
  tree qualified_type;
12123
  tree name, low, high;
12124
 
12125
  if (code == ERROR_MARK)
12126
    return NULL;
12127
 
12128
  /* See if we already have the appropriately qualified variant of
12129
     this type.  */
12130
  qualified_type
12131
    = get_qualified_type (type,
12132
                          ((is_const_type ? TYPE_QUAL_CONST : 0)
12133
                           | (is_volatile_type ? TYPE_QUAL_VOLATILE : 0)));
12134
 
12135
  if (qualified_type == sizetype
12136
      && TYPE_NAME (qualified_type)
12137
      && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (qualified_type)) == TYPE_DECL)
12138
    {
12139
#ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
12140
      gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (qualified_type)))
12141
                  == INTEGER_TYPE
12142
                  && TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (qualified_type)))
12143
                     == TYPE_PRECISION (qualified_type)
12144
                  && TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (qualified_type)))
12145
                     == TYPE_UNSIGNED (qualified_type));
12146
#endif
12147
      qualified_type = TREE_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (qualified_type));
12148
    }
12149
 
12150
  /* If we do, then we can just use its DIE, if it exists.  */
12151
  if (qualified_type)
12152
    {
12153
      mod_type_die = lookup_type_die (qualified_type);
12154
      if (mod_type_die)
12155
        return mod_type_die;
12156
    }
12157
 
12158
  name = qualified_type ? TYPE_NAME (qualified_type) : NULL;
12159
 
12160
  /* Handle C typedef types.  */
12161
  if (name && TREE_CODE (name) == TYPE_DECL && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (name))
12162
    {
12163
      tree dtype = TREE_TYPE (name);
12164
 
12165
      if (qualified_type == dtype)
12166
        {
12167
          /* For a named type, use the typedef.  */
12168
          gen_type_die (qualified_type, context_die);
12169
          return lookup_type_die (qualified_type);
12170
        }
12171
      else if (is_const_type < TYPE_READONLY (dtype)
12172
               || is_volatile_type < TYPE_VOLATILE (dtype)
12173
               || (is_const_type <= TYPE_READONLY (dtype)
12174
                   && is_volatile_type <= TYPE_VOLATILE (dtype)
12175
                   && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (name) != type))
12176
        /* cv-unqualified version of named type.  Just use the unnamed
12177
           type to which it refers.  */
12178
        return modified_type_die (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (name),
12179
                                  is_const_type, is_volatile_type,
12180
                                  context_die);
12181
      /* Else cv-qualified version of named type; fall through.  */
12182
    }
12183
 
12184
  if (is_const_type)
12185
    {
12186
      mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_const_type, comp_unit_die, type);
12187
      sub_die = modified_type_die (type, 0, is_volatile_type, context_die);
12188
    }
12189
  else if (is_volatile_type)
12190
    {
12191
      mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_volatile_type, comp_unit_die, type);
12192
      sub_die = modified_type_die (type, 0, 0, context_die);
12193
    }
12194
  else if (code == POINTER_TYPE)
12195
    {
12196
      mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type, comp_unit_die, type);
12197
      add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size,
12198
                       simple_type_size_in_bits (type) / BITS_PER_UNIT);
12199
      item_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
12200
      if (!ADDR_SPACE_GENERIC_P (TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (item_type)))
12201
        add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_address_class,
12202
                         TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (item_type));
12203
    }
12204
  else if (code == REFERENCE_TYPE)
12205
    {
12206
      mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type, comp_unit_die, type);
12207
      add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size,
12208
                       simple_type_size_in_bits (type) / BITS_PER_UNIT);
12209
      item_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
12210
      if (!ADDR_SPACE_GENERIC_P (TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (item_type)))
12211
        add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_address_class,
12212
                         TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (item_type));
12213
    }
12214
  else if (code == INTEGER_TYPE
12215
           && TREE_TYPE (type) != NULL_TREE
12216
           && subrange_type_for_debug_p (type, &low, &high))
12217
    {
12218
      mod_type_die = subrange_type_die (type, low, high, context_die);
12219
      item_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
12220
    }
12221
  else if (is_base_type (type))
12222
    mod_type_die = base_type_die (type);
12223
  else
12224
    {
12225
      gen_type_die (type, context_die);
12226
 
12227
      /* We have to get the type_main_variant here (and pass that to the
12228
         `lookup_type_die' routine) because the ..._TYPE node we have
12229
         might simply be a *copy* of some original type node (where the
12230
         copy was created to help us keep track of typedef names) and
12231
         that copy might have a different TYPE_UID from the original
12232
         ..._TYPE node.  */
12233
      if (TREE_CODE (type) != VECTOR_TYPE)
12234
        return lookup_type_die (type_main_variant (type));
12235
      else
12236
        /* Vectors have the debugging information in the type,
12237
           not the main variant.  */
12238
        return lookup_type_die (type);
12239
    }
12240
 
12241
  /* Builtin types don't have a DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE.  For those,
12242
     don't output a DW_TAG_typedef, since there isn't one in the
12243
     user's program; just attach a DW_AT_name to the type.
12244
     Don't attach a DW_AT_name to DW_TAG_const_type or DW_TAG_volatile_type
12245
     if the base type already has the same name.  */
12246
  if (name
12247
      && ((TREE_CODE (name) != TYPE_DECL
12248
           && (qualified_type == TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type)
12249
               || (!is_const_type && !is_volatile_type)))
12250
          || (TREE_CODE (name) == TYPE_DECL
12251
              && TREE_TYPE (name) == qualified_type
12252
              && DECL_NAME (name))))
12253
    {
12254
      if (TREE_CODE (name) == TYPE_DECL)
12255
        /* Could just call add_name_and_src_coords_attributes here,
12256
           but since this is a builtin type it doesn't have any
12257
           useful source coordinates anyway.  */
12258
        name = DECL_NAME (name);
12259
      add_name_attribute (mod_type_die, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name));
12260
    }
12261
  /* This probably indicates a bug.  */
12262
  else if (mod_type_die && mod_type_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_base_type)
12263
    add_name_attribute (mod_type_die, "__unknown__");
12264
 
12265
  if (qualified_type)
12266
    equate_type_number_to_die (qualified_type, mod_type_die);
12267
 
12268
  if (item_type)
12269
    /* We must do this after the equate_type_number_to_die call, in case
12270
       this is a recursive type.  This ensures that the modified_type_die
12271
       recursion will terminate even if the type is recursive.  Recursive
12272
       types are possible in Ada.  */
12273
    sub_die = modified_type_die (item_type,
12274
                                 TYPE_READONLY (item_type),
12275
                                 TYPE_VOLATILE (item_type),
12276
                                 context_die);
12277
 
12278
  if (sub_die != NULL)
12279
    add_AT_die_ref (mod_type_die, DW_AT_type, sub_die);
12280
 
12281
  return mod_type_die;
12282
}
12283
 
12284
/* Generate DIEs for the generic parameters of T.
12285
   T must be either a generic type or a generic function.
12286
   See http://gcc.gnu.org/wiki/TemplateParmsDwarf for more.  */
12287
 
12288
static void
12289
gen_generic_params_dies (tree t)
12290
{
12291
  tree parms, args;
12292
  int parms_num, i;
12293
  dw_die_ref die = NULL;
12294
 
12295
  if (!t || (TYPE_P (t) && !COMPLETE_TYPE_P (t)))
12296
    return;
12297
 
12298
  if (TYPE_P (t))
12299
    die = lookup_type_die (t);
12300
  else if (DECL_P (t))
12301
    die = lookup_decl_die (t);
12302
 
12303
  gcc_assert (die);
12304
 
12305
  parms = lang_hooks.get_innermost_generic_parms (t);
12306
  if (!parms)
12307
    /* T has no generic parameter. It means T is neither a generic type
12308
       or function. End of story.  */
12309
    return;
12310
 
12311
  parms_num = TREE_VEC_LENGTH (parms);
12312
  args = lang_hooks.get_innermost_generic_args (t);
12313
  for (i = 0; i < parms_num; i++)
12314
    {
12315
      tree parm, arg, arg_pack_elems;
12316
 
12317
      parm = TREE_VEC_ELT (parms, i);
12318
      arg = TREE_VEC_ELT (args, i);
12319
      arg_pack_elems = lang_hooks.types.get_argument_pack_elems (arg);
12320
      gcc_assert (parm && TREE_VALUE (parm) && arg);
12321
 
12322
      if (parm && TREE_VALUE (parm) && arg)
12323
        {
12324
          /* If PARM represents a template parameter pack,
12325
             emit a DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack DIE, followed
12326
             by DW_TAG_template_*_parameter DIEs for the argument
12327
             pack elements of ARG. Note that ARG would then be
12328
             an argument pack.  */
12329
          if (arg_pack_elems)
12330
            template_parameter_pack_die (TREE_VALUE (parm),
12331
                                         arg_pack_elems,
12332
                                         die);
12333
          else
12334
            generic_parameter_die (TREE_VALUE (parm), arg,
12335
                                   true /* Emit DW_AT_name */, die);
12336
        }
12337
    }
12338
}
12339
 
12340
/* Create and return a DIE for PARM which should be
12341
   the representation of a generic type parameter.
12342
   For instance, in the C++ front end, PARM would be a template parameter.
12343
   ARG is the argument to PARM.
12344
   EMIT_NAME_P if tree, the DIE will have DW_AT_name attribute set to the
12345
   name of the PARM.
12346
   PARENT_DIE is the parent DIE which the new created DIE should be added to,
12347
   as a child node.  */
12348
 
12349
static dw_die_ref
12350
generic_parameter_die (tree parm, tree arg,
12351
                       bool emit_name_p,
12352
                       dw_die_ref parent_die)
12353
{
12354
  dw_die_ref tmpl_die = NULL;
12355
  const char *name = NULL;
12356
 
12357
  if (!parm || !DECL_NAME (parm) || !arg)
12358
    return NULL;
12359
 
12360
  /* We support non-type generic parameters and arguments,
12361
     type generic parameters and arguments, as well as
12362
     generic generic parameters (a.k.a. template template parameters in C++)
12363
     and arguments.  */
12364
  if (TREE_CODE (parm) == PARM_DECL)
12365
    /* PARM is a nontype generic parameter  */
12366
    tmpl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_template_value_param, parent_die, parm);
12367
  else if (TREE_CODE (parm) == TYPE_DECL)
12368
    /* PARM is a type generic parameter.  */
12369
    tmpl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_template_type_param, parent_die, parm);
12370
  else if (lang_hooks.decls.generic_generic_parameter_decl_p (parm))
12371
    /* PARM is a generic generic parameter.
12372
       Its DIE is a GNU extension. It shall have a
12373
       DW_AT_name attribute to represent the name of the template template
12374
       parameter, and a DW_AT_GNU_template_name attribute to represent the
12375
       name of the template template argument.  */
12376
    tmpl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_template_template_param,
12377
                        parent_die, parm);
12378
  else
12379
    gcc_unreachable ();
12380
 
12381
  if (tmpl_die)
12382
    {
12383
      tree tmpl_type;
12384
 
12385
      /* If PARM is a generic parameter pack, it means we are
12386
         emitting debug info for a template argument pack element.
12387
         In other terms, ARG is a template argument pack element.
12388
         In that case, we don't emit any DW_AT_name attribute for
12389
         the die.  */
12390
      if (emit_name_p)
12391
        {
12392
          name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (parm));
12393
          gcc_assert (name);
12394
          add_AT_string (tmpl_die, DW_AT_name, name);
12395
        }
12396
 
12397
      if (!lang_hooks.decls.generic_generic_parameter_decl_p (parm))
12398
        {
12399
          /* DWARF3, 5.6.8 says if PARM is a non-type generic parameter
12400
             TMPL_DIE should have a child DW_AT_type attribute that is set
12401
             to the type of the argument to PARM, which is ARG.
12402
             If PARM is a type generic parameter, TMPL_DIE should have a
12403
             child DW_AT_type that is set to ARG.  */
12404
          tmpl_type = TYPE_P (arg) ? arg : TREE_TYPE (arg);
12405
          add_type_attribute (tmpl_die, tmpl_type, 0,
12406
                              TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (tmpl_type),
12407
                              parent_die);
12408
        }
12409
      else
12410
        {
12411
          /* So TMPL_DIE is a DIE representing a
12412
             a generic generic template parameter, a.k.a template template
12413
             parameter in C++ and arg is a template.  */
12414
 
12415
          /* The DW_AT_GNU_template_name attribute of the DIE must be set
12416
             to the name of the argument.  */
12417
          name = dwarf2_name (TYPE_P (arg) ? TYPE_NAME (arg) : arg, 1);
12418
          if (name)
12419
            add_AT_string (tmpl_die, DW_AT_GNU_template_name, name);
12420
        }
12421
 
12422
      if (TREE_CODE (parm) == PARM_DECL)
12423
        /* So PARM is a non-type generic parameter.
12424
           DWARF3 5.6.8 says we must set a DW_AT_const_value child
12425
           attribute of TMPL_DIE which value represents the value
12426
           of ARG.
12427
           We must be careful here:
12428
           The value of ARG might reference some function decls.
12429
           We might currently be emitting debug info for a generic
12430
           type and types are emitted before function decls, we don't
12431
           know if the function decls referenced by ARG will actually be
12432
           emitted after cgraph computations.
12433
           So must defer the generation of the DW_AT_const_value to
12434
           after cgraph is ready.  */
12435
        append_entry_to_tmpl_value_parm_die_table (tmpl_die, arg);
12436
    }
12437
 
12438
  return tmpl_die;
12439
}
12440
 
12441
/* Generate and return a  DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack DIE representing.
12442
   PARM_PACK must be a template parameter pack. The returned DIE
12443
   will be child DIE of PARENT_DIE.  */
12444
 
12445
static dw_die_ref
12446
template_parameter_pack_die (tree parm_pack,
12447
                             tree parm_pack_args,
12448
                             dw_die_ref parent_die)
12449
{
12450
  dw_die_ref die;
12451
  int j;
12452
 
12453
  gcc_assert (parent_die && parm_pack);
12454
 
12455
  die = new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack, parent_die, parm_pack);
12456
  add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (die, parm_pack);
12457
  for (j = 0; j < TREE_VEC_LENGTH (parm_pack_args); j++)
12458
    generic_parameter_die (parm_pack,
12459
                           TREE_VEC_ELT (parm_pack_args, j),
12460
                           false /* Don't emit DW_AT_name */,
12461
                           die);
12462
  return die;
12463
}
12464
 
12465
/* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return true if it is
12466
   an enumerated type.  */
12467
 
12468
static inline int
12469
type_is_enum (const_tree type)
12470
{
12471
  return TREE_CODE (type) == ENUMERAL_TYPE;
12472
}
12473
 
12474
/* Return the DBX register number described by a given RTL node.  */
12475
 
12476
static unsigned int
12477
dbx_reg_number (const_rtx rtl)
12478
{
12479
  unsigned regno = REGNO (rtl);
12480
 
12481
  gcc_assert (regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER);
12482
 
12483
#ifdef LEAF_REG_REMAP
12484
  if (current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs)
12485
    {
12486
      int leaf_reg = LEAF_REG_REMAP (regno);
12487
      if (leaf_reg != -1)
12488
        regno = (unsigned) leaf_reg;
12489
    }
12490
#endif
12491
 
12492
  return DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (regno);
12493
}
12494
 
12495
/* Optionally add a DW_OP_piece term to a location description expression.
12496
   DW_OP_piece is only added if the location description expression already
12497
   doesn't end with DW_OP_piece.  */
12498
 
12499
static void
12500
add_loc_descr_op_piece (dw_loc_descr_ref *list_head, int size)
12501
{
12502
  dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
12503
 
12504
  if (*list_head != NULL)
12505
    {
12506
      /* Find the end of the chain.  */
12507
      for (loc = *list_head; loc->dw_loc_next != NULL; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
12508
        ;
12509
 
12510
      if (loc->dw_loc_opc != DW_OP_piece)
12511
        loc->dw_loc_next = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece, size, 0);
12512
    }
12513
}
12514
 
12515
/* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register or
12516
   zero if there is none.  */
12517
 
12518
static dw_loc_descr_ref
12519
reg_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, enum var_init_status initialized)
12520
{
12521
  rtx regs;
12522
 
12523
  if (REGNO (rtl) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
12524
    return 0;
12525
 
12526
  /* We only use "frame base" when we're sure we're talking about the
12527
     post-prologue local stack frame.  We do this by *not* running
12528
     register elimination until this point, and recognizing the special
12529
     argument pointer and soft frame pointer rtx's.
12530
     Use DW_OP_fbreg offset DW_OP_stack_value in this case.  */
12531
  if ((rtl == arg_pointer_rtx || rtl == frame_pointer_rtx)
12532
      && eliminate_regs (rtl, VOIDmode, NULL_RTX) != rtl)
12533
    {
12534
      dw_loc_descr_ref result = NULL;
12535
 
12536
      if (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict)
12537
        {
12538
          result = mem_loc_descriptor (rtl, VOIDmode, initialized);
12539
          if (result)
12540
            add_loc_descr (&result,
12541
                           new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
12542
        }
12543
      return result;
12544
    }
12545
 
12546
  regs = targetm.dwarf_register_span (rtl);
12547
 
12548
  if (hard_regno_nregs[REGNO (rtl)][GET_MODE (rtl)] > 1 || regs)
12549
    return multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtl, regs, initialized);
12550
  else
12551
    return one_reg_loc_descriptor (dbx_reg_number (rtl), initialized);
12552
}
12553
 
12554
/* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register for
12555
   a given hard register number.  */
12556
 
12557
static dw_loc_descr_ref
12558
one_reg_loc_descriptor (unsigned int regno, enum var_init_status initialized)
12559
{
12560
  dw_loc_descr_ref reg_loc_descr;
12561
 
12562
  if (regno <= 31)
12563
    reg_loc_descr
12564
      = new_loc_descr ((enum dwarf_location_atom) (DW_OP_reg0 + regno), 0, 0);
12565
  else
12566
    reg_loc_descr = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx, regno, 0);
12567
 
12568
  if (initialized == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
12569
    add_loc_descr (&reg_loc_descr, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit, 0, 0));
12570
 
12571
  return reg_loc_descr;
12572
}
12573
 
12574
/* Given an RTL of a register, return a location descriptor that
12575
   designates a value that spans more than one register.  */
12576
 
12577
static dw_loc_descr_ref
12578
multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, rtx regs,
12579
                             enum var_init_status initialized)
12580
{
12581
  int nregs, size, i;
12582
  unsigned reg;
12583
  dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result = NULL;
12584
 
12585
  reg = REGNO (rtl);
12586
#ifdef LEAF_REG_REMAP
12587
  if (current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs)
12588
    {
12589
      int leaf_reg = LEAF_REG_REMAP (reg);
12590
      if (leaf_reg != -1)
12591
        reg = (unsigned) leaf_reg;
12592
    }
12593
#endif
12594
  gcc_assert ((unsigned) DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (reg) == dbx_reg_number (rtl));
12595
  nregs = hard_regno_nregs[REGNO (rtl)][GET_MODE (rtl)];
12596
 
12597
  /* Simple, contiguous registers.  */
12598
  if (regs == NULL_RTX)
12599
    {
12600
      size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) / nregs;
12601
 
12602
      loc_result = NULL;
12603
      while (nregs--)
12604
        {
12605
          dw_loc_descr_ref t;
12606
 
12607
          t = one_reg_loc_descriptor (DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (reg),
12608
                                      VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
12609
          add_loc_descr (&loc_result, t);
12610
          add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result, size);
12611
          ++reg;
12612
        }
12613
      return loc_result;
12614
    }
12615
 
12616
  /* Now onto stupid register sets in non contiguous locations.  */
12617
 
12618
  gcc_assert (GET_CODE (regs) == PARALLEL);
12619
 
12620
  size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XVECEXP (regs, 0, 0)));
12621
  loc_result = NULL;
12622
 
12623
  for (i = 0; i < XVECLEN (regs, 0); ++i)
12624
    {
12625
      dw_loc_descr_ref t;
12626
 
12627
      t = one_reg_loc_descriptor (REGNO (XVECEXP (regs, 0, i)),
12628
                                  VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
12629
      add_loc_descr (&loc_result, t);
12630
      size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XVECEXP (regs, 0, 0)));
12631
      add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result, size);
12632
    }
12633
 
12634
  if (loc_result && initialized == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
12635
    add_loc_descr (&loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit, 0, 0));
12636
  return loc_result;
12637
}
12638
 
12639
#endif /* DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO */
12640
 
12641
#if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
12642
 
12643
/* Return a location descriptor that designates a constant.  */
12644
 
12645
static dw_loc_descr_ref
12646
int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT i)
12647
{
12648
  enum dwarf_location_atom op;
12649
 
12650
  /* Pick the smallest representation of a constant, rather than just
12651
     defaulting to the LEB encoding.  */
12652
  if (i >= 0)
12653
    {
12654
      if (i <= 31)
12655
        op = (enum dwarf_location_atom) (DW_OP_lit0 + i);
12656
      else if (i <= 0xff)
12657
        op = DW_OP_const1u;
12658
      else if (i <= 0xffff)
12659
        op = DW_OP_const2u;
12660
      else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32
12661
               || i <= 0xffffffff)
12662
        op = DW_OP_const4u;
12663
      else
12664
        op = DW_OP_constu;
12665
    }
12666
  else
12667
    {
12668
      if (i >= -0x80)
12669
        op = DW_OP_const1s;
12670
      else if (i >= -0x8000)
12671
        op = DW_OP_const2s;
12672
      else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32
12673
               || i >= -0x80000000)
12674
        op = DW_OP_const4s;
12675
      else
12676
        op = DW_OP_consts;
12677
    }
12678
 
12679
  return new_loc_descr (op, i, 0);
12680
}
12681
#endif
12682
 
12683
#ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
12684
/* Return loc description representing "address" of integer value.
12685
   This can appear only as toplevel expression.  */
12686
 
12687
static dw_loc_descr_ref
12688
address_of_int_loc_descriptor (int size, HOST_WIDE_INT i)
12689
{
12690
  int litsize;
12691
  dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result = NULL;
12692
 
12693
  if (!(dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict))
12694
    return NULL;
12695
 
12696
  if (i >= 0)
12697
    {
12698
      if (i <= 31)
12699
        litsize = 1;
12700
      else if (i <= 0xff)
12701
        litsize = 2;
12702
      else if (i <= 0xffff)
12703
        litsize = 3;
12704
      else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32
12705
               || i <= 0xffffffff)
12706
        litsize = 5;
12707
      else
12708
        litsize = 1 + size_of_uleb128 ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) i);
12709
    }
12710
  else
12711
    {
12712
      if (i >= -0x80)
12713
        litsize = 2;
12714
      else if (i >= -0x8000)
12715
        litsize = 3;
12716
      else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32
12717
               || i >= -0x80000000)
12718
        litsize = 5;
12719
      else
12720
        litsize = 1 + size_of_sleb128 (i);
12721
    }
12722
  /* Determine if DW_OP_stack_value or DW_OP_implicit_value
12723
     is more compact.  For DW_OP_stack_value we need:
12724
     litsize + 1 (DW_OP_stack_value)
12725
     and for DW_OP_implicit_value:
12726
     1 (DW_OP_implicit_value) + 1 (length) + size.  */
12727
  if ((int) DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE >= size && litsize + 1 <= 1 + 1 + size)
12728
    {
12729
      loc_result = int_loc_descriptor (i);
12730
      add_loc_descr (&loc_result,
12731
                     new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
12732
      return loc_result;
12733
    }
12734
 
12735
  loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_implicit_value,
12736
                              size, 0);
12737
  loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_const;
12738
  loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_int = i;
12739
  return loc_result;
12740
}
12741
 
12742
/* Return a location descriptor that designates a base+offset location.  */
12743
 
12744
static dw_loc_descr_ref
12745
based_loc_descr (rtx reg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset,
12746
                 enum var_init_status initialized)
12747
{
12748
  unsigned int regno;
12749
  dw_loc_descr_ref result;
12750
  dw_fde_ref fde = current_fde ();
12751
 
12752
  /* We only use "frame base" when we're sure we're talking about the
12753
     post-prologue local stack frame.  We do this by *not* running
12754
     register elimination until this point, and recognizing the special
12755
     argument pointer and soft frame pointer rtx's.  */
12756
  if (reg == arg_pointer_rtx || reg == frame_pointer_rtx)
12757
    {
12758
      rtx elim = eliminate_regs (reg, VOIDmode, NULL_RTX);
12759
 
12760
      if (elim != reg)
12761
        {
12762
          if (GET_CODE (elim) == PLUS)
12763
            {
12764
              offset += INTVAL (XEXP (elim, 1));
12765
              elim = XEXP (elim, 0);
12766
            }
12767
          gcc_assert ((SUPPORTS_STACK_ALIGNMENT
12768
                       && (elim == hard_frame_pointer_rtx
12769
                           || elim == stack_pointer_rtx))
12770
                      || elim == (frame_pointer_needed
12771
                                  ? hard_frame_pointer_rtx
12772
                                  : stack_pointer_rtx));
12773
 
12774
          /* If drap register is used to align stack, use frame
12775
             pointer + offset to access stack variables.  If stack
12776
             is aligned without drap, use stack pointer + offset to
12777
             access stack variables.  */
12778
          if (crtl->stack_realign_tried
12779
              && reg == frame_pointer_rtx)
12780
            {
12781
              int base_reg
12782
                = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM ((fde && fde->drap_reg != INVALID_REGNUM)
12783
                                      ? HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
12784
                                      : STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
12785
              return new_reg_loc_descr (base_reg, offset);
12786
            }
12787
 
12788
          offset += frame_pointer_fb_offset;
12789
          return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_fbreg, offset, 0);
12790
        }
12791
    }
12792
  else if (!optimize
12793
           && fde
12794
           && (fde->drap_reg == REGNO (reg)
12795
               || fde->vdrap_reg == REGNO (reg)))
12796
    {
12797
      /* Use cfa+offset to represent the location of arguments passed
12798
         on the stack when drap is used to align stack.
12799
         Only do this when not optimizing, for optimized code var-tracking
12800
         is supposed to track where the arguments live and the register
12801
         used as vdrap or drap in some spot might be used for something
12802
         else in other part of the routine.  */
12803
      return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_fbreg, offset, 0);
12804
    }
12805
 
12806
  regno = dbx_reg_number (reg);
12807
  if (regno <= 31)
12808
    result = new_loc_descr ((enum dwarf_location_atom) (DW_OP_breg0 + regno),
12809
                            offset, 0);
12810
  else
12811
    result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx, regno, offset);
12812
 
12813
  if (initialized == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
12814
    add_loc_descr (&result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit, 0, 0));
12815
 
12816
  return result;
12817
}
12818
 
12819
/* Return true if this RTL expression describes a base+offset calculation.  */
12820
 
12821
static inline int
12822
is_based_loc (const_rtx rtl)
12823
{
12824
  return (GET_CODE (rtl) == PLUS
12825
          && ((REG_P (XEXP (rtl, 0))
12826
               && REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
12827
               && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1)))));
12828
}
12829
 
12830
/* Try to handle TLS MEMs, for which mem_loc_descriptor on XEXP (mem, 0)
12831
   failed.  */
12832
 
12833
static dw_loc_descr_ref
12834
tls_mem_loc_descriptor (rtx mem)
12835
{
12836
  tree base;
12837
  dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result;
12838
 
12839
  if (MEM_EXPR (mem) == NULL_TREE || MEM_OFFSET (mem) == NULL_RTX)
12840
    return NULL;
12841
 
12842
  base = get_base_address (MEM_EXPR (mem));
12843
  if (base == NULL
12844
      || TREE_CODE (base) != VAR_DECL
12845
      || !DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (base))
12846
    return NULL;
12847
 
12848
  loc_result = loc_descriptor_from_tree (MEM_EXPR (mem), 1);
12849
  if (loc_result == NULL)
12850
    return NULL;
12851
 
12852
  if (INTVAL (MEM_OFFSET (mem)))
12853
    loc_descr_plus_const (&loc_result, INTVAL (MEM_OFFSET (mem)));
12854
 
12855
  return loc_result;
12856
}
12857
 
12858
/* Output debug info about reason why we failed to expand expression as dwarf
12859
   expression.  */
12860
 
12861
static void
12862
expansion_failed (tree expr, rtx rtl, char const *reason)
12863
{
12864
  if (dump_file && (dump_flags & TDF_DETAILS))
12865
    {
12866
      fprintf (dump_file, "Failed to expand as dwarf: ");
12867
      if (expr)
12868
        print_generic_expr (dump_file, expr, dump_flags);
12869
      if (rtl)
12870
        {
12871
          fprintf (dump_file, "\n");
12872
          print_rtl (dump_file, rtl);
12873
        }
12874
      fprintf (dump_file, "\nReason: %s\n", reason);
12875
    }
12876
}
12877
 
12878
/* Helper function for const_ok_for_output, called either directly
12879
   or via for_each_rtx.  */
12880
 
12881
static int
12882
const_ok_for_output_1 (rtx *rtlp, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
12883
{
12884
  rtx rtl = *rtlp;
12885
 
12886
  if (GET_CODE (rtl) == UNSPEC)
12887
    {
12888
      /* If delegitimize_address couldn't do anything with the UNSPEC, assume
12889
         we can't express it in the debug info.  */
12890
#ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
12891
      inform (current_function_decl
12892
              ? DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (current_function_decl)
12893
              : UNKNOWN_LOCATION,
12894
              "non-delegitimized UNSPEC %d found in variable location",
12895
              XINT (rtl, 1));
12896
#endif
12897
      expansion_failed (NULL_TREE, rtl,
12898
                        "UNSPEC hasn't been delegitimized.\n");
12899
      return 1;
12900
    }
12901
 
12902
  if (GET_CODE (rtl) != SYMBOL_REF)
12903
    return 0;
12904
 
12905
  if (CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (rtl))
12906
    {
12907
      bool marked;
12908
      get_pool_constant_mark (rtl, &marked);
12909
      /* If all references to this pool constant were optimized away,
12910
         it was not output and thus we can't represent it.  */
12911
      if (!marked)
12912
        {
12913
          expansion_failed (NULL_TREE, rtl,
12914
                            "Constant was removed from constant pool.\n");
12915
          return 1;
12916
        }
12917
    }
12918
 
12919
  if (SYMBOL_REF_TLS_MODEL (rtl) != TLS_MODEL_NONE)
12920
    return 1;
12921
 
12922
  /* Avoid references to external symbols in debug info, on several targets
12923
     the linker might even refuse to link when linking a shared library,
12924
     and in many other cases the relocations for .debug_info/.debug_loc are
12925
     dropped, so the address becomes zero anyway.  Hidden symbols, guaranteed
12926
     to be defined within the same shared library or executable are fine.  */
12927
  if (SYMBOL_REF_EXTERNAL_P (rtl))
12928
    {
12929
      tree decl = SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl);
12930
 
12931
      if (decl == NULL || !targetm.binds_local_p (decl))
12932
        {
12933
          expansion_failed (NULL_TREE, rtl,
12934
                            "Symbol not defined in current TU.\n");
12935
          return 1;
12936
        }
12937
    }
12938
 
12939
  return 0;
12940
}
12941
 
12942
/* Return true if constant RTL can be emitted in DW_OP_addr or
12943
   DW_AT_const_value.  TLS SYMBOL_REFs, external SYMBOL_REFs or
12944
   non-marked constant pool SYMBOL_REFs can't be referenced in it.  */
12945
 
12946
static bool
12947
const_ok_for_output (rtx rtl)
12948
{
12949
  if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SYMBOL_REF)
12950
    return const_ok_for_output_1 (&rtl, NULL) == 0;
12951
 
12952
  if (GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST)
12953
    return for_each_rtx (&XEXP (rtl, 0), const_ok_for_output_1, NULL) == 0;
12954
 
12955
  return true;
12956
}
12957
 
12958
/* The following routine converts the RTL for a variable or parameter
12959
   (resident in memory) into an equivalent Dwarf representation of a
12960
   mechanism for getting the address of that same variable onto the top of a
12961
   hypothetical "address evaluation" stack.
12962
 
12963
   When creating memory location descriptors, we are effectively transforming
12964
   the RTL for a memory-resident object into its Dwarf postfix expression
12965
   equivalent.  This routine recursively descends an RTL tree, turning
12966
   it into Dwarf postfix code as it goes.
12967
 
12968
   MODE is the mode of the memory reference, needed to handle some
12969
   autoincrement addressing modes.
12970
 
12971
   CAN_USE_FBREG is a flag whether we can use DW_AT_frame_base in the
12972
   location list for RTL.
12973
 
12974
   Return 0 if we can't represent the location.  */
12975
 
12976
static dw_loc_descr_ref
12977
mem_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, enum machine_mode mode,
12978
                    enum var_init_status initialized)
12979
{
12980
  dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_result = NULL;
12981
  enum dwarf_location_atom op;
12982
  dw_loc_descr_ref op0, op1;
12983
 
12984
  /* Note that for a dynamically sized array, the location we will generate a
12985
     description of here will be the lowest numbered location which is
12986
     actually within the array.  That's *not* necessarily the same as the
12987
     zeroth element of the array.  */
12988
 
12989
  rtl = targetm.delegitimize_address (rtl);
12990
 
12991
  switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
12992
    {
12993
    case POST_INC:
12994
    case POST_DEC:
12995
    case POST_MODIFY:
12996
      return mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode, initialized);
12997
 
12998
    case SUBREG:
12999
      /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
13000
         variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
13001
         up an entire register.  For now, just assume that it is
13002
         legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
13003
         contains the given subreg.  */
13004
      if (!subreg_lowpart_p (rtl))
13005
        break;
13006
      rtl = SUBREG_REG (rtl);
13007
      if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13008
        break;
13009
      if (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (rtl)) != MODE_INT)
13010
        break;
13011
      mem_loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (rtl, mode, initialized);
13012
      break;
13013
 
13014
    case REG:
13015
      /* Whenever a register number forms a part of the description of the
13016
         method for calculating the (dynamic) address of a memory resident
13017
         object, DWARF rules require the register number be referred to as
13018
         a "base register".  This distinction is not based in any way upon
13019
         what category of register the hardware believes the given register
13020
         belongs to.  This is strictly DWARF terminology we're dealing with
13021
         here. Note that in cases where the location of a memory-resident
13022
         data object could be expressed as: OP_ADD (OP_BASEREG (basereg),
13023
         OP_CONST (0)) the actual DWARF location descriptor that we generate
13024
         may just be OP_BASEREG (basereg).  This may look deceptively like
13025
         the object in question was allocated to a register (rather than in
13026
         memory) so DWARF consumers need to be aware of the subtle
13027
         distinction between OP_REG and OP_BASEREG.  */
13028
      if (REGNO (rtl) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
13029
        mem_loc_result = based_loc_descr (rtl, 0, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13030
      else if (stack_realign_drap
13031
               && crtl->drap_reg
13032
               && crtl->args.internal_arg_pointer == rtl
13033
               && REGNO (crtl->drap_reg) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
13034
        {
13035
          /* If RTL is internal_arg_pointer, which has been optimized
13036
             out, use DRAP instead.  */
13037
          mem_loc_result = based_loc_descr (crtl->drap_reg, 0,
13038
                                            VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13039
        }
13040
      break;
13041
 
13042
    case SIGN_EXTEND:
13043
    case ZERO_EXTEND:
13044
      op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
13045
                                VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13046
      if (op0 == 0)
13047
        break;
13048
      else
13049
        {
13050
          int shift = DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13051
                      - GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)));
13052
          shift *= BITS_PER_UNIT;
13053
          if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SIGN_EXTEND)
13054
            op = DW_OP_shra;
13055
          else
13056
            op = DW_OP_shr;
13057
          mem_loc_result = op0;
13058
          add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, int_loc_descriptor (shift));
13059
          add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl, 0, 0));
13060
          add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, int_loc_descriptor (shift));
13061
          add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
13062
        }
13063
      break;
13064
 
13065
    case MEM:
13066
      mem_loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), GET_MODE (rtl),
13067
                                           VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13068
      if (mem_loc_result == NULL)
13069
        mem_loc_result = tls_mem_loc_descriptor (rtl);
13070
      if (mem_loc_result != 0)
13071
        {
13072
          if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13073
            {
13074
              expansion_failed (NULL_TREE, rtl, "DWARF address size mismatch");
13075
              return 0;
13076
            }
13077
          else if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13078
            add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0));
13079
          else
13080
            add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
13081
                           new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref_size,
13082
                                          GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)), 0));
13083
        }
13084
      else
13085
        {
13086
          rtx new_rtl = avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl);
13087
          if (new_rtl != rtl)
13088
            return mem_loc_descriptor (new_rtl, mode, initialized);
13089
        }
13090
      break;
13091
 
13092
    case LO_SUM:
13093
         rtl = XEXP (rtl, 1);
13094
 
13095
      /* ... fall through ...  */
13096
 
13097
    case LABEL_REF:
13098
      /* Some ports can transform a symbol ref into a label ref, because
13099
         the symbol ref is too far away and has to be dumped into a constant
13100
         pool.  */
13101
    case CONST:
13102
    case SYMBOL_REF:
13103
      if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SYMBOL_REF
13104
          && SYMBOL_REF_TLS_MODEL (rtl) != TLS_MODEL_NONE)
13105
        {
13106
          dw_loc_descr_ref temp;
13107
 
13108
          /* If this is not defined, we have no way to emit the data.  */
13109
          if (!targetm.have_tls || !targetm.asm_out.output_dwarf_dtprel)
13110
            break;
13111
 
13112
          temp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr, 0, 0);
13113
          temp->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
13114
          temp->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
13115
          temp->dtprel = true;
13116
 
13117
          mem_loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address, 0, 0);
13118
          add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, temp);
13119
 
13120
          break;
13121
        }
13122
 
13123
      if (!const_ok_for_output (rtl))
13124
        break;
13125
 
13126
    symref:
13127
      mem_loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr, 0, 0);
13128
      mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
13129
      mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
13130
      VEC_safe_push (rtx, gc, used_rtx_array, rtl);
13131
      break;
13132
 
13133
    case CONCAT:
13134
    case CONCATN:
13135
    case VAR_LOCATION:
13136
      expansion_failed (NULL_TREE, rtl,
13137
                        "CONCAT/CONCATN/VAR_LOCATION is handled only by loc_descriptor");
13138
      return 0;
13139
 
13140
    case PRE_MODIFY:
13141
      /* Extract the PLUS expression nested inside and fall into
13142
         PLUS code below.  */
13143
      rtl = XEXP (rtl, 1);
13144
      goto plus;
13145
 
13146
    case PRE_INC:
13147
    case PRE_DEC:
13148
      /* Turn these into a PLUS expression and fall into the PLUS code
13149
         below.  */
13150
      rtl = gen_rtx_PLUS (word_mode, XEXP (rtl, 0),
13151
                          GEN_INT (GET_CODE (rtl) == PRE_INC
13152
                                   ? GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode)
13153
                                   : -GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode)));
13154
 
13155
      /* ... fall through ...  */
13156
 
13157
    case PLUS:
13158
    plus:
13159
      if (is_based_loc (rtl))
13160
        mem_loc_result = based_loc_descr (XEXP (rtl, 0),
13161
                                          INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)),
13162
                                          VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13163
      else
13164
        {
13165
          mem_loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
13166
                                               VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13167
          if (mem_loc_result == 0)
13168
            break;
13169
 
13170
          if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1)))
13171
            loc_descr_plus_const (&mem_loc_result, INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)));
13172
          else
13173
            {
13174
              dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_result2
13175
                = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode,
13176
                                      VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13177
              if (mem_loc_result2 == 0)
13178
                break;
13179
              add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, mem_loc_result2);
13180
              add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
13181
                             new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
13182
            }
13183
        }
13184
      break;
13185
 
13186
    /* If a pseudo-reg is optimized away, it is possible for it to
13187
       be replaced with a MEM containing a multiply or shift.  */
13188
    case MINUS:
13189
      op = DW_OP_minus;
13190
      goto do_binop;
13191
 
13192
    case MULT:
13193
      op = DW_OP_mul;
13194
      goto do_binop;
13195
 
13196
    case DIV:
13197
      op = DW_OP_div;
13198
      goto do_binop;
13199
 
13200
    case UMOD:
13201
      op = DW_OP_mod;
13202
      goto do_binop;
13203
 
13204
    case ASHIFT:
13205
      op = DW_OP_shl;
13206
      goto do_binop;
13207
 
13208
    case ASHIFTRT:
13209
      op = DW_OP_shra;
13210
      goto do_binop;
13211
 
13212
    case LSHIFTRT:
13213
      op = DW_OP_shr;
13214
      goto do_binop;
13215
 
13216
    case AND:
13217
      op = DW_OP_and;
13218
      goto do_binop;
13219
 
13220
    case IOR:
13221
      op = DW_OP_or;
13222
      goto do_binop;
13223
 
13224
    case XOR:
13225
      op = DW_OP_xor;
13226
      goto do_binop;
13227
 
13228
    do_binop:
13229
      op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
13230
                                VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13231
      op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode,
13232
                                VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13233
 
13234
      if (op0 == 0 || op1 == 0)
13235
        break;
13236
 
13237
      mem_loc_result = op0;
13238
      add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, op1);
13239
      add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
13240
      break;
13241
 
13242
    case MOD:
13243
      op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
13244
                                VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13245
      op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode,
13246
                                VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13247
 
13248
      if (op0 == 0 || op1 == 0)
13249
        break;
13250
 
13251
      mem_loc_result = op0;
13252
      add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, op1);
13253
      add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over, 0, 0));
13254
      add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over, 0, 0));
13255
      add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_div, 0, 0));
13256
      add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_mul, 0, 0));
13257
      add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus, 0, 0));
13258
      break;
13259
 
13260
    case NOT:
13261
      op = DW_OP_not;
13262
      goto do_unop;
13263
 
13264
    case ABS:
13265
      op = DW_OP_abs;
13266
      goto do_unop;
13267
 
13268
    case NEG:
13269
      op = DW_OP_neg;
13270
      goto do_unop;
13271
 
13272
    do_unop:
13273
      op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
13274
                                VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13275
 
13276
      if (op0 == 0)
13277
        break;
13278
 
13279
      mem_loc_result = op0;
13280
      add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
13281
      break;
13282
 
13283
    case CONST_INT:
13284
      mem_loc_result = int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (rtl));
13285
      break;
13286
 
13287
    case EQ:
13288
      op = DW_OP_eq;
13289
      goto do_scompare;
13290
 
13291
    case GE:
13292
      op = DW_OP_ge;
13293
      goto do_scompare;
13294
 
13295
    case GT:
13296
      op = DW_OP_gt;
13297
      goto do_scompare;
13298
 
13299
    case LE:
13300
      op = DW_OP_le;
13301
      goto do_scompare;
13302
 
13303
    case LT:
13304
      op = DW_OP_lt;
13305
      goto do_scompare;
13306
 
13307
    case NE:
13308
      op = DW_OP_ne;
13309
      goto do_scompare;
13310
 
13311
    do_scompare:
13312
      if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0))) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13313
          || GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 1))) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13314
        break;
13315
      else
13316
        {
13317
          enum machine_mode op_mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0));
13318
 
13319
          if (op_mode == VOIDmode)
13320
            op_mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 1));
13321
          if (op_mode != VOIDmode && GET_MODE_CLASS (op_mode) != MODE_INT)
13322
            break;
13323
 
13324
          op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
13325
                                    VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13326
          op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode,
13327
                                    VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13328
 
13329
          if (op0 == 0 || op1 == 0)
13330
            break;
13331
 
13332
          if (op_mode != VOIDmode
13333
              && GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13334
            {
13335
              int shift = DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE - GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode);
13336
              shift *= BITS_PER_UNIT;
13337
              /* For eq/ne, if the operands are known to be zero-extended,
13338
                 there is no need to do the fancy shifting up.  */
13339
              if (op == DW_OP_eq || op == DW_OP_ne)
13340
                {
13341
                  dw_loc_descr_ref last0, last1;
13342
                  for (last0 = op0;
13343
                       last0->dw_loc_next != NULL;
13344
                       last0 = last0->dw_loc_next)
13345
                    ;
13346
                  for (last1 = op1;
13347
                       last1->dw_loc_next != NULL;
13348
                       last1 = last1->dw_loc_next)
13349
                    ;
13350
                  /* deref_size zero extends, and for constants we can check
13351
                     whether they are zero extended or not.  */
13352
                  if (((last0->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_deref_size
13353
                        && last0->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int
13354
                           <= GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode))
13355
                       || (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0))
13356
                            && (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 0))
13357
                               == (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 0))
13358
                                   & GET_MODE_MASK (op_mode))))
13359
                      && ((last1->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_deref_size
13360
                           && last1->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int
13361
                              <= GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode))
13362
                          || (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1))
13363
                              && (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT)
13364
                                 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1))
13365
                                 == (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1))
13366
                                     & GET_MODE_MASK (op_mode)))))
13367
                    goto do_compare;
13368
                }
13369
              add_loc_descr (&op0, int_loc_descriptor (shift));
13370
              add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl, 0, 0));
13371
              if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1)))
13372
                op1 = int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)) << shift);
13373
              else
13374
                {
13375
                  add_loc_descr (&op1, int_loc_descriptor (shift));
13376
                  add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl, 0, 0));
13377
                }
13378
            }
13379
        }
13380
 
13381
    do_compare:
13382
      mem_loc_result = op0;
13383
      add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, op1);
13384
      add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
13385
      if (STORE_FLAG_VALUE != 1)
13386
        {
13387
          add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
13388
                         int_loc_descriptor (STORE_FLAG_VALUE));
13389
          add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_mul, 0, 0));
13390
        }
13391
      break;
13392
 
13393
    case GEU:
13394
      op = DW_OP_ge;
13395
      goto do_ucompare;
13396
 
13397
    case GTU:
13398
      op = DW_OP_gt;
13399
      goto do_ucompare;
13400
 
13401
    case LEU:
13402
      op = DW_OP_le;
13403
      goto do_ucompare;
13404
 
13405
    case LTU:
13406
      op = DW_OP_lt;
13407
      goto do_ucompare;
13408
 
13409
    do_ucompare:
13410
      if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0))) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13411
          || GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 1))) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13412
        break;
13413
      else
13414
        {
13415
          enum machine_mode op_mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0));
13416
 
13417
          if (op_mode == VOIDmode)
13418
            op_mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 1));
13419
          if (op_mode != VOIDmode && GET_MODE_CLASS (op_mode) != MODE_INT)
13420
            break;
13421
 
13422
          op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
13423
                                    VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13424
          op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode,
13425
                                    VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13426
 
13427
          if (op0 == 0 || op1 == 0)
13428
            break;
13429
 
13430
          if (op_mode != VOIDmode
13431
              && GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13432
            {
13433
              HOST_WIDE_INT mask = GET_MODE_MASK (op_mode);
13434
              dw_loc_descr_ref last0, last1;
13435
              for (last0 = op0;
13436
                   last0->dw_loc_next != NULL;
13437
                   last0 = last0->dw_loc_next)
13438
                ;
13439
              for (last1 = op1;
13440
                   last1->dw_loc_next != NULL;
13441
                   last1 = last1->dw_loc_next)
13442
                ;
13443
              if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0)))
13444
                op0 = int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 0)) & mask);
13445
              /* deref_size zero extends, so no need to mask it again.  */
13446
              else if (last0->dw_loc_opc != DW_OP_deref_size
13447
                       || last0->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int
13448
                          > GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode))
13449
                {
13450
                  add_loc_descr (&op0, int_loc_descriptor (mask));
13451
                  add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and, 0, 0));
13452
                }
13453
              if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1)))
13454
                op1 = int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)) & mask);
13455
              /* deref_size zero extends, so no need to mask it again.  */
13456
              else if (last1->dw_loc_opc != DW_OP_deref_size
13457
                       || last1->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int
13458
                          > GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode))
13459
                {
13460
                  add_loc_descr (&op1, int_loc_descriptor (mask));
13461
                  add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and, 0, 0));
13462
                }
13463
            }
13464
          else
13465
            {
13466
              HOST_WIDE_INT bias = 1;
13467
              bias <<= (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * BITS_PER_UNIT - 1);
13468
              add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, bias, 0));
13469
              if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1)))
13470
                op1 = int_loc_descriptor ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) bias
13471
                                          + INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)));
13472
              else
13473
                add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst,
13474
                                                    bias, 0));
13475
            }
13476
        }
13477
      goto do_compare;
13478
 
13479
    case SMIN:
13480
    case SMAX:
13481
    case UMIN:
13482
    case UMAX:
13483
      if (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0))) != MODE_INT
13484
          || GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0))) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13485
          || GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) != GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 1)))
13486
        break;
13487
 
13488
      op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
13489
                                VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13490
      op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode,
13491
                                VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13492
 
13493
      if (op0 == 0 || op1 == 0)
13494
        break;
13495
 
13496
      add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup, 0, 0));
13497
      add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap, 0, 0));
13498
      add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over, 0, 0));
13499
      if (GET_CODE (rtl) == UMIN || GET_CODE (rtl) == UMAX)
13500
        {
13501
          if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0))) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13502
            {
13503
              HOST_WIDE_INT mask = GET_MODE_MASK (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)));
13504
              add_loc_descr (&op0, int_loc_descriptor (mask));
13505
              add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and, 0, 0));
13506
              add_loc_descr (&op1, int_loc_descriptor (mask));
13507
              add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and, 0, 0));
13508
            }
13509
          else
13510
            {
13511
              HOST_WIDE_INT bias = 1;
13512
              bias <<= (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * BITS_PER_UNIT - 1);
13513
              add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, bias, 0));
13514
              add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, bias, 0));
13515
            }
13516
        }
13517
      else if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0))) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13518
        {
13519
          int shift = DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13520
                      - GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)));
13521
          shift *= BITS_PER_UNIT;
13522
          add_loc_descr (&op0, int_loc_descriptor (shift));
13523
          add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl, 0, 0));
13524
          add_loc_descr (&op1, int_loc_descriptor (shift));
13525
          add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl, 0, 0));
13526
        }
13527
 
13528
      if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SMIN || GET_CODE (rtl) == UMIN)
13529
        op = DW_OP_lt;
13530
      else
13531
        op = DW_OP_gt;
13532
      mem_loc_result = op0;
13533
      add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, op1);
13534
      add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
13535
      {
13536
        dw_loc_descr_ref bra_node, drop_node;
13537
 
13538
        bra_node = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra, 0, 0);
13539
        add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, bra_node);
13540
        add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap, 0, 0));
13541
        drop_node = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_drop, 0, 0);
13542
        add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, drop_node);
13543
        bra_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
13544
        bra_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = drop_node;
13545
      }
13546
      break;
13547
 
13548
    case ZERO_EXTRACT:
13549
    case SIGN_EXTRACT:
13550
      if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1))
13551
          && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 2))
13552
          && ((unsigned) INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1))
13553
              + (unsigned) INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 2))
13554
              <= GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)))
13555
          && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13556
          && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0))) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13557
        {
13558
          int shift, size;
13559
          op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
13560
                                    VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13561
          if (op0 == 0)
13562
            break;
13563
          if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SIGN_EXTRACT)
13564
            op = DW_OP_shra;
13565
          else
13566
            op = DW_OP_shr;
13567
          mem_loc_result = op0;
13568
          size = INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1));
13569
          shift = INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 2));
13570
          if (BITS_BIG_ENDIAN)
13571
            shift = GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)))
13572
                    - shift - size;
13573
          if (shift + size != (int) DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13574
            {
13575
              add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
13576
                             int_loc_descriptor (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13577
                                                 - shift - size));
13578
              add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl, 0, 0));
13579
            }
13580
          if (size != (int) DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13581
            {
13582
              add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
13583
                             int_loc_descriptor (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE - size));
13584
              add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
13585
            }
13586
        }
13587
      break;
13588
 
13589
    case COMPARE:
13590
    case IF_THEN_ELSE:
13591
    case ROTATE:
13592
    case ROTATERT:
13593
    case TRUNCATE:
13594
      /* In theory, we could implement the above.  */
13595
      /* DWARF cannot represent the unsigned compare operations
13596
         natively.  */
13597
    case SS_MULT:
13598
    case US_MULT:
13599
    case SS_DIV:
13600
    case US_DIV:
13601
    case SS_PLUS:
13602
    case US_PLUS:
13603
    case SS_MINUS:
13604
    case US_MINUS:
13605
    case SS_NEG:
13606
    case US_NEG:
13607
    case SS_ABS:
13608
    case SS_ASHIFT:
13609
    case US_ASHIFT:
13610
    case SS_TRUNCATE:
13611
    case US_TRUNCATE:
13612
    case UDIV:
13613
    case UNORDERED:
13614
    case ORDERED:
13615
    case UNEQ:
13616
    case UNGE:
13617
    case UNGT:
13618
    case UNLE:
13619
    case UNLT:
13620
    case LTGT:
13621
    case FLOAT_EXTEND:
13622
    case FLOAT_TRUNCATE:
13623
    case FLOAT:
13624
    case UNSIGNED_FLOAT:
13625
    case FIX:
13626
    case UNSIGNED_FIX:
13627
    case FRACT_CONVERT:
13628
    case UNSIGNED_FRACT_CONVERT:
13629
    case SAT_FRACT:
13630
    case UNSIGNED_SAT_FRACT:
13631
    case SQRT:
13632
    case BSWAP:
13633
    case FFS:
13634
    case CLZ:
13635
    case CTZ:
13636
    case POPCOUNT:
13637
    case PARITY:
13638
    case ASM_OPERANDS:
13639
    case VEC_MERGE:
13640
    case VEC_SELECT:
13641
    case VEC_CONCAT:
13642
    case VEC_DUPLICATE:
13643
    case UNSPEC:
13644
    case HIGH:
13645
      /* If delegitimize_address couldn't do anything with the UNSPEC, we
13646
         can't express it in the debug info.  This can happen e.g. with some
13647
         TLS UNSPECs.  */
13648
      break;
13649
 
13650
    case CONST_STRING:
13651
      resolve_one_addr (&rtl, NULL);
13652
      goto symref;
13653
 
13654
    default:
13655
#ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
13656
      print_rtl (stderr, rtl);
13657
      gcc_unreachable ();
13658
#else
13659
      break;
13660
#endif
13661
    }
13662
 
13663
  if (mem_loc_result && initialized == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
13664
    add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit, 0, 0));
13665
 
13666
  return mem_loc_result;
13667
}
13668
 
13669
/* Return a descriptor that describes the concatenation of two locations.
13670
   This is typically a complex variable.  */
13671
 
13672
static dw_loc_descr_ref
13673
concat_loc_descriptor (rtx x0, rtx x1, enum var_init_status initialized)
13674
{
13675
  dw_loc_descr_ref cc_loc_result = NULL;
13676
  dw_loc_descr_ref x0_ref
13677
    = loc_descriptor (x0, VOIDmode, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13678
  dw_loc_descr_ref x1_ref
13679
    = loc_descriptor (x1, VOIDmode, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13680
 
13681
  if (x0_ref == 0 || x1_ref == 0)
13682
    return 0;
13683
 
13684
  cc_loc_result = x0_ref;
13685
  add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x0)));
13686
 
13687
  add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result, x1_ref);
13688
  add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x1)));
13689
 
13690
  if (initialized == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
13691
    add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit, 0, 0));
13692
 
13693
  return cc_loc_result;
13694
}
13695
 
13696
/* Return a descriptor that describes the concatenation of N
13697
   locations.  */
13698
 
13699
static dw_loc_descr_ref
13700
concatn_loc_descriptor (rtx concatn, enum var_init_status initialized)
13701
{
13702
  unsigned int i;
13703
  dw_loc_descr_ref cc_loc_result = NULL;
13704
  unsigned int n = XVECLEN (concatn, 0);
13705
 
13706
  for (i = 0; i < n; ++i)
13707
    {
13708
      dw_loc_descr_ref ref;
13709
      rtx x = XVECEXP (concatn, 0, i);
13710
 
13711
      ref = loc_descriptor (x, VOIDmode, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13712
      if (ref == NULL)
13713
        return NULL;
13714
 
13715
      add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result, ref);
13716
      add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x)));
13717
    }
13718
 
13719
  if (cc_loc_result && initialized == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
13720
    add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit, 0, 0));
13721
 
13722
  return cc_loc_result;
13723
}
13724
 
13725
/* Output a proper Dwarf location descriptor for a variable or parameter
13726
   which is either allocated in a register or in a memory location.  For a
13727
   register, we just generate an OP_REG and the register number.  For a
13728
   memory location we provide a Dwarf postfix expression describing how to
13729
   generate the (dynamic) address of the object onto the address stack.
13730
 
13731
   MODE is mode of the decl if this loc_descriptor is going to be used in
13732
   .debug_loc section where DW_OP_stack_value and DW_OP_implicit_value are
13733
   allowed, VOIDmode otherwise.
13734
 
13735
   If we don't know how to describe it, return 0.  */
13736
 
13737
static dw_loc_descr_ref
13738
loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, enum machine_mode mode,
13739
                enum var_init_status initialized)
13740
{
13741
  dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result = NULL;
13742
 
13743
  switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
13744
    {
13745
    case SUBREG:
13746
      /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
13747
         variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
13748
         up an entire register.  For now, just assume that it is
13749
         legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
13750
         contains the given subreg.  */
13751
      loc_result = loc_descriptor (SUBREG_REG (rtl), mode, initialized);
13752
      break;
13753
 
13754
    case REG:
13755
      loc_result = reg_loc_descriptor (rtl, initialized);
13756
      break;
13757
 
13758
    case SIGN_EXTEND:
13759
    case ZERO_EXTEND:
13760
      loc_result = loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode, initialized);
13761
      break;
13762
 
13763
    case MEM:
13764
      loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), GET_MODE (rtl),
13765
                                       initialized);
13766
      if (loc_result == NULL)
13767
        loc_result = tls_mem_loc_descriptor (rtl);
13768
      if (loc_result == NULL)
13769
        {
13770
          rtx new_rtl = avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl);
13771
          if (new_rtl != rtl)
13772
            loc_result = loc_descriptor (new_rtl, mode, initialized);
13773
        }
13774
      break;
13775
 
13776
    case CONCAT:
13777
      loc_result = concat_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), XEXP (rtl, 1),
13778
                                          initialized);
13779
      break;
13780
 
13781
    case CONCATN:
13782
      loc_result = concatn_loc_descriptor (rtl, initialized);
13783
      break;
13784
 
13785
    case VAR_LOCATION:
13786
      /* Single part.  */
13787
      if (GET_CODE (PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (rtl)) != PARALLEL)
13788
        {
13789
          rtx loc = PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (rtl);
13790
          if (GET_CODE (loc) == EXPR_LIST)
13791
            loc = XEXP (loc, 0);
13792
          loc_result = loc_descriptor (loc, mode, initialized);
13793
          break;
13794
        }
13795
 
13796
      rtl = XEXP (rtl, 1);
13797
      /* FALLTHRU */
13798
 
13799
    case PARALLEL:
13800
      {
13801
        rtvec par_elems = XVEC (rtl, 0);
13802
        int num_elem = GET_NUM_ELEM (par_elems);
13803
        enum machine_mode mode;
13804
        int i;
13805
 
13806
        /* Create the first one, so we have something to add to.  */
13807
        loc_result = loc_descriptor (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, 0), 0),
13808
                                     VOIDmode, initialized);
13809
        if (loc_result == NULL)
13810
          return NULL;
13811
        mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, 0), 0));
13812
        add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode));
13813
        for (i = 1; i < num_elem; i++)
13814
          {
13815
            dw_loc_descr_ref temp;
13816
 
13817
            temp = loc_descriptor (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, i), 0),
13818
                                   VOIDmode, initialized);
13819
            if (temp == NULL)
13820
              return NULL;
13821
            add_loc_descr (&loc_result, temp);
13822
            mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, i), 0));
13823
            add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode));
13824
          }
13825
      }
13826
      break;
13827
 
13828
    case CONST_INT:
13829
      if (mode != VOIDmode && mode != BLKmode)
13830
        loc_result = address_of_int_loc_descriptor (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode),
13831
                                                    INTVAL (rtl));
13832
      break;
13833
 
13834
    case CONST_DOUBLE:
13835
      if (mode == VOIDmode)
13836
        mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
13837
 
13838
      if (mode != VOIDmode && (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict))
13839
        {
13840
          gcc_assert (mode == GET_MODE (rtl) || VOIDmode == GET_MODE (rtl));
13841
 
13842
          /* Note that a CONST_DOUBLE rtx could represent either an integer
13843
             or a floating-point constant.  A CONST_DOUBLE is used whenever
13844
             the constant requires more than one word in order to be
13845
             adequately represented.  We output CONST_DOUBLEs as blocks.  */
13846
          loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_implicit_value,
13847
                                      GET_MODE_SIZE (mode), 0);
13848
          if (SCALAR_FLOAT_MODE_P (mode))
13849
            {
13850
              unsigned int length = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
13851
              unsigned char *array = GGC_NEWVEC (unsigned char, length);
13852
 
13853
              insert_float (rtl, array);
13854
              loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_vec;
13855
              loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_vec.length = length / 4;
13856
              loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_vec.elt_size = 4;
13857
              loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_vec.array = array;
13858
            }
13859
          else
13860
            {
13861
              loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_const_double;
13862
              loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_double.high
13863
                = CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (rtl);
13864
              loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_double.low
13865
                = CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (rtl);
13866
            }
13867
        }
13868
      break;
13869
 
13870
    case CONST_VECTOR:
13871
      if (mode == VOIDmode)
13872
        mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
13873
 
13874
      if (mode != VOIDmode && (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict))
13875
        {
13876
          unsigned int elt_size = GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl));
13877
          unsigned int length = CONST_VECTOR_NUNITS (rtl);
13878
          unsigned char *array = GGC_NEWVEC (unsigned char, length * elt_size);
13879
          unsigned int i;
13880
          unsigned char *p;
13881
 
13882
          gcc_assert (mode == GET_MODE (rtl) || VOIDmode == GET_MODE (rtl));
13883
          switch (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode))
13884
            {
13885
            case MODE_VECTOR_INT:
13886
              for (i = 0, p = array; i < length; i++, p += elt_size)
13887
                {
13888
                  rtx elt = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl, i);
13889
                  HOST_WIDE_INT lo, hi;
13890
 
13891
                  switch (GET_CODE (elt))
13892
                    {
13893
                    case CONST_INT:
13894
                      lo = INTVAL (elt);
13895
                      hi = -(lo < 0);
13896
                      break;
13897
 
13898
                    case CONST_DOUBLE:
13899
                      lo = CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (elt);
13900
                      hi = CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (elt);
13901
                      break;
13902
 
13903
                    default:
13904
                      gcc_unreachable ();
13905
                    }
13906
 
13907
                  if (elt_size <= sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT))
13908
                    insert_int (lo, elt_size, p);
13909
                  else
13910
                    {
13911
                      unsigned char *p0 = p;
13912
                      unsigned char *p1 = p + sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT);
13913
 
13914
                      gcc_assert (elt_size == 2 * sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT));
13915
                      if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
13916
                        {
13917
                          p0 = p1;
13918
                          p1 = p;
13919
                        }
13920
                      insert_int (lo, sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT), p0);
13921
                      insert_int (hi, sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT), p1);
13922
                    }
13923
                }
13924
              break;
13925
 
13926
            case MODE_VECTOR_FLOAT:
13927
              for (i = 0, p = array; i < length; i++, p += elt_size)
13928
                {
13929
                  rtx elt = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl, i);
13930
                  insert_float (elt, p);
13931
                }
13932
              break;
13933
 
13934
            default:
13935
              gcc_unreachable ();
13936
            }
13937
 
13938
          loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_implicit_value,
13939
                                      length * elt_size, 0);
13940
          loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_vec;
13941
          loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_vec.length = length;
13942
          loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_vec.elt_size = elt_size;
13943
          loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_vec.array = array;
13944
        }
13945
      break;
13946
 
13947
    case CONST:
13948
      if (mode == VOIDmode
13949
          || GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == CONST_INT
13950
          || GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == CONST_DOUBLE
13951
          || GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == CONST_VECTOR)
13952
        {
13953
          loc_result = loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode, initialized);
13954
          break;
13955
        }
13956
      /* FALLTHROUGH */
13957
    case SYMBOL_REF:
13958
      if (!const_ok_for_output (rtl))
13959
        break;
13960
    case LABEL_REF:
13961
      if (mode != VOIDmode && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13962
          && (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict))
13963
        {
13964
          loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr, 0, 0);
13965
          loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
13966
          loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
13967
          add_loc_descr (&loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
13968
          VEC_safe_push (rtx, gc, used_rtx_array, rtl);
13969
        }
13970
      break;
13971
 
13972
    default:
13973
      if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT && GET_MODE (rtl) == mode
13974
          && GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13975
          && (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict))
13976
        {
13977
          /* Value expression.  */
13978
          loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (rtl, VOIDmode, initialized);
13979
          if (loc_result)
13980
            add_loc_descr (&loc_result,
13981
                           new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
13982
        }
13983
      break;
13984
    }
13985
 
13986
  return loc_result;
13987
}
13988
 
13989
/* We need to figure out what section we should use as the base for the
13990
   address ranges where a given location is valid.
13991
   1. If this particular DECL has a section associated with it, use that.
13992
   2. If this function has a section associated with it, use that.
13993
   3. Otherwise, use the text section.
13994
   XXX: If you split a variable across multiple sections, we won't notice.  */
13995
 
13996
static const char *
13997
secname_for_decl (const_tree decl)
13998
{
13999
  const char *secname;
14000
 
14001
  if (VAR_OR_FUNCTION_DECL_P (decl) && DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl))
14002
    {
14003
      tree sectree = DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl);
14004
      secname = TREE_STRING_POINTER (sectree);
14005
    }
14006
  else if (current_function_decl && DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl))
14007
    {
14008
      tree sectree = DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl);
14009
      secname = TREE_STRING_POINTER (sectree);
14010
    }
14011
  else if (cfun && in_cold_section_p)
14012
    secname = crtl->subsections.cold_section_label;
14013
  else
14014
    secname = text_section_label;
14015
 
14016
  return secname;
14017
}
14018
 
14019
/* Return true when DECL_BY_REFERENCE is defined and set for DECL.  */
14020
 
14021
static bool
14022
decl_by_reference_p (tree decl)
14023
{
14024
  return ((TREE_CODE (decl) == PARM_DECL || TREE_CODE (decl) == RESULT_DECL
14025
           || TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL)
14026
          && DECL_BY_REFERENCE (decl));
14027
}
14028
 
14029
/* Helper function for dw_loc_list.  Compute proper Dwarf location descriptor
14030
   for VARLOC.  */
14031
 
14032
static dw_loc_descr_ref
14033
dw_loc_list_1 (tree loc, rtx varloc, int want_address,
14034
               enum var_init_status initialized)
14035
{
14036
  int have_address = 0;
14037
  dw_loc_descr_ref descr;
14038
  enum machine_mode mode;
14039
 
14040
  if (want_address != 2)
14041
    {
14042
      gcc_assert (GET_CODE (varloc) == VAR_LOCATION);
14043
      /* Single part.  */
14044
      if (GET_CODE (PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (varloc)) != PARALLEL)
14045
        {
14046
          varloc = PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (varloc);
14047
          if (GET_CODE (varloc) == EXPR_LIST)
14048
            varloc = XEXP (varloc, 0);
14049
          mode = GET_MODE (varloc);
14050
          if (MEM_P (varloc))
14051
            {
14052
              rtx addr = XEXP (varloc, 0);
14053
              descr = mem_loc_descriptor (addr, mode, initialized);
14054
              if (descr)
14055
                have_address = 1;
14056
              else
14057
                {
14058
                  rtx x = avoid_constant_pool_reference (varloc);
14059
                  if (x != varloc)
14060
                    descr = mem_loc_descriptor (x, mode, initialized);
14061
                }
14062
            }
14063
          else
14064
            descr = mem_loc_descriptor (varloc, mode, initialized);
14065
        }
14066
      else
14067
        return 0;
14068
    }
14069
  else
14070
    {
14071
      descr = loc_descriptor (varloc, DECL_MODE (loc), initialized);
14072
      have_address = 1;
14073
    }
14074
 
14075
  if (!descr)
14076
    return 0;
14077
 
14078
  if (want_address == 2 && !have_address
14079
      && (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict))
14080
    {
14081
      if (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc)) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
14082
        {
14083
          expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
14084
                            "DWARF address size mismatch");
14085
          return 0;
14086
        }
14087
      add_loc_descr (&descr, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
14088
      have_address = 1;
14089
    }
14090
  /* Show if we can't fill the request for an address.  */
14091
  if (want_address && !have_address)
14092
    {
14093
      expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
14094
                        "Want address and only have value");
14095
      return 0;
14096
    }
14097
 
14098
  /* If we've got an address and don't want one, dereference.  */
14099
  if (!want_address && have_address)
14100
    {
14101
      HOST_WIDE_INT size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc));
14102
      enum dwarf_location_atom op;
14103
 
14104
      if (size > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE || size == -1)
14105
        {
14106
          expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
14107
                            "DWARF address size mismatch");
14108
          return 0;
14109
        }
14110
      else if (size == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
14111
        op = DW_OP_deref;
14112
      else
14113
        op = DW_OP_deref_size;
14114
 
14115
      add_loc_descr (&descr, new_loc_descr (op, size, 0));
14116
    }
14117
 
14118
  return descr;
14119
}
14120
 
14121
/* Return the dwarf representation of the location list LOC_LIST of
14122
   DECL.  WANT_ADDRESS has the same meaning as in loc_list_from_tree
14123
   function.  */
14124
 
14125
static dw_loc_list_ref
14126
dw_loc_list (var_loc_list *loc_list, tree decl, int want_address)
14127
{
14128
  const char *endname, *secname;
14129
  rtx varloc;
14130
  enum var_init_status initialized;
14131
  struct var_loc_node *node;
14132
  dw_loc_descr_ref descr;
14133
  char label_id[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
14134
  dw_loc_list_ref list = NULL;
14135
  dw_loc_list_ref *listp = &list;
14136
 
14137
  /* Now that we know what section we are using for a base,
14138
     actually construct the list of locations.
14139
     The first location information is what is passed to the
14140
     function that creates the location list, and the remaining
14141
     locations just get added on to that list.
14142
     Note that we only know the start address for a location
14143
     (IE location changes), so to build the range, we use
14144
     the range [current location start, next location start].
14145
     This means we have to special case the last node, and generate
14146
     a range of [last location start, end of function label].  */
14147
 
14148
  secname = secname_for_decl (decl);
14149
 
14150
  for (node = loc_list->first; node->next; node = node->next)
14151
    if (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (node->var_loc_note) != NULL_RTX)
14152
      {
14153
        /* The variable has a location between NODE->LABEL and
14154
           NODE->NEXT->LABEL.  */
14155
        initialized = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (node->var_loc_note);
14156
        varloc = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node->var_loc_note);
14157
        descr = dw_loc_list_1 (decl, varloc, want_address, initialized);
14158
        if (descr)
14159
          {
14160
            *listp = new_loc_list (descr, node->label, node->next->label,
14161
                                   secname);
14162
            listp = &(*listp)->dw_loc_next;
14163
          }
14164
      }
14165
 
14166
  /* If the variable has a location at the last label
14167
     it keeps its location until the end of function.  */
14168
  if (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (node->var_loc_note) != NULL_RTX)
14169
    {
14170
      initialized = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (node->var_loc_note);
14171
      varloc = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node->var_loc_note);
14172
      descr = dw_loc_list_1 (decl, varloc, want_address, initialized);
14173
      if (descr)
14174
        {
14175
          if (!current_function_decl)
14176
            endname = text_end_label;
14177
          else
14178
            {
14179
              ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id, FUNC_END_LABEL,
14180
                                           current_function_funcdef_no);
14181
              endname = ggc_strdup (label_id);
14182
            }
14183
 
14184
          *listp = new_loc_list (descr, node->label, endname, secname);
14185
          listp = &(*listp)->dw_loc_next;
14186
        }
14187
    }
14188
 
14189
  /* Try to avoid the overhead of a location list emitting a location
14190
     expression instead, but only if we didn't have more than one
14191
     location entry in the first place.  If some entries were not
14192
     representable, we don't want to pretend a single entry that was
14193
     applies to the entire scope in which the variable is
14194
     available.  */
14195
  if (list && loc_list->first->next)
14196
    gen_llsym (list);
14197
 
14198
  return list;
14199
}
14200
 
14201
/* Return if the loc_list has only single element and thus can be represented
14202
   as location description.   */
14203
 
14204
static bool
14205
single_element_loc_list_p (dw_loc_list_ref list)
14206
{
14207
  gcc_assert (!list->dw_loc_next || list->ll_symbol);
14208
  return !list->ll_symbol;
14209
}
14210
 
14211
/* To each location in list LIST add loc descr REF.  */
14212
 
14213
static void
14214
add_loc_descr_to_each (dw_loc_list_ref list, dw_loc_descr_ref ref)
14215
{
14216
  dw_loc_descr_ref copy;
14217
  add_loc_descr (&list->expr, ref);
14218
  list = list->dw_loc_next;
14219
  while (list)
14220
    {
14221
      copy = GGC_CNEW (dw_loc_descr_node);
14222
      memcpy (copy, ref, sizeof (dw_loc_descr_node));
14223
      add_loc_descr (&list->expr, copy);
14224
      while (copy->dw_loc_next)
14225
        {
14226
          dw_loc_descr_ref new_copy = GGC_CNEW (dw_loc_descr_node);
14227
          memcpy (new_copy, copy->dw_loc_next, sizeof (dw_loc_descr_node));
14228
          copy->dw_loc_next = new_copy;
14229
          copy = new_copy;
14230
        }
14231
      list = list->dw_loc_next;
14232
    }
14233
}
14234
 
14235
/* Given two lists RET and LIST
14236
   produce location list that is result of adding expression in LIST
14237
   to expression in RET on each possition in program.
14238
   Might be destructive on both RET and LIST.
14239
 
14240
   TODO: We handle only simple cases of RET or LIST having at most one
14241
   element. General case would inolve sorting the lists in program order
14242
   and merging them that will need some additional work.
14243
   Adding that will improve quality of debug info especially for SRA-ed
14244
   structures.  */
14245
 
14246
static void
14247
add_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref *ret, dw_loc_list_ref list)
14248
{
14249
  if (!list)
14250
    return;
14251
  if (!*ret)
14252
    {
14253
      *ret = list;
14254
      return;
14255
    }
14256
  if (!list->dw_loc_next)
14257
    {
14258
      add_loc_descr_to_each (*ret, list->expr);
14259
      return;
14260
    }
14261
  if (!(*ret)->dw_loc_next)
14262
    {
14263
      add_loc_descr_to_each (list, (*ret)->expr);
14264
      *ret = list;
14265
      return;
14266
    }
14267
  expansion_failed (NULL_TREE, NULL_RTX,
14268
                    "Don't know how to merge two non-trivial"
14269
                    " location lists.\n");
14270
  *ret = NULL;
14271
  return;
14272
}
14273
 
14274
/* LOC is constant expression.  Try a luck, look it up in constant
14275
   pool and return its loc_descr of its address.  */
14276
 
14277
static dw_loc_descr_ref
14278
cst_pool_loc_descr (tree loc)
14279
{
14280
  /* Get an RTL for this, if something has been emitted.  */
14281
  rtx rtl = lookup_constant_def (loc);
14282
  enum machine_mode mode;
14283
 
14284
  if (!rtl || !MEM_P (rtl))
14285
    {
14286
      gcc_assert (!rtl);
14287
      return 0;
14288
    }
14289
  gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == SYMBOL_REF);
14290
 
14291
  /* TODO: We might get more coverage if we was actually delaying expansion
14292
     of all expressions till end of compilation when constant pools are fully
14293
     populated.  */
14294
  if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (XEXP (rtl, 0))))
14295
    {
14296
      expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
14297
                        "CST value in contant pool but not marked.");
14298
      return 0;
14299
    }
14300
  mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
14301
  rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
14302
  return mem_loc_descriptor (rtl, mode, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
14303
}
14304
 
14305
/* Return dw_loc_list representing address of addr_expr LOC
14306
   by looking for innder INDIRECT_REF expression and turing it
14307
   into simple arithmetics.  */
14308
 
14309
static dw_loc_list_ref
14310
loc_list_for_address_of_addr_expr_of_indirect_ref (tree loc, bool toplev)
14311
{
14312
  tree obj, offset;
14313
  HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize, bitpos, bytepos;
14314
  enum machine_mode mode;
14315
  int volatilep;
14316
  int unsignedp = TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc));
14317
  dw_loc_list_ref list_ret = NULL, list_ret1 = NULL;
14318
 
14319
  obj = get_inner_reference (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0),
14320
                             &bitsize, &bitpos, &offset, &mode,
14321
                             &unsignedp, &volatilep, false);
14322
  STRIP_NOPS (obj);
14323
  if (bitpos % BITS_PER_UNIT)
14324
    {
14325
      expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "bitfield access");
14326
      return 0;
14327
    }
14328
  if (!INDIRECT_REF_P (obj))
14329
    {
14330
      expansion_failed (obj,
14331
                        NULL_RTX, "no indirect ref in inner refrence");
14332
      return 0;
14333
    }
14334
  if (!offset && !bitpos)
14335
    list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (obj, 0), toplev ? 2 : 1);
14336
  else if (toplev
14337
           && int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc)) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
14338
           && (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict))
14339
    {
14340
      list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (obj, 0), 0);
14341
      if (!list_ret)
14342
        return 0;
14343
      if (offset)
14344
        {
14345
          /* Variable offset.  */
14346
          list_ret1 = loc_list_from_tree (offset, 0);
14347
          if (list_ret1 == 0)
14348
            return 0;
14349
          add_loc_list (&list_ret, list_ret1);
14350
          if (!list_ret)
14351
            return 0;
14352
          add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret,
14353
                                 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
14354
        }
14355
      bytepos = bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT;
14356
      if (bytepos > 0)
14357
        add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret,
14358
                               new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst,
14359
                                              bytepos, 0));
14360
      else if (bytepos < 0)
14361
        loc_list_plus_const (list_ret, bytepos);
14362
      add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret,
14363
                             new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
14364
    }
14365
  return list_ret;
14366
}
14367
 
14368
 
14369
/* Generate Dwarf location list representing LOC.
14370
   If WANT_ADDRESS is false, expression computing LOC will be computed
14371
   If WANT_ADDRESS is 1, expression computing address of LOC will be returned
14372
   if WANT_ADDRESS is 2, expression computing address useable in location
14373
     will be returned (i.e. DW_OP_reg can be used
14374
     to refer to register values).  */
14375
 
14376
static dw_loc_list_ref
14377
loc_list_from_tree (tree loc, int want_address)
14378
{
14379
  dw_loc_descr_ref ret = NULL, ret1 = NULL;
14380
  dw_loc_list_ref list_ret = NULL, list_ret1 = NULL;
14381
  int have_address = 0;
14382
  enum dwarf_location_atom op;
14383
 
14384
  /* ??? Most of the time we do not take proper care for sign/zero
14385
     extending the values properly.  Hopefully this won't be a real
14386
     problem...  */
14387
 
14388
  switch (TREE_CODE (loc))
14389
    {
14390
    case ERROR_MARK:
14391
      expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "ERROR_MARK");
14392
      return 0;
14393
 
14394
    case PLACEHOLDER_EXPR:
14395
      /* This case involves extracting fields from an object to determine the
14396
         position of other fields.  We don't try to encode this here.  The
14397
         only user of this is Ada, which encodes the needed information using
14398
         the names of types.  */
14399
      expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "PLACEHOLDER_EXPR");
14400
      return 0;
14401
 
14402
    case CALL_EXPR:
14403
      expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "CALL_EXPR");
14404
      /* There are no opcodes for these operations.  */
14405
      return 0;
14406
 
14407
    case PREINCREMENT_EXPR:
14408
    case PREDECREMENT_EXPR:
14409
    case POSTINCREMENT_EXPR:
14410
    case POSTDECREMENT_EXPR:
14411
      expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "PRE/POST INDCREMENT/DECREMENT");
14412
      /* There are no opcodes for these operations.  */
14413
      return 0;
14414
 
14415
    case ADDR_EXPR:
14416
      /* If we already want an address, see if there is INDIRECT_REF inside
14417
         e.g. for &this->field.  */
14418
      if (want_address)
14419
        {
14420
          list_ret = loc_list_for_address_of_addr_expr_of_indirect_ref
14421
                       (loc, want_address == 2);
14422
          if (list_ret)
14423
            have_address = 1;
14424
          else if (decl_address_ip_invariant_p (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))
14425
                   && (ret = cst_pool_loc_descr (loc)))
14426
            have_address = 1;
14427
        }
14428
        /* Otherwise, process the argument and look for the address.  */
14429
      if (!list_ret && !ret)
14430
        list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 1);
14431
      else
14432
        {
14433
          if (want_address)
14434
            expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "need address of ADDR_EXPR");
14435
          return NULL;
14436
        }
14437
      break;
14438
 
14439
    case VAR_DECL:
14440
      if (DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (loc))
14441
        {
14442
          rtx rtl;
14443
          enum dwarf_location_atom first_op;
14444
          enum dwarf_location_atom second_op;
14445
          bool dtprel = false;
14446
 
14447
          if (targetm.have_tls)
14448
            {
14449
              /* If this is not defined, we have no way to emit the
14450
                 data.  */
14451
              if (!targetm.asm_out.output_dwarf_dtprel)
14452
                return 0;
14453
 
14454
               /* The way DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address is specified, we
14455
                  can only look up addresses of objects in the current
14456
                  module.  */
14457
              if (DECL_EXTERNAL (loc) && !targetm.binds_local_p (loc))
14458
                return 0;
14459
              first_op = DW_OP_addr;
14460
              dtprel = true;
14461
              second_op = DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address;
14462
            }
14463
          else
14464
            {
14465
              if (!targetm.emutls.debug_form_tls_address
14466
                  || !(dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict))
14467
                return 0;
14468
              loc = emutls_decl (loc);
14469
              first_op = DW_OP_addr;
14470
              second_op = DW_OP_form_tls_address;
14471
            }
14472
 
14473
          rtl = rtl_for_decl_location (loc);
14474
          if (rtl == NULL_RTX)
14475
            return 0;
14476
 
14477
          if (!MEM_P (rtl))
14478
            return 0;
14479
          rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
14480
          if (! CONSTANT_P (rtl))
14481
            return 0;
14482
 
14483
          ret = new_loc_descr (first_op, 0, 0);
14484
          ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
14485
          ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
14486
          ret->dtprel = dtprel;
14487
 
14488
          ret1 = new_loc_descr (second_op, 0, 0);
14489
          add_loc_descr (&ret, ret1);
14490
 
14491
          have_address = 1;
14492
          break;
14493
        }
14494
      /* FALLTHRU */
14495
 
14496
    case PARM_DECL:
14497
      if (DECL_HAS_VALUE_EXPR_P (loc))
14498
        return loc_list_from_tree (DECL_VALUE_EXPR (loc),
14499
                                   want_address);
14500
      /* FALLTHRU */
14501
 
14502
    case RESULT_DECL:
14503
    case FUNCTION_DECL:
14504
      {
14505
        rtx rtl;
14506
        var_loc_list *loc_list = lookup_decl_loc (loc);
14507
 
14508
        if (loc_list && loc_list->first)
14509
          {
14510
            list_ret = dw_loc_list (loc_list, loc, want_address);
14511
            have_address = want_address != 0;
14512
            break;
14513
          }
14514
        rtl = rtl_for_decl_location (loc);
14515
        if (rtl == NULL_RTX)
14516
          {
14517
            expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "DECL has no RTL");
14518
            return 0;
14519
          }
14520
        else if (CONST_INT_P (rtl))
14521
          {
14522
            HOST_WIDE_INT val = INTVAL (rtl);
14523
            if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc)))
14524
              val &= GET_MODE_MASK (DECL_MODE (loc));
14525
            ret = int_loc_descriptor (val);
14526
          }
14527
        else if (GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST_STRING)
14528
          {
14529
            expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "CONST_STRING");
14530
            return 0;
14531
          }
14532
        else if (CONSTANT_P (rtl) && const_ok_for_output (rtl))
14533
          {
14534
            ret = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr, 0, 0);
14535
            ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
14536
            ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
14537
          }
14538
        else
14539
          {
14540
            enum machine_mode mode;
14541
 
14542
            /* Certain constructs can only be represented at top-level.  */
14543
            if (want_address == 2)
14544
              {
14545
                ret = loc_descriptor (rtl, VOIDmode,
14546
                                      VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
14547
                have_address = 1;
14548
              }
14549
            else
14550
              {
14551
                mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
14552
                if (MEM_P (rtl))
14553
                  {
14554
                    rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
14555
                    have_address = 1;
14556
                  }
14557
                ret = mem_loc_descriptor (rtl, mode, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
14558
              }
14559
            if (!ret)
14560
              expansion_failed (loc, rtl,
14561
                                "failed to produce loc descriptor for rtl");
14562
          }
14563
      }
14564
      break;
14565
 
14566
    case INDIRECT_REF:
14567
    case ALIGN_INDIRECT_REF:
14568
    case MISALIGNED_INDIRECT_REF:
14569
      list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
14570
      have_address = 1;
14571
      break;
14572
 
14573
    case COMPOUND_EXPR:
14574
      return loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), want_address);
14575
 
14576
    CASE_CONVERT:
14577
    case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
14578
    case SAVE_EXPR:
14579
    case MODIFY_EXPR:
14580
      return loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), want_address);
14581
 
14582
    case COMPONENT_REF:
14583
    case BIT_FIELD_REF:
14584
    case ARRAY_REF:
14585
    case ARRAY_RANGE_REF:
14586
    case REALPART_EXPR:
14587
    case IMAGPART_EXPR:
14588
      {
14589
        tree obj, offset;
14590
        HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize, bitpos, bytepos;
14591
        enum machine_mode mode;
14592
        int volatilep;
14593
        int unsignedp = TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc));
14594
 
14595
        obj = get_inner_reference (loc, &bitsize, &bitpos, &offset, &mode,
14596
                                   &unsignedp, &volatilep, false);
14597
 
14598
        gcc_assert (obj != loc);
14599
 
14600
        list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (obj,
14601
                                       want_address == 2
14602
                                       && !bitpos && !offset ? 2 : 1);
14603
        /* TODO: We can extract value of the small expression via shifting even
14604
           for nonzero bitpos.  */
14605
        if (list_ret == 0)
14606
          return 0;
14607
        if (bitpos % BITS_PER_UNIT != 0 || bitsize % BITS_PER_UNIT != 0)
14608
          {
14609
            expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
14610
                              "bitfield access");
14611
            return 0;
14612
          }
14613
 
14614
        if (offset != NULL_TREE)
14615
          {
14616
            /* Variable offset.  */
14617
            list_ret1 = loc_list_from_tree (offset, 0);
14618
            if (list_ret1 == 0)
14619
              return 0;
14620
            add_loc_list (&list_ret, list_ret1);
14621
            if (!list_ret)
14622
              return 0;
14623
            add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
14624
          }
14625
 
14626
        bytepos = bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT;
14627
        if (bytepos > 0)
14628
          add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, bytepos, 0));
14629
        else if (bytepos < 0)
14630
          loc_list_plus_const (list_ret, bytepos);
14631
 
14632
        have_address = 1;
14633
        break;
14634
      }
14635
 
14636
    case INTEGER_CST:
14637
      if ((want_address || !host_integerp (loc, 0))
14638
          && (ret = cst_pool_loc_descr (loc)))
14639
        have_address = 1;
14640
      else if (want_address == 2
14641
               && host_integerp (loc, 0)
14642
               && (ret = address_of_int_loc_descriptor
14643
                           (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc)),
14644
                            tree_low_cst (loc, 0))))
14645
        have_address = 1;
14646
      else if (host_integerp (loc, 0))
14647
        ret = int_loc_descriptor (tree_low_cst (loc, 0));
14648
      else
14649
        {
14650
          expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
14651
                            "Integer operand is not host integer");
14652
          return 0;
14653
        }
14654
      break;
14655
 
14656
    case CONSTRUCTOR:
14657
    case REAL_CST:
14658
    case STRING_CST:
14659
    case COMPLEX_CST:
14660
      if ((ret = cst_pool_loc_descr (loc)))
14661
        have_address = 1;
14662
      else
14663
      /* We can construct small constants here using int_loc_descriptor.  */
14664
        expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
14665
                          "constructor or constant not in constant pool");
14666
      break;
14667
 
14668
    case TRUTH_AND_EXPR:
14669
    case TRUTH_ANDIF_EXPR:
14670
    case BIT_AND_EXPR:
14671
      op = DW_OP_and;
14672
      goto do_binop;
14673
 
14674
    case TRUTH_XOR_EXPR:
14675
    case BIT_XOR_EXPR:
14676
      op = DW_OP_xor;
14677
      goto do_binop;
14678
 
14679
    case TRUTH_OR_EXPR:
14680
    case TRUTH_ORIF_EXPR:
14681
    case BIT_IOR_EXPR:
14682
      op = DW_OP_or;
14683
      goto do_binop;
14684
 
14685
    case FLOOR_DIV_EXPR:
14686
    case CEIL_DIV_EXPR:
14687
    case ROUND_DIV_EXPR:
14688
    case TRUNC_DIV_EXPR:
14689
      if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc)))
14690
        return 0;
14691
      op = DW_OP_div;
14692
      goto do_binop;
14693
 
14694
    case MINUS_EXPR:
14695
      op = DW_OP_minus;
14696
      goto do_binop;
14697
 
14698
    case FLOOR_MOD_EXPR:
14699
    case CEIL_MOD_EXPR:
14700
    case ROUND_MOD_EXPR:
14701
    case TRUNC_MOD_EXPR:
14702
      if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc)))
14703
        {
14704
          op = DW_OP_mod;
14705
          goto do_binop;
14706
        }
14707
      list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
14708
      list_ret1 = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0);
14709
      if (list_ret == 0 || list_ret1 == 0)
14710
        return 0;
14711
 
14712
      add_loc_list (&list_ret, list_ret1);
14713
      if (list_ret == 0)
14714
        return 0;
14715
      add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over, 0, 0));
14716
      add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over, 0, 0));
14717
      add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_div, 0, 0));
14718
      add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_mul, 0, 0));
14719
      add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus, 0, 0));
14720
      break;
14721
 
14722
    case MULT_EXPR:
14723
      op = DW_OP_mul;
14724
      goto do_binop;
14725
 
14726
    case LSHIFT_EXPR:
14727
      op = DW_OP_shl;
14728
      goto do_binop;
14729
 
14730
    case RSHIFT_EXPR:
14731
      op = (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc)) ? DW_OP_shr : DW_OP_shra);
14732
      goto do_binop;
14733
 
14734
    case POINTER_PLUS_EXPR:
14735
    case PLUS_EXPR:
14736
      if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1)) == INTEGER_CST
14737
          && host_integerp (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0))
14738
        {
14739
          list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
14740
          if (list_ret == 0)
14741
            return 0;
14742
 
14743
          loc_list_plus_const (list_ret, tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0));
14744
          break;
14745
        }
14746
 
14747
      op = DW_OP_plus;
14748
      goto do_binop;
14749
 
14750
    case LE_EXPR:
14751
      if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
14752
        return 0;
14753
 
14754
      op = DW_OP_le;
14755
      goto do_binop;
14756
 
14757
    case GE_EXPR:
14758
      if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
14759
        return 0;
14760
 
14761
      op = DW_OP_ge;
14762
      goto do_binop;
14763
 
14764
    case LT_EXPR:
14765
      if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
14766
        return 0;
14767
 
14768
      op = DW_OP_lt;
14769
      goto do_binop;
14770
 
14771
    case GT_EXPR:
14772
      if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
14773
        return 0;
14774
 
14775
      op = DW_OP_gt;
14776
      goto do_binop;
14777
 
14778
    case EQ_EXPR:
14779
      op = DW_OP_eq;
14780
      goto do_binop;
14781
 
14782
    case NE_EXPR:
14783
      op = DW_OP_ne;
14784
      goto do_binop;
14785
 
14786
    do_binop:
14787
      list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
14788
      list_ret1 = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0);
14789
      if (list_ret == 0 || list_ret1 == 0)
14790
        return 0;
14791
 
14792
      add_loc_list (&list_ret, list_ret1);
14793
      if (list_ret == 0)
14794
        return 0;
14795
      add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
14796
      break;
14797
 
14798
    case TRUTH_NOT_EXPR:
14799
    case BIT_NOT_EXPR:
14800
      op = DW_OP_not;
14801
      goto do_unop;
14802
 
14803
    case ABS_EXPR:
14804
      op = DW_OP_abs;
14805
      goto do_unop;
14806
 
14807
    case NEGATE_EXPR:
14808
      op = DW_OP_neg;
14809
      goto do_unop;
14810
 
14811
    do_unop:
14812
      list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
14813
      if (list_ret == 0)
14814
        return 0;
14815
 
14816
      add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
14817
      break;
14818
 
14819
    case MIN_EXPR:
14820
    case MAX_EXPR:
14821
      {
14822
        const enum tree_code code =
14823
          TREE_CODE (loc) == MIN_EXPR ? GT_EXPR : LT_EXPR;
14824
 
14825
        loc = build3 (COND_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (loc),
14826
                      build2 (code, integer_type_node,
14827
                              TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1)),
14828
                      TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0));
14829
      }
14830
 
14831
      /* ... fall through ...  */
14832
 
14833
    case COND_EXPR:
14834
      {
14835
        dw_loc_descr_ref lhs
14836
          = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0);
14837
        dw_loc_list_ref rhs
14838
          = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 2), 0);
14839
        dw_loc_descr_ref bra_node, jump_node, tmp;
14840
 
14841
        list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
14842
        if (list_ret == 0 || lhs == 0 || rhs == 0)
14843
          return 0;
14844
 
14845
        bra_node = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra, 0, 0);
14846
        add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, bra_node);
14847
 
14848
        add_loc_list (&list_ret, rhs);
14849
        jump_node = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_skip, 0, 0);
14850
        add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, jump_node);
14851
 
14852
        add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, lhs);
14853
        bra_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
14854
        bra_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = lhs;
14855
 
14856
        /* ??? Need a node to point the skip at.  Use a nop.  */
14857
        tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_nop, 0, 0);
14858
        add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, tmp);
14859
        jump_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
14860
        jump_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = tmp;
14861
      }
14862
      break;
14863
 
14864
    case FIX_TRUNC_EXPR:
14865
      return 0;
14866
 
14867
    default:
14868
      /* Leave front-end specific codes as simply unknown.  This comes
14869
         up, for instance, with the C STMT_EXPR.  */
14870
      if ((unsigned int) TREE_CODE (loc)
14871
          >= (unsigned int) LAST_AND_UNUSED_TREE_CODE)
14872
        {
14873
          expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
14874
                            "language specific tree node");
14875
          return 0;
14876
        }
14877
 
14878
#ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
14879
      /* Otherwise this is a generic code; we should just lists all of
14880
         these explicitly.  We forgot one.  */
14881
      gcc_unreachable ();
14882
#else
14883
      /* In a release build, we want to degrade gracefully: better to
14884
         generate incomplete debugging information than to crash.  */
14885
      return NULL;
14886
#endif
14887
    }
14888
 
14889
  if (!ret && !list_ret)
14890
    return 0;
14891
 
14892
  if (want_address == 2 && !have_address
14893
      && (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict))
14894
    {
14895
      if (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc)) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
14896
        {
14897
          expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
14898
                            "DWARF address size mismatch");
14899
          return 0;
14900
        }
14901
      if (ret)
14902
        add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
14903
      else
14904
        add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret,
14905
                               new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
14906
      have_address = 1;
14907
    }
14908
  /* Show if we can't fill the request for an address.  */
14909
  if (want_address && !have_address)
14910
    {
14911
      expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
14912
                        "Want address and only have value");
14913
      return 0;
14914
    }
14915
 
14916
  gcc_assert (!ret || !list_ret);
14917
 
14918
  /* If we've got an address and don't want one, dereference.  */
14919
  if (!want_address && have_address)
14920
    {
14921
      HOST_WIDE_INT size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc));
14922
 
14923
      if (size > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE || size == -1)
14924
        {
14925
          expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
14926
                            "DWARF address size mismatch");
14927
          return 0;
14928
        }
14929
      else if (size == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
14930
        op = DW_OP_deref;
14931
      else
14932
        op = DW_OP_deref_size;
14933
 
14934
      if (ret)
14935
        add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (op, size, 0));
14936
      else
14937
        add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (op, size, 0));
14938
    }
14939
  if (ret)
14940
    list_ret = new_loc_list (ret, NULL, NULL, NULL);
14941
 
14942
  return list_ret;
14943
}
14944
 
14945
/* Same as above but return only single location expression.  */
14946
static dw_loc_descr_ref
14947
loc_descriptor_from_tree (tree loc, int want_address)
14948
{
14949
  dw_loc_list_ref ret = loc_list_from_tree (loc, want_address);
14950
  if (!ret)
14951
    return NULL;
14952
  if (ret->dw_loc_next)
14953
    {
14954
      expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
14955
                        "Location list where only loc descriptor needed");
14956
      return NULL;
14957
    }
14958
  return ret->expr;
14959
}
14960
 
14961
/* Given a value, round it up to the lowest multiple of `boundary'
14962
   which is not less than the value itself.  */
14963
 
14964
static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
14965
ceiling (HOST_WIDE_INT value, unsigned int boundary)
14966
{
14967
  return (((value + boundary - 1) / boundary) * boundary);
14968
}
14969
 
14970
/* Given a pointer to what is assumed to be a FIELD_DECL node, return a
14971
   pointer to the declared type for the relevant field variable, or return
14972
   `integer_type_node' if the given node turns out to be an
14973
   ERROR_MARK node.  */
14974
 
14975
static inline tree
14976
field_type (const_tree decl)
14977
{
14978
  tree type;
14979
 
14980
  if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
14981
    return integer_type_node;
14982
 
14983
  type = DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl);
14984
  if (type == NULL_TREE)
14985
    type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
14986
 
14987
  return type;
14988
}
14989
 
14990
/* Given a pointer to a tree node, return the alignment in bits for
14991
   it, or else return BITS_PER_WORD if the node actually turns out to
14992
   be an ERROR_MARK node.  */
14993
 
14994
static inline unsigned
14995
simple_type_align_in_bits (const_tree type)
14996
{
14997
  return (TREE_CODE (type) != ERROR_MARK) ? TYPE_ALIGN (type) : BITS_PER_WORD;
14998
}
14999
 
15000
static inline unsigned
15001
simple_decl_align_in_bits (const_tree decl)
15002
{
15003
  return (TREE_CODE (decl) != ERROR_MARK) ? DECL_ALIGN (decl) : BITS_PER_WORD;
15004
}
15005
 
15006
/* Return the result of rounding T up to ALIGN.  */
15007
 
15008
static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
15009
round_up_to_align (HOST_WIDE_INT t, unsigned int align)
15010
{
15011
  /* We must be careful if T is negative because HOST_WIDE_INT can be
15012
     either "above" or "below" unsigned int as per the C promotion
15013
     rules, depending on the host, thus making the signedness of the
15014
     direct multiplication and division unpredictable.  */
15015
  unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT u = (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) t;
15016
 
15017
  u += align - 1;
15018
  u /= align;
15019
  u *= align;
15020
 
15021
  return (HOST_WIDE_INT) u;
15022
}
15023
 
15024
/* Given a pointer to a FIELD_DECL, compute and return the byte offset of the
15025
   lowest addressed byte of the "containing object" for the given FIELD_DECL,
15026
   or return 0 if we are unable to determine what that offset is, either
15027
   because the argument turns out to be a pointer to an ERROR_MARK node, or
15028
   because the offset is actually variable.  (We can't handle the latter case
15029
   just yet).  */
15030
 
15031
static HOST_WIDE_INT
15032
field_byte_offset (const_tree decl)
15033
{
15034
  HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bits;
15035
  HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int;
15036
 
15037
  if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
15038
    return 0;
15039
 
15040
  gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) == FIELD_DECL);
15041
 
15042
  /* We cannot yet cope with fields whose positions are variable, so
15043
     for now, when we see such things, we simply return 0.  Someday, we may
15044
     be able to handle such cases, but it will be damn difficult.  */
15045
  if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl), 0))
15046
    return 0;
15047
 
15048
  bitpos_int = int_bit_position (decl);
15049
 
15050
#ifdef PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS
15051
  if (PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS)
15052
    {
15053
      tree type;
15054
      tree field_size_tree;
15055
      HOST_WIDE_INT deepest_bitpos;
15056
      unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT field_size_in_bits;
15057
      unsigned int type_align_in_bits;
15058
      unsigned int decl_align_in_bits;
15059
      unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT type_size_in_bits;
15060
 
15061
      type = field_type (decl);
15062
      type_size_in_bits = simple_type_size_in_bits (type);
15063
      type_align_in_bits = simple_type_align_in_bits (type);
15064
 
15065
      field_size_tree = DECL_SIZE (decl);
15066
 
15067
      /* The size could be unspecified if there was an error, or for
15068
         a flexible array member.  */
15069
      if (!field_size_tree)
15070
        field_size_tree = bitsize_zero_node;
15071
 
15072
      /* If the size of the field is not constant, use the type size.  */
15073
      if (host_integerp (field_size_tree, 1))
15074
        field_size_in_bits = tree_low_cst (field_size_tree, 1);
15075
      else
15076
        field_size_in_bits = type_size_in_bits;
15077
 
15078
      decl_align_in_bits = simple_decl_align_in_bits (decl);
15079
 
15080
      /* The GCC front-end doesn't make any attempt to keep track of the
15081
         starting bit offset (relative to the start of the containing
15082
         structure type) of the hypothetical "containing object" for a
15083
         bit-field.  Thus, when computing the byte offset value for the
15084
         start of the "containing object" of a bit-field, we must deduce
15085
         this information on our own. This can be rather tricky to do in
15086
         some cases.  For example, handling the following structure type
15087
         definition when compiling for an i386/i486 target (which only
15088
         aligns long long's to 32-bit boundaries) can be very tricky:
15089
 
15090
         struct S { int field1; long long field2:31; };
15091
 
15092
         Fortunately, there is a simple rule-of-thumb which can be used
15093
         in such cases.  When compiling for an i386/i486, GCC will
15094
         allocate 8 bytes for the structure shown above.  It decides to
15095
         do this based upon one simple rule for bit-field allocation.
15096
         GCC allocates each "containing object" for each bit-field at
15097
         the first (i.e. lowest addressed) legitimate alignment boundary
15098
         (based upon the required minimum alignment for the declared
15099
         type of the field) which it can possibly use, subject to the
15100
         condition that there is still enough available space remaining
15101
         in the containing object (when allocated at the selected point)
15102
         to fully accommodate all of the bits of the bit-field itself.
15103
 
15104
         This simple rule makes it obvious why GCC allocates 8 bytes for
15105
         each object of the structure type shown above.  When looking
15106
         for a place to allocate the "containing object" for `field2',
15107
         the compiler simply tries to allocate a 64-bit "containing
15108
         object" at each successive 32-bit boundary (starting at zero)
15109
         until it finds a place to allocate that 64- bit field such that
15110
         at least 31 contiguous (and previously unallocated) bits remain
15111
         within that selected 64 bit field.  (As it turns out, for the
15112
         example above, the compiler finds it is OK to allocate the
15113
         "containing object" 64-bit field at bit-offset zero within the
15114
         structure type.)
15115
 
15116
         Here we attempt to work backwards from the limited set of facts
15117
         we're given, and we try to deduce from those facts, where GCC
15118
         must have believed that the containing object started (within
15119
         the structure type). The value we deduce is then used (by the
15120
         callers of this routine) to generate DW_AT_location and
15121
         DW_AT_bit_offset attributes for fields (both bit-fields and, in
15122
         the case of DW_AT_location, regular fields as well).  */
15123
 
15124
      /* Figure out the bit-distance from the start of the structure to
15125
         the "deepest" bit of the bit-field.  */
15126
      deepest_bitpos = bitpos_int + field_size_in_bits;
15127
 
15128
      /* This is the tricky part.  Use some fancy footwork to deduce
15129
         where the lowest addressed bit of the containing object must
15130
         be.  */
15131
      object_offset_in_bits = deepest_bitpos - type_size_in_bits;
15132
 
15133
      /* Round up to type_align by default.  This works best for
15134
         bitfields.  */
15135
      object_offset_in_bits
15136
        = round_up_to_align (object_offset_in_bits, type_align_in_bits);
15137
 
15138
      if (object_offset_in_bits > bitpos_int)
15139
        {
15140
          object_offset_in_bits = deepest_bitpos - type_size_in_bits;
15141
 
15142
          /* Round up to decl_align instead.  */
15143
          object_offset_in_bits
15144
            = round_up_to_align (object_offset_in_bits, decl_align_in_bits);
15145
        }
15146
    }
15147
  else
15148
#endif
15149
    object_offset_in_bits = bitpos_int;
15150
 
15151
  return object_offset_in_bits / BITS_PER_UNIT;
15152
}
15153
 
15154
/* The following routines define various Dwarf attributes and any data
15155
   associated with them.  */
15156
 
15157
/* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE.
15158
 
15159
   This emits location attributes suitable for whole variables and
15160
   whole parameters.  Note that the location attributes for struct fields are
15161
   generated by the routine `data_member_location_attribute' below.  */
15162
 
15163
static inline void
15164
add_AT_location_description (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
15165
                             dw_loc_list_ref descr)
15166
{
15167
  if (descr == 0)
15168
    return;
15169
  if (single_element_loc_list_p (descr))
15170
    add_AT_loc (die, attr_kind, descr->expr);
15171
  else
15172
    add_AT_loc_list (die, attr_kind, descr);
15173
}
15174
 
15175
/* Attach the specialized form of location attribute used for data members of
15176
   struct and union types.  In the special case of a FIELD_DECL node which
15177
   represents a bit-field, the "offset" part of this special location
15178
   descriptor must indicate the distance in bytes from the lowest-addressed
15179
   byte of the containing struct or union type to the lowest-addressed byte of
15180
   the "containing object" for the bit-field.  (See the `field_byte_offset'
15181
   function above).
15182
 
15183
   For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
15184
   (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives.  The
15185
   type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
15186
   declared type of the individual bit-field itself (for GCC anyway... the
15187
   DWARF spec doesn't actually mandate this).  Note that it is the size (in
15188
   bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object" which will be given in the
15189
   DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field.  (See the
15190
   `byte_size_attribute' function below.)  It is also used when calculating the
15191
   value of the DW_AT_bit_offset attribute.  (See the `bit_offset_attribute'
15192
   function below.)  */
15193
 
15194
static void
15195
add_data_member_location_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
15196
{
15197
  HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
15198
  dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descr = 0;
15199
 
15200
  if (TREE_CODE (decl) == TREE_BINFO)
15201
    {
15202
      /* We're working on the TAG_inheritance for a base class.  */
15203
      if (BINFO_VIRTUAL_P (decl) && is_cxx ())
15204
        {
15205
          /* For C++ virtual bases we can't just use BINFO_OFFSET, as they
15206
             aren't at a fixed offset from all (sub)objects of the same
15207
             type.  We need to extract the appropriate offset from our
15208
             vtable.  The following dwarf expression means
15209
 
15210
               BaseAddr = ObAddr + *((*ObAddr) - Offset)
15211
 
15212
             This is specific to the V3 ABI, of course.  */
15213
 
15214
          dw_loc_descr_ref tmp;
15215
 
15216
          /* Make a copy of the object address.  */
15217
          tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup, 0, 0);
15218
          add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
15219
 
15220
          /* Extract the vtable address.  */
15221
          tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0);
15222
          add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
15223
 
15224
          /* Calculate the address of the offset.  */
15225
          offset = tree_low_cst (BINFO_VPTR_FIELD (decl), 0);
15226
          gcc_assert (offset < 0);
15227
 
15228
          tmp = int_loc_descriptor (-offset);
15229
          add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
15230
          tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus, 0, 0);
15231
          add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
15232
 
15233
          /* Extract the offset.  */
15234
          tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0);
15235
          add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
15236
 
15237
          /* Add it to the object address.  */
15238
          tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0);
15239
          add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
15240
        }
15241
      else
15242
        offset = tree_low_cst (BINFO_OFFSET (decl), 0);
15243
    }
15244
  else
15245
    offset = field_byte_offset (decl);
15246
 
15247
  if (! loc_descr)
15248
    {
15249
      if (dwarf_version > 2)
15250
        {
15251
          /* Don't need to output a location expression, just the constant. */
15252
          add_AT_int (die, DW_AT_data_member_location, offset);
15253
          return;
15254
        }
15255
      else
15256
        {
15257
          enum dwarf_location_atom op;
15258
 
15259
          /* The DWARF2 standard says that we should assume that the structure
15260
             address is already on the stack, so we can specify a structure
15261
             field address by using DW_OP_plus_uconst.  */
15262
 
15263
#ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
15264
          /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader does not handle the DW_OP_plus_uconst
15265
             operator correctly.  It works only if we leave the offset on the
15266
             stack.  */
15267
          op = DW_OP_constu;
15268
#else
15269
          op = DW_OP_plus_uconst;
15270
#endif
15271
 
15272
          loc_descr = new_loc_descr (op, offset, 0);
15273
        }
15274
    }
15275
 
15276
  add_AT_loc (die, DW_AT_data_member_location, loc_descr);
15277
}
15278
 
15279
/* Writes integer values to dw_vec_const array.  */
15280
 
15281
static void
15282
insert_int (HOST_WIDE_INT val, unsigned int size, unsigned char *dest)
15283
{
15284
  while (size != 0)
15285
    {
15286
      *dest++ = val & 0xff;
15287
      val >>= 8;
15288
      --size;
15289
    }
15290
}
15291
 
15292
/* Reads integers from dw_vec_const array.  Inverse of insert_int.  */
15293
 
15294
static HOST_WIDE_INT
15295
extract_int (const unsigned char *src, unsigned int size)
15296
{
15297
  HOST_WIDE_INT val = 0;
15298
 
15299
  src += size;
15300
  while (size != 0)
15301
    {
15302
      val <<= 8;
15303
      val |= *--src & 0xff;
15304
      --size;
15305
    }
15306
  return val;
15307
}
15308
 
15309
/* Writes floating point values to dw_vec_const array.  */
15310
 
15311
static void
15312
insert_float (const_rtx rtl, unsigned char *array)
15313
{
15314
  REAL_VALUE_TYPE rv;
15315
  long val[4];
15316
  int i;
15317
 
15318
  REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (rv, rtl);
15319
  real_to_target (val, &rv, GET_MODE (rtl));
15320
 
15321
  /* real_to_target puts 32-bit pieces in each long.  Pack them.  */
15322
  for (i = 0; i < GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) / 4; i++)
15323
    {
15324
      insert_int (val[i], 4, array);
15325
      array += 4;
15326
    }
15327
}
15328
 
15329
/* Attach a DW_AT_const_value attribute for a variable or a parameter which
15330
   does not have a "location" either in memory or in a register.  These
15331
   things can arise in GNU C when a constant is passed as an actual parameter
15332
   to an inlined function.  They can also arise in C++ where declared
15333
   constants do not necessarily get memory "homes".  */
15334
 
15335
static bool
15336
add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die, rtx rtl)
15337
{
15338
  switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
15339
    {
15340
    case CONST_INT:
15341
      {
15342
        HOST_WIDE_INT val = INTVAL (rtl);
15343
 
15344
        if (val < 0)
15345
          add_AT_int (die, DW_AT_const_value, val);
15346
        else
15347
          add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_const_value, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) val);
15348
      }
15349
      return true;
15350
 
15351
    case CONST_DOUBLE:
15352
      /* Note that a CONST_DOUBLE rtx could represent either an integer or a
15353
         floating-point constant.  A CONST_DOUBLE is used whenever the
15354
         constant requires more than one word in order to be adequately
15355
         represented.  */
15356
      {
15357
        enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
15358
 
15359
        if (SCALAR_FLOAT_MODE_P (mode))
15360
          {
15361
            unsigned int length = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
15362
            unsigned char *array = GGC_NEWVEC (unsigned char, length);
15363
 
15364
            insert_float (rtl, array);
15365
            add_AT_vec (die, DW_AT_const_value, length / 4, 4, array);
15366
          }
15367
        else
15368
          add_AT_double (die, DW_AT_const_value,
15369
                         CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (rtl), CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (rtl));
15370
      }
15371
      return true;
15372
 
15373
    case CONST_VECTOR:
15374
      {
15375
        enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
15376
        unsigned int elt_size = GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode);
15377
        unsigned int length = CONST_VECTOR_NUNITS (rtl);
15378
        unsigned char *array = GGC_NEWVEC (unsigned char, length * elt_size);
15379
        unsigned int i;
15380
        unsigned char *p;
15381
 
15382
        switch (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode))
15383
          {
15384
          case MODE_VECTOR_INT:
15385
            for (i = 0, p = array; i < length; i++, p += elt_size)
15386
              {
15387
                rtx elt = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl, i);
15388
                HOST_WIDE_INT lo, hi;
15389
 
15390
                switch (GET_CODE (elt))
15391
                  {
15392
                  case CONST_INT:
15393
                    lo = INTVAL (elt);
15394
                    hi = -(lo < 0);
15395
                    break;
15396
 
15397
                  case CONST_DOUBLE:
15398
                    lo = CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (elt);
15399
                    hi = CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (elt);
15400
                    break;
15401
 
15402
                  default:
15403
                    gcc_unreachable ();
15404
                  }
15405
 
15406
                if (elt_size <= sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT))
15407
                  insert_int (lo, elt_size, p);
15408
                else
15409
                  {
15410
                    unsigned char *p0 = p;
15411
                    unsigned char *p1 = p + sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT);
15412
 
15413
                    gcc_assert (elt_size == 2 * sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT));
15414
                    if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
15415
                      {
15416
                        p0 = p1;
15417
                        p1 = p;
15418
                      }
15419
                    insert_int (lo, sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT), p0);
15420
                    insert_int (hi, sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT), p1);
15421
                  }
15422
              }
15423
            break;
15424
 
15425
          case MODE_VECTOR_FLOAT:
15426
            for (i = 0, p = array; i < length; i++, p += elt_size)
15427
              {
15428
                rtx elt = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl, i);
15429
                insert_float (elt, p);
15430
              }
15431
            break;
15432
 
15433
          default:
15434
            gcc_unreachable ();
15435
          }
15436
 
15437
        add_AT_vec (die, DW_AT_const_value, length, elt_size, array);
15438
      }
15439
      return true;
15440
 
15441
    case CONST_STRING:
15442
      if (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict)
15443
        {
15444
          dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result;
15445
          resolve_one_addr (&rtl, NULL);
15446
        rtl_addr:
15447
          loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr, 0, 0);
15448
          loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
15449
          loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
15450
          add_loc_descr (&loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
15451
          add_AT_loc (die, DW_AT_location, loc_result);
15452
          VEC_safe_push (rtx, gc, used_rtx_array, rtl);
15453
          return true;
15454
        }
15455
      return false;
15456
 
15457
    case CONST:
15458
      if (CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0)))
15459
        return add_const_value_attribute (die, XEXP (rtl, 0));
15460
      /* FALLTHROUGH */
15461
    case SYMBOL_REF:
15462
      if (!const_ok_for_output (rtl))
15463
        return false;
15464
    case LABEL_REF:
15465
      if (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict)
15466
        goto rtl_addr;
15467
      return false;
15468
 
15469
    case PLUS:
15470
      /* In cases where an inlined instance of an inline function is passed
15471
         the address of an `auto' variable (which is local to the caller) we
15472
         can get a situation where the DECL_RTL of the artificial local
15473
         variable (for the inlining) which acts as a stand-in for the
15474
         corresponding formal parameter (of the inline function) will look
15475
         like (plus:SI (reg:SI FRAME_PTR) (const_int ...)).  This is not
15476
         exactly a compile-time constant expression, but it isn't the address
15477
         of the (artificial) local variable either.  Rather, it represents the
15478
         *value* which the artificial local variable always has during its
15479
         lifetime.  We currently have no way to represent such quasi-constant
15480
         values in Dwarf, so for now we just punt and generate nothing.  */
15481
      return false;
15482
 
15483
    case HIGH:
15484
    case CONST_FIXED:
15485
      return false;
15486
 
15487
    case MEM:
15488
      if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == CONST_STRING
15489
          && MEM_READONLY_P (rtl)
15490
          && GET_MODE (rtl) == BLKmode)
15491
        {
15492
          add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_const_value, XSTR (XEXP (rtl, 0), 0));
15493
          return true;
15494
        }
15495
      return false;
15496
 
15497
    default:
15498
      /* No other kinds of rtx should be possible here.  */
15499
      gcc_unreachable ();
15500
    }
15501
  return false;
15502
}
15503
 
15504
/* Determine whether the evaluation of EXPR references any variables
15505
   or functions which aren't otherwise used (and therefore may not be
15506
   output).  */
15507
static tree
15508
reference_to_unused (tree * tp, int * walk_subtrees,
15509
                     void * data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
15510
{
15511
  if (! EXPR_P (*tp) && ! CONSTANT_CLASS_P (*tp))
15512
    *walk_subtrees = 0;
15513
 
15514
  if (DECL_P (*tp) && ! TREE_PUBLIC (*tp) && ! TREE_USED (*tp)
15515
      && ! TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (*tp))
15516
    return *tp;
15517
  /* ???  The C++ FE emits debug information for using decls, so
15518
     putting gcc_unreachable here falls over.  See PR31899.  For now
15519
     be conservative.  */
15520
  else if (!cgraph_global_info_ready
15521
           && (TREE_CODE (*tp) == VAR_DECL || TREE_CODE (*tp) == FUNCTION_DECL))
15522
    return *tp;
15523
  else if (TREE_CODE (*tp) == VAR_DECL)
15524
    {
15525
      struct varpool_node *node = varpool_node (*tp);
15526
      if (!node->needed)
15527
        return *tp;
15528
    }
15529
  else if (TREE_CODE (*tp) == FUNCTION_DECL
15530
           && (!DECL_EXTERNAL (*tp) || DECL_DECLARED_INLINE_P (*tp)))
15531
    {
15532
      /* The call graph machinery must have finished analyzing,
15533
         optimizing and gimplifying the CU by now.
15534
         So if *TP has no call graph node associated
15535
         to it, it means *TP will not be emitted.  */
15536
      if (!cgraph_get_node (*tp))
15537
        return *tp;
15538
    }
15539
  else if (TREE_CODE (*tp) == STRING_CST && !TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (*tp))
15540
    return *tp;
15541
 
15542
  return NULL_TREE;
15543
}
15544
 
15545
/* Generate an RTL constant from a decl initializer INIT with decl type TYPE,
15546
   for use in a later add_const_value_attribute call.  */
15547
 
15548
static rtx
15549
rtl_for_decl_init (tree init, tree type)
15550
{
15551
  rtx rtl = NULL_RTX;
15552
 
15553
  /* If a variable is initialized with a string constant without embedded
15554
     zeros, build CONST_STRING.  */
15555
  if (TREE_CODE (init) == STRING_CST && TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
15556
    {
15557
      tree enttype = TREE_TYPE (type);
15558
      tree domain = TYPE_DOMAIN (type);
15559
      enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (enttype);
15560
 
15561
      if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) == 1
15562
          && domain
15563
          && integer_zerop (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain))
15564
          && compare_tree_int (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain),
15565
                               TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init) - 1) == 0
15566
          && ((size_t) TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init)
15567
              == strlen (TREE_STRING_POINTER (init)) + 1))
15568
        {
15569
          rtl = gen_rtx_CONST_STRING (VOIDmode,
15570
                                      ggc_strdup (TREE_STRING_POINTER (init)));
15571
          rtl = gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode, rtl);
15572
          MEM_READONLY_P (rtl) = 1;
15573
        }
15574
    }
15575
  /* Other aggregates, and complex values, could be represented using
15576
     CONCAT: FIXME!  */
15577
  else if (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (type) || TREE_CODE (type) == COMPLEX_TYPE)
15578
    ;
15579
  /* Vectors only work if their mode is supported by the target.
15580
     FIXME: generic vectors ought to work too.  */
15581
  else if (TREE_CODE (type) == VECTOR_TYPE && TYPE_MODE (type) == BLKmode)
15582
    ;
15583
  /* If the initializer is something that we know will expand into an
15584
     immediate RTL constant, expand it now.  We must be careful not to
15585
     reference variables which won't be output.  */
15586
  else if (initializer_constant_valid_p (init, type)
15587
           && ! walk_tree (&init, reference_to_unused, NULL, NULL))
15588
    {
15589
      /* Convert vector CONSTRUCTOR initializers to VECTOR_CST if
15590
         possible.  */
15591
      if (TREE_CODE (type) == VECTOR_TYPE)
15592
        switch (TREE_CODE (init))
15593
          {
15594
          case VECTOR_CST:
15595
            break;
15596
          case CONSTRUCTOR:
15597
            if (TREE_CONSTANT (init))
15598
              {
15599
                VEC(constructor_elt,gc) *elts = CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (init);
15600
                bool constant_p = true;
15601
                tree value;
15602
                unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT ix;
15603
 
15604
                /* Even when ctor is constant, it might contain non-*_CST
15605
                   elements (e.g. { 1.0/0.0 - 1.0/0.0, 0.0 }) and those don't
15606
                   belong into VECTOR_CST nodes.  */
15607
                FOR_EACH_CONSTRUCTOR_VALUE (elts, ix, value)
15608
                  if (!CONSTANT_CLASS_P (value))
15609
                    {
15610
                      constant_p = false;
15611
                      break;
15612
                    }
15613
 
15614
                if (constant_p)
15615
                  {
15616
                    init = build_vector_from_ctor (type, elts);
15617
                    break;
15618
                  }
15619
              }
15620
            /* FALLTHRU */
15621
 
15622
          default:
15623
            return NULL;
15624
          }
15625
 
15626
      rtl = expand_expr (init, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, EXPAND_INITIALIZER);
15627
 
15628
      /* If expand_expr returns a MEM, it wasn't immediate.  */
15629
      gcc_assert (!rtl || !MEM_P (rtl));
15630
    }
15631
 
15632
  return rtl;
15633
}
15634
 
15635
/* Generate RTL for the variable DECL to represent its location.  */
15636
 
15637
static rtx
15638
rtl_for_decl_location (tree decl)
15639
{
15640
  rtx rtl;
15641
 
15642
  /* Here we have to decide where we are going to say the parameter "lives"
15643
     (as far as the debugger is concerned).  We only have a couple of
15644
     choices.  GCC provides us with DECL_RTL and with DECL_INCOMING_RTL.
15645
 
15646
     DECL_RTL normally indicates where the parameter lives during most of the
15647
     activation of the function.  If optimization is enabled however, this
15648
     could be either NULL or else a pseudo-reg.  Both of those cases indicate
15649
     that the parameter doesn't really live anywhere (as far as the code
15650
     generation parts of GCC are concerned) during most of the function's
15651
     activation.  That will happen (for example) if the parameter is never
15652
     referenced within the function.
15653
 
15654
     We could just generate a location descriptor here for all non-NULL
15655
     non-pseudo values of DECL_RTL and ignore all of the rest, but we can be
15656
     a little nicer than that if we also consider DECL_INCOMING_RTL in cases
15657
     where DECL_RTL is NULL or is a pseudo-reg.
15658
 
15659
     Note however that we can only get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL as
15660
     a backup substitute for DECL_RTL in certain limited cases.  In cases
15661
     where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) indicates the same type as TREE_TYPE (decl),
15662
     we can be sure that the parameter was passed using the same type as it is
15663
     declared to have within the function, and that its DECL_INCOMING_RTL
15664
     points us to a place where a value of that type is passed.
15665
 
15666
     In cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) and TREE_TYPE (decl) are different,
15667
     we cannot (in general) use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a substitute for DECL_RTL
15668
     because in these cases DECL_INCOMING_RTL points us to a value of some
15669
     type which is *different* from the type of the parameter itself.  Thus,
15670
     if we tried to use DECL_INCOMING_RTL to generate a location attribute in
15671
     such cases, the debugger would end up (for example) trying to fetch a
15672
     `float' from a place which actually contains the first part of a
15673
     `double'.  That would lead to really incorrect and confusing
15674
     output at debug-time.
15675
 
15676
     So, in general, we *do not* use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a backup for DECL_RTL
15677
     in cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) != TREE_TYPE (decl).  There
15678
     are a couple of exceptions however.  On little-endian machines we can
15679
     get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL even when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
15680
     not the same as TREE_TYPE (decl), but only when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
15681
     an integral type that is smaller than TREE_TYPE (decl). These cases arise
15682
     when (on a little-endian machine) a non-prototyped function has a
15683
     parameter declared to be of type `short' or `char'.  In such cases,
15684
     TREE_TYPE (decl) will be `short' or `char', DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) will
15685
     be `int', and DECL_INCOMING_RTL will point to the lowest-order byte of the
15686
     passed `int' value.  If the debugger then uses that address to fetch
15687
     a `short' or a `char' (on a little-endian machine) the result will be
15688
     the correct data, so we allow for such exceptional cases below.
15689
 
15690
     Note that our goal here is to describe the place where the given formal
15691
     parameter lives during most of the function's activation (i.e. between the
15692
     end of the prologue and the start of the epilogue).  We'll do that as best
15693
     as we can. Note however that if the given formal parameter is modified
15694
     sometime during the execution of the function, then a stack backtrace (at
15695
     debug-time) will show the function as having been called with the *new*
15696
     value rather than the value which was originally passed in.  This happens
15697
     rarely enough that it is not a major problem, but it *is* a problem, and
15698
     I'd like to fix it.
15699
 
15700
     A future version of dwarf2out.c may generate two additional attributes for
15701
     any given DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE which will describe the "passed
15702
     type" and the "passed location" for the given formal parameter in addition
15703
     to the attributes we now generate to indicate the "declared type" and the
15704
     "active location" for each parameter.  This additional set of attributes
15705
     could be used by debuggers for stack backtraces. Separately, note that
15706
     sometimes DECL_RTL can be NULL and DECL_INCOMING_RTL can be NULL also.
15707
     This happens (for example) for inlined-instances of inline function formal
15708
     parameters which are never referenced.  This really shouldn't be
15709
     happening.  All PARM_DECL nodes should get valid non-NULL
15710
     DECL_INCOMING_RTL values.  FIXME.  */
15711
 
15712
  /* Use DECL_RTL as the "location" unless we find something better.  */
15713
  rtl = DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl);
15714
 
15715
  /* When generating abstract instances, ignore everything except
15716
     constants, symbols living in memory, and symbols living in
15717
     fixed registers.  */
15718
  if (! reload_completed)
15719
    {
15720
      if (rtl
15721
          && (CONSTANT_P (rtl)
15722
              || (MEM_P (rtl)
15723
                  && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0)))
15724
              || (REG_P (rtl)
15725
                  && TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL
15726
                  && TREE_STATIC (decl))))
15727
        {
15728
          rtl = targetm.delegitimize_address (rtl);
15729
          return rtl;
15730
        }
15731
      rtl = NULL_RTX;
15732
    }
15733
  else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == PARM_DECL)
15734
    {
15735
      if (rtl == NULL_RTX || is_pseudo_reg (rtl))
15736
        {
15737
          tree declared_type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
15738
          tree passed_type = DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl);
15739
          enum machine_mode dmode = TYPE_MODE (declared_type);
15740
          enum machine_mode pmode = TYPE_MODE (passed_type);
15741
 
15742
          /* This decl represents a formal parameter which was optimized out.
15743
             Note that DECL_INCOMING_RTL may be NULL in here, but we handle
15744
             all cases where (rtl == NULL_RTX) just below.  */
15745
          if (dmode == pmode)
15746
            rtl = DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl);
15747
          else if (SCALAR_INT_MODE_P (dmode)
15748
                   && GET_MODE_SIZE (dmode) <= GET_MODE_SIZE (pmode)
15749
                   && DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl))
15750
            {
15751
              rtx inc = DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl);
15752
              if (REG_P (inc))
15753
                rtl = inc;
15754
              else if (MEM_P (inc))
15755
                {
15756
                  if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
15757
                    rtl = adjust_address_nv (inc, dmode,
15758
                                             GET_MODE_SIZE (pmode)
15759
                                             - GET_MODE_SIZE (dmode));
15760
                  else
15761
                    rtl = inc;
15762
                }
15763
            }
15764
        }
15765
 
15766
      /* If the parm was passed in registers, but lives on the stack, then
15767
         make a big endian correction if the mode of the type of the
15768
         parameter is not the same as the mode of the rtl.  */
15769
      /* ??? This is the same series of checks that are made in dbxout.c before
15770
         we reach the big endian correction code there.  It isn't clear if all
15771
         of these checks are necessary here, but keeping them all is the safe
15772
         thing to do.  */
15773
      else if (MEM_P (rtl)
15774
               && XEXP (rtl, 0) != const0_rtx
15775
               && ! CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0))
15776
               /* Not passed in memory.  */
15777
               && !MEM_P (DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl))
15778
               /* Not passed by invisible reference.  */
15779
               && (!REG_P (XEXP (rtl, 0))
15780
                   || REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
15781
                   || REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
15782
#if ARG_POINTER_REGNUM != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
15783
                   || REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == ARG_POINTER_REGNUM
15784
#endif
15785
                     )
15786
               /* Big endian correction check.  */
15787
               && BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
15788
               && TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) != GET_MODE (rtl)
15789
               && (GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)))
15790
                   < UNITS_PER_WORD))
15791
        {
15792
          int offset = (UNITS_PER_WORD
15793
                        - GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl))));
15794
 
15795
          rtl = gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
15796
                             plus_constant (XEXP (rtl, 0), offset));
15797
        }
15798
    }
15799
  else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL
15800
           && rtl
15801
           && MEM_P (rtl)
15802
           && GET_MODE (rtl) != TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl))
15803
           && BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
15804
    {
15805
      int rsize = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl));
15806
      int dsize = GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)));
15807
 
15808
      /* If a variable is declared "register" yet is smaller than
15809
         a register, then if we store the variable to memory, it
15810
         looks like we're storing a register-sized value, when in
15811
         fact we are not.  We need to adjust the offset of the
15812
         storage location to reflect the actual value's bytes,
15813
         else gdb will not be able to display it.  */
15814
      if (rsize > dsize)
15815
        rtl = gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
15816
                           plus_constant (XEXP (rtl, 0), rsize-dsize));
15817
    }
15818
 
15819
  /* A variable with no DECL_RTL but a DECL_INITIAL is a compile-time constant,
15820
     and will have been substituted directly into all expressions that use it.
15821
     C does not have such a concept, but C++ and other languages do.  */
15822
  if (!rtl && TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL && DECL_INITIAL (decl))
15823
    rtl = rtl_for_decl_init (DECL_INITIAL (decl), TREE_TYPE (decl));
15824
 
15825
  if (rtl)
15826
    rtl = targetm.delegitimize_address (rtl);
15827
 
15828
  /* If we don't look past the constant pool, we risk emitting a
15829
     reference to a constant pool entry that isn't referenced from
15830
     code, and thus is not emitted.  */
15831
  if (rtl)
15832
    rtl = avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl);
15833
 
15834
  /* Try harder to get a rtl.  If this symbol ends up not being emitted
15835
     in the current CU, resolve_addr will remove the expression referencing
15836
     it.  */
15837
  if (rtl == NULL_RTX
15838
      && TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL
15839
      && !DECL_EXTERNAL (decl)
15840
      && TREE_STATIC (decl)
15841
      && DECL_NAME (decl)
15842
      && !DECL_HARD_REGISTER (decl)
15843
      && DECL_MODE (decl) != VOIDmode)
15844
    {
15845
      rtl = make_decl_rtl_for_debug (decl);
15846
      if (!MEM_P (rtl)
15847
          || GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) != SYMBOL_REF
15848
          || SYMBOL_REF_DECL (XEXP (rtl, 0)) != decl)
15849
        rtl = NULL_RTX;
15850
    }
15851
 
15852
  return rtl;
15853
}
15854
 
15855
/* Check whether decl is a Fortran COMMON symbol.  If not, NULL_TREE is
15856
   returned.  If so, the decl for the COMMON block is returned, and the
15857
   value is the offset into the common block for the symbol.  */
15858
 
15859
static tree
15860
fortran_common (tree decl, HOST_WIDE_INT *value)
15861
{
15862
  tree val_expr, cvar;
15863
  enum machine_mode mode;
15864
  HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize, bitpos;
15865
  tree offset;
15866
  int volatilep = 0, unsignedp = 0;
15867
 
15868
  /* If the decl isn't a VAR_DECL, or if it isn't static, or if
15869
     it does not have a value (the offset into the common area), or if it
15870
     is thread local (as opposed to global) then it isn't common, and shouldn't
15871
     be handled as such.  */
15872
  if (TREE_CODE (decl) != VAR_DECL
15873
      || !TREE_STATIC (decl)
15874
      || !DECL_HAS_VALUE_EXPR_P (decl)
15875
      || !is_fortran ())
15876
    return NULL_TREE;
15877
 
15878
  val_expr = DECL_VALUE_EXPR (decl);
15879
  if (TREE_CODE (val_expr) != COMPONENT_REF)
15880
    return NULL_TREE;
15881
 
15882
  cvar = get_inner_reference (val_expr, &bitsize, &bitpos, &offset,
15883
                              &mode, &unsignedp, &volatilep, true);
15884
 
15885
  if (cvar == NULL_TREE
15886
      || TREE_CODE (cvar) != VAR_DECL
15887
      || DECL_ARTIFICIAL (cvar)
15888
      || !TREE_PUBLIC (cvar))
15889
    return NULL_TREE;
15890
 
15891
  *value = 0;
15892
  if (offset != NULL)
15893
    {
15894
      if (!host_integerp (offset, 0))
15895
        return NULL_TREE;
15896
      *value = tree_low_cst (offset, 0);
15897
    }
15898
  if (bitpos != 0)
15899
    *value += bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT;
15900
 
15901
  return cvar;
15902
}
15903
 
15904
/* Generate *either* a DW_AT_location attribute or else a DW_AT_const_value
15905
   data attribute for a variable or a parameter.  We generate the
15906
   DW_AT_const_value attribute only in those cases where the given variable
15907
   or parameter does not have a true "location" either in memory or in a
15908
   register.  This can happen (for example) when a constant is passed as an
15909
   actual argument in a call to an inline function.  (It's possible that
15910
   these things can crop up in other ways also.)  Note that one type of
15911
   constant value which can be passed into an inlined function is a constant
15912
   pointer.  This can happen for example if an actual argument in an inlined
15913
   function call evaluates to a compile-time constant address.  */
15914
 
15915
static bool
15916
add_location_or_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl,
15917
                                       enum dwarf_attribute attr)
15918
{
15919
  rtx rtl;
15920
  dw_loc_list_ref list;
15921
  var_loc_list *loc_list;
15922
 
15923
  if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
15924
    return false;
15925
 
15926
  gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL || TREE_CODE (decl) == PARM_DECL
15927
              || TREE_CODE (decl) == RESULT_DECL);
15928
 
15929
  /* Try to get some constant RTL for this decl, and use that as the value of
15930
     the location.  */
15931
 
15932
  rtl = rtl_for_decl_location (decl);
15933
  if (rtl && (CONSTANT_P (rtl) || GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST_STRING)
15934
      && add_const_value_attribute (die, rtl))
15935
    return true;
15936
 
15937
  /* See if we have single element location list that is equivalent to
15938
     a constant value.  That way we are better to use add_const_value_attribute
15939
     rather than expanding constant value equivalent.  */
15940
  loc_list = lookup_decl_loc (decl);
15941
  if (loc_list
15942
      && loc_list->first
15943
      && loc_list->first == loc_list->last
15944
      && NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (loc_list->first->var_loc_note)
15945
      && NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc_list->first->var_loc_note))
15946
    {
15947
      struct var_loc_node *node;
15948
 
15949
      node = loc_list->first;
15950
      rtl = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (node->var_loc_note);
15951
      if (GET_CODE (rtl) == EXPR_LIST)
15952
        rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
15953
      if ((CONSTANT_P (rtl) || GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST_STRING)
15954
          && add_const_value_attribute (die, rtl))
15955
         return true;
15956
    }
15957
  list = loc_list_from_tree (decl, decl_by_reference_p (decl) ? 0 : 2);
15958
  if (list)
15959
    {
15960
      add_AT_location_description (die, attr, list);
15961
      return true;
15962
    }
15963
  /* None of that worked, so it must not really have a location;
15964
     try adding a constant value attribute from the DECL_INITIAL.  */
15965
  return tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (die, decl);
15966
}
15967
 
15968
/* Add VARIABLE and DIE into deferred locations list.  */
15969
 
15970
static void
15971
defer_location (tree variable, dw_die_ref die)
15972
{
15973
  deferred_locations entry;
15974
  entry.variable = variable;
15975
  entry.die = die;
15976
  VEC_safe_push (deferred_locations, gc, deferred_locations_list, &entry);
15977
}
15978
 
15979
/* Helper function for tree_add_const_value_attribute.  Natively encode
15980
   initializer INIT into an array.  Return true if successful.  */
15981
 
15982
static bool
15983
native_encode_initializer (tree init, unsigned char *array, int size)
15984
{
15985
  tree type;
15986
 
15987
  if (init == NULL_TREE)
15988
    return false;
15989
 
15990
  STRIP_NOPS (init);
15991
  switch (TREE_CODE (init))
15992
    {
15993
    case STRING_CST:
15994
      type = TREE_TYPE (init);
15995
      if (TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
15996
        {
15997
          tree enttype = TREE_TYPE (type);
15998
          enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (enttype);
15999
 
16000
          if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) != MODE_INT || GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) != 1)
16001
            return false;
16002
          if (int_size_in_bytes (type) != size)
16003
            return false;
16004
          if (size > TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init))
16005
            {
16006
              memcpy (array, TREE_STRING_POINTER (init),
16007
                      TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init));
16008
              memset (array + TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init),
16009
                      '\0', size - TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init));
16010
            }
16011
          else
16012
            memcpy (array, TREE_STRING_POINTER (init), size);
16013
          return true;
16014
        }
16015
      return false;
16016
    case CONSTRUCTOR:
16017
      type = TREE_TYPE (init);
16018
      if (int_size_in_bytes (type) != size)
16019
        return false;
16020
      if (TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
16021
        {
16022
          HOST_WIDE_INT min_index;
16023
          unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT cnt;
16024
          int curpos = 0, fieldsize;
16025
          constructor_elt *ce;
16026
 
16027
          if (TYPE_DOMAIN (type) == NULL_TREE
16028
              || !host_integerp (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type)), 0))
16029
            return false;
16030
 
16031
          fieldsize = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (type));
16032
          if (fieldsize <= 0)
16033
            return false;
16034
 
16035
          min_index = tree_low_cst (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type)), 0);
16036
          memset (array, '\0', size);
16037
          for (cnt = 0;
16038
               VEC_iterate (constructor_elt, CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (init), cnt, ce);
16039
               cnt++)
16040
            {
16041
              tree val = ce->value;
16042
              tree index = ce->index;
16043
              int pos = curpos;
16044
              if (index && TREE_CODE (index) == RANGE_EXPR)
16045
                pos = (tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (index, 0), 0) - min_index)
16046
                      * fieldsize;
16047
              else if (index)
16048
                pos = (tree_low_cst (index, 0) - min_index) * fieldsize;
16049
 
16050
              if (val)
16051
                {
16052
                  STRIP_NOPS (val);
16053
                  if (!native_encode_initializer (val, array + pos, fieldsize))
16054
                    return false;
16055
                }
16056
              curpos = pos + fieldsize;
16057
              if (index && TREE_CODE (index) == RANGE_EXPR)
16058
                {
16059
                  int count = tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (index, 1), 0)
16060
                              - tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (index, 0), 0);
16061
                  while (count > 0)
16062
                    {
16063
                      if (val)
16064
                        memcpy (array + curpos, array + pos, fieldsize);
16065
                      curpos += fieldsize;
16066
                    }
16067
                }
16068
              gcc_assert (curpos <= size);
16069
            }
16070
          return true;
16071
        }
16072
      else if (TREE_CODE (type) == RECORD_TYPE
16073
               || TREE_CODE (type) == UNION_TYPE)
16074
        {
16075
          tree field = NULL_TREE;
16076
          unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT cnt;
16077
          constructor_elt *ce;
16078
 
16079
          if (int_size_in_bytes (type) != size)
16080
            return false;
16081
 
16082
          if (TREE_CODE (type) == RECORD_TYPE)
16083
            field = TYPE_FIELDS (type);
16084
 
16085
          for (cnt = 0;
16086
               VEC_iterate (constructor_elt, CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (init), cnt, ce);
16087
               cnt++, field = field ? TREE_CHAIN (field) : 0)
16088
            {
16089
              tree val = ce->value;
16090
              int pos, fieldsize;
16091
 
16092
              if (ce->index != 0)
16093
                field = ce->index;
16094
 
16095
              if (val)
16096
                STRIP_NOPS (val);
16097
 
16098
              if (field == NULL_TREE || DECL_BIT_FIELD (field))
16099
                return false;
16100
 
16101
              if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (field)) == ARRAY_TYPE
16102
                  && TYPE_DOMAIN (TREE_TYPE (field))
16103
                  && ! TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (TREE_TYPE (field))))
16104
                return false;
16105
              else if (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (field) == NULL_TREE
16106
                       || !host_integerp (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (field), 0))
16107
                return false;
16108
              fieldsize = tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (field), 0);
16109
              pos = int_byte_position (field);
16110
              gcc_assert (pos + fieldsize <= size);
16111
              if (val
16112
                  && !native_encode_initializer (val, array + pos, fieldsize))
16113
                return false;
16114
            }
16115
          return true;
16116
        }
16117
      return false;
16118
    case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
16119
    case NON_LVALUE_EXPR:
16120
      return native_encode_initializer (TREE_OPERAND (init, 0), array, size);
16121
    default:
16122
      return native_encode_expr (init, array, size) == size;
16123
    }
16124
}
16125
 
16126
/* Attach a DW_AT_const_value attribute to DIE. The value of the
16127
   attribute is the const value T.  */
16128
 
16129
static bool
16130
tree_add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree t)
16131
{
16132
  tree init;
16133
  tree type = TREE_TYPE (t);
16134
  rtx rtl;
16135
 
16136
  if (!t || !TREE_TYPE (t) || TREE_TYPE (t) == error_mark_node)
16137
    return false;
16138
 
16139
  init = t;
16140
  gcc_assert (!DECL_P (init));
16141
 
16142
  rtl = rtl_for_decl_init (init, type);
16143
  if (rtl)
16144
    return add_const_value_attribute (die, rtl);
16145
  /* If the host and target are sane, try harder.  */
16146
  else if (CHAR_BIT == 8 && BITS_PER_UNIT == 8
16147
           && initializer_constant_valid_p (init, type))
16148
    {
16149
      HOST_WIDE_INT size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (init));
16150
      if (size > 0 && (int) size == size)
16151
        {
16152
          unsigned char *array = GGC_CNEWVEC (unsigned char, size);
16153
 
16154
          if (native_encode_initializer (init, array, size))
16155
            {
16156
              add_AT_vec (die, DW_AT_const_value, size, 1, array);
16157
              return true;
16158
            }
16159
        }
16160
    }
16161
  return false;
16162
}
16163
 
16164
/* Attach a DW_AT_const_value attribute to VAR_DIE. The value of the
16165
   attribute is the const value of T, where T is an integral constant
16166
   variable with static storage duration
16167
   (so it can't be a PARM_DECL or a RESULT_DECL).  */
16168
 
16169
static bool
16170
tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (dw_die_ref var_die, tree decl)
16171
{
16172
 
16173
  if (!decl
16174
      || (TREE_CODE (decl) != VAR_DECL
16175
          && TREE_CODE (decl) != CONST_DECL))
16176
    return false;
16177
 
16178
    if (TREE_READONLY (decl)
16179
        && ! TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl)
16180
        && DECL_INITIAL (decl))
16181
      /* OK */;
16182
    else
16183
      return false;
16184
 
16185
  /* Don't add DW_AT_const_value if abstract origin already has one.  */
16186
  if (get_AT (var_die, DW_AT_const_value))
16187
    return false;
16188
 
16189
  return tree_add_const_value_attribute (var_die, DECL_INITIAL (decl));
16190
}
16191
 
16192
/* Convert the CFI instructions for the current function into a
16193
   location list.  This is used for DW_AT_frame_base when we targeting
16194
   a dwarf2 consumer that does not support the dwarf3
16195
   DW_OP_call_frame_cfa.  OFFSET is a constant to be added to all CFA
16196
   expressions.  */
16197
 
16198
static dw_loc_list_ref
16199
convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list (HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
16200
{
16201
  dw_fde_ref fde;
16202
  dw_loc_list_ref list, *list_tail;
16203
  dw_cfi_ref cfi;
16204
  dw_cfa_location last_cfa, next_cfa;
16205
  const char *start_label, *last_label, *section;
16206
  dw_cfa_location remember;
16207
 
16208
  fde = current_fde ();
16209
  gcc_assert (fde != NULL);
16210
 
16211
  section = secname_for_decl (current_function_decl);
16212
  list_tail = &list;
16213
  list = NULL;
16214
 
16215
  memset (&next_cfa, 0, sizeof (next_cfa));
16216
  next_cfa.reg = INVALID_REGNUM;
16217
  remember = next_cfa;
16218
 
16219
  start_label = fde->dw_fde_begin;
16220
 
16221
  /* ??? Bald assumption that the CIE opcode list does not contain
16222
     advance opcodes.  */
16223
  for (cfi = cie_cfi_head; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
16224
    lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, &next_cfa, &remember);
16225
 
16226
  last_cfa = next_cfa;
16227
  last_label = start_label;
16228
 
16229
  for (cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
16230
    switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
16231
      {
16232
      case DW_CFA_set_loc:
16233
      case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
16234
      case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
16235
      case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
16236
        if (!cfa_equal_p (&last_cfa, &next_cfa))
16237
          {
16238
            *list_tail = new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&last_cfa, offset),
16239
                                       start_label, last_label, section);
16240
 
16241
            list_tail = &(*list_tail)->dw_loc_next;
16242
            last_cfa = next_cfa;
16243
            start_label = last_label;
16244
          }
16245
        last_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
16246
        break;
16247
 
16248
      case DW_CFA_advance_loc:
16249
        /* The encoding is complex enough that we should never emit this.  */
16250
        gcc_unreachable ();
16251
 
16252
      default:
16253
        lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, &next_cfa, &remember);
16254
        break;
16255
      }
16256
 
16257
  if (!cfa_equal_p (&last_cfa, &next_cfa))
16258
    {
16259
      *list_tail = new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&last_cfa, offset),
16260
                                 start_label, last_label, section);
16261
      list_tail = &(*list_tail)->dw_loc_next;
16262
      start_label = last_label;
16263
    }
16264
 
16265
  *list_tail = new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&next_cfa, offset),
16266
                             start_label, fde->dw_fde_end, section);
16267
 
16268
  if (list && list->dw_loc_next)
16269
    gen_llsym (list);
16270
 
16271
  return list;
16272
}
16273
 
16274
/* Compute a displacement from the "steady-state frame pointer" to the
16275
   frame base (often the same as the CFA), and store it in
16276
   frame_pointer_fb_offset.  OFFSET is added to the displacement
16277
   before the latter is negated.  */
16278
 
16279
static void
16280
compute_frame_pointer_to_fb_displacement (HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
16281
{
16282
  rtx reg, elim;
16283
 
16284
#ifdef FRAME_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET
16285
  reg = frame_pointer_rtx;
16286
  offset += FRAME_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET (current_function_decl);
16287
#else
16288
  reg = arg_pointer_rtx;
16289
  offset += ARG_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET (current_function_decl);
16290
#endif
16291
 
16292
  elim = eliminate_regs (reg, VOIDmode, NULL_RTX);
16293
  if (GET_CODE (elim) == PLUS)
16294
    {
16295
      offset += INTVAL (XEXP (elim, 1));
16296
      elim = XEXP (elim, 0);
16297
    }
16298
 
16299
  gcc_assert ((SUPPORTS_STACK_ALIGNMENT
16300
               && (elim == hard_frame_pointer_rtx
16301
                   || elim == stack_pointer_rtx))
16302
              || elim == (frame_pointer_needed
16303
                          ? hard_frame_pointer_rtx
16304
                          : stack_pointer_rtx));
16305
 
16306
  frame_pointer_fb_offset = -offset;
16307
}
16308
 
16309
/* Generate a DW_AT_name attribute given some string value to be included as
16310
   the value of the attribute.  */
16311
 
16312
static void
16313
add_name_attribute (dw_die_ref die, const char *name_string)
16314
{
16315
  if (name_string != NULL && *name_string != 0)
16316
    {
16317
      if (demangle_name_func)
16318
        name_string = (*demangle_name_func) (name_string);
16319
 
16320
      add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_name, name_string);
16321
    }
16322
}
16323
 
16324
/* Generate a DW_AT_comp_dir attribute for DIE.  */
16325
 
16326
static void
16327
add_comp_dir_attribute (dw_die_ref die)
16328
{
16329
  const char *wd = get_src_pwd ();
16330
  char *wd1;
16331
 
16332
  if (wd == NULL)
16333
    return;
16334
 
16335
  if (DWARF2_DIR_SHOULD_END_WITH_SEPARATOR)
16336
    {
16337
      int wdlen;
16338
 
16339
      wdlen = strlen (wd);
16340
      wd1 = GGC_NEWVEC (char, wdlen + 2);
16341
      strcpy (wd1, wd);
16342
      wd1 [wdlen] = DIR_SEPARATOR;
16343
      wd1 [wdlen + 1] = 0;
16344
      wd = wd1;
16345
    }
16346
 
16347
    add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_comp_dir, remap_debug_filename (wd));
16348
}
16349
 
16350
/* Return the default for DW_AT_lower_bound, or -1 if there is not any
16351
   default.  */
16352
 
16353
static int
16354
lower_bound_default (void)
16355
{
16356
  switch (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language))
16357
    {
16358
    case DW_LANG_C:
16359
    case DW_LANG_C89:
16360
    case DW_LANG_C99:
16361
    case DW_LANG_C_plus_plus:
16362
    case DW_LANG_ObjC:
16363
    case DW_LANG_ObjC_plus_plus:
16364
    case DW_LANG_Java:
16365
      return 0;
16366
    case DW_LANG_Fortran77:
16367
    case DW_LANG_Fortran90:
16368
    case DW_LANG_Fortran95:
16369
      return 1;
16370
    case DW_LANG_UPC:
16371
    case DW_LANG_D:
16372
      return dwarf_version >= 4 ? 0 : -1;
16373
    case DW_LANG_Ada95:
16374
    case DW_LANG_Ada83:
16375
    case DW_LANG_Cobol74:
16376
    case DW_LANG_Cobol85:
16377
    case DW_LANG_Pascal83:
16378
    case DW_LANG_Modula2:
16379
    case DW_LANG_PLI:
16380
      return dwarf_version >= 4 ? 1 : -1;
16381
    default:
16382
      return -1;
16383
    }
16384
}
16385
 
16386
/* Given a tree node describing an array bound (either lower or upper) output
16387
   a representation for that bound.  */
16388
 
16389
static void
16390
add_bound_info (dw_die_ref subrange_die, enum dwarf_attribute bound_attr, tree bound)
16391
{
16392
  int want_address = 2;
16393
 
16394
  switch (TREE_CODE (bound))
16395
    {
16396
    case ERROR_MARK:
16397
      return;
16398
 
16399
    /* All fixed-bounds are represented by INTEGER_CST nodes.  */
16400
    case INTEGER_CST:
16401
      {
16402
        unsigned int prec = simple_type_size_in_bits (TREE_TYPE (bound));
16403
        int dflt;
16404
 
16405
        /* Use the default if possible.  */
16406
        if (bound_attr == DW_AT_lower_bound
16407
            && host_integerp (bound, 0)
16408
            && (dflt = lower_bound_default ()) != -1
16409
            && tree_low_cst (bound, 0) == dflt)
16410
          ;
16411
 
16412
        /* Otherwise represent the bound as an unsigned value with the
16413
           precision of its type.  The precision and signedness of the
16414
           type will be necessary to re-interpret it unambiguously.  */
16415
        else if (prec < HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
16416
          {
16417
            unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT mask
16418
              = ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << prec) - 1;
16419
            add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die, bound_attr,
16420
                             TREE_INT_CST_LOW (bound) & mask);
16421
          }
16422
        else if (prec == HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
16423
                 || TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (bound) == 0)
16424
          add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die, bound_attr,
16425
                           TREE_INT_CST_LOW (bound));
16426
        else
16427
          add_AT_double (subrange_die, bound_attr, TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (bound),
16428
                         TREE_INT_CST_LOW (bound));
16429
      }
16430
      break;
16431
 
16432
    CASE_CONVERT:
16433
    case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
16434
      add_bound_info (subrange_die, bound_attr, TREE_OPERAND (bound, 0));
16435
      break;
16436
 
16437
    case SAVE_EXPR:
16438
      break;
16439
 
16440
    case VAR_DECL:
16441
    case PARM_DECL:
16442
    case RESULT_DECL:
16443
      {
16444
        dw_die_ref decl_die = lookup_decl_die (bound);
16445
 
16446
        /* ??? Can this happen, or should the variable have been bound
16447
           first?  Probably it can, since I imagine that we try to create
16448
           the types of parameters in the order in which they exist in
16449
           the list, and won't have created a forward reference to a
16450
           later parameter.  */
16451
        if (decl_die != NULL)
16452
          {
16453
            add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die, bound_attr, decl_die);
16454
            break;
16455
          }
16456
        want_address = 0;
16457
      }
16458
      /* FALLTHRU */
16459
 
16460
    default:
16461
      {
16462
        /* Otherwise try to create a stack operation procedure to
16463
           evaluate the value of the array bound.  */
16464
 
16465
        dw_die_ref ctx, decl_die;
16466
        dw_loc_list_ref list;
16467
 
16468
        list = loc_list_from_tree (bound, want_address);
16469
        if (list == NULL)
16470
          break;
16471
 
16472
        if (single_element_loc_list_p (list))
16473
          {
16474
            add_AT_loc (subrange_die, bound_attr, list->expr);
16475
            break;
16476
          }
16477
 
16478
        if (current_function_decl == 0)
16479
          ctx = comp_unit_die;
16480
        else
16481
          ctx = lookup_decl_die (current_function_decl);
16482
 
16483
        decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_variable, ctx, bound);
16484
        add_AT_flag (decl_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
16485
        add_type_attribute (decl_die, TREE_TYPE (bound), 1, 0, ctx);
16486
        add_AT_location_description (decl_die, DW_AT_location, list);
16487
        add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die, bound_attr, decl_die);
16488
        break;
16489
      }
16490
    }
16491
}
16492
 
16493
/* Add subscript info to TYPE_DIE, describing an array TYPE, collapsing
16494
   possibly nested array subscripts in a flat sequence if COLLAPSE_P is true.
16495
   Note that the block of subscript information for an array type also
16496
   includes information about the element type of the given array type.  */
16497
 
16498
static void
16499
add_subscript_info (dw_die_ref type_die, tree type, bool collapse_p)
16500
{
16501
  unsigned dimension_number;
16502
  tree lower, upper;
16503
  dw_die_ref subrange_die;
16504
 
16505
  for (dimension_number = 0;
16506
       TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE && (dimension_number == 0 || collapse_p);
16507
       type = TREE_TYPE (type), dimension_number++)
16508
    {
16509
      tree domain = TYPE_DOMAIN (type);
16510
 
16511
      if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type) && is_fortran () && dimension_number > 0)
16512
        break;
16513
 
16514
      /* Arrays come in three flavors: Unspecified bounds, fixed bounds,
16515
         and (in GNU C only) variable bounds.  Handle all three forms
16516
         here.  */
16517
      subrange_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type, type_die, NULL);
16518
      if (domain)
16519
        {
16520
          /* We have an array type with specified bounds.  */
16521
          lower = TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain);
16522
          upper = TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain);
16523
 
16524
          /* Define the index type.  */
16525
          if (TREE_TYPE (domain))
16526
            {
16527
              /* ??? This is probably an Ada unnamed subrange type.  Ignore the
16528
                 TREE_TYPE field.  We can't emit debug info for this
16529
                 because it is an unnamed integral type.  */
16530
              if (TREE_CODE (domain) == INTEGER_TYPE
16531
                  && TYPE_NAME (domain) == NULL_TREE
16532
                  && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (domain)) == INTEGER_TYPE
16533
                  && TYPE_NAME (TREE_TYPE (domain)) == NULL_TREE)
16534
                ;
16535
              else
16536
                add_type_attribute (subrange_die, TREE_TYPE (domain), 0, 0,
16537
                                    type_die);
16538
            }
16539
 
16540
          /* ??? If upper is NULL, the array has unspecified length,
16541
             but it does have a lower bound.  This happens with Fortran
16542
               dimension arr(N:*)
16543
             Since the debugger is definitely going to need to know N
16544
             to produce useful results, go ahead and output the lower
16545
             bound solo, and hope the debugger can cope.  */
16546
 
16547
          add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_lower_bound, lower);
16548
          if (upper)
16549
            add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_upper_bound, upper);
16550
        }
16551
 
16552
      /* Otherwise we have an array type with an unspecified length.  The
16553
         DWARF-2 spec does not say how to handle this; let's just leave out the
16554
         bounds.  */
16555
    }
16556
}
16557
 
16558
static void
16559
add_byte_size_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree tree_node)
16560
{
16561
  unsigned size;
16562
 
16563
  switch (TREE_CODE (tree_node))
16564
    {
16565
    case ERROR_MARK:
16566
      size = 0;
16567
      break;
16568
    case ENUMERAL_TYPE:
16569
    case RECORD_TYPE:
16570
    case UNION_TYPE:
16571
    case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
16572
      size = int_size_in_bytes (tree_node);
16573
      break;
16574
    case FIELD_DECL:
16575
      /* For a data member of a struct or union, the DW_AT_byte_size is
16576
         generally given as the number of bytes normally allocated for an
16577
         object of the *declared* type of the member itself.  This is true
16578
         even for bit-fields.  */
16579
      size = simple_type_size_in_bits (field_type (tree_node)) / BITS_PER_UNIT;
16580
      break;
16581
    default:
16582
      gcc_unreachable ();
16583
    }
16584
 
16585
  /* Note that `size' might be -1 when we get to this point.  If it is, that
16586
     indicates that the byte size of the entity in question is variable.  We
16587
     have no good way of expressing this fact in Dwarf at the present time,
16588
     so just let the -1 pass on through.  */
16589
  add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_byte_size, size);
16590
}
16591
 
16592
/* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit-field, output an attribute
16593
   which specifies the distance in bits from the highest order bit of the
16594
   "containing object" for the bit-field to the highest order bit of the
16595
   bit-field itself.
16596
 
16597
   For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
16598
   (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives.  The
16599
   type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
16600
   declared type of the individual bit-field itself.  The determination of the
16601
   exact location of the "containing object" for a bit-field is rather
16602
   complicated.  It's handled by the `field_byte_offset' function (above).
16603
 
16604
   Note that it is the size (in bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object"
16605
   which will be given in the DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field.
16606
   (See `byte_size_attribute' above).  */
16607
 
16608
static inline void
16609
add_bit_offset_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
16610
{
16611
  HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bytes = field_byte_offset (decl);
16612
  tree type = DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl);
16613
  HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int;
16614
  HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_object_bit_offset;
16615
  HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_field_bit_offset;
16616
  HOST_WIDE_INT unsigned bit_offset;
16617
 
16618
  /* Must be a field and a bit field.  */
16619
  gcc_assert (type && TREE_CODE (decl) == FIELD_DECL);
16620
 
16621
  /* We can't yet handle bit-fields whose offsets are variable, so if we
16622
     encounter such things, just return without generating any attribute
16623
     whatsoever.  Likewise for variable or too large size.  */
16624
  if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl), 0)
16625
      || ! host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1))
16626
    return;
16627
 
16628
  bitpos_int = int_bit_position (decl);
16629
 
16630
  /* Note that the bit offset is always the distance (in bits) from the
16631
     highest-order bit of the "containing object" to the highest-order bit of
16632
     the bit-field itself.  Since the "high-order end" of any object or field
16633
     is different on big-endian and little-endian machines, the computation
16634
     below must take account of these differences.  */
16635
  highest_order_object_bit_offset = object_offset_in_bytes * BITS_PER_UNIT;
16636
  highest_order_field_bit_offset = bitpos_int;
16637
 
16638
  if (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
16639
    {
16640
      highest_order_field_bit_offset += tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl), 0);
16641
      highest_order_object_bit_offset += simple_type_size_in_bits (type);
16642
    }
16643
 
16644
  bit_offset
16645
    = (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
16646
       ? highest_order_object_bit_offset - highest_order_field_bit_offset
16647
       : highest_order_field_bit_offset - highest_order_object_bit_offset);
16648
 
16649
  add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_bit_offset, bit_offset);
16650
}
16651
 
16652
/* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit field, output an attribute
16653
   which specifies the length in bits of the given field.  */
16654
 
16655
static inline void
16656
add_bit_size_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
16657
{
16658
  /* Must be a field and a bit field.  */
16659
  gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) == FIELD_DECL
16660
              && DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl));
16661
 
16662
  if (host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1))
16663
    add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_bit_size, tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1));
16664
}
16665
 
16666
/* If the compiled language is ANSI C, then add a 'prototyped'
16667
   attribute, if arg types are given for the parameters of a function.  */
16668
 
16669
static inline void
16670
add_prototyped_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree func_type)
16671
{
16672
  if (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language) == DW_LANG_C89
16673
      && TYPE_ARG_TYPES (func_type) != NULL)
16674
    add_AT_flag (die, DW_AT_prototyped, 1);
16675
}
16676
 
16677
/* Add an 'abstract_origin' attribute below a given DIE.  The DIE is found
16678
   by looking in either the type declaration or object declaration
16679
   equate table.  */
16680
 
16681
static inline dw_die_ref
16682
add_abstract_origin_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree origin)
16683
{
16684
  dw_die_ref origin_die = NULL;
16685
 
16686
  if (TREE_CODE (origin) != FUNCTION_DECL)
16687
    {
16688
      /* We may have gotten separated from the block for the inlined
16689
         function, if we're in an exception handler or some such; make
16690
         sure that the abstract function has been written out.
16691
 
16692
         Doing this for nested functions is wrong, however; functions are
16693
         distinct units, and our context might not even be inline.  */
16694
      tree fn = origin;
16695
 
16696
      if (TYPE_P (fn))
16697
        fn = TYPE_STUB_DECL (fn);
16698
 
16699
      fn = decl_function_context (fn);
16700
      if (fn)
16701
        dwarf2out_abstract_function (fn);
16702
    }
16703
 
16704
  if (DECL_P (origin))
16705
    origin_die = lookup_decl_die (origin);
16706
  else if (TYPE_P (origin))
16707
    origin_die = lookup_type_die (origin);
16708
 
16709
  /* XXX: Functions that are never lowered don't always have correct block
16710
     trees (in the case of java, they simply have no block tree, in some other
16711
     languages).  For these functions, there is nothing we can really do to
16712
     output correct debug info for inlined functions in all cases.  Rather
16713
     than die, we'll just produce deficient debug info now, in that we will
16714
     have variables without a proper abstract origin.  In the future, when all
16715
     functions are lowered, we should re-add a gcc_assert (origin_die)
16716
     here.  */
16717
 
16718
  if (origin_die)
16719
    add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_abstract_origin, origin_die);
16720
  return origin_die;
16721
}
16722
 
16723
/* We do not currently support the pure_virtual attribute.  */
16724
 
16725
static inline void
16726
add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree func_decl)
16727
{
16728
  if (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl))
16729
    {
16730
      add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_virtuality, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual);
16731
 
16732
      if (host_integerp (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl), 0))
16733
        add_AT_loc (die, DW_AT_vtable_elem_location,
16734
                    new_loc_descr (DW_OP_constu,
16735
                                   tree_low_cst (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl), 0),
16736
                                   0));
16737
 
16738
      /* GNU extension: Record what type this method came from originally.  */
16739
      if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
16740
          && DECL_CONTEXT (func_decl))
16741
        add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_containing_type,
16742
                        lookup_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (func_decl)));
16743
    }
16744
}
16745
 
16746
/* Add source coordinate attributes for the given decl.  */
16747
 
16748
static void
16749
add_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
16750
{
16751
  expanded_location s = expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl));
16752
 
16753
  add_AT_file (die, DW_AT_decl_file, lookup_filename (s.file));
16754
  add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_decl_line, s.line);
16755
}
16756
 
16757
/* Add a DW_AT_name attribute and source coordinate attribute for the
16758
   given decl, but only if it actually has a name.  */
16759
 
16760
static void
16761
add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
16762
{
16763
  tree decl_name;
16764
 
16765
  decl_name = DECL_NAME (decl);
16766
  if (decl_name != NULL && IDENTIFIER_POINTER (decl_name) != NULL)
16767
    {
16768
      const char *name = dwarf2_name (decl, 0);
16769
      if (name)
16770
        add_name_attribute (die, name);
16771
      if (! DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
16772
        add_src_coords_attributes (die, decl);
16773
 
16774
      if ((TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL || TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL)
16775
          && TREE_PUBLIC (decl)
16776
          && !DECL_ABSTRACT (decl)
16777
          && !(TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL && DECL_REGISTER (decl))
16778
          && !is_fortran ())
16779
        {
16780
          /* Defer until we have an assembler name set.  */
16781
          if (!DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME_SET_P (decl))
16782
            {
16783
              limbo_die_node *asm_name;
16784
 
16785
              asm_name = GGC_CNEW (limbo_die_node);
16786
              asm_name->die = die;
16787
              asm_name->created_for = decl;
16788
              asm_name->next = deferred_asm_name;
16789
              deferred_asm_name = asm_name;
16790
            }
16791
          else if (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl) != DECL_NAME (decl))
16792
            add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name,
16793
                           IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl)));
16794
        }
16795
    }
16796
 
16797
#ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
16798
  /* Get the function's name, as described by its RTL.  This may be different
16799
     from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file.  */
16800
  if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL && TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl))
16801
    {
16802
      add_AT_addr (die, DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address,
16803
                   XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0));
16804
      VEC_safe_push (rtx, gc, used_rtx_array, XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0));
16805
    }
16806
#endif
16807
}
16808
 
16809
/* Push a new declaration scope.  */
16810
 
16811
static void
16812
push_decl_scope (tree scope)
16813
{
16814
  VEC_safe_push (tree, gc, decl_scope_table, scope);
16815
}
16816
 
16817
/* Pop a declaration scope.  */
16818
 
16819
static inline void
16820
pop_decl_scope (void)
16821
{
16822
  VEC_pop (tree, decl_scope_table);
16823
}
16824
 
16825
/* Return the DIE for the scope that immediately contains this type.
16826
   Non-named types get global scope.  Named types nested in other
16827
   types get their containing scope if it's open, or global scope
16828
   otherwise.  All other types (i.e. function-local named types) get
16829
   the current active scope.  */
16830
 
16831
static dw_die_ref
16832
scope_die_for (tree t, dw_die_ref context_die)
16833
{
16834
  dw_die_ref scope_die = NULL;
16835
  tree containing_scope;
16836
  int i;
16837
 
16838
  /* Non-types always go in the current scope.  */
16839
  gcc_assert (TYPE_P (t));
16840
 
16841
  containing_scope = TYPE_CONTEXT (t);
16842
 
16843
  /* Use the containing namespace if it was passed in (for a declaration).  */
16844
  if (containing_scope && TREE_CODE (containing_scope) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
16845
    {
16846
      if (context_die == lookup_decl_die (containing_scope))
16847
        /* OK */;
16848
      else
16849
        containing_scope = NULL_TREE;
16850
    }
16851
 
16852
  /* Ignore function type "scopes" from the C frontend.  They mean that
16853
     a tagged type is local to a parmlist of a function declarator, but
16854
     that isn't useful to DWARF.  */
16855
  if (containing_scope && TREE_CODE (containing_scope) == FUNCTION_TYPE)
16856
    containing_scope = NULL_TREE;
16857
 
16858
  if (containing_scope == NULL_TREE)
16859
    scope_die = comp_unit_die;
16860
  else if (TYPE_P (containing_scope))
16861
    {
16862
      /* For types, we can just look up the appropriate DIE.  But
16863
         first we check to see if we're in the middle of emitting it
16864
         so we know where the new DIE should go.  */
16865
      for (i = VEC_length (tree, decl_scope_table) - 1; i >= 0; --i)
16866
        if (VEC_index (tree, decl_scope_table, i) == containing_scope)
16867
          break;
16868
 
16869
      if (i < 0)
16870
        {
16871
          gcc_assert (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
16872
                      || TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (containing_scope));
16873
 
16874
          /* If none of the current dies are suitable, we get file scope.  */
16875
          scope_die = comp_unit_die;
16876
        }
16877
      else
16878
        scope_die = lookup_type_die (containing_scope);
16879
    }
16880
  else
16881
    scope_die = context_die;
16882
 
16883
  return scope_die;
16884
}
16885
 
16886
/* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is internal to a function.  */
16887
 
16888
static inline int
16889
local_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die)
16890
{
16891
  for (; context_die; context_die = context_die->die_parent)
16892
    if (context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
16893
        || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_subprogram)
16894
      return 1;
16895
 
16896
  return 0;
16897
}
16898
 
16899
/* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is a class.  */
16900
 
16901
static inline int
16902
class_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die)
16903
{
16904
  return (context_die
16905
          && (context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_structure_type
16906
              || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_class_type
16907
              || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_interface_type
16908
              || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_union_type));
16909
}
16910
 
16911
/* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is a class or namespace, for deciding
16912
   whether or not to treat a DIE in this context as a declaration.  */
16913
 
16914
static inline int
16915
class_or_namespace_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die)
16916
{
16917
  return (class_scope_p (context_die)
16918
          || (context_die && context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_namespace));
16919
}
16920
 
16921
/* Many forms of DIEs require a "type description" attribute.  This
16922
   routine locates the proper "type descriptor" die for the type given
16923
   by 'type', and adds a DW_AT_type attribute below the given die.  */
16924
 
16925
static void
16926
add_type_attribute (dw_die_ref object_die, tree type, int decl_const,
16927
                    int decl_volatile, dw_die_ref context_die)
16928
{
16929
  enum tree_code code  = TREE_CODE (type);
16930
  dw_die_ref type_die  = NULL;
16931
 
16932
  /* ??? If this type is an unnamed subrange type of an integral, floating-point
16933
     or fixed-point type, use the inner type.  This is because we have no
16934
     support for unnamed types in base_type_die.  This can happen if this is
16935
     an Ada subrange type.  Correct solution is emit a subrange type die.  */
16936
  if ((code == INTEGER_TYPE || code == REAL_TYPE || code == FIXED_POINT_TYPE)
16937
      && TREE_TYPE (type) != 0 && TYPE_NAME (type) == 0)
16938
    type = TREE_TYPE (type), code = TREE_CODE (type);
16939
 
16940
  if (code == ERROR_MARK
16941
      /* Handle a special case.  For functions whose return type is void, we
16942
         generate *no* type attribute.  (Note that no object may have type
16943
         `void', so this only applies to function return types).  */
16944
      || code == VOID_TYPE)
16945
    return;
16946
 
16947
  type_die = modified_type_die (type,
16948
                                decl_const || TYPE_READONLY (type),
16949
                                decl_volatile || TYPE_VOLATILE (type),
16950
                                context_die);
16951
 
16952
  if (type_die != NULL)
16953
    add_AT_die_ref (object_die, DW_AT_type, type_die);
16954
}
16955
 
16956
/* Given an object die, add the calling convention attribute for the
16957
   function call type.  */
16958
static void
16959
add_calling_convention_attribute (dw_die_ref subr_die, tree decl)
16960
{
16961
  enum dwarf_calling_convention value = DW_CC_normal;
16962
 
16963
  value = ((enum dwarf_calling_convention)
16964
           targetm.dwarf_calling_convention (TREE_TYPE (decl)));
16965
 
16966
  /* DWARF doesn't provide a way to identify a program's source-level
16967
     entry point.  DW_AT_calling_convention attributes are only meant
16968
     to describe functions' calling conventions.  However, lacking a
16969
     better way to signal the Fortran main program, we use this for the
16970
     time being, following existing custom.  */
16971
  if (is_fortran ()
16972
      && !strcmp (IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl)), "MAIN__"))
16973
    value = DW_CC_program;
16974
 
16975
  /* Only add the attribute if the backend requests it, and
16976
     is not DW_CC_normal.  */
16977
  if (value && (value != DW_CC_normal))
16978
    add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_calling_convention, value);
16979
}
16980
 
16981
/* Given a tree pointer to a struct, class, union, or enum type node, return
16982
   a pointer to the (string) tag name for the given type, or zero if the type
16983
   was declared without a tag.  */
16984
 
16985
static const char *
16986
type_tag (const_tree type)
16987
{
16988
  const char *name = 0;
16989
 
16990
  if (TYPE_NAME (type) != 0)
16991
    {
16992
      tree t = 0;
16993
 
16994
      /* Find the IDENTIFIER_NODE for the type name.  */
16995
      if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == IDENTIFIER_NODE)
16996
        t = TYPE_NAME (type);
16997
 
16998
      /* The g++ front end makes the TYPE_NAME of *each* tagged type point to
16999
         a TYPE_DECL node, regardless of whether or not a `typedef' was
17000
         involved.  */
17001
      else if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == TYPE_DECL
17002
               && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (TYPE_NAME (type)))
17003
        {
17004
          /* We want to be extra verbose.  Don't call dwarf_name if
17005
             DECL_NAME isn't set.  The default hook for decl_printable_name
17006
             doesn't like that, and in this context it's correct to return
17007
             0, instead of "<anonymous>" or the like.  */
17008
          if (DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (type)))
17009
            name = lang_hooks.dwarf_name (TYPE_NAME (type), 2);
17010
        }
17011
 
17012
      /* Now get the name as a string, or invent one.  */
17013
      if (!name && t != 0)
17014
        name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (t);
17015
    }
17016
 
17017
  return (name == 0 || *name == '\0') ? 0 : name;
17018
}
17019
 
17020
/* Return the type associated with a data member, make a special check
17021
   for bit field types.  */
17022
 
17023
static inline tree
17024
member_declared_type (const_tree member)
17025
{
17026
  return (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member)
17027
          ? DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member) : TREE_TYPE (member));
17028
}
17029
 
17030
/* Get the decl's label, as described by its RTL. This may be different
17031
   from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file.  */
17032
 
17033
#if 0
17034
static const char *
17035
decl_start_label (tree decl)
17036
{
17037
  rtx x;
17038
  const char *fnname;
17039
 
17040
  x = DECL_RTL (decl);
17041
  gcc_assert (MEM_P (x));
17042
 
17043
  x = XEXP (x, 0);
17044
  gcc_assert (GET_CODE (x) == SYMBOL_REF);
17045
 
17046
  fnname = XSTR (x, 0);
17047
  return fnname;
17048
}
17049
#endif
17050
 
17051
/* These routines generate the internal representation of the DIE's for
17052
   the compilation unit.  Debugging information is collected by walking
17053
   the declaration trees passed in from dwarf2out_decl().  */
17054
 
17055
static void
17056
gen_array_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
17057
{
17058
  dw_die_ref scope_die = scope_die_for (type, context_die);
17059
  dw_die_ref array_die;
17060
 
17061
  /* GNU compilers represent multidimensional array types as sequences of one
17062
     dimensional array types whose element types are themselves array types.
17063
     We sometimes squish that down to a single array_type DIE with multiple
17064
     subscripts in the Dwarf debugging info.  The draft Dwarf specification
17065
     say that we are allowed to do this kind of compression in C, because
17066
     there is no difference between an array of arrays and a multidimensional
17067
     array.  We don't do this for Ada to remain as close as possible to the
17068
     actual representation, which is especially important against the language
17069
     flexibilty wrt arrays of variable size.  */
17070
 
17071
  bool collapse_nested_arrays = !is_ada ();
17072
  tree element_type;
17073
 
17074
  /* Emit DW_TAG_string_type for Fortran character types (with kind 1 only, as
17075
     DW_TAG_string_type doesn't have DW_AT_type attribute).  */
17076
  if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type)
17077
      && TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE
17078
      && is_fortran ()
17079
      && TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (type)) == TYPE_MODE (char_type_node))
17080
    {
17081
      HOST_WIDE_INT size;
17082
 
17083
      array_die = new_die (DW_TAG_string_type, scope_die, type);
17084
      add_name_attribute (array_die, type_tag (type));
17085
      equate_type_number_to_die (type, array_die);
17086
      size = int_size_in_bytes (type);
17087
      if (size >= 0)
17088
        add_AT_unsigned (array_die, DW_AT_byte_size, size);
17089
      else if (TYPE_DOMAIN (type) != NULL_TREE
17090
               && TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type)) != NULL_TREE
17091
               && DECL_P (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type))))
17092
        {
17093
          tree szdecl = TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type));
17094
          dw_loc_list_ref loc = loc_list_from_tree (szdecl, 2);
17095
 
17096
          size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (szdecl));
17097
          if (loc && size > 0)
17098
            {
17099
              add_AT_location_description (array_die, DW_AT_string_length, loc);
17100
              if (size != DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
17101
                add_AT_unsigned (array_die, DW_AT_byte_size, size);
17102
            }
17103
        }
17104
      return;
17105
    }
17106
 
17107
  /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for array of array of enum types
17108
     (e.g. const enum machine_mode insn_operand_mode[2][10]) unless the inner
17109
     array type comes before the outer array type.  We thus call gen_type_die
17110
     before we new_die and must prevent nested array types collapsing for this
17111
     target.  */
17112
 
17113
#ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
17114
  gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
17115
  collapse_nested_arrays = false;
17116
#endif
17117
 
17118
  array_die = new_die (DW_TAG_array_type, scope_die, type);
17119
  add_name_attribute (array_die, type_tag (type));
17120
  equate_type_number_to_die (type, array_die);
17121
 
17122
  if (TREE_CODE (type) == VECTOR_TYPE)
17123
    {
17124
      /* The frontend feeds us a representation for the vector as a struct
17125
         containing an array.  Pull out the array type.  */
17126
      type = TREE_TYPE (TYPE_FIELDS (TYPE_DEBUG_REPRESENTATION_TYPE (type)));
17127
      add_AT_flag (array_die, DW_AT_GNU_vector, 1);
17128
    }
17129
 
17130
  /* For Fortran multidimensional arrays use DW_ORD_col_major ordering.  */
17131
  if (is_fortran ()
17132
      && TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE
17133
      && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type)) == ARRAY_TYPE
17134
      && !TYPE_STRING_FLAG (TREE_TYPE (type)))
17135
    add_AT_unsigned (array_die, DW_AT_ordering, DW_ORD_col_major);
17136
 
17137
#if 0
17138
  /* We default the array ordering.  SDB will probably do
17139
     the right things even if DW_AT_ordering is not present.  It's not even
17140
     an issue until we start to get into multidimensional arrays anyway.  If
17141
     SDB is ever caught doing the Wrong Thing for multi-dimensional arrays,
17142
     then we'll have to put the DW_AT_ordering attribute back in.  (But if
17143
     and when we find out that we need to put these in, we will only do so
17144
     for multidimensional arrays.  */
17145
  add_AT_unsigned (array_die, DW_AT_ordering, DW_ORD_row_major);
17146
#endif
17147
 
17148
#ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
17149
  /* The SGI compilers handle arrays of unknown bound by setting
17150
     AT_declaration and not emitting any subrange DIEs.  */
17151
  if (! TYPE_DOMAIN (type))
17152
    add_AT_flag (array_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
17153
  else
17154
#endif
17155
    add_subscript_info (array_die, type, collapse_nested_arrays);
17156
 
17157
  /* Add representation of the type of the elements of this array type and
17158
     emit the corresponding DIE if we haven't done it already.  */
17159
  element_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
17160
  if (collapse_nested_arrays)
17161
    while (TREE_CODE (element_type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
17162
      {
17163
        if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (element_type) && is_fortran ())
17164
          break;
17165
        element_type = TREE_TYPE (element_type);
17166
      }
17167
 
17168
#ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
17169
  gen_type_die (element_type, context_die);
17170
#endif
17171
 
17172
  add_type_attribute (array_die, element_type, 0, 0, context_die);
17173
 
17174
  if (get_AT (array_die, DW_AT_name))
17175
    add_pubtype (type, array_die);
17176
}
17177
 
17178
static dw_loc_descr_ref
17179
descr_info_loc (tree val, tree base_decl)
17180
{
17181
  HOST_WIDE_INT size;
17182
  dw_loc_descr_ref loc, loc2;
17183
  enum dwarf_location_atom op;
17184
 
17185
  if (val == base_decl)
17186
    return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_push_object_address, 0, 0);
17187
 
17188
  switch (TREE_CODE (val))
17189
    {
17190
    CASE_CONVERT:
17191
      return descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val, 0), base_decl);
17192
    case VAR_DECL:
17193
      return loc_descriptor_from_tree (val, 0);
17194
    case INTEGER_CST:
17195
      if (host_integerp (val, 0))
17196
        return int_loc_descriptor (tree_low_cst (val, 0));
17197
      break;
17198
    case INDIRECT_REF:
17199
      size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (val));
17200
      if (size < 0)
17201
        break;
17202
      loc = descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val, 0), base_decl);
17203
      if (!loc)
17204
        break;
17205
      if (size == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
17206
        add_loc_descr (&loc, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0));
17207
      else
17208
        add_loc_descr (&loc, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref_size, size, 0));
17209
      return loc;
17210
    case POINTER_PLUS_EXPR:
17211
    case PLUS_EXPR:
17212
      if (host_integerp (TREE_OPERAND (val, 1), 1)
17213
          && (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (val, 1), 1)
17214
             < 16384)
17215
        {
17216
          loc = descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val, 0), base_decl);
17217
          if (!loc)
17218
            break;
17219
          loc_descr_plus_const (&loc, tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (val, 1), 0));
17220
        }
17221
      else
17222
        {
17223
          op = DW_OP_plus;
17224
        do_binop:
17225
          loc = descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val, 0), base_decl);
17226
          if (!loc)
17227
            break;
17228
          loc2 = descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val, 1), base_decl);
17229
          if (!loc2)
17230
            break;
17231
          add_loc_descr (&loc, loc2);
17232
          add_loc_descr (&loc2, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
17233
        }
17234
      return loc;
17235
    case MINUS_EXPR:
17236
      op = DW_OP_minus;
17237
      goto do_binop;
17238
    case MULT_EXPR:
17239
      op = DW_OP_mul;
17240
      goto do_binop;
17241
    case EQ_EXPR:
17242
      op = DW_OP_eq;
17243
      goto do_binop;
17244
    case NE_EXPR:
17245
      op = DW_OP_ne;
17246
      goto do_binop;
17247
    default:
17248
      break;
17249
    }
17250
  return NULL;
17251
}
17252
 
17253
static void
17254
add_descr_info_field (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr,
17255
                      tree val, tree base_decl)
17256
{
17257
  dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
17258
 
17259
  if (host_integerp (val, 0))
17260
    {
17261
      add_AT_unsigned (die, attr, tree_low_cst (val, 0));
17262
      return;
17263
    }
17264
 
17265
  loc = descr_info_loc (val, base_decl);
17266
  if (!loc)
17267
    return;
17268
 
17269
  add_AT_loc (die, attr, loc);
17270
}
17271
 
17272
/* This routine generates DIE for array with hidden descriptor, details
17273
   are filled into *info by a langhook.  */
17274
 
17275
static void
17276
gen_descr_array_type_die (tree type, struct array_descr_info *info,
17277
                          dw_die_ref context_die)
17278
{
17279
  dw_die_ref scope_die = scope_die_for (type, context_die);
17280
  dw_die_ref array_die;
17281
  int dim;
17282
 
17283
  array_die = new_die (DW_TAG_array_type, scope_die, type);
17284
  add_name_attribute (array_die, type_tag (type));
17285
  equate_type_number_to_die (type, array_die);
17286
 
17287
  /* For Fortran multidimensional arrays use DW_ORD_col_major ordering.  */
17288
  if (is_fortran ()
17289
      && info->ndimensions >= 2)
17290
    add_AT_unsigned (array_die, DW_AT_ordering, DW_ORD_col_major);
17291
 
17292
  if (info->data_location)
17293
    add_descr_info_field (array_die, DW_AT_data_location, info->data_location,
17294
                          info->base_decl);
17295
  if (info->associated)
17296
    add_descr_info_field (array_die, DW_AT_associated, info->associated,
17297
                          info->base_decl);
17298
  if (info->allocated)
17299
    add_descr_info_field (array_die, DW_AT_allocated, info->allocated,
17300
                          info->base_decl);
17301
 
17302
  for (dim = 0; dim < info->ndimensions; dim++)
17303
    {
17304
      dw_die_ref subrange_die
17305
        = new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type, array_die, NULL);
17306
 
17307
      if (info->dimen[dim].lower_bound)
17308
        {
17309
          /* If it is the default value, omit it.  */
17310
          int dflt;
17311
 
17312
          if (host_integerp (info->dimen[dim].lower_bound, 0)
17313
              && (dflt = lower_bound_default ()) != -1
17314
              && tree_low_cst (info->dimen[dim].lower_bound, 0) == dflt)
17315
            ;
17316
          else
17317
            add_descr_info_field (subrange_die, DW_AT_lower_bound,
17318
                                  info->dimen[dim].lower_bound,
17319
                                  info->base_decl);
17320
        }
17321
      if (info->dimen[dim].upper_bound)
17322
        add_descr_info_field (subrange_die, DW_AT_upper_bound,
17323
                              info->dimen[dim].upper_bound,
17324
                              info->base_decl);
17325
      if (info->dimen[dim].stride)
17326
        add_descr_info_field (subrange_die, DW_AT_byte_stride,
17327
                              info->dimen[dim].stride,
17328
                              info->base_decl);
17329
    }
17330
 
17331
  gen_type_die (info->element_type, context_die);
17332
  add_type_attribute (array_die, info->element_type, 0, 0, context_die);
17333
 
17334
  if (get_AT (array_die, DW_AT_name))
17335
    add_pubtype (type, array_die);
17336
}
17337
 
17338
#if 0
17339
static void
17340
gen_entry_point_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
17341
{
17342
  tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
17343
  dw_die_ref decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_entry_point, context_die, decl);
17344
 
17345
  if (origin != NULL)
17346
    add_abstract_origin_attribute (decl_die, origin);
17347
  else
17348
    {
17349
      add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die, decl);
17350
      add_type_attribute (decl_die, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
17351
                          0, 0, context_die);
17352
    }
17353
 
17354
  if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
17355
    equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, decl_die);
17356
  else
17357
    add_AT_lbl_id (decl_die, DW_AT_low_pc, decl_start_label (decl));
17358
}
17359
#endif
17360
 
17361
/* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
17362
   emit full debugging info for them.  */
17363
 
17364
static void
17365
retry_incomplete_types (void)
17366
{
17367
  int i;
17368
 
17369
  for (i = VEC_length (tree, incomplete_types) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
17370
    if (should_emit_struct_debug (VEC_index (tree, incomplete_types, i),
17371
                                  DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE))
17372
      gen_type_die (VEC_index (tree, incomplete_types, i), comp_unit_die);
17373
}
17374
 
17375
/* Determine what tag to use for a record type.  */
17376
 
17377
static enum dwarf_tag
17378
record_type_tag (tree type)
17379
{
17380
  if (! lang_hooks.types.classify_record)
17381
    return DW_TAG_structure_type;
17382
 
17383
  switch (lang_hooks.types.classify_record (type))
17384
    {
17385
    case RECORD_IS_STRUCT:
17386
      return DW_TAG_structure_type;
17387
 
17388
    case RECORD_IS_CLASS:
17389
      return DW_TAG_class_type;
17390
 
17391
    case RECORD_IS_INTERFACE:
17392
      if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)
17393
        return DW_TAG_interface_type;
17394
      return DW_TAG_structure_type;
17395
 
17396
    default:
17397
      gcc_unreachable ();
17398
    }
17399
}
17400
 
17401
/* Generate a DIE to represent an enumeration type.  Note that these DIEs
17402
   include all of the information about the enumeration values also. Each
17403
   enumerated type name/value is listed as a child of the enumerated type
17404
   DIE.  */
17405
 
17406
static dw_die_ref
17407
gen_enumeration_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
17408
{
17409
  dw_die_ref type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
17410
 
17411
  if (type_die == NULL)
17412
    {
17413
      type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_enumeration_type,
17414
                          scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
17415
      equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
17416
      add_name_attribute (type_die, type_tag (type));
17417
    }
17418
  else if (! TYPE_SIZE (type))
17419
    return type_die;
17420
  else
17421
    remove_AT (type_die, DW_AT_declaration);
17422
 
17423
  /* Handle a GNU C/C++ extension, i.e. incomplete enum types.  If the
17424
     given enum type is incomplete, do not generate the DW_AT_byte_size
17425
     attribute or the DW_AT_element_list attribute.  */
17426
  if (TYPE_SIZE (type))
17427
    {
17428
      tree link;
17429
 
17430
      TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
17431
      add_byte_size_attribute (type_die, type);
17432
      if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type) != NULL_TREE)
17433
        add_src_coords_attributes (type_die, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type));
17434
 
17435
      /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
17436
         inline function, then it may not have a parent.  Fix this now.  */
17437
      if (type_die->die_parent == NULL)
17438
        add_child_die (scope_die_for (type, context_die), type_die);
17439
 
17440
      for (link = TYPE_VALUES (type);
17441
           link != NULL; link = TREE_CHAIN (link))
17442
        {
17443
          dw_die_ref enum_die = new_die (DW_TAG_enumerator, type_die, link);
17444
          tree value = TREE_VALUE (link);
17445
 
17446
          add_name_attribute (enum_die,
17447
                              IDENTIFIER_POINTER (TREE_PURPOSE (link)));
17448
 
17449
          if (TREE_CODE (value) == CONST_DECL)
17450
            value = DECL_INITIAL (value);
17451
 
17452
          if (host_integerp (value, TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (value))))
17453
            /* DWARF2 does not provide a way of indicating whether or
17454
               not enumeration constants are signed or unsigned.  GDB
17455
               always assumes the values are signed, so we output all
17456
               values as if they were signed.  That means that
17457
               enumeration constants with very large unsigned values
17458
               will appear to have negative values in the debugger.  */
17459
            add_AT_int (enum_die, DW_AT_const_value,
17460
                        tree_low_cst (value, tree_int_cst_sgn (value) > 0));
17461
        }
17462
    }
17463
  else
17464
    add_AT_flag (type_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
17465
 
17466
  if (get_AT (type_die, DW_AT_name))
17467
    add_pubtype (type, type_die);
17468
 
17469
  return type_die;
17470
}
17471
 
17472
/* Generate a DIE to represent either a real live formal parameter decl or to
17473
   represent just the type of some formal parameter position in some function
17474
   type.
17475
 
17476
   Note that this routine is a bit unusual because its argument may be a
17477
   ..._DECL node (i.e. either a PARM_DECL or perhaps a VAR_DECL which
17478
   represents an inlining of some PARM_DECL) or else some sort of a ..._TYPE
17479
   node.  If it's the former then this function is being called to output a
17480
   DIE to represent a formal parameter object (or some inlining thereof).  If
17481
   it's the latter, then this function is only being called to output a
17482
   DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE to stand as a placeholder for some formal
17483
   argument type of some subprogram type.
17484
   If EMIT_NAME_P is true, name and source coordinate attributes
17485
   are emitted.  */
17486
 
17487
static dw_die_ref
17488
gen_formal_parameter_die (tree node, tree origin, bool emit_name_p,
17489
                          dw_die_ref context_die)
17490
{
17491
  tree node_or_origin = node ? node : origin;
17492
  tree ultimate_origin;
17493
  dw_die_ref parm_die
17494
    = new_die (DW_TAG_formal_parameter, context_die, node);
17495
 
17496
  switch (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (node_or_origin)))
17497
    {
17498
    case tcc_declaration:
17499
      ultimate_origin = decl_ultimate_origin (node_or_origin);
17500
      if (node || ultimate_origin)
17501
        origin = ultimate_origin;
17502
      if (origin != NULL)
17503
        add_abstract_origin_attribute (parm_die, origin);
17504
      else
17505
        {
17506
          tree type = TREE_TYPE (node);
17507
          if (emit_name_p)
17508
            add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (parm_die, node);
17509
          if (decl_by_reference_p (node))
17510
            add_type_attribute (parm_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0,
17511
                                context_die);
17512
          else
17513
            add_type_attribute (parm_die, type,
17514
                                TREE_READONLY (node),
17515
                                TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (node),
17516
                                context_die);
17517
          if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (node))
17518
            add_AT_flag (parm_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
17519
        }
17520
 
17521
      if (node && node != origin)
17522
        equate_decl_number_to_die (node, parm_die);
17523
      if (! DECL_ABSTRACT (node_or_origin))
17524
        add_location_or_const_value_attribute (parm_die, node_or_origin,
17525
                                               DW_AT_location);
17526
 
17527
      break;
17528
 
17529
    case tcc_type:
17530
      /* We were called with some kind of a ..._TYPE node.  */
17531
      add_type_attribute (parm_die, node_or_origin, 0, 0, context_die);
17532
      break;
17533
 
17534
    default:
17535
      gcc_unreachable ();
17536
    }
17537
 
17538
  return parm_die;
17539
}
17540
 
17541
/* Generate and return a DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack. Also generate
17542
   children DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIEs representing the arguments of the
17543
   parameter pack.
17544
 
17545
   PARM_PACK must be a function parameter pack.
17546
   PACK_ARG is the first argument of the parameter pack. Its TREE_CHAIN
17547
   must point to the subsequent arguments of the function PACK_ARG belongs to.
17548
   SUBR_DIE is the DIE of the function PACK_ARG belongs to.
17549
   If NEXT_ARG is non NULL, *NEXT_ARG is set to the function argument
17550
   following the last one for which a DIE was generated.  */
17551
 
17552
static dw_die_ref
17553
gen_formal_parameter_pack_die  (tree parm_pack,
17554
                                tree pack_arg,
17555
                                dw_die_ref subr_die,
17556
                                tree *next_arg)
17557
{
17558
  tree arg;
17559
  dw_die_ref parm_pack_die;
17560
 
17561
  gcc_assert (parm_pack
17562
              && lang_hooks.function_parameter_pack_p (parm_pack)
17563
              && subr_die);
17564
 
17565
  parm_pack_die = new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack, subr_die, parm_pack);
17566
  add_src_coords_attributes (parm_pack_die, parm_pack);
17567
 
17568
  for (arg = pack_arg; arg; arg = TREE_CHAIN (arg))
17569
    {
17570
      if (! lang_hooks.decls.function_parm_expanded_from_pack_p (arg,
17571
                                                                 parm_pack))
17572
        break;
17573
      gen_formal_parameter_die (arg, NULL,
17574
                                false /* Don't emit name attribute.  */,
17575
                                parm_pack_die);
17576
    }
17577
  if (next_arg)
17578
    *next_arg = arg;
17579
  return parm_pack_die;
17580
}
17581
 
17582
/* Generate a special type of DIE used as a stand-in for a trailing ellipsis
17583
   at the end of an (ANSI prototyped) formal parameters list.  */
17584
 
17585
static void
17586
gen_unspecified_parameters_die (tree decl_or_type, dw_die_ref context_die)
17587
{
17588
  new_die (DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters, context_die, decl_or_type);
17589
}
17590
 
17591
/* Generate a list of nameless DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIEs (and perhaps a
17592
   DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE) to represent the types of the formal
17593
   parameters as specified in some function type specification (except for
17594
   those which appear as part of a function *definition*).  */
17595
 
17596
static void
17597
gen_formal_types_die (tree function_or_method_type, dw_die_ref context_die)
17598
{
17599
  tree link;
17600
  tree formal_type = NULL;
17601
  tree first_parm_type;
17602
  tree arg;
17603
 
17604
  if (TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type) == FUNCTION_DECL)
17605
    {
17606
      arg = DECL_ARGUMENTS (function_or_method_type);
17607
      function_or_method_type = TREE_TYPE (function_or_method_type);
17608
    }
17609
  else
17610
    arg = NULL_TREE;
17611
 
17612
  first_parm_type = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type);
17613
 
17614
  /* Make our first pass over the list of formal parameter types and output a
17615
     DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE for each one.  */
17616
  for (link = first_parm_type; link; )
17617
    {
17618
      dw_die_ref parm_die;
17619
 
17620
      formal_type = TREE_VALUE (link);
17621
      if (formal_type == void_type_node)
17622
        break;
17623
 
17624
      /* Output a (nameless) DIE to represent the formal parameter itself.  */
17625
      parm_die = gen_formal_parameter_die (formal_type, NULL,
17626
                                           true /* Emit name attribute.  */,
17627
                                           context_die);
17628
      if ((TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type) == METHOD_TYPE
17629
           && link == first_parm_type)
17630
          || (arg && DECL_ARTIFICIAL (arg)))
17631
        add_AT_flag (parm_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
17632
 
17633
      link = TREE_CHAIN (link);
17634
      if (arg)
17635
        arg = TREE_CHAIN (arg);
17636
    }
17637
 
17638
  /* If this function type has an ellipsis, add a
17639
     DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE to the end of the parameter list.  */
17640
  if (formal_type != void_type_node)
17641
    gen_unspecified_parameters_die (function_or_method_type, context_die);
17642
 
17643
  /* Make our second (and final) pass over the list of formal parameter types
17644
     and output DIEs to represent those types (as necessary).  */
17645
  for (link = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type);
17646
       link && TREE_VALUE (link);
17647
       link = TREE_CHAIN (link))
17648
    gen_type_die (TREE_VALUE (link), context_die);
17649
}
17650
 
17651
/* We want to generate the DIE for TYPE so that we can generate the
17652
   die for MEMBER, which has been defined; we will need to refer back
17653
   to the member declaration nested within TYPE.  If we're trying to
17654
   generate minimal debug info for TYPE, processing TYPE won't do the
17655
   trick; we need to attach the member declaration by hand.  */
17656
 
17657
static void
17658
gen_type_die_for_member (tree type, tree member, dw_die_ref context_die)
17659
{
17660
  gen_type_die (type, context_die);
17661
 
17662
  /* If we're trying to avoid duplicate debug info, we may not have
17663
     emitted the member decl for this function.  Emit it now.  */
17664
  if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)
17665
      && TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type))
17666
      && ! lookup_decl_die (member))
17667
    {
17668
      dw_die_ref type_die;
17669
      gcc_assert (!decl_ultimate_origin (member));
17670
 
17671
      push_decl_scope (type);
17672
      type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
17673
      if (TREE_CODE (member) == FUNCTION_DECL)
17674
        gen_subprogram_die (member, type_die);
17675
      else if (TREE_CODE (member) == FIELD_DECL)
17676
        {
17677
          /* Ignore the nameless fields that are used to skip bits but handle
17678
             C++ anonymous unions and structs.  */
17679
          if (DECL_NAME (member) != NULL_TREE
17680
              || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (member)) == UNION_TYPE
17681
              || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (member)) == RECORD_TYPE)
17682
            {
17683
              gen_type_die (member_declared_type (member), type_die);
17684
              gen_field_die (member, type_die);
17685
            }
17686
        }
17687
      else
17688
        gen_variable_die (member, NULL_TREE, type_die);
17689
 
17690
      pop_decl_scope ();
17691
    }
17692
}
17693
 
17694
/* Generate the DWARF2 info for the "abstract" instance of a function which we
17695
   may later generate inlined and/or out-of-line instances of.  */
17696
 
17697
static void
17698
dwarf2out_abstract_function (tree decl)
17699
{
17700
  dw_die_ref old_die;
17701
  tree save_fn;
17702
  tree context;
17703
  int was_abstract;
17704
  htab_t old_decl_loc_table;
17705
 
17706
  /* Make sure we have the actual abstract inline, not a clone.  */
17707
  decl = DECL_ORIGIN (decl);
17708
 
17709
  old_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
17710
  if (old_die && get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
17711
    /* We've already generated the abstract instance.  */
17712
    return;
17713
 
17714
  /* We can be called while recursively when seeing block defining inlined subroutine
17715
     DIE.  Be sure to not clobber the outer location table nor use it or we would
17716
     get locations in abstract instantces.  */
17717
  old_decl_loc_table = decl_loc_table;
17718
  decl_loc_table = NULL;
17719
 
17720
  /* Be sure we've emitted the in-class declaration DIE (if any) first, so
17721
     we don't get confused by DECL_ABSTRACT.  */
17722
  if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
17723
    {
17724
      context = decl_class_context (decl);
17725
      if (context)
17726
        gen_type_die_for_member
17727
          (context, decl, decl_function_context (decl) ? NULL : comp_unit_die);
17728
    }
17729
 
17730
  /* Pretend we've just finished compiling this function.  */
17731
  save_fn = current_function_decl;
17732
  current_function_decl = decl;
17733
  push_cfun (DECL_STRUCT_FUNCTION (decl));
17734
 
17735
  was_abstract = DECL_ABSTRACT (decl);
17736
  set_decl_abstract_flags (decl, 1);
17737
  dwarf2out_decl (decl);
17738
  if (! was_abstract)
17739
    set_decl_abstract_flags (decl, 0);
17740
 
17741
  current_function_decl = save_fn;
17742
  decl_loc_table = old_decl_loc_table;
17743
  pop_cfun ();
17744
}
17745
 
17746
/* Helper function of premark_used_types() which gets called through
17747
   htab_traverse.
17748
 
17749
   Marks the DIE of a given type in *SLOT as perennial, so it never gets
17750
   marked as unused by prune_unused_types.  */
17751
 
17752
static int
17753
premark_used_types_helper (void **slot, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
17754
{
17755
  tree type;
17756
  dw_die_ref die;
17757
 
17758
  type = (tree) *slot;
17759
  die = lookup_type_die (type);
17760
  if (die != NULL)
17761
    die->die_perennial_p = 1;
17762
  return 1;
17763
}
17764
 
17765
/* Helper function of premark_types_used_by_global_vars which gets called
17766
   through htab_traverse.
17767
 
17768
   Marks the DIE of a given type in *SLOT as perennial, so it never gets
17769
   marked as unused by prune_unused_types. The DIE of the type is marked
17770
   only if the global variable using the type will actually be emitted.  */
17771
 
17772
static int
17773
premark_types_used_by_global_vars_helper (void **slot,
17774
                                          void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
17775
{
17776
  struct types_used_by_vars_entry *entry;
17777
  dw_die_ref die;
17778
 
17779
  entry = (struct types_used_by_vars_entry *) *slot;
17780
  gcc_assert (entry->type != NULL
17781
              && entry->var_decl != NULL);
17782
  die = lookup_type_die (entry->type);
17783
  if (die)
17784
    {
17785
      /* Ask cgraph if the global variable really is to be emitted.
17786
         If yes, then we'll keep the DIE of ENTRY->TYPE.  */
17787
      struct varpool_node *node = varpool_node (entry->var_decl);
17788
      if (node->needed)
17789
        {
17790
          die->die_perennial_p = 1;
17791
          /* Keep the parent DIEs as well.  */
17792
          while ((die = die->die_parent) && die->die_perennial_p == 0)
17793
            die->die_perennial_p = 1;
17794
        }
17795
    }
17796
  return 1;
17797
}
17798
 
17799
/* Mark all members of used_types_hash as perennial.  */
17800
 
17801
static void
17802
premark_used_types (void)
17803
{
17804
  if (cfun && cfun->used_types_hash)
17805
    htab_traverse (cfun->used_types_hash, premark_used_types_helper, NULL);
17806
}
17807
 
17808
/* Mark all members of types_used_by_vars_entry as perennial.  */
17809
 
17810
static void
17811
premark_types_used_by_global_vars (void)
17812
{
17813
  if (types_used_by_vars_hash)
17814
    htab_traverse (types_used_by_vars_hash,
17815
                   premark_types_used_by_global_vars_helper, NULL);
17816
}
17817
 
17818
/* Generate a DIE to represent a declared function (either file-scope or
17819
   block-local).  */
17820
 
17821
static void
17822
gen_subprogram_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
17823
{
17824
  char label_id[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
17825
  tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
17826
  dw_die_ref subr_die;
17827
  tree fn_arg_types;
17828
  tree outer_scope;
17829
  dw_die_ref old_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
17830
  int declaration = (current_function_decl != decl
17831
                     || class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die));
17832
 
17833
  premark_used_types ();
17834
 
17835
  /* It is possible to have both DECL_ABSTRACT and DECLARATION be true if we
17836
     started to generate the abstract instance of an inline, decided to output
17837
     its containing class, and proceeded to emit the declaration of the inline
17838
     from the member list for the class.  If so, DECLARATION takes priority;
17839
     we'll get back to the abstract instance when done with the class.  */
17840
 
17841
  /* The class-scope declaration DIE must be the primary DIE.  */
17842
  if (origin && declaration && class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die))
17843
    {
17844
      origin = NULL;
17845
      gcc_assert (!old_die);
17846
    }
17847
 
17848
  /* Now that the C++ front end lazily declares artificial member fns, we
17849
     might need to retrofit the declaration into its class.  */
17850
  if (!declaration && !origin && !old_die
17851
      && DECL_CONTEXT (decl) && TYPE_P (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))
17852
      && !class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die)
17853
      && debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
17854
    old_die = force_decl_die (decl);
17855
 
17856
  if (origin != NULL)
17857
    {
17858
      gcc_assert (!declaration || local_scope_p (context_die));
17859
 
17860
      /* Fixup die_parent for the abstract instance of a nested
17861
         inline function.  */
17862
      if (old_die && old_die->die_parent == NULL)
17863
        add_child_die (context_die, old_die);
17864
 
17865
      subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die, decl);
17866
      add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die, origin);
17867
    }
17868
  else if (old_die)
17869
    {
17870
      expanded_location s = expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl));
17871
      struct dwarf_file_data * file_index = lookup_filename (s.file);
17872
 
17873
      if (!get_AT_flag (old_die, DW_AT_declaration)
17874
          /* We can have a normal definition following an inline one in the
17875
             case of redefinition of GNU C extern inlines.
17876
             It seems reasonable to use AT_specification in this case.  */
17877
          && !get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
17878
        {
17879
          /* Detect and ignore this case, where we are trying to output
17880
             something we have already output.  */
17881
          return;
17882
        }
17883
 
17884
      /* If the definition comes from the same place as the declaration,
17885
         maybe use the old DIE.  We always want the DIE for this function
17886
         that has the *_pc attributes to be under comp_unit_die so the
17887
         debugger can find it.  We also need to do this for abstract
17888
         instances of inlines, since the spec requires the out-of-line copy
17889
         to have the same parent.  For local class methods, this doesn't
17890
         apply; we just use the old DIE.  */
17891
      if ((old_die->die_parent == comp_unit_die || context_die == NULL)
17892
          && (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl)
17893
              || (get_AT_file (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) == file_index
17894
                  && (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line)
17895
                      == (unsigned) s.line))))
17896
        {
17897
          subr_die = old_die;
17898
 
17899
          /* Clear out the declaration attribute and the formal parameters.
17900
             Do not remove all children, because it is possible that this
17901
             declaration die was forced using force_decl_die(). In such
17902
             cases die that forced declaration die (e.g. TAG_imported_module)
17903
             is one of the children that we do not want to remove.  */
17904
          remove_AT (subr_die, DW_AT_declaration);
17905
          remove_child_TAG (subr_die, DW_TAG_formal_parameter);
17906
        }
17907
      else
17908
        {
17909
          subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die, decl);
17910
          add_AT_specification (subr_die, old_die);
17911
          if (get_AT_file (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) != file_index)
17912
            add_AT_file (subr_die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
17913
          if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line) != (unsigned) s.line)
17914
            add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_decl_line, s.line);
17915
        }
17916
    }
17917
  else
17918
    {
17919
      subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die, decl);
17920
 
17921
      if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
17922
        add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_external, 1);
17923
 
17924
      add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (subr_die, decl);
17925
      if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
17926
        {
17927
          add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die, TREE_TYPE (decl));
17928
          add_type_attribute (subr_die, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
17929
                              0, 0, context_die);
17930
        }
17931
 
17932
      add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (subr_die, decl);
17933
      if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
17934
        add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
17935
 
17936
      if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl))
17937
        add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
17938
      else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl))
17939
        add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_private);
17940
    }
17941
 
17942
  if (declaration)
17943
    {
17944
      if (!old_die || !get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
17945
        {
17946
          add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
17947
 
17948
          /* If this is an explicit function declaration then generate
17949
             a DW_AT_explicit attribute.  */
17950
          if (lang_hooks.decls.function_decl_explicit_p (decl)
17951
              && (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict))
17952
            add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_explicit, 1);
17953
 
17954
          /* The first time we see a member function, it is in the context of
17955
             the class to which it belongs.  We make sure of this by emitting
17956
             the class first.  The next time is the definition, which is
17957
             handled above.  The two may come from the same source text.
17958
 
17959
             Note that force_decl_die() forces function declaration die. It is
17960
             later reused to represent definition.  */
17961
          equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die);
17962
        }
17963
    }
17964
  else if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
17965
    {
17966
      if (DECL_DECLARED_INLINE_P (decl))
17967
        {
17968
          if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl))
17969
            add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_declared_inlined);
17970
          else
17971
            add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_declared_not_inlined);
17972
        }
17973
      else
17974
        {
17975
          if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl))
17976
            add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_inlined);
17977
          else
17978
            add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_not_inlined);
17979
        }
17980
 
17981
      if (DECL_DECLARED_INLINE_P (decl)
17982
          && lookup_attribute ("artificial", DECL_ATTRIBUTES (decl)))
17983
        add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
17984
 
17985
      equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die);
17986
    }
17987
  else if (!DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
17988
    {
17989
      HOST_WIDE_INT cfa_fb_offset;
17990
 
17991
      if (!old_die || !get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
17992
        equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die);
17993
 
17994
      if (!flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition)
17995
        {
17996
          ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL,
17997
                                       current_function_funcdef_no);
17998
          add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_low_pc, label_id);
17999
          ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id, FUNC_END_LABEL,
18000
                                       current_function_funcdef_no);
18001
          add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_high_pc, label_id);
18002
 
18003
          add_pubname (decl, subr_die);
18004
          add_arange (decl, subr_die);
18005
        }
18006
      else
18007
        {  /* Do nothing for now; maybe need to duplicate die, one for
18008
              hot section and one for cold section, then use the hot/cold
18009
              section begin/end labels to generate the aranges...  */
18010
          /*
18011
            add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_low_pc, hot_section_label);
18012
            add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_high_pc, hot_section_end_label);
18013
            add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_lo_user, unlikely_section_label);
18014
            add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_hi_user, cold_section_end_label);
18015
 
18016
            add_pubname (decl, subr_die);
18017
            add_arange (decl, subr_die);
18018
            add_arange (decl, subr_die);
18019
           */
18020
        }
18021
 
18022
#ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
18023
      /* Add a reference to the FDE for this routine.  */
18024
      add_AT_fde_ref (subr_die, DW_AT_MIPS_fde, current_funcdef_fde);
18025
#endif
18026
 
18027
      cfa_fb_offset = CFA_FRAME_BASE_OFFSET (decl);
18028
 
18029
      /* We define the "frame base" as the function's CFA.  This is more
18030
         convenient for several reasons: (1) It's stable across the prologue
18031
         and epilogue, which makes it better than just a frame pointer,
18032
         (2) With dwarf3, there exists a one-byte encoding that allows us
18033
         to reference the .debug_frame data by proxy, but failing that,
18034
         (3) We can at least reuse the code inspection and interpretation
18035
         code that determines the CFA position at various points in the
18036
         function.  */
18037
      if (dwarf_version >= 3)
18038
        {
18039
          dw_loc_descr_ref op = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_call_frame_cfa, 0, 0);
18040
          add_AT_loc (subr_die, DW_AT_frame_base, op);
18041
        }
18042
      else
18043
        {
18044
          dw_loc_list_ref list = convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list (cfa_fb_offset);
18045
          if (list->dw_loc_next)
18046
            add_AT_loc_list (subr_die, DW_AT_frame_base, list);
18047
          else
18048
            add_AT_loc (subr_die, DW_AT_frame_base, list->expr);
18049
        }
18050
 
18051
      /* Compute a displacement from the "steady-state frame pointer" to
18052
         the CFA.  The former is what all stack slots and argument slots
18053
         will reference in the rtl; the later is what we've told the
18054
         debugger about.  We'll need to adjust all frame_base references
18055
         by this displacement.  */
18056
      compute_frame_pointer_to_fb_displacement (cfa_fb_offset);
18057
 
18058
      if (cfun->static_chain_decl)
18059
        add_AT_location_description (subr_die, DW_AT_static_link,
18060
                 loc_list_from_tree (cfun->static_chain_decl, 2));
18061
    }
18062
 
18063
  /* Generate child dies for template paramaters.  */
18064
  if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
18065
    gen_generic_params_dies (decl);
18066
 
18067
  /* Now output descriptions of the arguments for this function. This gets
18068
     (unnecessarily?) complex because of the fact that the DECL_ARGUMENT list
18069
     for a FUNCTION_DECL doesn't indicate cases where there was a trailing
18070
     `...' at the end of the formal parameter list.  In order to find out if
18071
     there was a trailing ellipsis or not, we must instead look at the type
18072
     associated with the FUNCTION_DECL.  This will be a node of type
18073
     FUNCTION_TYPE. If the chain of type nodes hanging off of this
18074
     FUNCTION_TYPE node ends with a void_type_node then there should *not* be
18075
     an ellipsis at the end.  */
18076
 
18077
  /* In the case where we are describing a mere function declaration, all we
18078
     need to do here (and all we *can* do here) is to describe the *types* of
18079
     its formal parameters.  */
18080
  if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
18081
    ;
18082
  else if (declaration)
18083
    gen_formal_types_die (decl, subr_die);
18084
  else
18085
    {
18086
      /* Generate DIEs to represent all known formal parameters.  */
18087
      tree parm = DECL_ARGUMENTS (decl);
18088
      tree generic_decl = lang_hooks.decls.get_generic_function_decl (decl);
18089
      tree generic_decl_parm = generic_decl
18090
                                ? DECL_ARGUMENTS (generic_decl)
18091
                                : NULL;
18092
 
18093
      /* Now we want to walk the list of parameters of the function and
18094
         emit their relevant DIEs.
18095
 
18096
         We consider the case of DECL being an instance of a generic function
18097
         as well as it being a normal function.
18098
 
18099
         If DECL is an instance of a generic function we walk the
18100
         parameters of the generic function declaration _and_ the parameters of
18101
         DECL itself. This is useful because we want to emit specific DIEs for
18102
         function parameter packs and those are declared as part of the
18103
         generic function declaration. In that particular case,
18104
         the parameter pack yields a DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack DIE.
18105
         That DIE has children DIEs representing the set of arguments
18106
         of the pack. Note that the set of pack arguments can be empty.
18107
         In that case, the DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack DIE will not have any
18108
         children DIE.
18109
 
18110
         Otherwise, we just consider the parameters of DECL.  */
18111
      while (generic_decl_parm || parm)
18112
        {
18113
          if (generic_decl_parm
18114
              && lang_hooks.function_parameter_pack_p (generic_decl_parm))
18115
            gen_formal_parameter_pack_die (generic_decl_parm,
18116
                                           parm, subr_die,
18117
                                           &parm);
18118
          else if (parm)
18119
            {
18120
              gen_decl_die (parm, NULL, subr_die);
18121
              parm = TREE_CHAIN (parm);
18122
            }
18123
 
18124
          if (generic_decl_parm)
18125
            generic_decl_parm = TREE_CHAIN (generic_decl_parm);
18126
        }
18127
 
18128
      /* Decide whether we need an unspecified_parameters DIE at the end.
18129
         There are 2 more cases to do this for: 1) the ansi ... declaration -
18130
         this is detectable when the end of the arg list is not a
18131
         void_type_node 2) an unprototyped function declaration (not a
18132
         definition).  This just means that we have no info about the
18133
         parameters at all.  */
18134
      fn_arg_types = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl));
18135
      if (fn_arg_types != NULL)
18136
        {
18137
          /* This is the prototyped case, check for....  */
18138
          if (TREE_VALUE (tree_last (fn_arg_types)) != void_type_node)
18139
            gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl, subr_die);
18140
        }
18141
      else if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL_TREE)
18142
        gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl, subr_die);
18143
    }
18144
 
18145
  /* Output Dwarf info for all of the stuff within the body of the function
18146
     (if it has one - it may be just a declaration).  */
18147
  outer_scope = DECL_INITIAL (decl);
18148
 
18149
  /* OUTER_SCOPE is a pointer to the outermost BLOCK node created to represent
18150
     a function.  This BLOCK actually represents the outermost binding contour
18151
     for the function, i.e. the contour in which the function's formal
18152
     parameters and labels get declared. Curiously, it appears that the front
18153
     end doesn't actually put the PARM_DECL nodes for the current function onto
18154
     the BLOCK_VARS list for this outer scope, but are strung off of the
18155
     DECL_ARGUMENTS list for the function instead.
18156
 
18157
     The BLOCK_VARS list for the `outer_scope' does provide us with a list of
18158
     the LABEL_DECL nodes for the function however, and we output DWARF info
18159
     for those in decls_for_scope.  Just within the `outer_scope' there will be
18160
     a BLOCK node representing the function's outermost pair of curly braces,
18161
     and any blocks used for the base and member initializers of a C++
18162
     constructor function.  */
18163
  if (! declaration && TREE_CODE (outer_scope) != ERROR_MARK)
18164
    {
18165
      /* Emit a DW_TAG_variable DIE for a named return value.  */
18166
      if (DECL_NAME (DECL_RESULT (decl)))
18167
        gen_decl_die (DECL_RESULT (decl), NULL, subr_die);
18168
 
18169
      current_function_has_inlines = 0;
18170
      decls_for_scope (outer_scope, subr_die, 0);
18171
 
18172
#if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
18173
      if (current_function_has_inlines)
18174
        {
18175
          add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines, 1);
18176
          if (! comp_unit_has_inlines)
18177
            {
18178
              add_AT_flag (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines, 1);
18179
              comp_unit_has_inlines = 1;
18180
            }
18181
        }
18182
#endif
18183
    }
18184
  /* Add the calling convention attribute if requested.  */
18185
  add_calling_convention_attribute (subr_die, decl);
18186
 
18187
}
18188
 
18189
/* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a die_struct).  */
18190
 
18191
static hashval_t
18192
common_block_die_table_hash (const void *x)
18193
{
18194
  const_dw_die_ref d = (const_dw_die_ref) x;
18195
  return (hashval_t) d->decl_id ^ htab_hash_pointer (d->die_parent);
18196
}
18197
 
18198
/* Return nonzero if decl_id and die_parent of die_struct X is the same
18199
   as decl_id and die_parent of die_struct Y.  */
18200
 
18201
static int
18202
common_block_die_table_eq (const void *x, const void *y)
18203
{
18204
  const_dw_die_ref d = (const_dw_die_ref) x;
18205
  const_dw_die_ref e = (const_dw_die_ref) y;
18206
  return d->decl_id == e->decl_id && d->die_parent == e->die_parent;
18207
}
18208
 
18209
/* Generate a DIE to represent a declared data object.
18210
   Either DECL or ORIGIN must be non-null.  */
18211
 
18212
static void
18213
gen_variable_die (tree decl, tree origin, dw_die_ref context_die)
18214
{
18215
  HOST_WIDE_INT off;
18216
  tree com_decl;
18217
  tree decl_or_origin = decl ? decl : origin;
18218
  tree ultimate_origin;
18219
  dw_die_ref var_die;
18220
  dw_die_ref old_die = decl ? lookup_decl_die (decl) : NULL;
18221
  dw_die_ref origin_die;
18222
  int declaration = (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl_or_origin)
18223
                     || class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die));
18224
 
18225
  ultimate_origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl_or_origin);
18226
  if (decl || ultimate_origin)
18227
    origin = ultimate_origin;
18228
  com_decl = fortran_common (decl_or_origin, &off);
18229
 
18230
  /* Symbol in common gets emitted as a child of the common block, in the form
18231
     of a data member.  */
18232
  if (com_decl)
18233
    {
18234
      dw_die_ref com_die;
18235
      dw_loc_list_ref loc;
18236
      die_node com_die_arg;
18237
 
18238
      var_die = lookup_decl_die (decl_or_origin);
18239
      if (var_die)
18240
        {
18241
          if (get_AT (var_die, DW_AT_location) == NULL)
18242
            {
18243
              loc = loc_list_from_tree (com_decl, off ? 1 : 2);
18244
              if (loc)
18245
                {
18246
                  if (off)
18247
                    {
18248
                      /* Optimize the common case.  */
18249
                      if (single_element_loc_list_p (loc)
18250
                          && loc->expr->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_addr
18251
                          && loc->expr->dw_loc_next == NULL
18252
                          && GET_CODE (loc->expr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr)
18253
                             == SYMBOL_REF)
18254
                        loc->expr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr
18255
                          = plus_constant (loc->expr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr, off);
18256
                        else
18257
                          loc_list_plus_const (loc, off);
18258
                    }
18259
                  add_AT_location_description (var_die, DW_AT_location, loc);
18260
                  remove_AT (var_die, DW_AT_declaration);
18261
                }
18262
            }
18263
          return;
18264
        }
18265
 
18266
      if (common_block_die_table == NULL)
18267
        common_block_die_table
18268
          = htab_create_ggc (10, common_block_die_table_hash,
18269
                             common_block_die_table_eq, NULL);
18270
 
18271
      com_die_arg.decl_id = DECL_UID (com_decl);
18272
      com_die_arg.die_parent = context_die;
18273
      com_die = (dw_die_ref) htab_find (common_block_die_table, &com_die_arg);
18274
      loc = loc_list_from_tree (com_decl, 2);
18275
      if (com_die == NULL)
18276
        {
18277
          const char *cnam
18278
            = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (com_decl));
18279
          void **slot;
18280
 
18281
          com_die = new_die (DW_TAG_common_block, context_die, decl);
18282
          add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (com_die, com_decl);
18283
          if (loc)
18284
            {
18285
              add_AT_location_description (com_die, DW_AT_location, loc);
18286
              /* Avoid sharing the same loc descriptor between
18287
                 DW_TAG_common_block and DW_TAG_variable.  */
18288
              loc = loc_list_from_tree (com_decl, 2);
18289
            }
18290
          else if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
18291
            add_AT_flag (com_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
18292
          add_pubname_string (cnam, com_die); /* ??? needed? */
18293
          com_die->decl_id = DECL_UID (com_decl);
18294
          slot = htab_find_slot (common_block_die_table, com_die, INSERT);
18295
          *slot = (void *) com_die;
18296
        }
18297
      else if (get_AT (com_die, DW_AT_location) == NULL && loc)
18298
        {
18299
          add_AT_location_description (com_die, DW_AT_location, loc);
18300
          loc = loc_list_from_tree (com_decl, 2);
18301
          remove_AT (com_die, DW_AT_declaration);
18302
        }
18303
      var_die = new_die (DW_TAG_variable, com_die, decl);
18304
      add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (var_die, decl);
18305
      add_type_attribute (var_die, TREE_TYPE (decl), TREE_READONLY (decl),
18306
                          TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl), context_die);
18307
      add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_external, 1);
18308
      if (loc)
18309
        {
18310
          if (off)
18311
            {
18312
              /* Optimize the common case.  */
18313
              if (single_element_loc_list_p (loc)
18314
                  && loc->expr->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_addr
18315
                  && loc->expr->dw_loc_next == NULL
18316
                  && GET_CODE (loc->expr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr) == SYMBOL_REF)
18317
                loc->expr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr
18318
                  = plus_constant (loc->expr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr, off);
18319
              else
18320
                loc_list_plus_const (loc, off);
18321
            }
18322
          add_AT_location_description (var_die, DW_AT_location, loc);
18323
        }
18324
      else if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
18325
        add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
18326
      equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, var_die);
18327
      return;
18328
    }
18329
 
18330
  /* If the compiler emitted a definition for the DECL declaration
18331
     and if we already emitted a DIE for it, don't emit a second
18332
     DIE for it again. Allow re-declarations of DECLs that are
18333
     inside functions, though.  */
18334
  if (old_die && declaration && !local_scope_p (context_die))
18335
    return;
18336
 
18337
  /* For static data members, the declaration in the class is supposed
18338
     to have DW_TAG_member tag; the specification should still be
18339
     DW_TAG_variable referencing the DW_TAG_member DIE.  */
18340
  if (declaration && class_scope_p (context_die))
18341
    var_die = new_die (DW_TAG_member, context_die, decl);
18342
  else
18343
    var_die = new_die (DW_TAG_variable, context_die, decl);
18344
 
18345
  origin_die = NULL;
18346
  if (origin != NULL)
18347
    origin_die = add_abstract_origin_attribute (var_die, origin);
18348
 
18349
  /* Loop unrolling can create multiple blocks that refer to the same
18350
     static variable, so we must test for the DW_AT_declaration flag.
18351
 
18352
     ??? Loop unrolling/reorder_blocks should perhaps be rewritten to
18353
     copy decls and set the DECL_ABSTRACT flag on them instead of
18354
     sharing them.
18355
 
18356
     ??? Duplicated blocks have been rewritten to use .debug_ranges.
18357
 
18358
     ??? The declare_in_namespace support causes us to get two DIEs for one
18359
     variable, both of which are declarations.  We want to avoid considering
18360
     one to be a specification, so we must test that this DIE is not a
18361
     declaration.  */
18362
  else if (old_die && TREE_STATIC (decl) && ! declaration
18363
           && get_AT_flag (old_die, DW_AT_declaration) == 1)
18364
    {
18365
      /* This is a definition of a C++ class level static.  */
18366
      add_AT_specification (var_die, old_die);
18367
      if (DECL_NAME (decl))
18368
        {
18369
          expanded_location s = expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl));
18370
          struct dwarf_file_data * file_index = lookup_filename (s.file);
18371
 
18372
          if (get_AT_file (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) != file_index)
18373
            add_AT_file (var_die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
18374
 
18375
          if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line) != (unsigned) s.line)
18376
            add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_decl_line, s.line);
18377
        }
18378
    }
18379
  else
18380
    {
18381
      tree type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
18382
 
18383
      add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (var_die, decl);
18384
      if (decl_by_reference_p (decl))
18385
        add_type_attribute (var_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
18386
      else
18387
        add_type_attribute (var_die, type, TREE_READONLY (decl),
18388
                            TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl), context_die);
18389
 
18390
      if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
18391
        add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_external, 1);
18392
 
18393
      if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
18394
        add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
18395
 
18396
      if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl))
18397
        add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
18398
      else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl))
18399
        add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_private);
18400
    }
18401
 
18402
  if (declaration)
18403
    add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
18404
 
18405
  if (decl && (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl) || declaration))
18406
    equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, var_die);
18407
 
18408
  if (! declaration
18409
      && (! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl_or_origin)
18410
          /* Local static vars are shared between all clones/inlines,
18411
             so emit DW_AT_location on the abstract DIE if DECL_RTL is
18412
             already set.  */
18413
          || (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin) == VAR_DECL
18414
              && TREE_STATIC (decl_or_origin)
18415
              && DECL_RTL_SET_P (decl_or_origin)))
18416
      /* When abstract origin already has DW_AT_location attribute, no need
18417
         to add it again.  */
18418
      && (origin_die == NULL || get_AT (origin_die, DW_AT_location) == NULL))
18419
    {
18420
      if (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin) == VAR_DECL && TREE_STATIC (decl_or_origin)
18421
          && !TREE_SYMBOL_REFERENCED (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl_or_origin)))
18422
        defer_location (decl_or_origin, var_die);
18423
      else
18424
        add_location_or_const_value_attribute (var_die,
18425
                                               decl_or_origin,
18426
                                               DW_AT_location);
18427
      add_pubname (decl_or_origin, var_die);
18428
    }
18429
  else
18430
    tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (var_die, decl_or_origin);
18431
}
18432
 
18433
/* Generate a DIE to represent a named constant.  */
18434
 
18435
static void
18436
gen_const_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
18437
{
18438
  dw_die_ref const_die;
18439
  tree type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
18440
 
18441
  const_die = new_die (DW_TAG_constant, context_die, decl);
18442
  add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (const_die, decl);
18443
  add_type_attribute (const_die, type, 1, 0, context_die);
18444
  if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
18445
    add_AT_flag (const_die, DW_AT_external, 1);
18446
  if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
18447
    add_AT_flag (const_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
18448
  tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (const_die, decl);
18449
}
18450
 
18451
/* Generate a DIE to represent a label identifier.  */
18452
 
18453
static void
18454
gen_label_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
18455
{
18456
  tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
18457
  dw_die_ref lbl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_label, context_die, decl);
18458
  rtx insn;
18459
  char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
18460
 
18461
  if (origin != NULL)
18462
    add_abstract_origin_attribute (lbl_die, origin);
18463
  else
18464
    add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (lbl_die, decl);
18465
 
18466
  if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
18467
    equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, lbl_die);
18468
  else
18469
    {
18470
      insn = DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl);
18471
 
18472
      /* Deleted labels are programmer specified labels which have been
18473
         eliminated because of various optimizations.  We still emit them
18474
         here so that it is possible to put breakpoints on them.  */
18475
      if (insn
18476
          && (LABEL_P (insn)
18477
              || ((NOTE_P (insn)
18478
                   && NOTE_KIND (insn) == NOTE_INSN_DELETED_LABEL))))
18479
        {
18480
          /* When optimization is enabled (via -O) some parts of the compiler
18481
             (e.g. jump.c and cse.c) may try to delete CODE_LABEL insns which
18482
             represent source-level labels which were explicitly declared by
18483
             the user.  This really shouldn't be happening though, so catch
18484
             it if it ever does happen.  */
18485
          gcc_assert (!INSN_DELETED_P (insn));
18486
 
18487
          ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "L", CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (insn));
18488
          add_AT_lbl_id (lbl_die, DW_AT_low_pc, label);
18489
        }
18490
    }
18491
}
18492
 
18493
/* A helper function for gen_inlined_subroutine_die.  Add source coordinate
18494
   attributes to the DIE for a block STMT, to describe where the inlined
18495
   function was called from.  This is similar to add_src_coords_attributes.  */
18496
 
18497
static inline void
18498
add_call_src_coords_attributes (tree stmt, dw_die_ref die)
18499
{
18500
  expanded_location s = expand_location (BLOCK_SOURCE_LOCATION (stmt));
18501
 
18502
  if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)
18503
    {
18504
      add_AT_file (die, DW_AT_call_file, lookup_filename (s.file));
18505
      add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_call_line, s.line);
18506
    }
18507
}
18508
 
18509
 
18510
/* A helper function for gen_lexical_block_die and gen_inlined_subroutine_die.
18511
   Add low_pc and high_pc attributes to the DIE for a block STMT.  */
18512
 
18513
static inline void
18514
add_high_low_attributes (tree stmt, dw_die_ref die)
18515
{
18516
  char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
18517
 
18518
  if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt)
18519
      && (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict))
18520
    {
18521
      tree chain;
18522
 
18523
      if (inlined_function_outer_scope_p (stmt))
18524
        {
18525
          ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL,
18526
                                       BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt));
18527
          add_AT_lbl_id (die, DW_AT_entry_pc, label);
18528
        }
18529
 
18530
      add_AT_range_list (die, DW_AT_ranges, add_ranges (stmt));
18531
 
18532
      chain = BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt);
18533
      do
18534
        {
18535
          add_ranges (chain);
18536
          chain = BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (chain);
18537
        }
18538
      while (chain);
18539
      add_ranges (NULL);
18540
    }
18541
  else
18542
    {
18543
      ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL,
18544
                                   BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt));
18545
      add_AT_lbl_id (die, DW_AT_low_pc, label);
18546
      ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_END_LABEL,
18547
                                   BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt));
18548
      add_AT_lbl_id (die, DW_AT_high_pc, label);
18549
    }
18550
}
18551
 
18552
/* Generate a DIE for a lexical block.  */
18553
 
18554
static void
18555
gen_lexical_block_die (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth)
18556
{
18557
  dw_die_ref stmt_die = new_die (DW_TAG_lexical_block, context_die, stmt);
18558
 
18559
  if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt) && TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt))
18560
    add_high_low_attributes (stmt, stmt_die);
18561
 
18562
  decls_for_scope (stmt, stmt_die, depth);
18563
}
18564
 
18565
/* Generate a DIE for an inlined subprogram.  */
18566
 
18567
static void
18568
gen_inlined_subroutine_die (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth)
18569
{
18570
  tree decl;
18571
 
18572
  /* The instance of function that is effectively being inlined shall not
18573
     be abstract.  */
18574
  gcc_assert (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt));
18575
 
18576
  decl = block_ultimate_origin (stmt);
18577
 
18578
  /* Emit info for the abstract instance first, if we haven't yet.  We
18579
     must emit this even if the block is abstract, otherwise when we
18580
     emit the block below (or elsewhere), we may end up trying to emit
18581
     a die whose origin die hasn't been emitted, and crashing.  */
18582
  dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl);
18583
 
18584
  if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt))
18585
    {
18586
      dw_die_ref subr_die
18587
        = new_die (DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine, context_die, stmt);
18588
 
18589
      add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die, decl);
18590
      if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt))
18591
        add_high_low_attributes (stmt, subr_die);
18592
      add_call_src_coords_attributes (stmt, subr_die);
18593
 
18594
      decls_for_scope (stmt, subr_die, depth);
18595
      current_function_has_inlines = 1;
18596
    }
18597
}
18598
 
18599
/* Generate a DIE for a field in a record, or structure.  */
18600
 
18601
static void
18602
gen_field_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
18603
{
18604
  dw_die_ref decl_die;
18605
 
18606
  if (TREE_TYPE (decl) == error_mark_node)
18607
    return;
18608
 
18609
  decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_member, context_die, decl);
18610
  add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die, decl);
18611
  add_type_attribute (decl_die, member_declared_type (decl),
18612
                      TREE_READONLY (decl), TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl),
18613
                      context_die);
18614
 
18615
  if (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl))
18616
    {
18617
      add_byte_size_attribute (decl_die, decl);
18618
      add_bit_size_attribute (decl_die, decl);
18619
      add_bit_offset_attribute (decl_die, decl);
18620
    }
18621
 
18622
  if (TREE_CODE (DECL_FIELD_CONTEXT (decl)) != UNION_TYPE)
18623
    add_data_member_location_attribute (decl_die, decl);
18624
 
18625
  if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
18626
    add_AT_flag (decl_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
18627
 
18628
  if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl))
18629
    add_AT_unsigned (decl_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
18630
  else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl))
18631
    add_AT_unsigned (decl_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_private);
18632
 
18633
  /* Equate decl number to die, so that we can look up this decl later on.  */
18634
  equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, decl_die);
18635
}
18636
 
18637
#if 0
18638
/* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
18639
   Use modified_type_die instead.
18640
   We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
18641
   represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday.  */
18642
 
18643
static void
18644
gen_pointer_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
18645
{
18646
  dw_die_ref ptr_die
18647
    = new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type, scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
18648
 
18649
  equate_type_number_to_die (type, ptr_die);
18650
  add_type_attribute (ptr_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
18651
  add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size, PTR_SIZE);
18652
}
18653
 
18654
/* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
18655
   Use modified_type_die instead.
18656
   We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
18657
   represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday.  */
18658
 
18659
static void
18660
gen_reference_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
18661
{
18662
  dw_die_ref ref_die
18663
    = new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type, scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
18664
 
18665
  equate_type_number_to_die (type, ref_die);
18666
  add_type_attribute (ref_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
18667
  add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size, PTR_SIZE);
18668
}
18669
#endif
18670
 
18671
/* Generate a DIE for a pointer to a member type.  */
18672
 
18673
static void
18674
gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
18675
{
18676
  dw_die_ref ptr_die
18677
    = new_die (DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type,
18678
               scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
18679
 
18680
  equate_type_number_to_die (type, ptr_die);
18681
  add_AT_die_ref (ptr_die, DW_AT_containing_type,
18682
                  lookup_type_die (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type)));
18683
  add_type_attribute (ptr_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
18684
}
18685
 
18686
/* Generate the DIE for the compilation unit.  */
18687
 
18688
static dw_die_ref
18689
gen_compile_unit_die (const char *filename)
18690
{
18691
  dw_die_ref die;
18692
  char producer[250];
18693
  const char *language_string = lang_hooks.name;
18694
  int language;
18695
 
18696
  die = new_die (DW_TAG_compile_unit, NULL, NULL);
18697
 
18698
  if (filename)
18699
    {
18700
      add_name_attribute (die, filename);
18701
      /* Don't add cwd for <built-in>.  */
18702
      if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (filename) && filename[0] != '<')
18703
        add_comp_dir_attribute (die);
18704
    }
18705
 
18706
  sprintf (producer, "%s %s", language_string, version_string);
18707
 
18708
#ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
18709
  /* The MIPS/SGI compilers place the 'cc' command line options in the producer
18710
     string.  The SGI debugger looks for -g, -g1, -g2, or -g3; if they do
18711
     not appear in the producer string, the debugger reaches the conclusion
18712
     that the object file is stripped and has no debugging information.
18713
     To get the MIPS/SGI debugger to believe that there is debugging
18714
     information in the object file, we add a -g to the producer string.  */
18715
  if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
18716
    strcat (producer, " -g");
18717
#endif
18718
 
18719
  add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_producer, producer);
18720
 
18721
  language = DW_LANG_C89;
18722
  if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU C++") == 0)
18723
    language = DW_LANG_C_plus_plus;
18724
  else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU F77") == 0)
18725
    language = DW_LANG_Fortran77;
18726
  else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Pascal") == 0)
18727
    language = DW_LANG_Pascal83;
18728
  else if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)
18729
    {
18730
      if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Ada") == 0)
18731
        language = DW_LANG_Ada95;
18732
      else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Fortran") == 0)
18733
        language = DW_LANG_Fortran95;
18734
      else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Java") == 0)
18735
        language = DW_LANG_Java;
18736
      else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Objective-C") == 0)
18737
        language = DW_LANG_ObjC;
18738
      else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Objective-C++") == 0)
18739
        language = DW_LANG_ObjC_plus_plus;
18740
    }
18741
 
18742
  add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_language, language);
18743
  return die;
18744
}
18745
 
18746
/* Generate the DIE for a base class.  */
18747
 
18748
static void
18749
gen_inheritance_die (tree binfo, tree access, dw_die_ref context_die)
18750
{
18751
  dw_die_ref die = new_die (DW_TAG_inheritance, context_die, binfo);
18752
 
18753
  add_type_attribute (die, BINFO_TYPE (binfo), 0, 0, context_die);
18754
  add_data_member_location_attribute (die, binfo);
18755
 
18756
  if (BINFO_VIRTUAL_P (binfo))
18757
    add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_virtuality, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual);
18758
 
18759
  if (access == access_public_node)
18760
    add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_public);
18761
  else if (access == access_protected_node)
18762
    add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
18763
}
18764
 
18765
/* Generate a DIE for a class member.  */
18766
 
18767
static void
18768
gen_member_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
18769
{
18770
  tree member;
18771
  tree binfo = TYPE_BINFO (type);
18772
  dw_die_ref child;
18773
 
18774
  /* If this is not an incomplete type, output descriptions of each of its
18775
     members. Note that as we output the DIEs necessary to represent the
18776
     members of this record or union type, we will also be trying to output
18777
     DIEs to represent the *types* of those members. However the `type'
18778
     function (above) will specifically avoid generating type DIEs for member
18779
     types *within* the list of member DIEs for this (containing) type except
18780
     for those types (of members) which are explicitly marked as also being
18781
     members of this (containing) type themselves.  The g++ front- end can
18782
     force any given type to be treated as a member of some other (containing)
18783
     type by setting the TYPE_CONTEXT of the given (member) type to point to
18784
     the TREE node representing the appropriate (containing) type.  */
18785
 
18786
  /* First output info about the base classes.  */
18787
  if (binfo)
18788
    {
18789
      VEC(tree,gc) *accesses = BINFO_BASE_ACCESSES (binfo);
18790
      int i;
18791
      tree base;
18792
 
18793
      for (i = 0; BINFO_BASE_ITERATE (binfo, i, base); i++)
18794
        gen_inheritance_die (base,
18795
                             (accesses ? VEC_index (tree, accesses, i)
18796
                              : access_public_node), context_die);
18797
    }
18798
 
18799
  /* Now output info about the data members and type members.  */
18800
  for (member = TYPE_FIELDS (type); member; member = TREE_CHAIN (member))
18801
    {
18802
      /* If we thought we were generating minimal debug info for TYPE
18803
         and then changed our minds, some of the member declarations
18804
         may have already been defined.  Don't define them again, but
18805
         do put them in the right order.  */
18806
 
18807
      child = lookup_decl_die (member);
18808
      if (child)
18809
        splice_child_die (context_die, child);
18810
      else
18811
        gen_decl_die (member, NULL, context_die);
18812
    }
18813
 
18814
  /* Now output info about the function members (if any).  */
18815
  for (member = TYPE_METHODS (type); member; member = TREE_CHAIN (member))
18816
    {
18817
      /* Don't include clones in the member list.  */
18818
      if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (member))
18819
        continue;
18820
 
18821
      child = lookup_decl_die (member);
18822
      if (child)
18823
        splice_child_die (context_die, child);
18824
      else
18825
        gen_decl_die (member, NULL, context_die);
18826
    }
18827
}
18828
 
18829
/* Generate a DIE for a structure or union type.  If TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG
18830
   is set, we pretend that the type was never defined, so we only get the
18831
   member DIEs needed by later specification DIEs.  */
18832
 
18833
static void
18834
gen_struct_or_union_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die,
18835
                                enum debug_info_usage usage)
18836
{
18837
  dw_die_ref type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
18838
  dw_die_ref scope_die = 0;
18839
  int nested = 0;
18840
  int complete = (TYPE_SIZE (type)
18841
                  && (! TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)
18842
                      || ! TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type))));
18843
  int ns_decl = (context_die && context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_namespace);
18844
  complete = complete && should_emit_struct_debug (type, usage);
18845
 
18846
  if (type_die && ! complete)
18847
    return;
18848
 
18849
  if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type) != NULL_TREE
18850
      && (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type))
18851
          || TREE_CODE (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)) == NAMESPACE_DECL))
18852
    nested = 1;
18853
 
18854
  scope_die = scope_die_for (type, context_die);
18855
 
18856
  if (! type_die || (nested && scope_die == comp_unit_die))
18857
    /* First occurrence of type or toplevel definition of nested class.  */
18858
    {
18859
      dw_die_ref old_die = type_die;
18860
 
18861
      type_die = new_die (TREE_CODE (type) == RECORD_TYPE
18862
                          ? record_type_tag (type) : DW_TAG_union_type,
18863
                          scope_die, type);
18864
      equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
18865
      if (old_die)
18866
        add_AT_specification (type_die, old_die);
18867
      else
18868
        add_name_attribute (type_die, type_tag (type));
18869
    }
18870
  else
18871
    remove_AT (type_die, DW_AT_declaration);
18872
 
18873
  /* Generate child dies for template paramaters.  */
18874
  if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
18875
      && COMPLETE_TYPE_P (type))
18876
    gen_generic_params_dies (type);
18877
 
18878
  /* If this type has been completed, then give it a byte_size attribute and
18879
     then give a list of members.  */
18880
  if (complete && !ns_decl)
18881
    {
18882
      /* Prevent infinite recursion in cases where the type of some member of
18883
         this type is expressed in terms of this type itself.  */
18884
      TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
18885
      add_byte_size_attribute (type_die, type);
18886
      if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type) != NULL_TREE)
18887
        add_src_coords_attributes (type_die, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type));
18888
 
18889
      /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
18890
         inline function, then it may not have a parent.  Fix this now.  */
18891
      if (type_die->die_parent == NULL)
18892
        add_child_die (scope_die, type_die);
18893
 
18894
      push_decl_scope (type);
18895
      gen_member_die (type, type_die);
18896
      pop_decl_scope ();
18897
 
18898
      /* GNU extension: Record what type our vtable lives in.  */
18899
      if (TYPE_VFIELD (type))
18900
        {
18901
          tree vtype = DECL_FCONTEXT (TYPE_VFIELD (type));
18902
 
18903
          gen_type_die (vtype, context_die);
18904
          add_AT_die_ref (type_die, DW_AT_containing_type,
18905
                          lookup_type_die (vtype));
18906
        }
18907
    }
18908
  else
18909
    {
18910
      add_AT_flag (type_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
18911
 
18912
      /* We don't need to do this for function-local types.  */
18913
      if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)
18914
          && ! decl_function_context (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)))
18915
        VEC_safe_push (tree, gc, incomplete_types, type);
18916
    }
18917
 
18918
  if (get_AT (type_die, DW_AT_name))
18919
    add_pubtype (type, type_die);
18920
}
18921
 
18922
/* Generate a DIE for a subroutine _type_.  */
18923
 
18924
static void
18925
gen_subroutine_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
18926
{
18927
  tree return_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
18928
  dw_die_ref subr_die
18929
    = new_die (DW_TAG_subroutine_type,
18930
               scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
18931
 
18932
  equate_type_number_to_die (type, subr_die);
18933
  add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die, type);
18934
  add_type_attribute (subr_die, return_type, 0, 0, context_die);
18935
  gen_formal_types_die (type, subr_die);
18936
 
18937
  if (get_AT (subr_die, DW_AT_name))
18938
    add_pubtype (type, subr_die);
18939
}
18940
 
18941
/* Generate a DIE for a type definition.  */
18942
 
18943
static void
18944
gen_typedef_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
18945
{
18946
  dw_die_ref type_die;
18947
  tree origin;
18948
 
18949
  if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl))
18950
    return;
18951
 
18952
  TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl) = 1;
18953
  type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_typedef, context_die, decl);
18954
  origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
18955
  if (origin != NULL)
18956
    add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die, origin);
18957
  else
18958
    {
18959
      tree type;
18960
 
18961
      add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (type_die, decl);
18962
      if (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl))
18963
        {
18964
          type = DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl);
18965
 
18966
          gcc_assert (type != TREE_TYPE (decl));
18967
          equate_type_number_to_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), type_die);
18968
        }
18969
      else
18970
        type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
18971
 
18972
      add_type_attribute (type_die, type, TREE_READONLY (decl),
18973
                          TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl), context_die);
18974
    }
18975
 
18976
  if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
18977
    equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, type_die);
18978
 
18979
  if (get_AT (type_die, DW_AT_name))
18980
    add_pubtype (decl, type_die);
18981
}
18982
 
18983
/* Generate a type description DIE.  */
18984
 
18985
static void
18986
gen_type_die_with_usage (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die,
18987
                                enum debug_info_usage usage)
18988
{
18989
  int need_pop;
18990
  struct array_descr_info info;
18991
 
18992
  if (type == NULL_TREE || type == error_mark_node)
18993
    return;
18994
 
18995
  /* If TYPE is a typedef type variant, let's generate debug info
18996
     for the parent typedef which TYPE is a type of.  */
18997
  if (TYPE_NAME (type) && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == TYPE_DECL
18998
      && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type)))
18999
    {
19000
      if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
19001
        return;
19002
 
19003
      /* Prevent broken recursion; we can't hand off to the same type.  */
19004
      gcc_assert (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type)) != type);
19005
 
19006
      /* Use the DIE of the containing namespace as the parent DIE of
19007
         the type description DIE we want to generate.  */
19008
      if (DECL_CONTEXT (TYPE_NAME (type))
19009
          && TREE_CODE (DECL_CONTEXT (TYPE_NAME (type))) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
19010
        context_die = get_context_die (DECL_CONTEXT (TYPE_NAME (type)));
19011
 
19012
      TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
19013
      gen_decl_die (TYPE_NAME (type), NULL, context_die);
19014
      return;
19015
    }
19016
 
19017
  /* If this is an array type with hidden descriptor, handle it first.  */
19018
  if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type)
19019
      && lang_hooks.types.get_array_descr_info
19020
      && lang_hooks.types.get_array_descr_info (type, &info)
19021
      && (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict))
19022
    {
19023
      gen_descr_array_type_die (type, &info, context_die);
19024
      TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
19025
      return;
19026
    }
19027
 
19028
  /* We are going to output a DIE to represent the unqualified version
19029
     of this type (i.e. without any const or volatile qualifiers) so
19030
     get the main variant (i.e. the unqualified version) of this type
19031
     now.  (Vectors are special because the debugging info is in the
19032
     cloned type itself).  */
19033
  if (TREE_CODE (type) != VECTOR_TYPE)
19034
    type = type_main_variant (type);
19035
 
19036
  if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
19037
    return;
19038
 
19039
  switch (TREE_CODE (type))
19040
    {
19041
    case ERROR_MARK:
19042
      break;
19043
 
19044
    case POINTER_TYPE:
19045
    case REFERENCE_TYPE:
19046
      /* We must set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN in case this is a recursive type.  This
19047
         ensures that the gen_type_die recursion will terminate even if the
19048
         type is recursive.  Recursive types are possible in Ada.  */
19049
      /* ??? We could perhaps do this for all types before the switch
19050
         statement.  */
19051
      TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
19052
 
19053
      /* For these types, all that is required is that we output a DIE (or a
19054
         set of DIEs) to represent the "basis" type.  */
19055
      gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die,
19056
                                DINFO_USAGE_IND_USE);
19057
      break;
19058
 
19059
    case OFFSET_TYPE:
19060
      /* This code is used for C++ pointer-to-data-member types.
19061
         Output a description of the relevant class type.  */
19062
      gen_type_die_with_usage (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type), context_die,
19063
                                        DINFO_USAGE_IND_USE);
19064
 
19065
      /* Output a description of the type of the object pointed to.  */
19066
      gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die,
19067
                                        DINFO_USAGE_IND_USE);
19068
 
19069
      /* Now output a DIE to represent this pointer-to-data-member type
19070
         itself.  */
19071
      gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (type, context_die);
19072
      break;
19073
 
19074
    case FUNCTION_TYPE:
19075
      /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already).  */
19076
      gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die,
19077
                                        DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE);
19078
      gen_subroutine_type_die (type, context_die);
19079
      break;
19080
 
19081
    case METHOD_TYPE:
19082
      /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already).  */
19083
      gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die,
19084
                                        DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE);
19085
      gen_subroutine_type_die (type, context_die);
19086
      break;
19087
 
19088
    case ARRAY_TYPE:
19089
      gen_array_type_die (type, context_die);
19090
      break;
19091
 
19092
    case VECTOR_TYPE:
19093
      gen_array_type_die (type, context_die);
19094
      break;
19095
 
19096
    case ENUMERAL_TYPE:
19097
    case RECORD_TYPE:
19098
    case UNION_TYPE:
19099
    case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
19100
      /* If this is a nested type whose containing class hasn't been written
19101
         out yet, writing it out will cover this one, too.  This does not apply
19102
         to instantiations of member class templates; they need to be added to
19103
         the containing class as they are generated.  FIXME: This hurts the
19104
         idea of combining type decls from multiple TUs, since we can't predict
19105
         what set of template instantiations we'll get.  */
19106
      if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)
19107
          && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type))
19108
          && ! TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)))
19109
        {
19110
          gen_type_die_with_usage (TYPE_CONTEXT (type), context_die, usage);
19111
 
19112
          if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
19113
            return;
19114
 
19115
          /* If that failed, attach ourselves to the stub.  */
19116
          push_decl_scope (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
19117
          context_die = lookup_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
19118
          need_pop = 1;
19119
        }
19120
      else if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type) != NULL_TREE
19121
               && (TREE_CODE (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)) == FUNCTION_DECL))
19122
        {
19123
          /* If this type is local to a function that hasn't been written
19124
             out yet, use a NULL context for now; it will be fixed up in
19125
             decls_for_scope.  */
19126
          context_die = lookup_decl_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
19127
          need_pop = 0;
19128
        }
19129
      else
19130
        {
19131
          context_die = declare_in_namespace (type, context_die);
19132
          need_pop = 0;
19133
        }
19134
 
19135
      if (TREE_CODE (type) == ENUMERAL_TYPE)
19136
        {
19137
          /* This might have been written out by the call to
19138
             declare_in_namespace.  */
19139
          if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
19140
            gen_enumeration_type_die (type, context_die);
19141
        }
19142
      else
19143
        gen_struct_or_union_type_die (type, context_die, usage);
19144
 
19145
      if (need_pop)
19146
        pop_decl_scope ();
19147
 
19148
      /* Don't set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN on an incomplete struct; we want to fix
19149
         it up if it is ever completed.  gen_*_type_die will set it for us
19150
         when appropriate.  */
19151
      return;
19152
 
19153
    case VOID_TYPE:
19154
    case INTEGER_TYPE:
19155
    case REAL_TYPE:
19156
    case FIXED_POINT_TYPE:
19157
    case COMPLEX_TYPE:
19158
    case BOOLEAN_TYPE:
19159
      /* No DIEs needed for fundamental types.  */
19160
      break;
19161
 
19162
    case LANG_TYPE:
19163
      /* No Dwarf representation currently defined.  */
19164
      break;
19165
 
19166
    default:
19167
      gcc_unreachable ();
19168
    }
19169
 
19170
  TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
19171
}
19172
 
19173
static void
19174
gen_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
19175
{
19176
  gen_type_die_with_usage (type, context_die, DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE);
19177
}
19178
 
19179
/* Generate a DW_TAG_lexical_block DIE followed by DIEs to represent all of the
19180
   things which are local to the given block.  */
19181
 
19182
static void
19183
gen_block_die (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth)
19184
{
19185
  int must_output_die = 0;
19186
  bool inlined_func;
19187
 
19188
  /* Ignore blocks that are NULL.  */
19189
  if (stmt == NULL_TREE)
19190
    return;
19191
 
19192
  inlined_func = inlined_function_outer_scope_p (stmt);
19193
 
19194
  /* If the block is one fragment of a non-contiguous block, do not
19195
     process the variables, since they will have been done by the
19196
     origin block.  Do process subblocks.  */
19197
  if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_ORIGIN (stmt))
19198
    {
19199
      tree sub;
19200
 
19201
      for (sub = BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt); sub; sub = BLOCK_CHAIN (sub))
19202
        gen_block_die (sub, context_die, depth + 1);
19203
 
19204
      return;
19205
    }
19206
 
19207
  /* Determine if we need to output any Dwarf DIEs at all to represent this
19208
     block.  */
19209
  if (inlined_func)
19210
    /* The outer scopes for inlinings *must* always be represented.  We
19211
       generate DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIEs for them.  (See below.) */
19212
    must_output_die = 1;
19213
  else
19214
    {
19215
      /* Determine if this block directly contains any "significant"
19216
         local declarations which we will need to output DIEs for.  */
19217
      if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19218
        /* We are not in terse mode so *any* local declaration counts
19219
           as being a "significant" one.  */
19220
        must_output_die = ((BLOCK_VARS (stmt) != NULL
19221
                            || BLOCK_NUM_NONLOCALIZED_VARS (stmt))
19222
                           && (TREE_USED (stmt)
19223
                               || TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt)
19224
                               || BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt)));
19225
      else if ((TREE_USED (stmt)
19226
                || TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt)
19227
                || BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt))
19228
               && !dwarf2out_ignore_block (stmt))
19229
        must_output_die = 1;
19230
    }
19231
 
19232
  /* It would be a waste of space to generate a Dwarf DW_TAG_lexical_block
19233
     DIE for any block which contains no significant local declarations at
19234
     all.  Rather, in such cases we just call `decls_for_scope' so that any
19235
     needed Dwarf info for any sub-blocks will get properly generated. Note
19236
     that in terse mode, our definition of what constitutes a "significant"
19237
     local declaration gets restricted to include only inlined function
19238
     instances and local (nested) function definitions.  */
19239
  if (must_output_die)
19240
    {
19241
      if (inlined_func)
19242
        {
19243
          /* If STMT block is abstract, that means we have been called
19244
             indirectly from dwarf2out_abstract_function.
19245
             That function rightfully marks the descendent blocks (of
19246
             the abstract function it is dealing with) as being abstract,
19247
             precisely to prevent us from emitting any
19248
             DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIE as a descendent
19249
             of an abstract function instance. So in that case, we should
19250
             not call gen_inlined_subroutine_die.
19251
 
19252
             Later though, when cgraph asks dwarf2out to emit info
19253
             for the concrete instance of the function decl into which
19254
             the concrete instance of STMT got inlined, the later will lead
19255
             to the generation of a DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIE.  */
19256
          if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt))
19257
            gen_inlined_subroutine_die (stmt, context_die, depth);
19258
        }
19259
      else
19260
        gen_lexical_block_die (stmt, context_die, depth);
19261
    }
19262
  else
19263
    decls_for_scope (stmt, context_die, depth);
19264
}
19265
 
19266
/* Process variable DECL (or variable with origin ORIGIN) within
19267
   block STMT and add it to CONTEXT_DIE.  */
19268
static void
19269
process_scope_var (tree stmt, tree decl, tree origin, dw_die_ref context_die)
19270
{
19271
  dw_die_ref die;
19272
  tree decl_or_origin = decl ? decl : origin;
19273
 
19274
  if (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin) == FUNCTION_DECL)
19275
    die = lookup_decl_die (decl_or_origin);
19276
  else if (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin) == TYPE_DECL
19277
           && TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl_or_origin))
19278
    die = lookup_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin));
19279
  else
19280
    die = NULL;
19281
 
19282
  if (die != NULL && die->die_parent == NULL)
19283
    add_child_die (context_die, die);
19284
  else if (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin) == IMPORTED_DECL)
19285
    dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl_1 (decl_or_origin, DECL_NAME (decl_or_origin),
19286
                                         stmt, context_die);
19287
  else
19288
    gen_decl_die (decl, origin, context_die);
19289
}
19290
 
19291
/* Generate all of the decls declared within a given scope and (recursively)
19292
   all of its sub-blocks.  */
19293
 
19294
static void
19295
decls_for_scope (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth)
19296
{
19297
  tree decl;
19298
  unsigned int i;
19299
  tree subblocks;
19300
 
19301
  /* Ignore NULL blocks.  */
19302
  if (stmt == NULL_TREE)
19303
    return;
19304
 
19305
  /* Output the DIEs to represent all of the data objects and typedefs
19306
     declared directly within this block but not within any nested
19307
     sub-blocks.  Also, nested function and tag DIEs have been
19308
     generated with a parent of NULL; fix that up now.  */
19309
  for (decl = BLOCK_VARS (stmt); decl != NULL; decl = TREE_CHAIN (decl))
19310
    process_scope_var (stmt, decl, NULL_TREE, context_die);
19311
  for (i = 0; i < BLOCK_NUM_NONLOCALIZED_VARS (stmt); i++)
19312
    process_scope_var (stmt, NULL, BLOCK_NONLOCALIZED_VAR (stmt, i),
19313
                       context_die);
19314
 
19315
  /* If we're at -g1, we're not interested in subblocks.  */
19316
  if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19317
    return;
19318
 
19319
  /* Output the DIEs to represent all sub-blocks (and the items declared
19320
     therein) of this block.  */
19321
  for (subblocks = BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt);
19322
       subblocks != NULL;
19323
       subblocks = BLOCK_CHAIN (subblocks))
19324
    gen_block_die (subblocks, context_die, depth + 1);
19325
}
19326
 
19327
/* Is this a typedef we can avoid emitting?  */
19328
 
19329
static inline int
19330
is_redundant_typedef (const_tree decl)
19331
{
19332
  if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl))
19333
    return 1;
19334
 
19335
  if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl)
19336
      && DECL_CONTEXT (decl)
19337
      && is_tagged_type (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))
19338
      && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))) == TYPE_DECL
19339
      && DECL_NAME (decl) == DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))))
19340
    /* Also ignore the artificial member typedef for the class name.  */
19341
    return 1;
19342
 
19343
  return 0;
19344
}
19345
 
19346
/* Returns the DIE for a context.  */
19347
 
19348
static inline dw_die_ref
19349
get_context_die (tree context)
19350
{
19351
  if (context)
19352
    {
19353
      /* Find die that represents this context.  */
19354
      if (TYPE_P (context))
19355
        return force_type_die (TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (context));
19356
      else
19357
        return force_decl_die (context);
19358
    }
19359
  return comp_unit_die;
19360
}
19361
 
19362
/* Returns the DIE for decl.  A DIE will always be returned.  */
19363
 
19364
static dw_die_ref
19365
force_decl_die (tree decl)
19366
{
19367
  dw_die_ref decl_die;
19368
  unsigned saved_external_flag;
19369
  tree save_fn = NULL_TREE;
19370
  decl_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
19371
  if (!decl_die)
19372
    {
19373
      dw_die_ref context_die = get_context_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl));
19374
 
19375
      decl_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
19376
      if (decl_die)
19377
        return decl_die;
19378
 
19379
      switch (TREE_CODE (decl))
19380
        {
19381
        case FUNCTION_DECL:
19382
          /* Clear current_function_decl, so that gen_subprogram_die thinks
19383
             that this is a declaration. At this point, we just want to force
19384
             declaration die.  */
19385
          save_fn = current_function_decl;
19386
          current_function_decl = NULL_TREE;
19387
          gen_subprogram_die (decl, context_die);
19388
          current_function_decl = save_fn;
19389
          break;
19390
 
19391
        case VAR_DECL:
19392
          /* Set external flag to force declaration die. Restore it after
19393
           gen_decl_die() call.  */
19394
          saved_external_flag = DECL_EXTERNAL (decl);
19395
          DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) = 1;
19396
          gen_decl_die (decl, NULL, context_die);
19397
          DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) = saved_external_flag;
19398
          break;
19399
 
19400
        case NAMESPACE_DECL:
19401
          if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)
19402
            dwarf2out_decl (decl);
19403
          else
19404
            /* DWARF2 has neither DW_TAG_module, nor DW_TAG_namespace.  */
19405
            decl_die = comp_unit_die;
19406
          break;
19407
 
19408
        default:
19409
          gcc_unreachable ();
19410
        }
19411
 
19412
      /* We should be able to find the DIE now.  */
19413
      if (!decl_die)
19414
        decl_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
19415
      gcc_assert (decl_die);
19416
    }
19417
 
19418
  return decl_die;
19419
}
19420
 
19421
/* Returns the DIE for TYPE, that must not be a base type.  A DIE is
19422
   always returned.  */
19423
 
19424
static dw_die_ref
19425
force_type_die (tree type)
19426
{
19427
  dw_die_ref type_die;
19428
 
19429
  type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
19430
  if (!type_die)
19431
    {
19432
      dw_die_ref context_die = get_context_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
19433
 
19434
      type_die = modified_type_die (type, TYPE_READONLY (type),
19435
                                    TYPE_VOLATILE (type), context_die);
19436
      gcc_assert (type_die);
19437
    }
19438
  return type_die;
19439
}
19440
 
19441
/* Force out any required namespaces to be able to output DECL,
19442
   and return the new context_die for it, if it's changed.  */
19443
 
19444
static dw_die_ref
19445
setup_namespace_context (tree thing, dw_die_ref context_die)
19446
{
19447
  tree context = (DECL_P (thing)
19448
                  ? DECL_CONTEXT (thing) : TYPE_CONTEXT (thing));
19449
  if (context && TREE_CODE (context) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
19450
    /* Force out the namespace.  */
19451
    context_die = force_decl_die (context);
19452
 
19453
  return context_die;
19454
}
19455
 
19456
/* Emit a declaration DIE for THING (which is either a DECL or a tagged
19457
   type) within its namespace, if appropriate.
19458
 
19459
   For compatibility with older debuggers, namespace DIEs only contain
19460
   declarations; all definitions are emitted at CU scope.  */
19461
 
19462
static dw_die_ref
19463
declare_in_namespace (tree thing, dw_die_ref context_die)
19464
{
19465
  dw_die_ref ns_context;
19466
 
19467
  if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19468
    return context_die;
19469
 
19470
  /* If this decl is from an inlined function, then don't try to emit it in its
19471
     namespace, as we will get confused.  It would have already been emitted
19472
     when the abstract instance of the inline function was emitted anyways.  */
19473
  if (DECL_P (thing) && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (thing))
19474
    return context_die;
19475
 
19476
  ns_context = setup_namespace_context (thing, context_die);
19477
 
19478
  if (ns_context != context_die)
19479
    {
19480
      if (is_fortran ())
19481
        return ns_context;
19482
      if (DECL_P (thing))
19483
        gen_decl_die (thing, NULL, ns_context);
19484
      else
19485
        gen_type_die (thing, ns_context);
19486
    }
19487
  return context_die;
19488
}
19489
 
19490
/* Generate a DIE for a namespace or namespace alias.  */
19491
 
19492
static void
19493
gen_namespace_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
19494
{
19495
  dw_die_ref namespace_die;
19496
 
19497
  /* Namespace aliases have a DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN of the namespace
19498
     they are an alias of.  */
19499
  if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) == NULL)
19500
    {
19501
      /* Output a real namespace or module.  */
19502
      context_die = setup_namespace_context (decl, comp_unit_die);
19503
      namespace_die = new_die (is_fortran ()
19504
                               ? DW_TAG_module : DW_TAG_namespace,
19505
                               context_die, decl);
19506
      /* For Fortran modules defined in different CU don't add src coords.  */
19507
      if (namespace_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_module && DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
19508
        {
19509
          const char *name = dwarf2_name (decl, 0);
19510
          if (name)
19511
            add_name_attribute (namespace_die, name);
19512
        }
19513
      else
19514
        add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (namespace_die, decl);
19515
      if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
19516
        add_AT_flag (namespace_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
19517
      equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, namespace_die);
19518
    }
19519
  else
19520
    {
19521
      /* Output a namespace alias.  */
19522
 
19523
      /* Force out the namespace we are an alias of, if necessary.  */
19524
      dw_die_ref origin_die
19525
        = force_decl_die (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl));
19526
 
19527
      if (DECL_CONTEXT (decl) == NULL_TREE
19528
          || TREE_CODE (DECL_CONTEXT (decl)) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
19529
        context_die = setup_namespace_context (decl, comp_unit_die);
19530
      /* Now create the namespace alias DIE.  */
19531
      namespace_die = new_die (DW_TAG_imported_declaration, context_die, decl);
19532
      add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (namespace_die, decl);
19533
      add_AT_die_ref (namespace_die, DW_AT_import, origin_die);
19534
      equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, namespace_die);
19535
    }
19536
}
19537
 
19538
/* Generate Dwarf debug information for a decl described by DECL.  */
19539
 
19540
static void
19541
gen_decl_die (tree decl, tree origin, dw_die_ref context_die)
19542
{
19543
  tree decl_or_origin = decl ? decl : origin;
19544
  tree class_origin = NULL, ultimate_origin;
19545
 
19546
  if (DECL_P (decl_or_origin) && DECL_IGNORED_P (decl_or_origin))
19547
    return;
19548
 
19549
  switch (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin))
19550
    {
19551
    case ERROR_MARK:
19552
      break;
19553
 
19554
    case CONST_DECL:
19555
      if (!is_fortran ())
19556
        {
19557
          /* The individual enumerators of an enum type get output when we output
19558
             the Dwarf representation of the relevant enum type itself.  */
19559
          break;
19560
        }
19561
 
19562
      /* Emit its type.  */
19563
      gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
19564
 
19565
      /* And its containing namespace.  */
19566
      context_die = declare_in_namespace (decl, context_die);
19567
 
19568
      gen_const_die (decl, context_die);
19569
      break;
19570
 
19571
    case FUNCTION_DECL:
19572
      /* Don't output any DIEs to represent mere function declarations,
19573
         unless they are class members or explicit block externs.  */
19574
      if (DECL_INITIAL (decl_or_origin) == NULL_TREE
19575
          && DECL_CONTEXT (decl_or_origin) == NULL_TREE
19576
          && (current_function_decl == NULL_TREE
19577
              || DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl_or_origin)))
19578
        break;
19579
 
19580
#if 0
19581
      /* FIXME */
19582
      /* This doesn't work because the C frontend sets DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN
19583
         on local redeclarations of global functions.  That seems broken.  */
19584
      if (current_function_decl != decl)
19585
        /* This is only a declaration.  */;
19586
#endif
19587
 
19588
      /* If we're emitting a clone, emit info for the abstract instance.  */
19589
      if (origin || DECL_ORIGIN (decl) != decl)
19590
        dwarf2out_abstract_function (origin
19591
                                     ? DECL_ORIGIN (origin)
19592
                                     : DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl));
19593
 
19594
      /* If we're emitting an out-of-line copy of an inline function,
19595
         emit info for the abstract instance and set up to refer to it.  */
19596
      else if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl)
19597
               && ! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl)
19598
               && ! class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die)
19599
               /* dwarf2out_abstract_function won't emit a die if this is just
19600
                  a declaration.  We must avoid setting DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN in
19601
                  that case, because that works only if we have a die.  */
19602
               && DECL_INITIAL (decl) != NULL_TREE)
19603
        {
19604
          dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl);
19605
          set_decl_origin_self (decl);
19606
        }
19607
 
19608
      /* Otherwise we're emitting the primary DIE for this decl.  */
19609
      else if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19610
        {
19611
          /* Before we describe the FUNCTION_DECL itself, make sure that we
19612
             have described its return type.  */
19613
          gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)), context_die);
19614
 
19615
          /* And its virtual context.  */
19616
          if (DECL_VINDEX (decl) != NULL_TREE)
19617
            gen_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl), context_die);
19618
 
19619
          /* And its containing type.  */
19620
          if (!origin)
19621
            origin = decl_class_context (decl);
19622
          if (origin != NULL_TREE)
19623
            gen_type_die_for_member (origin, decl, context_die);
19624
 
19625
          /* And its containing namespace.  */
19626
          context_die = declare_in_namespace (decl, context_die);
19627
        }
19628
 
19629
      /* Now output a DIE to represent the function itself.  */
19630
      if (decl)
19631
        gen_subprogram_die (decl, context_die);
19632
      break;
19633
 
19634
    case TYPE_DECL:
19635
      /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
19636
         actual typedefs.  */
19637
      if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19638
        break;
19639
 
19640
      /* In the special case of a TYPE_DECL node representing the declaration
19641
         of some type tag, if the given TYPE_DECL is marked as having been
19642
         instantiated from some other (original) TYPE_DECL node (e.g. one which
19643
         was generated within the original definition of an inline function) we
19644
         used to generate a special (abbreviated) DW_TAG_structure_type,
19645
         DW_TAG_union_type, or DW_TAG_enumeration_type DIE here.  But nothing
19646
         should be actually referencing those DIEs, as variable DIEs with that
19647
         type would be emitted already in the abstract origin, so it was always
19648
         removed during unused type prunning.  Don't add anything in this
19649
         case.  */
19650
      if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl) && decl_ultimate_origin (decl) != NULL_TREE)
19651
        break;
19652
 
19653
      if (is_redundant_typedef (decl))
19654
        gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
19655
      else
19656
        /* Output a DIE to represent the typedef itself.  */
19657
        gen_typedef_die (decl, context_die);
19658
      break;
19659
 
19660
    case LABEL_DECL:
19661
      if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL)
19662
        gen_label_die (decl, context_die);
19663
      break;
19664
 
19665
    case VAR_DECL:
19666
    case RESULT_DECL:
19667
      /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
19668
         variable declarations or definitions.  */
19669
      if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19670
        break;
19671
 
19672
      /* Output any DIEs that are needed to specify the type of this data
19673
         object.  */
19674
      if (decl_by_reference_p (decl_or_origin))
19675
        gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin)), context_die);
19676
      else
19677
        gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin), context_die);
19678
 
19679
      /* And its containing type.  */
19680
      class_origin = decl_class_context (decl_or_origin);
19681
      if (class_origin != NULL_TREE)
19682
        gen_type_die_for_member (class_origin, decl_or_origin, context_die);
19683
 
19684
      /* And its containing namespace.  */
19685
      context_die = declare_in_namespace (decl_or_origin, context_die);
19686
 
19687
      /* Now output the DIE to represent the data object itself.  This gets
19688
         complicated because of the possibility that the VAR_DECL really
19689
         represents an inlined instance of a formal parameter for an inline
19690
         function.  */
19691
      ultimate_origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl_or_origin);
19692
      if (ultimate_origin != NULL_TREE
19693
          && TREE_CODE (ultimate_origin) == PARM_DECL)
19694
        gen_formal_parameter_die (decl, origin,
19695
                                  true /* Emit name attribute.  */,
19696
                                  context_die);
19697
      else
19698
        gen_variable_die (decl, origin, context_die);
19699
      break;
19700
 
19701
    case FIELD_DECL:
19702
      /* Ignore the nameless fields that are used to skip bits but handle C++
19703
         anonymous unions and structs.  */
19704
      if (DECL_NAME (decl) != NULL_TREE
19705
          || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == UNION_TYPE
19706
          || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == RECORD_TYPE)
19707
        {
19708
          gen_type_die (member_declared_type (decl), context_die);
19709
          gen_field_die (decl, context_die);
19710
        }
19711
      break;
19712
 
19713
    case PARM_DECL:
19714
      if (DECL_BY_REFERENCE (decl_or_origin))
19715
        gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin)), context_die);
19716
      else
19717
        gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin), context_die);
19718
      gen_formal_parameter_die (decl, origin,
19719
                                true /* Emit name attribute.  */,
19720
                                context_die);
19721
      break;
19722
 
19723
    case NAMESPACE_DECL:
19724
    case IMPORTED_DECL:
19725
      if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)
19726
        gen_namespace_die (decl, context_die);
19727
      break;
19728
 
19729
    default:
19730
      /* Probably some frontend-internal decl.  Assume we don't care.  */
19731
      gcc_assert ((int)TREE_CODE (decl) > NUM_TREE_CODES);
19732
      break;
19733
    }
19734
}
19735
 
19736
/* Output debug information for global decl DECL.  Called from toplev.c after
19737
   compilation proper has finished.  */
19738
 
19739
static void
19740
dwarf2out_global_decl (tree decl)
19741
{
19742
  /* Output DWARF2 information for file-scope tentative data object
19743
     declarations, file-scope (extern) function declarations (which
19744
     had no corresponding body) and file-scope tagged type declarations
19745
     and definitions which have not yet been forced out.  */
19746
  if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL || !DECL_INITIAL (decl))
19747
    dwarf2out_decl (decl);
19748
}
19749
 
19750
/* Output debug information for type decl DECL.  Called from toplev.c
19751
   and from language front ends (to record built-in types).  */
19752
static void
19753
dwarf2out_type_decl (tree decl, int local)
19754
{
19755
  if (!local)
19756
    dwarf2out_decl (decl);
19757
}
19758
 
19759
/* Output debug information for imported module or decl DECL.
19760
   NAME is non-NULL name in the lexical block if the decl has been renamed.
19761
   LEXICAL_BLOCK is the lexical block (which TREE_CODE is a BLOCK)
19762
   that DECL belongs to.
19763
   LEXICAL_BLOCK_DIE is the DIE of LEXICAL_BLOCK.  */
19764
static void
19765
dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl_1 (tree decl,
19766
                                     tree name,
19767
                                     tree lexical_block,
19768
                                     dw_die_ref lexical_block_die)
19769
{
19770
  expanded_location xloc;
19771
  dw_die_ref imported_die = NULL;
19772
  dw_die_ref at_import_die;
19773
 
19774
  if (TREE_CODE (decl) == IMPORTED_DECL)
19775
    {
19776
      xloc = expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl));
19777
      decl = IMPORTED_DECL_ASSOCIATED_DECL (decl);
19778
      gcc_assert (decl);
19779
    }
19780
  else
19781
    xloc = expand_location (input_location);
19782
 
19783
  if (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL || TREE_CODE (decl) == CONST_DECL)
19784
    {
19785
      at_import_die = force_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl));
19786
      /* For namespace N { typedef void T; } using N::T; base_type_die
19787
         returns NULL, but DW_TAG_imported_declaration requires
19788
         the DW_AT_import tag.  Force creation of DW_TAG_typedef.  */
19789
      if (!at_import_die)
19790
        {
19791
          gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL);
19792
          gen_typedef_die (decl, get_context_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl)));
19793
          at_import_die = lookup_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl));
19794
          gcc_assert (at_import_die);
19795
        }
19796
    }
19797
  else
19798
    {
19799
      at_import_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
19800
      if (!at_import_die)
19801
        {
19802
          /* If we're trying to avoid duplicate debug info, we may not have
19803
             emitted the member decl for this field.  Emit it now.  */
19804
          if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FIELD_DECL)
19805
            {
19806
              tree type = DECL_CONTEXT (decl);
19807
 
19808
              if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)
19809
                  && TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type))
19810
                  && !should_emit_struct_debug (TYPE_CONTEXT (type),
19811
                                                DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE))
19812
                return;
19813
              gen_type_die_for_member (type, decl,
19814
                                       get_context_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)));
19815
            }
19816
          at_import_die = force_decl_die (decl);
19817
        }
19818
    }
19819
 
19820
  if (TREE_CODE (decl) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
19821
    {
19822
      if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)
19823
        imported_die = new_die (DW_TAG_imported_module,
19824
                                lexical_block_die,
19825
                                lexical_block);
19826
      else
19827
        return;
19828
    }
19829
  else
19830
    imported_die = new_die (DW_TAG_imported_declaration,
19831
                            lexical_block_die,
19832
                            lexical_block);
19833
 
19834
  add_AT_file (imported_die, DW_AT_decl_file, lookup_filename (xloc.file));
19835
  add_AT_unsigned (imported_die, DW_AT_decl_line, xloc.line);
19836
  if (name)
19837
    add_AT_string (imported_die, DW_AT_name,
19838
                   IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name));
19839
  add_AT_die_ref (imported_die, DW_AT_import, at_import_die);
19840
}
19841
 
19842
/* Output debug information for imported module or decl DECL.
19843
   NAME is non-NULL name in context if the decl has been renamed.
19844
   CHILD is true if decl is one of the renamed decls as part of
19845
   importing whole module.  */
19846
 
19847
static void
19848
dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl (tree decl, tree name, tree context,
19849
                                   bool child)
19850
{
19851
  /* dw_die_ref at_import_die;  */
19852
  dw_die_ref scope_die;
19853
 
19854
  if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19855
    return;
19856
 
19857
  gcc_assert (decl);
19858
 
19859
  /* To emit DW_TAG_imported_module or DW_TAG_imported_decl, we need two DIEs.
19860
     We need decl DIE for reference and scope die. First, get DIE for the decl
19861
     itself.  */
19862
 
19863
  /* Get the scope die for decl context. Use comp_unit_die for global module
19864
     or decl. If die is not found for non globals, force new die.  */
19865
  if (context
19866
      && TYPE_P (context)
19867
      && !should_emit_struct_debug (context, DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE))
19868
    return;
19869
 
19870
  if (!(dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict))
19871
    return;
19872
 
19873
  scope_die = get_context_die (context);
19874
 
19875
  if (child)
19876
    {
19877
      gcc_assert (scope_die->die_child);
19878
      gcc_assert (scope_die->die_child->die_tag == DW_TAG_imported_module);
19879
      gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) != NAMESPACE_DECL);
19880
      scope_die = scope_die->die_child;
19881
    }
19882
 
19883
  /* OK, now we have DIEs for decl as well as scope. Emit imported die.  */
19884
  dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl_1 (decl, name, context, scope_die);
19885
 
19886
}
19887
 
19888
/* Write the debugging output for DECL.  */
19889
 
19890
void
19891
dwarf2out_decl (tree decl)
19892
{
19893
  dw_die_ref context_die = comp_unit_die;
19894
 
19895
  switch (TREE_CODE (decl))
19896
    {
19897
    case ERROR_MARK:
19898
      return;
19899
 
19900
    case FUNCTION_DECL:
19901
      /* What we would really like to do here is to filter out all mere
19902
         file-scope declarations of file-scope functions which are never
19903
         referenced later within this translation unit (and keep all of ones
19904
         that *are* referenced later on) but we aren't clairvoyant, so we have
19905
         no idea which functions will be referenced in the future (i.e. later
19906
         on within the current translation unit). So here we just ignore all
19907
         file-scope function declarations which are not also definitions.  If
19908
         and when the debugger needs to know something about these functions,
19909
         it will have to hunt around and find the DWARF information associated
19910
         with the definition of the function.
19911
 
19912
         We can't just check DECL_EXTERNAL to find out which FUNCTION_DECL
19913
         nodes represent definitions and which ones represent mere
19914
         declarations.  We have to check DECL_INITIAL instead. That's because
19915
         the C front-end supports some weird semantics for "extern inline"
19916
         function definitions.  These can get inlined within the current
19917
         translation unit (and thus, we need to generate Dwarf info for their
19918
         abstract instances so that the Dwarf info for the concrete inlined
19919
         instances can have something to refer to) but the compiler never
19920
         generates any out-of-lines instances of such things (despite the fact
19921
         that they *are* definitions).
19922
 
19923
         The important point is that the C front-end marks these "extern
19924
         inline" functions as DECL_EXTERNAL, but we need to generate DWARF for
19925
         them anyway. Note that the C++ front-end also plays some similar games
19926
         for inline function definitions appearing within include files which
19927
         also contain `#pragma interface' pragmas.  */
19928
      if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL_TREE)
19929
        return;
19930
 
19931
      /* If we're a nested function, initially use a parent of NULL; if we're
19932
         a plain function, this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope.  If
19933
         we're a method, it will be ignored, since we already have a DIE.  */
19934
      if (decl_function_context (decl)
19935
          /* But if we're in terse mode, we don't care about scope.  */
19936
          && debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19937
        context_die = NULL;
19938
      break;
19939
 
19940
    case VAR_DECL:
19941
      /* Ignore this VAR_DECL if it refers to a file-scope extern data object
19942
         declaration and if the declaration was never even referenced from
19943
         within this entire compilation unit.  We suppress these DIEs in
19944
         order to save space in the .debug section (by eliminating entries
19945
         which are probably useless).  Note that we must not suppress
19946
         block-local extern declarations (whether used or not) because that
19947
         would screw-up the debugger's name lookup mechanism and cause it to
19948
         miss things which really ought to be in scope at a given point.  */
19949
      if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) && !TREE_USED (decl))
19950
        return;
19951
 
19952
      /* For local statics lookup proper context die.  */
19953
      if (TREE_STATIC (decl) && decl_function_context (decl))
19954
        context_die = lookup_decl_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl));
19955
 
19956
      /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
19957
         variable declarations or definitions.  */
19958
      if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19959
        return;
19960
      break;
19961
 
19962
    case CONST_DECL:
19963
      if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19964
        return;
19965
      if (!is_fortran ())
19966
        return;
19967
      if (TREE_STATIC (decl) && decl_function_context (decl))
19968
        context_die = lookup_decl_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl));
19969
      break;
19970
 
19971
    case NAMESPACE_DECL:
19972
    case IMPORTED_DECL:
19973
      if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19974
        return;
19975
      if (lookup_decl_die (decl) != NULL)
19976
        return;
19977
      break;
19978
 
19979
    case TYPE_DECL:
19980
      /* Don't emit stubs for types unless they are needed by other DIEs.  */
19981
      if (TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (decl))
19982
        return;
19983
 
19984
      /* Don't bother trying to generate any DIEs to represent any of the
19985
         normal built-in types for the language we are compiling.  */
19986
      if (DECL_IS_BUILTIN (decl))
19987
        {
19988
          /* OK, we need to generate one for `bool' so GDB knows what type
19989
             comparisons have.  */
19990
          if (is_cxx ()
19991
              && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == BOOLEAN_TYPE
19992
              && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (decl))
19993
            modified_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), 0, 0, NULL);
19994
 
19995
          return;
19996
        }
19997
 
19998
      /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs for types.  */
19999
      if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
20000
        return;
20001
 
20002
      /* If we're a function-scope tag, initially use a parent of NULL;
20003
         this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope.  */
20004
      if (decl_function_context (decl))
20005
        context_die = NULL;
20006
 
20007
      break;
20008
 
20009
    default:
20010
      return;
20011
    }
20012
 
20013
  gen_decl_die (decl, NULL, context_die);
20014
}
20015
 
20016
/* Write the debugging output for DECL.  */
20017
 
20018
static void
20019
dwarf2out_function_decl (tree decl)
20020
{
20021
  dwarf2out_decl (decl);
20022
 
20023
  htab_empty (decl_loc_table);
20024
}
20025
 
20026
/* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of the generated code for
20027
   a lexical block.  */
20028
 
20029
static void
20030
dwarf2out_begin_block (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
20031
                       unsigned int blocknum)
20032
{
20033
  switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
20034
  ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL, blocknum);
20035
}
20036
 
20037
/* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the end of the generated code for a
20038
   lexical block.  */
20039
 
20040
static void
20041
dwarf2out_end_block (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, unsigned int blocknum)
20042
{
20043
  switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
20044
  ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, BLOCK_END_LABEL, blocknum);
20045
}
20046
 
20047
/* Returns nonzero if it is appropriate not to emit any debugging
20048
   information for BLOCK, because it doesn't contain any instructions.
20049
 
20050
   Don't allow this for blocks with nested functions or local classes
20051
   as we would end up with orphans, and in the presence of scheduling
20052
   we may end up calling them anyway.  */
20053
 
20054
static bool
20055
dwarf2out_ignore_block (const_tree block)
20056
{
20057
  tree decl;
20058
  unsigned int i;
20059
 
20060
  for (decl = BLOCK_VARS (block); decl; decl = TREE_CHAIN (decl))
20061
    if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL
20062
        || (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL && TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl)))
20063
      return 0;
20064
  for (i = 0; i < BLOCK_NUM_NONLOCALIZED_VARS (block); i++)
20065
    {
20066
      decl = BLOCK_NONLOCALIZED_VAR (block, i);
20067
      if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL
20068
          || (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL && TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl)))
20069
      return 0;
20070
    }
20071
 
20072
  return 1;
20073
}
20074
 
20075
/* Hash table routines for file_hash.  */
20076
 
20077
static int
20078
file_table_eq (const void *p1_p, const void *p2_p)
20079
{
20080
  const struct dwarf_file_data *const p1 =
20081
    (const struct dwarf_file_data *) p1_p;
20082
  const char *const p2 = (const char *) p2_p;
20083
  return strcmp (p1->filename, p2) == 0;
20084
}
20085
 
20086
static hashval_t
20087
file_table_hash (const void *p_p)
20088
{
20089
  const struct dwarf_file_data *const p = (const struct dwarf_file_data *) p_p;
20090
  return htab_hash_string (p->filename);
20091
}
20092
 
20093
/* Lookup FILE_NAME (in the list of filenames that we know about here in
20094
   dwarf2out.c) and return its "index".  The index of each (known) filename is
20095
   just a unique number which is associated with only that one filename.  We
20096
   need such numbers for the sake of generating labels (in the .debug_sfnames
20097
   section) and references to those files numbers (in the .debug_srcinfo
20098
   and.debug_macinfo sections).  If the filename given as an argument is not
20099
   found in our current list, add it to the list and assign it the next
20100
   available unique index number.  In order to speed up searches, we remember
20101
   the index of the filename was looked up last.  This handles the majority of
20102
   all searches.  */
20103
 
20104
static struct dwarf_file_data *
20105
lookup_filename (const char *file_name)
20106
{
20107
  void ** slot;
20108
  struct dwarf_file_data * created;
20109
 
20110
  /* Check to see if the file name that was searched on the previous
20111
     call matches this file name.  If so, return the index.  */
20112
  if (file_table_last_lookup
20113
      && (file_name == file_table_last_lookup->filename
20114
          || strcmp (file_table_last_lookup->filename, file_name) == 0))
20115
    return file_table_last_lookup;
20116
 
20117
  /* Didn't match the previous lookup, search the table.  */
20118
  slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (file_table, file_name,
20119
                                   htab_hash_string (file_name), INSERT);
20120
  if (*slot)
20121
    return (struct dwarf_file_data *) *slot;
20122
 
20123
  created = GGC_NEW (struct dwarf_file_data);
20124
  created->filename = file_name;
20125
  created->emitted_number = 0;
20126
  *slot = created;
20127
  return created;
20128
}
20129
 
20130
/* If the assembler will construct the file table, then translate the compiler
20131
   internal file table number into the assembler file table number, and emit
20132
   a .file directive if we haven't already emitted one yet.  The file table
20133
   numbers are different because we prune debug info for unused variables and
20134
   types, which may include filenames.  */
20135
 
20136
static int
20137
maybe_emit_file (struct dwarf_file_data * fd)
20138
{
20139
  if (! fd->emitted_number)
20140
    {
20141
      if (last_emitted_file)
20142
        fd->emitted_number = last_emitted_file->emitted_number + 1;
20143
      else
20144
        fd->emitted_number = 1;
20145
      last_emitted_file = fd;
20146
 
20147
      if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
20148
        {
20149
          fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.file %u ", fd->emitted_number);
20150
          output_quoted_string (asm_out_file,
20151
                                remap_debug_filename (fd->filename));
20152
          fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
20153
        }
20154
    }
20155
 
20156
  return fd->emitted_number;
20157
}
20158
 
20159
/* Schedule generation of a DW_AT_const_value attribute to DIE.
20160
   That generation should happen after function debug info has been
20161
   generated. The value of the attribute is the constant value of ARG.  */
20162
 
20163
static void
20164
append_entry_to_tmpl_value_parm_die_table (dw_die_ref die, tree arg)
20165
{
20166
  die_arg_entry entry;
20167
 
20168
  if (!die || !arg)
20169
    return;
20170
 
20171
  if (!tmpl_value_parm_die_table)
20172
    tmpl_value_parm_die_table
20173
      = VEC_alloc (die_arg_entry, gc, 32);
20174
 
20175
  entry.die = die;
20176
  entry.arg = arg;
20177
  VEC_safe_push (die_arg_entry, gc,
20178
                 tmpl_value_parm_die_table,
20179
                 &entry);
20180
}
20181
 
20182
/* Add a DW_AT_const_value attribute to DIEs that were scheduled
20183
   by append_entry_to_tmpl_value_parm_die_table. This function must
20184
   be called after function DIEs have been generated.  */
20185
 
20186
static void
20187
gen_remaining_tmpl_value_param_die_attribute (void)
20188
{
20189
  if (tmpl_value_parm_die_table)
20190
    {
20191
      unsigned i;
20192
      die_arg_entry *e;
20193
 
20194
      for (i = 0;
20195
           VEC_iterate (die_arg_entry, tmpl_value_parm_die_table, i, e);
20196
           i++)
20197
        tree_add_const_value_attribute (e->die, e->arg);
20198
    }
20199
}
20200
 
20201
 
20202
/* Replace DW_AT_name for the decl with name.  */
20203
 
20204
static void
20205
dwarf2out_set_name (tree decl, tree name)
20206
{
20207
  dw_die_ref die;
20208
  dw_attr_ref attr;
20209
  const char *dname;
20210
 
20211
  die = TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (decl);
20212
  if (!die)
20213
    return;
20214
 
20215
  dname = dwarf2_name (name, 0);
20216
  if (!dname)
20217
    return;
20218
 
20219
  attr = get_AT (die, DW_AT_name);
20220
  if (attr)
20221
    {
20222
      struct indirect_string_node *node;
20223
 
20224
      node = find_AT_string (dname);
20225
      /* replace the string.  */
20226
      attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_str = node;
20227
    }
20228
 
20229
  else
20230
    add_name_attribute (die, dname);
20231
}
20232
 
20233
/* Called by the final INSN scan whenever we see a direct function call.
20234
   Make an entry into the direct call table, recording the point of call
20235
   and a reference to the target function's debug entry.  */
20236
 
20237
static void
20238
dwarf2out_direct_call (tree targ)
20239
{
20240
  dcall_entry e;
20241
  tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (targ);
20242
 
20243
  /* If this is a clone, use the abstract origin as the target.  */
20244
  if (origin)
20245
    targ = origin;
20246
 
20247
  e.poc_label_num = poc_label_num++;
20248
  e.poc_decl = current_function_decl;
20249
  e.targ_die = force_decl_die (targ);
20250
  VEC_safe_push (dcall_entry, gc, dcall_table, &e);
20251
 
20252
  /* Drop a label at the return point to mark the point of call.  */
20253
  ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, "LPOC", e.poc_label_num);
20254
}
20255
 
20256
/* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a struct vcall_insn).  */
20257
 
20258
static hashval_t
20259
vcall_insn_table_hash (const void *x)
20260
{
20261
  return (hashval_t) ((const struct vcall_insn *) x)->insn_uid;
20262
}
20263
 
20264
/* Return nonzero if insn_uid of struct vcall_insn *X is the same as
20265
   insnd_uid of *Y.  */
20266
 
20267
static int
20268
vcall_insn_table_eq (const void *x, const void *y)
20269
{
20270
  return (((const struct vcall_insn *) x)->insn_uid
20271
          == ((const struct vcall_insn *) y)->insn_uid);
20272
}
20273
 
20274
/* Associate VTABLE_SLOT with INSN_UID in the VCALL_INSN_TABLE.  */
20275
 
20276
static void
20277
store_vcall_insn (unsigned int vtable_slot, int insn_uid)
20278
{
20279
  struct vcall_insn *item = GGC_NEW (struct vcall_insn);
20280
  struct vcall_insn **slot;
20281
 
20282
  gcc_assert (item);
20283
  item->insn_uid = insn_uid;
20284
  item->vtable_slot = vtable_slot;
20285
  slot = (struct vcall_insn **)
20286
      htab_find_slot_with_hash (vcall_insn_table, &item,
20287
                                (hashval_t) insn_uid, INSERT);
20288
  *slot = item;
20289
}
20290
 
20291
/* Return the VTABLE_SLOT associated with INSN_UID.  */
20292
 
20293
static unsigned int
20294
lookup_vcall_insn (unsigned int insn_uid)
20295
{
20296
  struct vcall_insn item;
20297
  struct vcall_insn *p;
20298
 
20299
  item.insn_uid = insn_uid;
20300
  item.vtable_slot = 0;
20301
  p = (struct vcall_insn *) htab_find_with_hash (vcall_insn_table,
20302
                                                 (void *) &item,
20303
                                                 (hashval_t) insn_uid);
20304
  if (p == NULL)
20305
    return (unsigned int) -1;
20306
  return p->vtable_slot;
20307
}
20308
 
20309
 
20310
/* Called when lowering indirect calls to RTL.  We make a note of INSN_UID
20311
   and the OBJ_TYPE_REF_TOKEN from ADDR.  For C++ virtual calls, the token
20312
   is the vtable slot index that we will need to put in the virtual call
20313
   table later.  */
20314
 
20315
static void
20316
dwarf2out_virtual_call_token (tree addr, int insn_uid)
20317
{
20318
  if (is_cxx() && TREE_CODE (addr) == OBJ_TYPE_REF)
20319
    {
20320
      tree token = OBJ_TYPE_REF_TOKEN (addr);
20321
      if (TREE_CODE (token) == INTEGER_CST)
20322
        store_vcall_insn (TREE_INT_CST_LOW (token), insn_uid);
20323
    }
20324
}
20325
 
20326
/* Called when scheduling RTL, when a CALL_INSN is split.  Copies the
20327
   OBJ_TYPE_REF_TOKEN previously associated with OLD_INSN and associates it
20328
   with NEW_INSN.  */
20329
 
20330
static void
20331
dwarf2out_copy_call_info (rtx old_insn, rtx new_insn)
20332
{
20333
  unsigned int vtable_slot = lookup_vcall_insn (INSN_UID (old_insn));
20334
 
20335
  if (vtable_slot != (unsigned int) -1)
20336
    store_vcall_insn (vtable_slot, INSN_UID (new_insn));
20337
}
20338
 
20339
/* Called by the final INSN scan whenever we see a virtual function call.
20340
   Make an entry into the virtual call table, recording the point of call
20341
   and the slot index of the vtable entry used to call the virtual member
20342
   function.  The slot index was associated with the INSN_UID during the
20343
   lowering to RTL.  */
20344
 
20345
static void
20346
dwarf2out_virtual_call (int insn_uid)
20347
{
20348
  unsigned int vtable_slot = lookup_vcall_insn (insn_uid);
20349
  vcall_entry e;
20350
 
20351
  if (vtable_slot == (unsigned int) -1)
20352
    return;
20353
 
20354
  e.poc_label_num = poc_label_num++;
20355
  e.vtable_slot = vtable_slot;
20356
  VEC_safe_push (vcall_entry, gc, vcall_table, &e);
20357
 
20358
  /* Drop a label at the return point to mark the point of call.  */
20359
  ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, "LPOC", e.poc_label_num);
20360
}
20361
 
20362
/* Called by the final INSN scan whenever we see a var location.  We
20363
   use it to drop labels in the right places, and throw the location in
20364
   our lookup table.  */
20365
 
20366
static void
20367
dwarf2out_var_location (rtx loc_note)
20368
{
20369
  char loclabel[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES + 2];
20370
  struct var_loc_node *newloc;
20371
  rtx next_real;
20372
  static const char *last_label;
20373
  static const char *last_postcall_label;
20374
  static bool last_in_cold_section_p;
20375
  tree decl;
20376
 
20377
  if (!DECL_P (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (loc_note)))
20378
    return;
20379
 
20380
  next_real = next_real_insn (loc_note);
20381
  /* If there are no instructions which would be affected by this note,
20382
     don't do anything.  */
20383
  if (next_real == NULL_RTX)
20384
    return;
20385
 
20386
  decl = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (loc_note);
20387
  newloc = add_var_loc_to_decl (decl, loc_note);
20388
  if (newloc == NULL)
20389
    return;
20390
 
20391
  /* If there were no real insns between note we processed last time
20392
     and this note, use the label we emitted last time.  */
20393
  if (last_var_location_insn == NULL_RTX
20394
      || last_var_location_insn != next_real
20395
      || last_in_cold_section_p != in_cold_section_p)
20396
    {
20397
      ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loclabel, "LVL", loclabel_num);
20398
      ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, "LVL", loclabel_num);
20399
      loclabel_num++;
20400
      last_label = ggc_strdup (loclabel);
20401
      last_postcall_label = NULL;
20402
    }
20403
  newloc->var_loc_note = loc_note;
20404
  newloc->next = NULL;
20405
 
20406
  if (!NOTE_DURING_CALL_P (loc_note))
20407
    newloc->label = last_label;
20408
  else
20409
    {
20410
      if (!last_postcall_label)
20411
        {
20412
          sprintf (loclabel, "%s-1", last_label);
20413
          last_postcall_label = ggc_strdup (loclabel);
20414
        }
20415
      newloc->label = last_postcall_label;
20416
    }
20417
 
20418
  last_var_location_insn = next_real;
20419
  last_in_cold_section_p = in_cold_section_p;
20420
}
20421
 
20422
/* We need to reset the locations at the beginning of each
20423
   function. We can't do this in the end_function hook, because the
20424
   declarations that use the locations won't have been output when
20425
   that hook is called.  Also compute have_multiple_function_sections here.  */
20426
 
20427
static void
20428
dwarf2out_begin_function (tree fun)
20429
{
20430
  if (function_section (fun) != text_section)
20431
    have_multiple_function_sections = true;
20432
 
20433
  dwarf2out_note_section_used ();
20434
}
20435
 
20436
/* Output a label to mark the beginning of a source code line entry
20437
   and record information relating to this source line, in
20438
   'line_info_table' for later output of the .debug_line section.  */
20439
 
20440
static void
20441
dwarf2out_source_line (unsigned int line, const char *filename,
20442
                       int discriminator, bool is_stmt)
20443
{
20444
  static bool last_is_stmt = true;
20445
 
20446
  if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
20447
      && line != 0)
20448
    {
20449
      int file_num = maybe_emit_file (lookup_filename (filename));
20450
 
20451
      switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
20452
 
20453
      /* If requested, emit something human-readable.  */
20454
      if (flag_debug_asm)
20455
        fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s %s:%d\n", ASM_COMMENT_START,
20456
                 filename, line);
20457
 
20458
      if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
20459
        {
20460
          /* Emit the .loc directive understood by GNU as.  */
20461
          fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.loc %d %d 0", file_num, line);
20462
          if (is_stmt != last_is_stmt)
20463
            {
20464
              fprintf (asm_out_file, " is_stmt %d", is_stmt ? 1 : 0);
20465
              last_is_stmt = is_stmt;
20466
            }
20467
          if (SUPPORTS_DISCRIMINATOR && discriminator != 0)
20468
            fprintf (asm_out_file, " discriminator %d", discriminator);
20469
          fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
20470
 
20471
          /* Indicate that line number info exists.  */
20472
          line_info_table_in_use++;
20473
        }
20474
      else if (function_section (current_function_decl) != text_section)
20475
        {
20476
          dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info;
20477
          targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file,
20478
                                          SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL,
20479
                                          separate_line_info_table_in_use);
20480
 
20481
          /* Expand the line info table if necessary.  */
20482
          if (separate_line_info_table_in_use
20483
              == separate_line_info_table_allocated)
20484
            {
20485
              separate_line_info_table_allocated += LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT;
20486
              separate_line_info_table
20487
                = GGC_RESIZEVEC (dw_separate_line_info_entry,
20488
                                 separate_line_info_table,
20489
                                 separate_line_info_table_allocated);
20490
              memset (separate_line_info_table
20491
                       + separate_line_info_table_in_use,
20492
                      0,
20493
                      (LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
20494
                       * sizeof (dw_separate_line_info_entry)));
20495
            }
20496
 
20497
          /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table.  */
20498
          line_info
20499
            = &separate_line_info_table[separate_line_info_table_in_use++];
20500
          line_info->dw_file_num = file_num;
20501
          line_info->dw_line_num = line;
20502
          line_info->function = current_function_funcdef_no;
20503
        }
20504
      else
20505
        {
20506
          dw_line_info_ref line_info;
20507
 
20508
          targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, LINE_CODE_LABEL,
20509
                                     line_info_table_in_use);
20510
 
20511
          /* Expand the line info table if necessary.  */
20512
          if (line_info_table_in_use == line_info_table_allocated)
20513
            {
20514
              line_info_table_allocated += LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT;
20515
              line_info_table
20516
                = GGC_RESIZEVEC (dw_line_info_entry, line_info_table,
20517
                                 line_info_table_allocated);
20518
              memset (line_info_table + line_info_table_in_use, 0,
20519
                      LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (dw_line_info_entry));
20520
            }
20521
 
20522
          /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table.  */
20523
          line_info = &line_info_table[line_info_table_in_use++];
20524
          line_info->dw_file_num = file_num;
20525
          line_info->dw_line_num = line;
20526
        }
20527
    }
20528
}
20529
 
20530
/* Record the beginning of a new source file.  */
20531
 
20532
static void
20533
dwarf2out_start_source_file (unsigned int lineno, const char *filename)
20534
{
20535
  if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups && dwarf_version < 4)
20536
    {
20537
      /* Record the beginning of the file for break_out_includes.  */
20538
      dw_die_ref bincl_die;
20539
 
20540
      bincl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL, comp_unit_die, NULL);
20541
      add_AT_string (bincl_die, DW_AT_name, remap_debug_filename (filename));
20542
    }
20543
 
20544
  if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
20545
    {
20546
      int file_num = maybe_emit_file (lookup_filename (filename));
20547
 
20548
      switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section);
20549
      dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_start_file, "Start new file");
20550
      dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno, "Included from line number %d",
20551
                                   lineno);
20552
 
20553
      dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (file_num, "file %s", filename);
20554
    }
20555
}
20556
 
20557
/* Record the end of a source file.  */
20558
 
20559
static void
20560
dwarf2out_end_source_file (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
20561
{
20562
  if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups && dwarf_version < 4)
20563
    /* Record the end of the file for break_out_includes.  */
20564
    new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL, comp_unit_die, NULL);
20565
 
20566
  if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
20567
    {
20568
      switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section);
20569
      dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_end_file, "End file");
20570
    }
20571
}
20572
 
20573
/* Called from debug_define in toplev.c.  The `buffer' parameter contains
20574
   the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
20575
   initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part.  */
20576
 
20577
static void
20578
dwarf2out_define (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
20579
                  const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
20580
{
20581
  if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
20582
    {
20583
      switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section);
20584
      dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_define, "Define macro");
20585
      dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno, "At line number %d", lineno);
20586
      dw2_asm_output_nstring (buffer, -1, "The macro");
20587
    }
20588
}
20589
 
20590
/* Called from debug_undef in toplev.c.  The `buffer' parameter contains
20591
   the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
20592
   initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part.  */
20593
 
20594
static void
20595
dwarf2out_undef (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
20596
                 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
20597
{
20598
  if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
20599
    {
20600
      switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section);
20601
      dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_undef, "Undefine macro");
20602
      dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno, "At line number %d", lineno);
20603
      dw2_asm_output_nstring (buffer, -1, "The macro");
20604
    }
20605
}
20606
 
20607
/* Set up for Dwarf output at the start of compilation.  */
20608
 
20609
static void
20610
dwarf2out_init (const char *filename ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
20611
{
20612
  /* Allocate the file_table.  */
20613
  file_table = htab_create_ggc (50, file_table_hash,
20614
                                file_table_eq, NULL);
20615
 
20616
  /* Allocate the decl_die_table.  */
20617
  decl_die_table = htab_create_ggc (10, decl_die_table_hash,
20618
                                    decl_die_table_eq, NULL);
20619
 
20620
  /* Allocate the decl_loc_table.  */
20621
  decl_loc_table = htab_create_ggc (10, decl_loc_table_hash,
20622
                                    decl_loc_table_eq, NULL);
20623
 
20624
  /* Allocate the initial hunk of the decl_scope_table.  */
20625
  decl_scope_table = VEC_alloc (tree, gc, 256);
20626
 
20627
  /* Allocate the initial hunk of the abbrev_die_table.  */
20628
  abbrev_die_table = GGC_CNEWVEC (dw_die_ref, ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT);
20629
  abbrev_die_table_allocated = ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
20630
  /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused.  */
20631
  abbrev_die_table_in_use = 1;
20632
 
20633
  /* Allocate the initial hunk of the line_info_table.  */
20634
  line_info_table = GGC_CNEWVEC (dw_line_info_entry, LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT);
20635
  line_info_table_allocated = LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT;
20636
 
20637
  /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused.  */
20638
  line_info_table_in_use = 1;
20639
 
20640
  /* Allocate the pubtypes and pubnames vectors.  */
20641
  pubname_table = VEC_alloc (pubname_entry, gc, 32);
20642
  pubtype_table = VEC_alloc (pubname_entry, gc, 32);
20643
 
20644
  /* Allocate the table that maps insn UIDs to vtable slot indexes.  */
20645
  vcall_insn_table = htab_create_ggc (10, vcall_insn_table_hash,
20646
                                      vcall_insn_table_eq, NULL);
20647
 
20648
  /* Generate the initial DIE for the .debug section.  Note that the (string)
20649
     value given in the DW_AT_name attribute of the DW_TAG_compile_unit DIE
20650
     will (typically) be a relative pathname and that this pathname should be
20651
     taken as being relative to the directory from which the compiler was
20652
     invoked when the given (base) source file was compiled.  We will fill
20653
     in this value in dwarf2out_finish.  */
20654
  comp_unit_die = gen_compile_unit_die (NULL);
20655
 
20656
  incomplete_types = VEC_alloc (tree, gc, 64);
20657
 
20658
  used_rtx_array = VEC_alloc (rtx, gc, 32);
20659
 
20660
  debug_info_section = get_section (DEBUG_INFO_SECTION,
20661
                                    SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
20662
  debug_abbrev_section = get_section (DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION,
20663
                                      SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
20664
  debug_aranges_section = get_section (DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION,
20665
                                       SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
20666
  debug_macinfo_section = get_section (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION,
20667
                                       SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
20668
  debug_line_section = get_section (DEBUG_LINE_SECTION,
20669
                                    SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
20670
  debug_loc_section = get_section (DEBUG_LOC_SECTION,
20671
                                   SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
20672
  debug_pubnames_section = get_section (DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION,
20673
                                        SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
20674
  debug_pubtypes_section = get_section (DEBUG_PUBTYPES_SECTION,
20675
                                        SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
20676
  debug_dcall_section = get_section (DEBUG_DCALL_SECTION,
20677
                                     SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
20678
  debug_vcall_section = get_section (DEBUG_VCALL_SECTION,
20679
                                     SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
20680
  debug_str_section = get_section (DEBUG_STR_SECTION,
20681
                                   DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS, NULL);
20682
  debug_ranges_section = get_section (DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION,
20683
                                      SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
20684
  debug_frame_section = get_section (DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION,
20685
                                     SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
20686
 
20687
  ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_end_label, TEXT_END_LABEL, 0);
20688
  ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (abbrev_section_label,
20689
                               DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
20690
  ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_section_label, TEXT_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
20691
  ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (cold_text_section_label,
20692
                               COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
20693
  ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (cold_end_label, COLD_END_LABEL, 0);
20694
 
20695
  ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_info_section_label,
20696
                               DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
20697
  ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_line_section_label,
20698
                               DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
20699
  ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (ranges_section_label,
20700
                               DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
20701
  switch_to_section (debug_abbrev_section);
20702
  ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, abbrev_section_label);
20703
  switch_to_section (debug_info_section);
20704
  ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, debug_info_section_label);
20705
  switch_to_section (debug_line_section);
20706
  ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, debug_line_section_label);
20707
 
20708
  if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
20709
    {
20710
      switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section);
20711
      ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (macinfo_section_label,
20712
                                   DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
20713
      ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, macinfo_section_label);
20714
    }
20715
 
20716
  switch_to_section (text_section);
20717
  ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, text_section_label);
20718
  if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition)
20719
    {
20720
      cold_text_section = unlikely_text_section ();
20721
      switch_to_section (cold_text_section);
20722
      ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, cold_text_section_label);
20723
    }
20724
 
20725
}
20726
 
20727
/* Called before cgraph_optimize starts outputtting functions, variables
20728
   and toplevel asms into assembly.  */
20729
 
20730
static void
20731
dwarf2out_assembly_start (void)
20732
{
20733
  if (HAVE_GAS_CFI_SECTIONS_DIRECTIVE && dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
20734
    {
20735
#ifndef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
20736
      if (USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS || (!flag_unwind_tables && !flag_exceptions))
20737
#endif
20738
        fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_sections\t.debug_frame\n");
20739
    }
20740
}
20741
 
20742
/* A helper function for dwarf2out_finish called through
20743
   htab_traverse.  Emit one queued .debug_str string.  */
20744
 
20745
static int
20746
output_indirect_string (void **h, void *v ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
20747
{
20748
  struct indirect_string_node *node = (struct indirect_string_node *) *h;
20749
 
20750
  if (node->label && node->refcount)
20751
    {
20752
      switch_to_section (debug_str_section);
20753
      ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, node->label);
20754
      assemble_string (node->str, strlen (node->str) + 1);
20755
    }
20756
 
20757
  return 1;
20758
}
20759
 
20760
#if ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING
20761
/* Verify that all marks are clear.  */
20762
 
20763
static void
20764
verify_marks_clear (dw_die_ref die)
20765
{
20766
  dw_die_ref c;
20767
 
20768
  gcc_assert (! die->die_mark);
20769
  FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, verify_marks_clear (c));
20770
}
20771
#endif /* ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING */
20772
 
20773
/* Clear the marks for a die and its children.
20774
   Be cool if the mark isn't set.  */
20775
 
20776
static void
20777
prune_unmark_dies (dw_die_ref die)
20778
{
20779
  dw_die_ref c;
20780
 
20781
  if (die->die_mark)
20782
    die->die_mark = 0;
20783
  FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, prune_unmark_dies (c));
20784
}
20785
 
20786
/* Given DIE that we're marking as used, find any other dies
20787
   it references as attributes and mark them as used.  */
20788
 
20789
static void
20790
prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (dw_die_ref die)
20791
{
20792
  dw_attr_ref a;
20793
  unsigned ix;
20794
 
20795
  for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
20796
    {
20797
      if (a->dw_attr_val.val_class == dw_val_class_die_ref)
20798
        {
20799
          /* A reference to another DIE.
20800
             Make sure that it will get emitted.
20801
             If it was broken out into a comdat group, don't follow it.  */
20802
          if (dwarf_version < 4
20803
              || a->dw_attr == DW_AT_specification
20804
              || a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die->die_id.die_type_node == NULL)
20805
            prune_unused_types_mark (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die, 1);
20806
        }
20807
      /* Set the string's refcount to 0 so that prune_unused_types_mark
20808
         accounts properly for it.  */
20809
      if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str)
20810
        a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->refcount = 0;
20811
    }
20812
}
20813
 
20814
 
20815
/* Mark DIE as being used.  If DOKIDS is true, then walk down
20816
   to DIE's children.  */
20817
 
20818
static void
20819
prune_unused_types_mark (dw_die_ref die, int dokids)
20820
{
20821
  dw_die_ref c;
20822
 
20823
  if (die->die_mark == 0)
20824
    {
20825
      /* We haven't done this node yet.  Mark it as used.  */
20826
      die->die_mark = 1;
20827
 
20828
      /* We also have to mark its parents as used.
20829
         (But we don't want to mark our parents' kids due to this.)  */
20830
      if (die->die_parent)
20831
        prune_unused_types_mark (die->die_parent, 0);
20832
 
20833
      /* Mark any referenced nodes.  */
20834
      prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die);
20835
 
20836
      /* If this node is a specification,
20837
         also mark the definition, if it exists.  */
20838
      if (get_AT_flag (die, DW_AT_declaration) && die->die_definition)
20839
        prune_unused_types_mark (die->die_definition, 1);
20840
    }
20841
 
20842
  if (dokids && die->die_mark != 2)
20843
    {
20844
      /* We need to walk the children, but haven't done so yet.
20845
         Remember that we've walked the kids.  */
20846
      die->die_mark = 2;
20847
 
20848
      /* If this is an array type, we need to make sure our
20849
         kids get marked, even if they're types.  If we're
20850
         breaking out types into comdat sections, do this
20851
         for all type definitions.  */
20852
      if (die->die_tag == DW_TAG_array_type
20853
          || (dwarf_version >= 4
20854
              && is_type_die (die) && ! is_declaration_die (die)))
20855
        FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, prune_unused_types_mark (c, 1));
20856
      else
20857
        FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, prune_unused_types_walk (c));
20858
    }
20859
}
20860
 
20861
/* For local classes, look if any static member functions were emitted
20862
   and if so, mark them.  */
20863
 
20864
static void
20865
prune_unused_types_walk_local_classes (dw_die_ref die)
20866
{
20867
  dw_die_ref c;
20868
 
20869
  if (die->die_mark == 2)
20870
    return;
20871
 
20872
  switch (die->die_tag)
20873
    {
20874
    case DW_TAG_structure_type:
20875
    case DW_TAG_union_type:
20876
    case DW_TAG_class_type:
20877
      break;
20878
 
20879
    case DW_TAG_subprogram:
20880
      if (!get_AT_flag (die, DW_AT_declaration)
20881
          || die->die_definition != NULL)
20882
        prune_unused_types_mark (die, 1);
20883
      return;
20884
 
20885
    default:
20886
      return;
20887
    }
20888
 
20889
  /* Mark children.  */
20890
  FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, prune_unused_types_walk_local_classes (c));
20891
}
20892
 
20893
/* Walk the tree DIE and mark types that we actually use.  */
20894
 
20895
static void
20896
prune_unused_types_walk (dw_die_ref die)
20897
{
20898
  dw_die_ref c;
20899
 
20900
  /* Don't do anything if this node is already marked and
20901
     children have been marked as well.  */
20902
  if (die->die_mark == 2)
20903
    return;
20904
 
20905
  switch (die->die_tag)
20906
    {
20907
    case DW_TAG_structure_type:
20908
    case DW_TAG_union_type:
20909
    case DW_TAG_class_type:
20910
      if (die->die_perennial_p)
20911
        break;
20912
 
20913
      for (c = die->die_parent; c; c = c->die_parent)
20914
        if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_subprogram)
20915
          break;
20916
 
20917
      /* Finding used static member functions inside of classes
20918
         is needed just for local classes, because for other classes
20919
         static member function DIEs with DW_AT_specification
20920
         are emitted outside of the DW_TAG_*_type.  If we ever change
20921
         it, we'd need to call this even for non-local classes.  */
20922
      if (c)
20923
        prune_unused_types_walk_local_classes (die);
20924
 
20925
      /* It's a type node --- don't mark it.  */
20926
      return;
20927
 
20928
    case DW_TAG_const_type:
20929
    case DW_TAG_packed_type:
20930
    case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
20931
    case DW_TAG_reference_type:
20932
    case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
20933
    case DW_TAG_typedef:
20934
    case DW_TAG_array_type:
20935
    case DW_TAG_interface_type:
20936
    case DW_TAG_friend:
20937
    case DW_TAG_variant_part:
20938
    case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
20939
    case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
20940
    case DW_TAG_string_type:
20941
    case DW_TAG_set_type:
20942
    case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
20943
    case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
20944
    case DW_TAG_file_type:
20945
      if (die->die_perennial_p)
20946
        break;
20947
 
20948
      /* It's a type node --- don't mark it.  */
20949
      return;
20950
 
20951
    default:
20952
      /* Mark everything else.  */
20953
      break;
20954
  }
20955
 
20956
  if (die->die_mark == 0)
20957
    {
20958
      die->die_mark = 1;
20959
 
20960
      /* Now, mark any dies referenced from here.  */
20961
      prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die);
20962
    }
20963
 
20964
  die->die_mark = 2;
20965
 
20966
  /* Mark children.  */
20967
  FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, prune_unused_types_walk (c));
20968
}
20969
 
20970
/* Increment the string counts on strings referred to from DIE's
20971
   attributes.  */
20972
 
20973
static void
20974
prune_unused_types_update_strings (dw_die_ref die)
20975
{
20976
  dw_attr_ref a;
20977
  unsigned ix;
20978
 
20979
  for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
20980
    if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str)
20981
      {
20982
        struct indirect_string_node *s = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str;
20983
        s->refcount++;
20984
        /* Avoid unnecessarily putting strings that are used less than
20985
           twice in the hash table.  */
20986
        if (s->refcount
20987
            == ((DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS & SECTION_MERGE) ? 1 : 2))
20988
          {
20989
            void ** slot;
20990
            slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (debug_str_hash, s->str,
20991
                                             htab_hash_string (s->str),
20992
                                             INSERT);
20993
            gcc_assert (*slot == NULL);
20994
            *slot = s;
20995
          }
20996
      }
20997
}
20998
 
20999
/* Remove from the tree DIE any dies that aren't marked.  */
21000
 
21001
static void
21002
prune_unused_types_prune (dw_die_ref die)
21003
{
21004
  dw_die_ref c;
21005
 
21006
  gcc_assert (die->die_mark);
21007
  prune_unused_types_update_strings (die);
21008
 
21009
  if (! die->die_child)
21010
    return;
21011
 
21012
  c = die->die_child;
21013
  do {
21014
    dw_die_ref prev = c;
21015
    for (c = c->die_sib; ! c->die_mark; c = c->die_sib)
21016
      if (c == die->die_child)
21017
        {
21018
          /* No marked children between 'prev' and the end of the list.  */
21019
          if (prev == c)
21020
            /* No marked children at all.  */
21021
            die->die_child = NULL;
21022
          else
21023
            {
21024
              prev->die_sib = c->die_sib;
21025
              die->die_child = prev;
21026
            }
21027
          return;
21028
        }
21029
 
21030
    if (c != prev->die_sib)
21031
      prev->die_sib = c;
21032
    prune_unused_types_prune (c);
21033
  } while (c != die->die_child);
21034
}
21035
 
21036
/* A helper function for dwarf2out_finish called through
21037
   htab_traverse.  Clear .debug_str strings that we haven't already
21038
   decided to emit.  */
21039
 
21040
static int
21041
prune_indirect_string (void **h, void *v ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
21042
{
21043
  struct indirect_string_node *node = (struct indirect_string_node *) *h;
21044
 
21045
  if (!node->label || !node->refcount)
21046
    htab_clear_slot (debug_str_hash, h);
21047
 
21048
  return 1;
21049
}
21050
 
21051
/* Remove dies representing declarations that we never use.  */
21052
 
21053
static void
21054
prune_unused_types (void)
21055
{
21056
  unsigned int i;
21057
  limbo_die_node *node;
21058
  comdat_type_node *ctnode;
21059
  pubname_ref pub;
21060
  dcall_entry *dcall;
21061
 
21062
#if ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING
21063
  /* All the marks should already be clear.  */
21064
  verify_marks_clear (comp_unit_die);
21065
  for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
21066
    verify_marks_clear (node->die);
21067
  for (ctnode = comdat_type_list; ctnode; ctnode = ctnode->next)
21068
    verify_marks_clear (ctnode->root_die);
21069
#endif /* ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING */
21070
 
21071
  /* Mark types that are used in global variables.  */
21072
  premark_types_used_by_global_vars ();
21073
 
21074
  /* Set the mark on nodes that are actually used.  */
21075
  prune_unused_types_walk (comp_unit_die);
21076
  for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
21077
    prune_unused_types_walk (node->die);
21078
  for (ctnode = comdat_type_list; ctnode; ctnode = ctnode->next)
21079
    {
21080
      prune_unused_types_walk (ctnode->root_die);
21081
      prune_unused_types_mark (ctnode->type_die, 1);
21082
    }
21083
 
21084
  /* Also set the mark on nodes referenced from the
21085
     pubname_table or arange_table.  */
21086
  for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (pubname_entry, pubname_table, i, pub); i++)
21087
    prune_unused_types_mark (pub->die, 1);
21088
  for (i = 0; i < arange_table_in_use; i++)
21089
    prune_unused_types_mark (arange_table[i], 1);
21090
 
21091
  /* Mark nodes referenced from the direct call table.  */
21092
  for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (dcall_entry, dcall_table, i, dcall); i++)
21093
    prune_unused_types_mark (dcall->targ_die, 1);
21094
 
21095
  /* Get rid of nodes that aren't marked; and update the string counts.  */
21096
  if (debug_str_hash && debug_str_hash_forced)
21097
    htab_traverse (debug_str_hash, prune_indirect_string, NULL);
21098
  else if (debug_str_hash)
21099
    htab_empty (debug_str_hash);
21100
  prune_unused_types_prune (comp_unit_die);
21101
  for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
21102
    prune_unused_types_prune (node->die);
21103
  for (ctnode = comdat_type_list; ctnode; ctnode = ctnode->next)
21104
    prune_unused_types_prune (ctnode->root_die);
21105
 
21106
  /* Leave the marks clear.  */
21107
  prune_unmark_dies (comp_unit_die);
21108
  for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
21109
    prune_unmark_dies (node->die);
21110
  for (ctnode = comdat_type_list; ctnode; ctnode = ctnode->next)
21111
    prune_unmark_dies (ctnode->root_die);
21112
}
21113
 
21114
/* Set the parameter to true if there are any relative pathnames in
21115
   the file table.  */
21116
static int
21117
file_table_relative_p (void ** slot, void *param)
21118
{
21119
  bool *p = (bool *) param;
21120
  struct dwarf_file_data *d = (struct dwarf_file_data *) *slot;
21121
  if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (d->filename))
21122
    {
21123
      *p = true;
21124
      return 0;
21125
    }
21126
  return 1;
21127
}
21128
 
21129
/* Routines to manipulate hash table of comdat type units.  */
21130
 
21131
static hashval_t
21132
htab_ct_hash (const void *of)
21133
{
21134
  hashval_t h;
21135
  const comdat_type_node *const type_node = (const comdat_type_node *) of;
21136
 
21137
  memcpy (&h, type_node->signature, sizeof (h));
21138
  return h;
21139
}
21140
 
21141
static int
21142
htab_ct_eq (const void *of1, const void *of2)
21143
{
21144
  const comdat_type_node *const type_node_1 = (const comdat_type_node *) of1;
21145
  const comdat_type_node *const type_node_2 = (const comdat_type_node *) of2;
21146
 
21147
  return (! memcmp (type_node_1->signature, type_node_2->signature,
21148
                    DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE));
21149
}
21150
 
21151
/* Move a DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name attribute just added to dw_die_ref
21152
   to the location it would have been added, should we know its
21153
   DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME when we added other attributes.  This will
21154
   probably improve compactness of debug info, removing equivalent
21155
   abbrevs, and hide any differences caused by deferring the
21156
   computation of the assembler name, triggered by e.g. PCH.  */
21157
 
21158
static inline void
21159
move_linkage_attr (dw_die_ref die)
21160
{
21161
  unsigned ix = VEC_length (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr);
21162
  dw_attr_node linkage = *VEC_index (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix - 1);
21163
 
21164
  gcc_assert (linkage.dw_attr == DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name);
21165
 
21166
  while (--ix > 0)
21167
    {
21168
      dw_attr_node *prev = VEC_index (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix - 1);
21169
 
21170
      if (prev->dw_attr == DW_AT_decl_line || prev->dw_attr == DW_AT_name)
21171
        break;
21172
    }
21173
 
21174
  if (ix != VEC_length (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr) - 1)
21175
    {
21176
      VEC_pop (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr);
21177
      VEC_quick_insert (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, &linkage);
21178
    }
21179
}
21180
 
21181
/* Helper function for resolve_addr, attempt to resolve
21182
   one CONST_STRING, return non-zero if not successful.  Similarly verify that
21183
   SYMBOL_REFs refer to variables emitted in the current CU.  */
21184
 
21185
static int
21186
resolve_one_addr (rtx *addr, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
21187
{
21188
  rtx rtl = *addr;
21189
 
21190
  if (GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST_STRING)
21191
    {
21192
      size_t len = strlen (XSTR (rtl, 0)) + 1;
21193
      tree t = build_string (len, XSTR (rtl, 0));
21194
      tree tlen = build_int_cst (NULL_TREE, len - 1);
21195
      TREE_TYPE (t)
21196
        = build_array_type (char_type_node, build_index_type (tlen));
21197
      rtl = lookup_constant_def (t);
21198
      if (!rtl || !MEM_P (rtl))
21199
        return 1;
21200
      rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
21201
      VEC_safe_push (rtx, gc, used_rtx_array, rtl);
21202
      *addr = rtl;
21203
      return 0;
21204
    }
21205
 
21206
  if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SYMBOL_REF
21207
      && SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl)
21208
      && TREE_CODE (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl)) == VAR_DECL
21209
      && !TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl)))
21210
    return 1;
21211
 
21212
  if (GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST
21213
      && for_each_rtx (&XEXP (rtl, 0), resolve_one_addr, NULL))
21214
    return 1;
21215
 
21216
  return 0;
21217
}
21218
 
21219
/* Helper function for resolve_addr, handle one location
21220
   expression, return false if at least one CONST_STRING or SYMBOL_REF in
21221
   the location list couldn't be resolved.  */
21222
 
21223
static bool
21224
resolve_addr_in_expr (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
21225
{
21226
  for (; loc; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
21227
    if ((loc->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_addr
21228
         && resolve_one_addr (&loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr, NULL))
21229
        || (loc->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_implicit_value
21230
            && loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class == dw_val_class_addr
21231
            && resolve_one_addr (&loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_addr, NULL)))
21232
      return false;
21233
  return true;
21234
}
21235
 
21236
/* Resolve DW_OP_addr and DW_AT_const_value CONST_STRING arguments to
21237
   an address in .rodata section if the string literal is emitted there,
21238
   or remove the containing location list or replace DW_AT_const_value
21239
   with DW_AT_location and empty location expression, if it isn't found
21240
   in .rodata.  Similarly for SYMBOL_REFs, keep only those that refer
21241
   to something that has been emitted in the current CU.  */
21242
 
21243
static void
21244
resolve_addr (dw_die_ref die)
21245
{
21246
  dw_die_ref c;
21247
  dw_attr_ref a;
21248
  dw_loc_list_ref *curr;
21249
  unsigned ix;
21250
 
21251
  for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
21252
    switch (AT_class (a))
21253
      {
21254
      case dw_val_class_loc_list:
21255
        curr = AT_loc_list_ptr (a);
21256
        while (*curr)
21257
          {
21258
            if (!resolve_addr_in_expr ((*curr)->expr))
21259
              {
21260
                dw_loc_list_ref next = (*curr)->dw_loc_next;
21261
                if (next && (*curr)->ll_symbol)
21262
                  {
21263
                    gcc_assert (!next->ll_symbol);
21264
                    next->ll_symbol = (*curr)->ll_symbol;
21265
                  }
21266
                *curr = next;
21267
              }
21268
            else
21269
              curr = &(*curr)->dw_loc_next;
21270
          }
21271
        if (!AT_loc_list (a))
21272
          {
21273
            remove_AT (die, a->dw_attr);
21274
            ix--;
21275
          }
21276
        break;
21277
      case dw_val_class_loc:
21278
        if (!resolve_addr_in_expr (AT_loc (a)))
21279
          {
21280
            remove_AT (die, a->dw_attr);
21281
            ix--;
21282
          }
21283
        break;
21284
      case dw_val_class_addr:
21285
        if (a->dw_attr == DW_AT_const_value
21286
            && resolve_one_addr (&a->dw_attr_val.v.val_addr, NULL))
21287
          {
21288
            remove_AT (die, a->dw_attr);
21289
            ix--;
21290
          }
21291
        break;
21292
      default:
21293
        break;
21294
      }
21295
 
21296
  FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, resolve_addr (c));
21297
}
21298
 
21299
/* Output stuff that dwarf requires at the end of every file,
21300
   and generate the DWARF-2 debugging info.  */
21301
 
21302
static void
21303
dwarf2out_finish (const char *filename)
21304
{
21305
  limbo_die_node *node, *next_node;
21306
  comdat_type_node *ctnode;
21307
  htab_t comdat_type_table;
21308
  dw_die_ref die = 0;
21309
  unsigned int i;
21310
 
21311
  gen_remaining_tmpl_value_param_die_attribute ();
21312
 
21313
  /* Add the name for the main input file now.  We delayed this from
21314
     dwarf2out_init to avoid complications with PCH.  */
21315
  add_name_attribute (comp_unit_die, remap_debug_filename (filename));
21316
  if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (filename))
21317
    add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die);
21318
  else if (get_AT (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_comp_dir) == NULL)
21319
    {
21320
      bool p = false;
21321
      htab_traverse (file_table, file_table_relative_p, &p);
21322
      if (p)
21323
        add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die);
21324
    }
21325
 
21326
  for (i = 0; i < VEC_length (deferred_locations, deferred_locations_list); i++)
21327
    {
21328
      add_location_or_const_value_attribute (
21329
        VEC_index (deferred_locations, deferred_locations_list, i)->die,
21330
        VEC_index (deferred_locations, deferred_locations_list, i)->variable,
21331
        DW_AT_location);
21332
    }
21333
 
21334
  /* Traverse the limbo die list, and add parent/child links.  The only
21335
     dies without parents that should be here are concrete instances of
21336
     inline functions, and the comp_unit_die.  We can ignore the comp_unit_die.
21337
     For concrete instances, we can get the parent die from the abstract
21338
     instance.  */
21339
  for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = next_node)
21340
    {
21341
      next_node = node->next;
21342
      die = node->die;
21343
 
21344
      if (die->die_parent == NULL)
21345
        {
21346
          dw_die_ref origin = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_abstract_origin);
21347
 
21348
          if (origin)
21349
            add_child_die (origin->die_parent, die);
21350
          else if (die == comp_unit_die)
21351
            ;
21352
          else if (errorcount > 0 || sorrycount > 0)
21353
            /* It's OK to be confused by errors in the input.  */
21354
            add_child_die (comp_unit_die, die);
21355
          else
21356
            {
21357
              /* In certain situations, the lexical block containing a
21358
                 nested function can be optimized away, which results
21359
                 in the nested function die being orphaned.  Likewise
21360
                 with the return type of that nested function.  Force
21361
                 this to be a child of the containing function.
21362
 
21363
                 It may happen that even the containing function got fully
21364
                 inlined and optimized out.  In that case we are lost and
21365
                 assign the empty child.  This should not be big issue as
21366
                 the function is likely unreachable too.  */
21367
              tree context = NULL_TREE;
21368
 
21369
              gcc_assert (node->created_for);
21370
 
21371
              if (DECL_P (node->created_for))
21372
                context = DECL_CONTEXT (node->created_for);
21373
              else if (TYPE_P (node->created_for))
21374
                context = TYPE_CONTEXT (node->created_for);
21375
 
21376
              gcc_assert (context
21377
                          && (TREE_CODE (context) == FUNCTION_DECL
21378
                              || TREE_CODE (context) == NAMESPACE_DECL));
21379
 
21380
              origin = lookup_decl_die (context);
21381
              if (origin)
21382
                add_child_die (origin, die);
21383
              else
21384
                add_child_die (comp_unit_die, die);
21385
            }
21386
        }
21387
    }
21388
 
21389
  limbo_die_list = NULL;
21390
 
21391
  resolve_addr (comp_unit_die);
21392
 
21393
  for (node = deferred_asm_name; node; node = node->next)
21394
    {
21395
      tree decl = node->created_for;
21396
      if (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl) != DECL_NAME (decl))
21397
        {
21398
          add_AT_string (node->die, DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name,
21399
                         IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl)));
21400
          move_linkage_attr (node->die);
21401
        }
21402
    }
21403
 
21404
  deferred_asm_name = NULL;
21405
 
21406
  /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
21407
     emit full debugging info for them.  */
21408
  retry_incomplete_types ();
21409
 
21410
  if (flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types)
21411
    prune_unused_types ();
21412
 
21413
  /* Generate separate CUs for each of the include files we've seen.
21414
     They will go into limbo_die_list.  */
21415
  if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups && dwarf_version < 4)
21416
    break_out_includes (comp_unit_die);
21417
 
21418
  /* Generate separate COMDAT sections for type DIEs. */
21419
  if (dwarf_version >= 4)
21420
    {
21421
      break_out_comdat_types (comp_unit_die);
21422
 
21423
      /* Each new type_unit DIE was added to the limbo die list when created.
21424
         Since these have all been added to comdat_type_list, clear the
21425
         limbo die list.  */
21426
      limbo_die_list = NULL;
21427
 
21428
      /* For each new comdat type unit, copy declarations for incomplete
21429
         types to make the new unit self-contained (i.e., no direct
21430
         references to the main compile unit).  */
21431
      for (ctnode = comdat_type_list; ctnode != NULL; ctnode = ctnode->next)
21432
        copy_decls_for_unworthy_types (ctnode->root_die);
21433
      copy_decls_for_unworthy_types (comp_unit_die);
21434
 
21435
      /* In the process of copying declarations from one unit to another,
21436
         we may have left some declarations behind that are no longer
21437
         referenced.  Prune them.  */
21438
      prune_unused_types ();
21439
    }
21440
 
21441
  /* Traverse the DIE's and add add sibling attributes to those DIE's
21442
     that have children.  */
21443
  add_sibling_attributes (comp_unit_die);
21444
  for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
21445
    add_sibling_attributes (node->die);
21446
  for (ctnode = comdat_type_list; ctnode != NULL; ctnode = ctnode->next)
21447
    add_sibling_attributes (ctnode->root_die);
21448
 
21449
  /* Output a terminator label for the .text section.  */
21450
  switch_to_section (text_section);
21451
  targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, TEXT_END_LABEL, 0);
21452
  if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition)
21453
    {
21454
      switch_to_section (unlikely_text_section ());
21455
      targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, COLD_END_LABEL, 0);
21456
    }
21457
 
21458
  /* We can only use the low/high_pc attributes if all of the code was
21459
     in .text.  */
21460
  if (!have_multiple_function_sections
21461
      || !(dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict))
21462
    {
21463
      add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_low_pc, text_section_label);
21464
      add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_high_pc, text_end_label);
21465
    }
21466
 
21467
  else
21468
    {
21469
      unsigned fde_idx = 0;
21470
      bool range_list_added = false;
21471
 
21472
      /* We need to give .debug_loc and .debug_ranges an appropriate
21473
         "base address".  Use zero so that these addresses become
21474
         absolute.  Historically, we've emitted the unexpected
21475
         DW_AT_entry_pc instead of DW_AT_low_pc for this purpose.
21476
         Emit both to give time for other tools to adapt.  */
21477
      add_AT_addr (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_low_pc, const0_rtx);
21478
      add_AT_addr (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_entry_pc, const0_rtx);
21479
 
21480
      if (text_section_used)
21481
        add_ranges_by_labels (comp_unit_die, text_section_label,
21482
                              text_end_label, &range_list_added);
21483
      if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition && cold_text_section_used)
21484
        add_ranges_by_labels (comp_unit_die, cold_text_section_label,
21485
                              cold_end_label, &range_list_added);
21486
 
21487
      for (fde_idx = 0; fde_idx < fde_table_in_use; fde_idx++)
21488
        {
21489
          dw_fde_ref fde = &fde_table[fde_idx];
21490
 
21491
          if (fde->dw_fde_switched_sections)
21492
            {
21493
              if (!fde->in_std_section)
21494
                add_ranges_by_labels (comp_unit_die,
21495
                                      fde->dw_fde_hot_section_label,
21496
                                      fde->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label,
21497
                                      &range_list_added);
21498
              if (!fde->cold_in_std_section)
21499
                add_ranges_by_labels (comp_unit_die,
21500
                                      fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label,
21501
                                      fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label,
21502
                                      &range_list_added);
21503
            }
21504
          else if (!fde->in_std_section)
21505
            add_ranges_by_labels (comp_unit_die, fde->dw_fde_begin,
21506
                                  fde->dw_fde_end, &range_list_added);
21507
        }
21508
 
21509
      if (range_list_added)
21510
        add_ranges (NULL);
21511
    }
21512
 
21513
  /* Output location list section if necessary.  */
21514
  if (have_location_lists)
21515
    {
21516
      /* Output the location lists info.  */
21517
      switch_to_section (debug_loc_section);
21518
      ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loc_section_label,
21519
                                   DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
21520
      ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, loc_section_label);
21521
      output_location_lists (die);
21522
    }
21523
 
21524
  if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL)
21525
    add_AT_lineptr (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_stmt_list,
21526
                    debug_line_section_label);
21527
 
21528
  if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
21529
    add_AT_macptr (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_macro_info, macinfo_section_label);
21530
 
21531
  /* Output all of the compilation units.  We put the main one last so that
21532
     the offsets are available to output_pubnames.  */
21533
  for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
21534
    output_comp_unit (node->die, 0);
21535
 
21536
  comdat_type_table = htab_create (100, htab_ct_hash, htab_ct_eq, NULL);
21537
  for (ctnode = comdat_type_list; ctnode != NULL; ctnode = ctnode->next)
21538
    {
21539
      void **slot = htab_find_slot (comdat_type_table, ctnode, INSERT);
21540
 
21541
      /* Don't output duplicate types.  */
21542
      if (*slot != HTAB_EMPTY_ENTRY)
21543
        continue;
21544
 
21545
      /* Add a pointer to the line table for the main compilation unit
21546
         so that the debugger can make sense of DW_AT_decl_file
21547
         attributes.  */
21548
      if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL)
21549
        add_AT_lineptr (ctnode->root_die, DW_AT_stmt_list,
21550
                        debug_line_section_label);
21551
 
21552
      output_comdat_type_unit (ctnode);
21553
      *slot = ctnode;
21554
    }
21555
  htab_delete (comdat_type_table);
21556
 
21557
  /* Output the main compilation unit if non-empty or if .debug_macinfo
21558
     has been emitted.  */
21559
  output_comp_unit (comp_unit_die, debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE);
21560
 
21561
  /* Output the abbreviation table.  */
21562
  switch_to_section (debug_abbrev_section);
21563
  output_abbrev_section ();
21564
 
21565
  /* Output public names table if necessary.  */
21566
  if (!VEC_empty (pubname_entry, pubname_table))
21567
    {
21568
      switch_to_section (debug_pubnames_section);
21569
      output_pubnames (pubname_table);
21570
    }
21571
 
21572
  /* Output public types table if necessary.  */
21573
  /* ??? Only defined by DWARF3, but emitted by Darwin for DWARF2.
21574
     It shouldn't hurt to emit it always, since pure DWARF2 consumers
21575
     simply won't look for the section.  */
21576
  if (!VEC_empty (pubname_entry, pubtype_table))
21577
    {
21578
      switch_to_section (debug_pubtypes_section);
21579
      output_pubnames (pubtype_table);
21580
    }
21581
 
21582
  /* Output direct and virtual call tables if necessary.  */
21583
  if (!VEC_empty (dcall_entry, dcall_table))
21584
    {
21585
      switch_to_section (debug_dcall_section);
21586
      output_dcall_table ();
21587
    }
21588
  if (!VEC_empty (vcall_entry, vcall_table))
21589
    {
21590
      switch_to_section (debug_vcall_section);
21591
      output_vcall_table ();
21592
    }
21593
 
21594
  /* Output the address range information.  We only put functions in the arange
21595
     table, so don't write it out if we don't have any.  */
21596
  if (fde_table_in_use)
21597
    {
21598
      switch_to_section (debug_aranges_section);
21599
      output_aranges ();
21600
    }
21601
 
21602
  /* Output ranges section if necessary.  */
21603
  if (ranges_table_in_use)
21604
    {
21605
      switch_to_section (debug_ranges_section);
21606
      ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, ranges_section_label);
21607
      output_ranges ();
21608
    }
21609
 
21610
  /* Output the source line correspondence table.  We must do this
21611
     even if there is no line information.  Otherwise, on an empty
21612
     translation unit, we will generate a present, but empty,
21613
     .debug_info section.  IRIX 6.5 `nm' will then complain when
21614
     examining the file.  This is done late so that any filenames
21615
     used by the debug_info section are marked as 'used'.  */
21616
  if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
21617
    {
21618
      switch_to_section (debug_line_section);
21619
      output_line_info ();
21620
    }
21621
 
21622
  /* Have to end the macro section.  */
21623
  if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
21624
    {
21625
      switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section);
21626
      dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End compilation unit");
21627
    }
21628
 
21629
  /* If we emitted any DW_FORM_strp form attribute, output the string
21630
     table too.  */
21631
  if (debug_str_hash)
21632
    htab_traverse (debug_str_hash, output_indirect_string, NULL);
21633
}
21634
#else
21635
 
21636
/* This should never be used, but its address is needed for comparisons.  */
21637
const struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks =
21638
{
21639
  0,             /* init */
21640
  0,             /* finish */
21641
  0,             /* assembly_start */
21642
  0,             /* define */
21643
  0,             /* undef */
21644
  0,             /* start_source_file */
21645
  0,             /* end_source_file */
21646
  0,             /* begin_block */
21647
  0,             /* end_block */
21648
  0,             /* ignore_block */
21649
  0,             /* source_line */
21650
  0,             /* begin_prologue */
21651
  0,             /* end_prologue */
21652
  0,             /* end_epilogue */
21653
  0,             /* begin_function */
21654
  0,             /* end_function */
21655
  0,             /* function_decl */
21656
  0,             /* global_decl */
21657
  0,             /* type_decl */
21658
  0,             /* imported_module_or_decl */
21659
  0,             /* deferred_inline_function */
21660
  0,             /* outlining_inline_function */
21661
  0,             /* label */
21662
  0,             /* handle_pch */
21663
  0,             /* var_location */
21664
  0,             /* switch_text_section */
21665
  0,             /* direct_call */
21666
  0,             /* virtual_call_token */
21667
  0,             /* copy_call_info */
21668
  0,             /* virtual_call */
21669
  0,             /* set_name */
21670
 
21671
};
21672
 
21673
#endif /* DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO */
21674
 
21675
#include "gt-dwarf2out.h"

powered by: WebSVN 2.1.0

© copyright 1999-2024 OpenCores.org, equivalent to Oliscience, all rights reserved. OpenCores®, registered trademark.